The Tavistock Institute Of Human Relations:
Shaping the Moral. Spiritual, Cultural Political, and Economic Decline of The United States of America.

By Dr. John D. Coleman

THE TAVISTOCK INSTITUTE FOR HUMAN RELATIONS: 

Shaping the Moral, Spiritual, Cultural, Political and Economic Decline of 
the United States. 

The Tavistock Institute for Human Relations has had a profound effect on 
the moral, spiritual, cultural, political and economic policies of the United 
States of America and Great Britain. It has been in the front line of the 
attack on the U.S. Constitution and State constitutions. No group did 
more to propagandize the U.S. to participate in the WWI at a time when 
the majority of the American people were opposed to it. 

Much the same tactics were used by the Social Science scientists at 
Tavistock to get the United States into WWII, Korea, Vietnam, Serbia 
and both wars against Iraq. Tavistock began as a propaganda creating and 
disseminating organization at Wellington House in London in the run-up 
to WWI, what Toynbee called "that black hole of disinformation." On 
another occasion Toynbee called Wellington House "a lie factory." From 
a somewhat crude beginning, Wellington House evolved into the 
Tavistock Institute and went on to shape the destiny of Germany, Russia, 
Britain and the United States in a highly controversial manner. The 
people of these nations were unaware that they were being 
"brainwashed." The origin of "mind control," "inner directional 
conditioning" and mass "brainwashing" is explained in an easy to 
understand book written with great authority. 

The fall of dynasties, the Bolshevik Revolution, WWI and WWII saw the 
destruction of old alliances and boundaries, the convulsions in religion, 
morals, family life, economic and political conduct, decadence in music 
and art can all be traced back to mass indoctrination (mass brainwashing) 
practiced by the Tavistock Institute Social Science scientists. Prominent 
among Tavistock's faculty were Edward Bernays, the double nephew of 
Sigmund Freud. It is said that Herr Goebbels, Propaganda Minister in the 
German Third Reich used methodology devised by Bernays as well as 
those of Willy Munzenberg, whose extraordinary career is touched upon 
in this work about the past, present and future. Without Tavistock, there 
would have been no WWI and WWII, no Bolshevik Revolution, Korea, 
Vietnam, Serbia and Iraq wars. But for Tavistock, the United States 
would not be rushing down the road to dissolution and collapse. 




V 



Contents 

FORWARD 

1. Founding the World's Premiere Brainwashing Institute 1 

2. Europe falls off the precipice 9 

3. How "times" were made to change 13 

4. Social engineering and the Social scientist 19 

5. Do we have what H.G. Wells called "An Invisible 
Government?" 25 

6. Mass communications ushers in the polling industry 29 

7. The making of public opinion 33 

8. Degrading women and decline of moral standards 37 

9. How individuals and groups react to blending fact with Fiction 
41 

10. Polling comes of age 47 

1 1 . The paradigm shift in education 5 1 



12. Lewin's doctrine of "identity change" 57 




VI 



13. The Induced Decline of Western Civilization between two 
World Wars 61 

14. America is not a "Homeland" 69 

15. The Media's role in propaganda 79 
16.Scientific propaganda can deceive the very elect 85 

17. Propaganda and Psychological Warfare 89 

18. Wilson gets the U.S. into WWI, thanks to propaganda 95 
19. Is history being repeated? The case of Lord Bryce 99 

20. The Black Art of successful Lying: Gulf War 1991. 109 

21. The Soldiers Memorial and WWI cemeteries 113 

22. Peace is not Popular 121 

23. The Tavistock Institute: Britain's Control of the U.S. 133 

24. Brainwashing saves a U.S. President 145 

25. Tavistock's assault on the U.S. 153 

26. How mediocre politicians, actors and singers are "puffed." 
157 




VII 



27. The Tavistock formula that got the U.S. into WWII 165 

28. How Tavistock makes well people sick 173 

29. Topological psychology gets the U.S. into the war in Iraq 
183 

30. My choice of candidate, not my choice 195 

31. Zero Growth in Agriculture and Industry: Americas Post 
Industrial Society 207 

32. Exposing the upper level parallel secret 
government 213 

33. Interpol in the U.S.: 

Its origin and purpose exposed 22 1 

34. The Cults of the East India Company 233 

35. The Music Industry: 

Mind control, Propaganda and War 243 




vm 



Acknowledgements 

My very great debt - an immense one - for the help, 
encouragement and hard and long hours, sound criticism and 
encouragement on this book that my wife Lena, and our son 
John provided at every stage of its preparation, including 
suggestions for the cover design, research and proof reading. 

I also owe a debt of gratitude to Dana Fames for his untiring 
computer work and technical assistance; to Ann Louise 
Gittleman, and James Templeton, who encouraged me to 
write this book and gave me no peace until I began it; to 
Renee and Grant Magan for doing the daily work, leaving me 
free to concentrate on writing. My particular thanks also to 
Dr. Kinne McCabe and Mike Granston whose faithful and 
steadfast support was a key factor in enabling me to finish 
the work. 




IX 



The Tavistock Institute of Human 
Relations: Shaping the 

Moral, Spiritual, Cultural, Political and 
Economic Decline of the United States of 
America. 



FORWARD. 

The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations was unknown to 
the people of the United States before Dr. Coleman exposed 
its existence in his monograph, The Tavistock Institute of 
Human Relations: Britain's Control of the United States. Up 
to that time, Tavistock had successfully retained its secretive 
role in shaping the affairs of the United States, its 
government and its people since its early beginning in 
London, in 1913 at Wellington House. 

Since Dr. Coleman's original article exposing this ultra- 
secret organization, others have come forward with claims 
of authorship, which they were unable to substantiate. 

Tavistock began as a propaganda creating and disseminating 
organization centered at Wellington House, which was where 
the original organization was put together with intent of 
shaping a propaganda outlet that would break down the stiff 
public resistance being encountered to the looming war 
between Britain and Germany. 




X 

The project was given to Lords Rothmere and Northcliffe and 
their mandate was to produce an organization capable of 
manipulating public opinion and directing that manufactured 
opinion down the desired pathway to support for a declaration 
of war by Great Britain against Germany. 

Funding was provided by the British royal family, and later by 
the Rothschilds to whom Lord Northcliffe was related through 
marriage. Arnold Toynbee was selected as Director of Future 
Studies. Two Americans, Walter Lippmann and Edward 
Bemays were appointed to handle the manipulation of 
American public opinion in preparation for the entry of the 
United States into WWI, and to brief and direct President 
Woodrow Wilson. 

From a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House, 
grew an organization that was to shape the destiny of 
Germany, Britain and more especially the United States in 
manner that became a highly sophisticated organization to 
manipulate and create public opinion, what is commonly 
termed, "mass brainwashing." 

During the course of its evolvement, Tavistock expanded in 
size and ambition, when in 1937, a decision was made to use 
the German author Oswald Spengler's monumental work, 
Untergange des Abenlandes (The Decline of Western 
Civilization) as a model. 

Previously, Wellington House board members Rothmere, 
Northcliffe, Lippmann, and Bernays had read and proposed 
as a guide the writings of Correa Moylan Walsh, in 
particular, the book The Climax of Civilization (1917) as 
corresponding closely to conditions that had to be created 
before a New World Order in a One World Government 
could be ushered in. 




XI 

In this endeavor the members of the board consulted with the 
British royal family and obtained the approval of the 
"Olympians" (the inner core of the Committee of 300) to 
formulate a strategy. Funding was provided by the monarchy, 
the Rothschilds, the Milner Group and the Rockefeller family 
trusts. 

In 1936, Spengler's monumental work had come to the 
attention of what had become the Tavistock Institute. In 
preparation for changing and reshaping public opinion for the 
second time in less than twelve years, by unanimous consent 
of the board, Spengler's massive book was adopted as the 
blueprint for a new working model to bring about the decline 
and fall of Western civilization necessary to create and 
establish a New World Order inside a One World 
Government. 

Spengler held it bound to happen that alien elements would be 
introduced into Western civilization in increasing numbers, 
and that the West would fail at that time to expel the aliens, 
thereby sealing its fate, a society, whose inward beliefs and 
sound convictions would become at variance with its outward 
profession and thus Western civilization would fall by the 
wayside in the manner of the ancient civilizations of Greece 
and Rome. 

Tavistock thinking was that Spengler had indoctrinated 
Western civilization to believe that it would err on the side of 
Roman civilization, and expel the aliens. The genetic loss 
that has fallen upon Europe-and especially on Scandinavia, 
England, Germany, France-(the Anglo-Saxon, Nordic Alpine 
Germanic races) that began just before the Second World War 
is already so great as to be beyond expectations, and 
continues at an alarming pace under the skilled guidance of 
the Tavistock managers. 




XII 



What was a very rare instance became a common occurrence, 
a black man married to a white women or vice-versa. 

The two World Wars cost the German nation almost one 
quarter of its population. Most of the intellectual energies of 
the German nation were diverted into war channels in defense 
of the Fatherland at the expense of science, arts, literature, 
music and the cultural, spiritual and moral advancement of 
the nation. The same could be said of the British nation. The 
blaze kindled by the British under the direction of Tavistock 
set all of Europe on fire, and did incalculable damage 
according to the Tavistock blueprint that matched Spengler's 
predictions. 

Classical and Western are the only two civilizations that 
could bring a modem renaissance to the world. They had 
flourished and progressed just as long as these civilizations 
remained under the control of the Anglo-Saxon Nordic 
Alpine, Germanic races. The unsurpassed beauty of their 
literature, art, their classics, spiritual and moral advancement 
of the female sex with a very large corresponding degree of 
protection, was what distinguished Western and Classic 
civilizations from others. 

It was this bastion that Spengler saw coming under increasing 
attack and the thinking at Tavistock ran on parallel tracks, but 
with a totally different goal. Tavistock saw this civilizations a 
stumbling block to ushering a New World Order, as did the 
emphasis on protection and elevation of the female sex to a 
place of high respect and honor. 




xm 

Thus the whole thrust of Tavistock was to "democratize" the 
West by an attack on womanhood, and the racial, moral, 
spiritual and religious foundation upon which Western 
civilization rested. 

As Spengler suggested, the Greeks and Romans were devoted 
to the social, religious, moral and spiritual advancement and 
the preservation of womanhood and they were successful for 
just as long as they were in control and could arrange matters 
so that government was carried out by a limited number of 
responsible citizens supported by the general populace below 
them, all being of the same pure unadulterated race. The 
planners at Tavistock saw that the way to upset the balance of 
Western civilization was to force unwelcome changes in the 
race by removing control from the deserving to the 
undeserving in the manner of ancient Roman leaders who 
were supplanted by their former slaves and aliens, whom they 
had permitted to come and dwell among them. 

Tavistock, by 1937, had come a long way from its 
Wellington House beginnings and the successful propaganda 
campaign that had turned the British public from being 
strongly anti-war in 1913 to willing participants through the 
arts of manipulation with the willing cooperation of news 
communications media. 

The technique was carried across the Atlantic in 1916 to 
manipulate the American people to support of the war in 
Europe. In spite of the fact that the vast majority, including at 
least 50 U.S. Senators were adamantly opposed to the U.S. 
getting dragged into what they perceived was essentially a 
quarrel between Britain and France on the one hand, and 
Germany on the other, largely over trade and economics, the 
conspirators were undeterred. At that point Wellington House 
introduced the word, "Isolationists" as a 




XIV 

derogatory description of those Americans who opposed U.S. 
participation in the war. The use of such words and phrases 
has proliferated under the expert brainwashing of the Social 
sciences scientists at Tavistock. Terms like "regime change," 
"collateral damage" became almost new English language. 

With the Tavistock plan modified to suit American 
conditions, Bemays and Lippmann led President Woodrow 
Wilson to set up the very first Tavistock methodology 
techniques for polling (manufacturing) so-called public 
opinion created by Tavistock propaganda. They also taught 
Wilson to set up a secret body of "managers" to run the war 
effort and a body of "advisors" to assist the President in his 
decision-making. The Creel Commission was the first such 
body of opinion-makers set up in the United States. 

Woodrow Wilson was the first American president to 
publicly proclaim himself in favor of a Socialist New World 
Order inside a Socialist One World Government. His 
remarkable acceptance of the New World Order is found in 
his book The New Freedom. 

We say "his" book, but actually, it was written by Socialist 
William B. Hayle. Wilson denounced capitalism. "It is 
contrary to the common man and it has brought stagnation to 
our economy," Wilson wrote. 

Yet, at the time, the United States economy was enjoying 
prosperity and industrial expansion as it had never 
experienced before in its history: 

"We stand in the presence of a revolution — not a bloody 
revolution, America is not given to spilling blood — but a 
silent revolution, whereby America will insist upon 
recovering to practice those ideals which she has always 




XV 



professed, upon securing a government devoted to the 
general and not the special interests. We are upon the 
threshold of a time when the systematic life of the country 
will be sustained or at least supplemented at every point by 
government activity. And now we have to determine what 
kind of a government activity it shall be; whether, in the first 
place, it shall be directed from government itself, or whether 
it shall be indirect, through instrumentalities which have 
already constituted themselves and which stand ready to 
supersede government." 

While the U.S. was still a neutral power under the Wilson 
presidency, Wellington House poured out a cadence of lies 
about Germany, and what a threat it was to America. 

We are reminded of the statement made by Bakunin in 1814 
as it tied in so well with the outrageous propaganda that 
Wilson made use of to bolster his case: 

"Lying by diplomacy: Diplomacy has no other mission. 
Every time a State wants to declare war upon another State, 
it starts off by launching a manifesto addressed not only to 
its own subjects but also to the whole world. 

In this manifesto it declares that right and justice are on its side 
and endeavors to prove that it is actuated by love of peace 
and humanity (and democracy), and that, imbued with 
generous and peaceful sentiments, it suffered for a long time 
in silence until mounting iniquity of its enemy forced it to 
bare its sword. " 

"At the same time it vows that, disdainful of all material 
conquest and not seeking any increase in territory, it will put 
an end to this war as soon as justice is reestablished. And its 
antagonist's answer with a similar manifesto, in which, 
naturally, right, justice and humanity and all 




XVI 

generous sentiments are to be found respectively on its side. 
These mutually opposed manifestos are written with the same 
eloquence, they breath the same righteous indignation, and 
one is just as sincere as the other, that is to say they are both 
brazen in their lies, and it is only fools who are deceived by 
them. Sensible persons, all those who have some political 
experience do not even take the trouble of reading such 
manifestos." 

President Wilson's statements just before he went to the 
Congress to request a constitutional declaration of war 
embodies every one of Bakunin's sentiments. 

He was "lying by diplomacy" and he used the gross 
propaganda manufactured at Wellington House to inflame the 
American public by tales of atrocities committed by the 
German Army in its march across Belgium in 1914. As we 
shall discover, it was, for the most part, a gigantic lie passed 
off as truth. 

I remember looking through a large stack of old newspapers 
at the British Museum where I spent five years doing in- 
depth research. The papers covered the years 1912 to 1920. 

I recall thinking at the time: "Isn't it amazing that the rush to 
the New World Order Socialist totalitarian government 
should be led by the United States, supposedly a bastion of 
freedom?" 

Then, as I recall, it came to me with great clarity that the 
Committee of 300 has its people at the highest and lowest 
echelons embedded in the U.S., in banking, industry, trade, 
defense, the State Department and indeed in the very White 
House, not to mention the Elite Club called the U.S. Senate, 
which in my view is a forum for pushing the New World 
Order." 




xvn 



I recall thinking that President Wilson's propaganda blast 
against Germany and the Kaiser (actually the product of 
Rothschild agents Lords Northcliffe and Rothmere, and the 
Wellington House propaganda factory) was not much 
different to the "contrived situation" of Pearl Harbor, the 
Gulf of Tonkin "incident" and looking back now I can see no 
difference between the propaganda lies about the brutality 
of German soldiers allegedly chopping off the arms and legs 
of little Belgian children in 1914, than the methods used to 
get the American people duped and doped into allowing the 
Bush administration to invade Iraq. Whereas in 1914 it was 
the Kaiser who was a "brute savage," a "ruthless murderer", 
a "monster", the "Butcher of Berlin", in 2002 it was 
President Hussein who was all of these things and a whole 
lot more, including the "Butcher of Baghdad!" Poor duped, 
deluded, deceived, connived, trustful, America! When will 
you ever learn? 

In 1917 the New World Order agenda was being rushed 
through the House and Senate by Woodrow Wilson, and 
President Bush forced the New World Order agenda for Iraq 
through the House and Senate in 2002 without debate, an 
exercise in arbitrary power and a gross violation of the U.S. 
Constitution for which the American people are paying a 
huge price. But the American people are suffering from toxic 
shock induced by the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations 
and the American people are in a state of sleepwalking and 
without leadership. 

They do not know what the price is and do not care to find 
out. The Committee of 300 continues to rule the United 
States, just as it did in the Wilson and Roosevelt 
presidencies, while the American people were distracted with 
"bread and circuses" only today it is baseball, football, endless 
Hollywood, and Social Security. Nothing has changed. 




xvm 

The United States, harried, hounded, pushed and shoved is 
headed of a fast track to the New World Order, propelled 
along by the Radical Republicans of the War Party who have 
been taken over by the scientists at the Tavistock Institute for 
Human Relations. 

Just recently I was asked by a subscriber "where do we find 
the Tavistock Institute?" My response was: "Look around the 
U.S. Senate, the House of Representatives, the White House, 
the State Department, the Defense Department, Wall Street, 
Fox T.V. (Faux T.V.) and you will see their change agents in 
every one of these places." 

President Wilson was the first U.S. president to "manage" the 
war through a civilian committee guided and directed by the 
Bemays and Lippmann from Wellington House, to which we 
have already made mention. 

The resounding success of Wellington House and its 
enormous influence on the course of American history began 
before that in 1913. Wilson had spent almost a year tearing 
down the protective trade tariffs that had defended the 
American domestic markets from being overwhelmed by 
"Free Trade," essentially the practice of allowing cheap 
British goods made with cheap labor in India to flood the 
American market. On October 12, 1913 Wilson signed the bill 
that was the beginning of the end of the unique American 
middle class, long the target of the Fabian Socialists. The bill 
was described as a measure to "adjust tariffs," but it would 
have been accurate to describe it as a bill to "destroy tariffs." 

Such was the hidden power of Wellington House that the vast 
majority of the American people accepted this lie, not 
knowing or realizing that it was a death knell for American 
commerce that would lead to NAFTA, GATT and the 




XIX 



World Trade Organization (WTO). Even more astonishing 
was the acceptance of the Federal Income Tax Act that was 
passed on September 5, 1913, to replace trade tariffs as the 
source of revenue for the Federal Government. Income Tax is 
a Marxist doctrine not found in the U.S. Constitution 
anymore than the Federal Reserve Bank is found in the 
Constitution. Wilson called his twin blows against the 
Constitution, "a fight for the people, and for free business," 
and said he was proud to have taken "part in the completion of 
a great piece of business..." The Federal Reserve Act, 
explained by Wilson as "reconstructing the Nation's banking 
and currency system" was rushed through on a flood-tide of 
propaganda emanating from Wellington House, just in time 
for the hostilities that began the horror of WWI. 

Most historians are agreed that without passage of the Federal 
Reserve Bank Act, Ford Grey would not have been able to 
start that terrible conflagration. 

The deceptive language of the Federal Reserve Act was 
under the guidance of Bemays and Fippman who set up a 
"National Citizen's Feague" with the notorious Samuel 
Untermeyer as its chairman, to promote the Federal Reserve 
Bank, that secured control of the people's money and 
currency and transferred it to a private monopoly without the 
victim's consent. 

One of the most interesting pieces of history surrounding the 
imposition of the foreign financial slavery measure was that 
before it was sent to Wilson for his signature, a copy was 
given to the sinister Colonel Edward Mandel House as the 
representative of Wellington House and the British oligarchy 
represented by the banker, J.P. Morgan. 




XX 



As to the American people, in whose name the disastrous 
measure was instituted, they had not the faintest idea how 
they had been connived, cheated, lied to and utterly deceived. 
An instrument of slavery was fastened around their necks 
without the victims ever becoming aware of it. 

Wellington House methodology was at its height when 
Wilson was coached in how to persuade Congress to declare 
war on Germany, although he had won election on the 
solemn promise to keep America out of the war then raging 
in Europe, a great triumph for the new art of public opinion 
making. It was just that - the poll questions were shaded in 
such away that the answers reflected the opinions of the 
public; not their understanding of the questions, nor their 
understanding of the processes of political science. 

A thorough search and reading of the Congressional Records 
from 1910 to 1920 by this writer showed very clearly that had 
Wilson not signed the iniquitous "currency reform" bill on 
December 23, 1913, the upper-level parallel secret 

government of the United States foretold by H.G. Wells 
would not have been able to commit the vast resources of the 
United States to the war in Europe. 

The House of Morgan representing the "Olympians" of the 
Committee of 300, and its all powerful City of London 
financial nexus, played a leading role in shaping the "U.S. 
Federal Reserve Banks," which were neither "Federal" nor 
"banks," but a private money-generating monopoly fastened 
around the necks of the American people whose money was 
now free to be stolen on an unimaginable scale, making them 
slaves of the New World Order inside the coming One World 
Government. The Great Depression of the 1930s was the 
second major catastrophic bill the American people had to 
pay, the first being World War I. (See Appendix) 




XXI 



Those who read this book as a first introduction to the New 
World Order inside a One World Government will be 
skeptical; but consider that no less a personage than the great 
Sir Harold Mackinder did not hide his beliefs about its 
coming. 

More than that, he gave notice that it might be a dictatorship. 
Sir Harold had an impressive resume (CV) having been 
Professor of Geography at the University of London; a 
director of the London School of Economics from 1903-1908 
and a Member of Parliament from 1910-1922. He was also a 
close associate of Arnold Toynbee one of the leading lights at 
Wellington House. He had correctly predicted a core of 
startling geopolitical events, many of them actually coming 
to pass. 

One such "prophecy" was the founding of two Germanys, the 
Social Democratic Republic of Germany and the Federal 
Republic of Germany. Critics suggested that he got the 
information from Toynbee; that it was merely the long range 
planning of the Committee of 300 that Toynbee knew about. 

After Wellington House, Toynbee moved to the Royal 
Institute for International Affairs (RIIA), and then to London 
University where he held the chair for International History. 
In his book, America and World Revolution he said: 

"If we are to avoid mass-suicide, we must have our world- 
state quickly and this probably means that we must have it in 
a non-democratic form to begin with. We will have to start 
building a world-state now on the best design that is 
practicable at the moment." 




XXII 

Toynbee went on in a forthright manner saying this "world 
dictatorship" would have to supplant "the local national states 
which litter the present political map." 

The new world-state was to be brought about on the basis of 
mass mind control and propaganda that would make it 
acceptable. I explained in my book The Committee of 300, 
that Bernays "blew the whistle" on polling in his 1923 and 
1928 books, Propaganda, and Crystallizing Public Opinion. 

This was followed by Engineering Consent: 

Self-preservation, ambition, pride, hunger, love of family and 
children, patriotism, imitativeness, the desire to be a leader, 
love of play-these and other drives are the psychological raw 
materials which every leader must take into account in his 
endeavor to win the public to his point of view... To maintain 
their self-assurance, most people need to feel certain that 
whatever they believe about anything is true. 

These revealing works are examined and we should add that 
in writing them, the Tavistock hierarchy apparently felt secure 
enough to gloat over their control of the United States and 
Great Britain that had blossomed into an open conspiracy 
along the lines first suggested by H.G. Wells. 

With the advent of Wellington House, funded by the British 
monarchy and later by Rockefeller, Rothschild and the 
United States, Western civilization entered into the first 
phase of a plan that would provide a secret government to 
rule the world, namely, the Committee of 300. 




XXIII 

Tavistock Institute of Human Relations was its creation. As 
this book is not about the Committee of 300, we would 
suggest that readers obtain copies of the first and second 
book, The Committee of 300. 

The "300's" carefully structured blueprint has been followed 
to the letter and today as we reach the end of 2005, looking 
back it is fairly easy for knowledgeable persons to trace the 
course that was laid out for Western civilization and to mark 
its progression to the point where we are today. This book is 
an attempt to do just that. 




1 



CHAPTER 1 

Founding the World's Premiere Brainwashing Institute 

From its modest but vitally important beginning at 
Wellington House, the Tavistock Institute for Human 
Relations expanded rapidly to become the world's premier 
top-secret "brainwashing" institute." How this rapid 
progression was accomplished needs to be explained. 

The modern science of mass manipulation of public opinion 
was bom at Wellington House, Fondon, the lusty infant being 
midwifed by Ford Northcliffe and Ford Rothmere. 

The British monarchy, Ford Rothschild, and the Rockefellers 
were responsible for funding the venture. The papers we were 
privileged to examine showed that the purpose of those at 
Wellington House was to effect a change in the opinion of 
the British people who were adamantly opposed to war with 
Germany, a formidable task that was accomplished by 
"opinion making" through polling. The staff consisted of 
Arnold Toynbee, a future director of studies at the Royal 
Institute of International Affairs (RIIA), Fords Norhcliffe, 
and the Americans, Walter Fippmann and Edward Bemays. 

Bemays was born in Vienna on November 22, 1891. As the 
nephew of Sigmund Freud the father of psychoanalysis, 
regarded by many as "the father of public relations" although 
the title properly belongs to Willy Munzenberg. Bemays 
pioneered the use of psychology and other social sciences to 
shape and form public opinion so that the public thought such 
manufactured opinions were their own. 




2 



"If we understand the mechanism and motives of the group 
mind, it is now possible to control and regiment the masses 
according to our will without them knowing it." Bernays 
postulated. He called this technique "Engineering Consent. 
One of his best-known techniques of achieving this goal was 
the indirect use of what he called third party authorities to 
shape the desired opinions: "If you can influence the leaders, 
either with or without their conscious cooperation, you 
automatically influence the group which they sway. This 
technique he called "opinion making." 

Perhaps we can now begin to understand how it was that 
Wilson, Roosevelt, Clinton, Bush the elder and the younger 
could so easily lead American into disastrous wars in which 
its people should never have become involved. 

The joint British and American participants concentrated 
their efforts on techniques as yet not tried out, to mobilize 
support for the war looming on the horizon. 

As previously stated, the British people did not want war, and 
said so, but Toynbee, Lippmann and Bemays expected to 
change that by applying techniques designed to manipulate 
public opinion through the use of polling. Herein we provide 
a review of the methods that were devised and executed to 
bring Great Britain and the United States into the First World 
War, plus the techniques that were put into practice between 
the two World Wars and beyond. As will be seen propaganda 
was to play a major role. 

One of the main objectives at Tavistock was to achieve the 
degradation of women. Tavistock recognized that Jesus 
Christ has brought a new place of respect in the order of 
civilization to womanhood, which prior to his coming had 
not been present. 




3 



After Christ's ministry, womanhood gained a respect and a 
high place in society absent from pre-Christian civilizations. 
Of course it can be argued that such an elevated status existed 
in the Greek and Roman empires, and that would be true to a 
certain extent, but not to the extent that womanhood was 
elevated in post-Christ society. 

Tavistock sought to change that and the process began 
immediately after WWI. The Eastern Orthodox Church 
which the Rus (Viking) princes of Moscow brought back 
from Constantinople, revered and respected womanhood, and 
their experience with the Khazarians whom they 
subsequently defeated and drove out of Russia, left them 
determined to protect womanhood in Russia. 

The founder of the Romanov dynasty, Michael Romanov was 
the scion of a noble family that had defended Russia on the 
basis of a Christian country. From 1613 the Romanovs 
sought to ennoble Russia and imbue it with a great spirit of 
Christianity, which meant also, protection for and the 
honoring of Russian womanhood. 

The Princes of Moscow under Prince Dimitri Donskoi earned 
the unremitting hatred of the Rothschilds for Russia because 
of Donskoi's defeat and expulsion of the Khazarian hordes 
that inhabited the lower-regions of the Volga. This barbaric 
warrior nation of mysterious Indo-Turk origin, had adopted 
the Judaic religion on passage of a decree by King Bulant 
after the religion was approved by the chief Khazarian 
soothsayer-magician-sorcerer, David el-Roi. 

It was el Roi's personal flag, now called the "Star of David" 
that became the official flag of the Khazarian nation when 
they settled in Poland after being forced out of Russia. 




4 



The flag was adopted by the Zionists as their standard and is 
still mistakenly called the "Star of David." Christians make 
the error of confusion linking it with the Old Testament King 
David, when in fact there is no relation between the two. 

The hatred of Russia was compounded in 1612 when the 
Romanov dynasty led a Russian Army against Poland taking 
back large parts of Poland that had formerly belonged to 
Russia. 

The principal architect of enmity brought to bear against 
Russia was the Rothschild dynasty and it was this burning 
hatred that Tavistock used and channeled in its plan to 
destroy Western civilization. 

The first opportunity created by Tavistock came in 1905 with 
the attack by the Japanese Navy that completely surprised the 
Russian Fleet. The exercise was ban kr olled by Jacob Schiff, 
the Wall Street banker, who was related to Rothschild. 

The defeat of the Russian fleet at Port Arthur in a surprise 
attack marked the beginning of the pall of gloom that was 
about to roll in over Christian Europe. The Rockefeller 
Standard Oil Group directed by Tavistock and with the aid of 
the "300" engineered the Russo-Japanese War. The money 
used to finance the operation came from Jacob Schiff, but 
was actually provided by the Rockefeller General Education 
Board, whose outward purpose was to finance Negro 
education. All of the propaganda and advertising for the 
board was written and crafted by the Social scientists at 
Tavistock, which was then called "Wellington House." 




5 



In 1941 another Rockefeller front organization, the Institute 
for Pacific Relations (IPR) gave large sums to its Japanese 
counterpart in Tokyo. The money was then funneled to a 
member of the imperial family by Richard Sorge, a Russian 
master-spy, for the purposes of inducing Japan to attack the 
United States at Pearl Harbor. Again, Tavistock was the 
originator of all of IPR's publications. 

Although it was not yet evident, as Spengler was to mention 
in his monumental work, published in 1936, it marked the 
beginning of the end of the old order. Contrary to most 
establishment accounts of history, the "Russian" revolution 
was not a Russian revolution at all, but a foreign ideology 
backed primarily by the Committee of 300 and its arm, the 
Tavistock Institute, that was violently forced upon a startled, 
unprepared and dismayed Romanov family. 

It was political warfare, low grade warfare and psychological 
warfare in which Tavistock had become well versed. 

As Winston Churchill was to remark: "They transported 
Lenin in a sealed truck like a plague bacillus from 
Switzerland into Russia," and then once established "Lenin 
and Trotsky seized Russia by the hair of its head." 

Much has been written (but nearly always in passing as if it is 
a mere postscript to history) about the "sealed truck," "sealed 
car," "sealed train," that transported Lenin and his Bolshevik 
revolutionaries safely through the midst of war-tom Europe 
and deposited them in Russia, there to begin their imported 
Bolshevik Revolution so mistakenly termed the "Russian 
Revolution." 




6 



Documents the author was privileged to study at Wellington 
House and what was revealed in the Arnold Toynbee papers 
and Bruce Lockhart's private papers, led to the conclusion 
that without Toynbee, Bruce Lockhart of MI6 British 
intelligence and without the complicity of at least five 
European nations, ostensibly loyal and friendly with the 
Court at St. Petersburg, the merciless Bolshevik Revolution 
would have been still-bom. 

As this account must of necessity be limited to Tavistock's 
participation in the affair, it will not be as a complete account 
of the skullduggery we would liked to have presented. 
According to Milner's private papers his aides through 
Tavistock contacted a fellow Socialist Fritz Platten. (Milner 
was a leading Fabian Socialist although he scorned Sydney 
and Beatrice Webb.) It was Platten, who planned the logistics 
of the trip and oversaw it until the revolutionaries arrived in 
Petrograd. 

This was confirmed and borne out by the Wilhelmstrasse 
Files the majority of which we were able to gain access to, 
which files were open to certain people qualified to read 
them. They tallied fairly closely with Bruce Fockhart's 
account in his private papers as well as what Ford Alfred 
Milner had to say about the underhand affair that betrayed 
Russia. It appeared that Milner had many contacts among the 
Bolshevik expatriates among them, Fenin. It was to Ford 
Milner that Fenin went, when he needed money for the 
Revolution. Armed with a letter of introduction from Platten, 
Fenin met with Ford Milner and laid down his plan for the 
overthrow of the Romanov's and Christian Russia. 

Milner agreed on condition that he could send his agent 
Bruce Fockhart of MI6 to supervise the day-to-day affairs 
and report back on Fenin. 




7 



Lord Rothschild and the Rockefellers demanded that they be 
allowed to send Sydney Reilly to Russia to supervise transfer 
of Russia's natural resources and the gold rubles held in the 
Central Bank to London. This was agreed to by Lenin, and 
later Trotsky. 

To seal the bargain, Lord Milner, on behalf of the 
Rothschilds, gave Lenin 60 millions pounds in gold 
sovereigns while the Rockefellers contributed around $40 
million dollars. 

Countries in complicity with the "sealed train" affair were 
Great Britain, Germany, Finland, Switzerland and Sweden. 
While the United States was not directly involved, it must 
have been aware of what was going on. After all, on the 
orders of President Wilson, a brand new American passport 
was issued to Leon Trotsky, (whose real name was Lev 
Bronstein) so that he could travel in peace, although Trotsky 
was not a U.S. citizen. 

Lenin and his compatriots were provided with a private well- 
appointed rail carriage by the top German government 
functionaries and always kept locked by agreements with 
stations along the line. Platten was in charge and he laid 
down the rules for the trip, some of which are listed in the 
Wilhelmstrasse Files: 

The carriage was to remain locked for the entire trip. 

No one could board the carriage without Platten's 
permission. 

The train would have extra territorial status. 

No passports were to be asked at borders. 

Tickets would be bought at regular prices. 

No "security issues" to be raised by the military or police 
of any country en-route. 




8 



According to the Wilhelmstrasse Files, the trip was 
authorized and approved by General Ludendorff and Kaiser 
Wilhelm. Ludendorff went so far as to say that if Sweden 
refused to let the Bolsheviks pass, he would guarantee them 
passage into Russia through the German lines! As it turned 
out, the Swedish Government raised no objection and neither 
did the Finnish Government. 

One of the notable revolutionaries, who joined the train when 
it arrived at the German frontier with Switzerland, was 
Radek, who was to play a leading role in the bloody 
Bolshevik Revolution. There were some lighter moments too. 
The Wilhelmstrasse Files describe how the carriage missed 
its engine at Frankfurt, resulting in it being shunted to and fro 
for about 8 hours. 

The party had to de-train in the German Baltic town of 
Sasnitz where they were accorded "decent accommodation" by 
the German Government. The Swedish Government kindly 
gave them ferry transport to Malmo, from where they sailed 
to Stockholm, where "nice" accommodation awaited the 
Bolshevik party for an overnight layover and then it was on 
to the Finnish border. 

There, the intrepid Platten left the high-spirited party and the 
final journey into Russia was made by train to Petrograd. 
Thus an epic journey that began in Zurich, Switzerland, 
ended in Petrograd. Lenin had arrived on the scene and 
Russia was about to be brought low. And throughout, 
Bemays and Lippmann and their associates at Wellington 
House (Tavistock) kept up a steady flow of brainwashing 
propaganda that it is safe to conclude, duped much of the 
world. 




CHAPTER 2 

Europe falls off the precipice 



9 



Europe after WWI and the close of the Bolshevik Revolution 
was forced to change according to the Tavistock blueprint. 
When, thanks to the British engendered and instigated First 
World War, Europe fell off a precipice into the end of their 
world, or perhaps it might be more appropriate to say, 
shambled along like zombies until the last of the era vanished 
into the darkness of the abyss, the forced changes became 
very much apparent. 

This is not a book about the First World War per se. 
Hundreds of thousands of words have been written about the 
cause and effects of the greatest tragedy ever to befall 
mankind, and yet it has not been adequately addressed and 
probably never will be. One thing that many writers -myself 
included - are agreed on. 

The war was started by Great Britain out of sheer hated of 
Germany's rapid progress toward becoming a major 
economic power in competition against Britain, and Lord 
Edward Grey was the principle architect of the war. 

That it was unpopular and not approved of by a large 
majority of the British people called for "special measures" a 
new department to handle the challenge. In essence, that is 
the reason why Wellington House came into existence. 

From such a small beginning, it progressed into the 
gargantuan Tavistock Institute of Human Relations, by 2005, 
the world's premier brainwashing institution and a most 
sinister force. That it will have to be confronted and put out 
of business if the United States is to survive as a 
constitutional Republic with a Republican form of 
government guaranteed to the 50 States is the considered 




10 

opinion of a number of members of the U.S. Senate, who 
were consulted in preparation for this book, but who asked 
not to be named. 

The aftermath of the First World War and the failed attempts 
to form a League of Nations served only to emphasize the gap 
between the old Western civilization and the new. The 
economic disaster of postwar Germany hung like the smoke 
from a funeral pyre over Western culture adding to the 
dismal, sad and fearful climate that began in the 1920s. 

Historian agree that all of the combatants suffered economic 
ravage of varying degree, although Russia was somewhat 
spared, only to be destroyed by the Bolsheviks, while 
Germany and Austria were the hardest hit. A strange kind of a 
forced gaiety descended on Europe in the 1920s (in which I 
include Britain) and the United States. It was put down to 
"rebellious youth" and people generally being "sick of war 
and politics." In point of fact, people were reacting to the 
long-range penetration and inner-directional conditioning of 
the masters at Tavistock. 

In the period between the end of WWI and 1935, they were 
as much shell-shocked as were the troops who had survived 
the hell of the trenches with shot and shell flying all around 
them, only now, it was economic shot and shell and vast 
changes in social mores that numbed their senses. 

But the end result of the "treatment" was the same. People 
threw discretion to the winds and the moral rot that was set in 
motion in 1918, is ongoing and gathering momentum. In the 
state of forced gaiety, nobody saw the coming of the world 
economic crash and subsequent world depression. 




11 



It is agreed by most historians that this condition was 
engineered and we are led to believe, that Tavistock played a 
role in the feverish publicity campaigns of various factions in 
that period. In support of our contention that the crash and 
depression was a contrived event. See Appendix of Events. 

Spengler foretold what was to happen and as it turns out his 
predictions were amazingly accurate. "Decadent society" and 
"loose women" characterized by the "flappers", and men in 
coats fitted with hip flasks, who demanded and got a 
lessening of female modesty that came in with higher 
hemlines, bobbed hair and excessive make-up, women 
smoking and drinking in public. As money became harder to 
come by and soup kitchen and unemployment lines grew 
longer, hemlines grew shorter, while the writings of Sinclair 
Lewis, F. Scott Fitzgerald, James Joyce and D.H. Lawrence 
drew gasps, the latest Broadway shows and nightclub acts 
revealed a lot more of women's hidden charms than ever 
before, and put them out on public display. 

It was noted by fashion designers in 1919 in the New Yorker 
magazine that "hemlines this year are six inches from the 
ground and very daring." 




CHAPTER 3 

How "times" were made to change 



13 



But that was only the beginning. In 1935 with Hitler rising to 
power, guaranteed by the impossible conditions forced upon 
Germany at Versailles, hemlines were also rising to the dizzy 
height of the knees, except in Germany, where Hitler was 
demanding modesty from German womanhood and getting it, 
along with wholesome respect, which did not suit Tavistock's 
book. 

People who stopped to think at all said they hated the way 
"times are changing," but what they did not and could not 
know was that times were being made to change according to 
a carefully laid out Tavistock formula. Everywhere else in 
Europe and America the revolt was on as "emancipation" 
fever spread. 

In the United States it was silent screen idols who led the 
way, but this was no match with what was happening in 
Europe where every single "pleasure" was being indulged in, 
including homosexuality, that had long been hidden in 
darkness and never mentioned in polite society. 

Homosexuality emerged alongside lesbianism to shock 
disgust, and it seemed, to deliberately affront those who still 
lingered in the old order. 

A study of this aberration showed that homosexuality and 
lesbianism became rampant not out of any inner or latent 
desires, but as a means to "shocking" the old establishment 
with its rigid codes of good order. Music too suffered and 
"went to the dogs" in all manner of jazz and other "decadent" 
forms. 




14 



Tavistock was now in the most crucial stage of developing its 
plan that called for womanhood to be reduced to a lessening 
standard of morality and of feminine behavior never thought 
possible. Nations were in a state of numbness, "shell- 
shocked" by the radical changes forced upon them which 
seemed impossible to stop, in which a complete absence of 
female modesty reflected in learned behavioral attitudes that 
made the 1920s and 1930s, look like a ladies Sunday school 
teacher's convention. There was no stopping the "sexual 
revolution" that swept the world during that era and the 
planned degradation of womanhood that went with it. 

Some voices were heard, notably G.K. Chesterton and 
Oswald Spengler, but it was not enough to blunt the assault 
launched by the Tavistock Institute that had in effect 
"declared war on Western civilization." The effects of "long 
range penetration and inner directional conditioning" were 
everywhere to be observed. The moral, spiritual, racial, 
economic, cultural and intellectual bankruptcy we are in the 
midst of today is not some social phenomenon or the result of 
something abstract or sociological that just "happened". 
Rather it was the outcome of a carefully planned Tavistock 
program. 

What we are seeing is not accidental, some aberration of 
history. Rather it is the end product of a deliberately induced 
social and moral crisis evident everywhere and in such 
personages as Mick Jagger, Oprah Winfrey, Britney Spears, 
"reality" television shows, "music" seemingly an amalgam of 
every base instinct, Fox News (Faux News,) near 
pornographic movies in mainstream theaters, advertising in 
which modesty and decency are cast to the winds, loud 
uncouth behavior in public places, especially in American 
restaurants; Katie Curie and a host other of 




15 



female non-entities suddenly "created" to become highly- 
paid "television anchors" or talk show hosts, all of whom 
have been trained to talk in a hard, grating monotonous 
voices totally lacking in cadence, as if talking through 
clenched jaws, in a manner that is harsh, strident and hard on 
the ears. Whereas television news readers and "anchormen" 
had always been men, suddenly, there were no more than a 
dozen men in the field. 

We see it in non-entity "stars" in the movie industry that 
chum out movies of an increasingly low cultural standard. 
We see it also in the glorification of interracial marriages, 
divorce on demand, abortion, and blatant homosexual and 
lesbian behavior, in the loss of religious beliefs and in 
Western civilization family life. Such "stars" are Ellen 
DeGeneres, who have absolutely no talent and nothing of any 
cultural value to offer, are held up as models for 
impressionable young girls who are increasingly on parade 
with as much as 75 percent of their bodies exposed. We see it 
in a massive increase in drug addiction and all manner of 
social evil as in Canada passing a "law" making homosexual 
and lesbian "marriage" legal under the threadbare guise of 
"civil rights." 

We see it in wholesale corruption of the political system and 
constitutional mayhem where the House and Senate permits 
flagrant violations of the highest law in the land, at every 
level of government and nowhere more so than in the 
Executive branch of government, where every president since 
Roosevelt has taken powers to which the President is not 
entitled. We see it in the illicit taking of war powers by the 
President when such powers are explicitly denied to the 
Executive by the U.S. Constitution. 




16 

We see it in a new dimension of constitutional disobedience 
added to an ugly list of "laws" not empowered by the 
Constitution, one of the most recent and most shocking being 
the U.S. Supreme Court's blatant exceeding of it powers in 
breaking down States rights and electing George Bush, the 
younger as the President. This had to be one of the most 
savage blows struck against the Constitution in the grossest 
contravention of the 10 th Amendment to the U.S. Constitution 
in the history of the United States. Yet, so dazed and shell- 
shocked are the American people that no protest was voiced, 
no mass demonstrations; no calls for the Supreme Court to be 
reined in. In this one incident alone, the power of Tavistock's 
"long range penetration and inner directional conditioning" 
proved to be a huge triumph. 

No, this condition of disintegration of our Republic in which 
we find ourselves in 2005 did not simply evolve; rather it is 
the end product of a carefully planned social engineering 
brainwashing project of immense proportions. The truth is 
reflected in the death throes of what was once the greatest 
nation on Earth. 

The physiological conditioning papers written by the social 
scientists at Tavistock are working well. Your reaction is a 
programmed one. You cannot think in any other way unless 
you make a supreme effort. 

Nor can you take steps to free yourself from this condition 
unless you can first identify the enemy and his plan for the 
dissolution of the United States and Europe in particular and 
the Western world in general. That enemy is called the 
Tavistock Institute for Human Relations and it has been at 
war with Western civilization since its earliest days before it 
found form and substance at Wellington House and from there 
evolved into its present facilities at Sussex University 




17 

and the Tavistock Clinic in London. Before I unmasked this 
institution in 1969, it was unknown in the United States. It is 
without doubt the world's premier brainwashing social 
engineering establishment. 

We shall see what it achieved in its early days in pre-WWI 
England and since then in the run-up to WWII and post 
WWII to the present time. During WWII the Tavistock 
Institute was headquartered at the British Army Physiological 
Warfare Division. We have covered its history during its 
formative years at Wellington House and we now proceed to 
the pre- World War II and post WWII activities. 




CHAPTER 4 

Social engineering and the Social scientists 



19 



Dr. Kurt Lewin was its chief theoretician who specialized in 
the teaching and application of topological psychology, 
which was and remains the most advanced method of 
behavior modification. Lewin was assisted by Major General 
John Rawlings Reese, Eric Trist, W.R. Bion, H.V. Dicks and 
several of the "greats" of brainwashing and social 
engineering like Margaret Meade and her husband, Gregory 
Bateson. Bemays was the top consultant right up to the time 
George Bush was placed in the White House by the Supreme 
Court. We do not want to get too technical and thus will not 
get into specifics of how they applied the Social Scientists 
sciences. Most will accept the generic term of "brainwashing" 
as an overall explanation of the activities of this, the "mother 
of all think tanks." 

It will come as no small surprise to learn that Lewin and his 
team founded the Stanford Research Center, the Wharton 
School of Economics, MIT and the National Institute of 
Mental Health among scores of other institutions fondly 
believed to be "American" institutions. During the course of 
years, the Federal Government contributed millions upon 
millions of dollars to Tavistock and its expanded web of 
interlinking institutions, while corporate America and Wall 
Street came up with matching amounts. 

We make bold to say that without the amazing growth and 
advances techniques for mass brainwashing developed by the 
Tavistock Institute, there would have been no Second World 
War, nor any of the wars that followed, and certainly not the 
two Gulf Wars, the second of which is still raging in 
November 2005. 




20 

By the year 2000 there was hardly any aspect of life in 
America into which Tavistock's tentacles had not reached and 
that included every level of government from local to federal, 
industry, trade, education and the political institutions of the 
nation. Every mental and psychological aspect of the nation 
was analyzed, recorded, profiled and stored in computer 
memory banks. 

What has come out of this is what Tavistock calls "a three- 
system response" and it is how population groups react to 
stress resulting from "contrived situations" that become crisis 
management exercises. What we have in the U.S. and Britain 
is a government, that creates a situation viewed by its citizens 
as a crisis, and government then manages that "crisis." 

An example of a "contrived situation" was the Japanese 
attack on Pearl Harbor in December 1941. The attack on 
Pearl Harbor was "contrived" as previously explained herein 
with the transfer of Rockefeller cash to Richard Sorge the 
master spy, and then to a member of the imperial family to 
prompt Japan to fire the first shots so that the Roosevelt 
administration could take the United States into WWII. 

The economic strangulation of Japan by Britain and the 
United States unilaterally choking off the flow of essential 
raw materials to the island factory that was Japan, had 
reached a point where a decision was made to put an end to it. 

Tavistock played an enormous role in crafting the massive 
wave of anti- Japanese propaganda that swept the United 
States into the war in Europe via war against Japan. 




21 



Unbearable economic pressure was put on Japan while at the 
same time the Roosevelt administration refused to 
"negotiate," until the Tokyo government could see no way 
out but to attack at Pearl Harbor. Roosevelt had conveniently 
obligingly shifted the Pacific Fleet into harm's way by 
moving it from its safe-haven at San Diego to Pearl Harbor, 
for absolutely no valid or strategic reason, thereby placing it 
squarely in reach of the Japanese Navy. 

Another example is more recent; the Gulf War that began 
when a hue and a cry was raised about Iraq's alleged stocks of 
nuclear and chemical weapons, the so-called "weapons of 
mass destruction," (WMD's.) The Bush administration and 
the Blair government knew the issue was a "contrived 
situation" without foundation or merit; they knew that there 
were no such weapons. Indisputable proof existed that 
Hussein's weapons program had been nullified after the 1991 
Gulf War and through continued brutal sanctions. 

In short, the two Western "leaders" were caught out in a web 
of lies, yet such is the power of the Committee of 300 and the 
brainwashing power of Tavistock, that they remained in 
office although it is an accepted fact that because of their lies, 
at least one million Iraqis and more than 2000 American 
servicemen dead and 25,999 wounded (Russia's GRU 
Military Intelligence figures) of which 53 percent are 
maimed, with the cost in monetary terms as of October 2005, 
exceeding $550 billion. 

The Iraqi death toll is the total of both Gulf Wars of which 
the majority are civilians who died from the lack of food, 
clean water and medicine as a result of the criminal sanctions 
imposed by the British and U.S. Governments under cover of 
the U.N. 




22 

In carrying out sanctions against Iraq, the U.N. violated its 
own charter and from then on became a crippled institution 
lacking credibility. 

There is no parallel in history where a man holding the 
highest office was proved to be a liar and deceiver and yet 
could remain in power as if nothing had stained his office, a 
state of affairs that demonstrates the power of the Tavistock 
Institute's "long range penetration and inner conditioning" 
treatment of the American people, that would cause them 
docilely to accept such a turgid, horror-filled situation 
without ever taking to the streets in rage. 

Well did Henry Ford say that "people deserve the 
government they get" if the people do nothing to turn that 
government out of office, such as is the right of the American 
people under their U.S. Constitution, then they deserve to 
have liars and deceivers running their nation and their lives. 

On the other hand, the American people may well be going 
through the one of the three phases of what Dr. Fred Emery, 
at one time the senior psychiatrist at Tavistock, once 
described as "social environmental turbulence." According to 
Emery: "Large populations groups manifest the following 
symptoms when subjected to conditions of violent social 
changes, stress and turbulence which can be divided into 
well-defined categories: 

Superficiality is the condition that manifests itself when the 
threatened population group reacts by adopting shallow 
sloganeering, which they attempt to pass off as ideals." 

Very little "ego investment" takes place making the first 
phase a "maladaptive response" because, as Emery stated, 
"the cause of the crisis is not isolated and identified" and 




23 



the crisis and tension is not abated, but continues for as long 
as the controller want it to last. The second phase of the crisis 
reaction (since the crisis is continuing), is "fragmentation", a 
condition in which panic strikes, "social cohesion" falls apart 
with the result that very small groups form and attempt to 
protect themselves from the crisis with little or no regard for 
the expense or cost to other fragmented, small groups. This 
phase Emery calls "passive maladaption," while still failing to 
identify the cause of the crisis. 

The third phase is when the victims turn away from the 
source of the induced crisis and the resulting tension. They 
take "fantasy trips of internal migration, introspection and 
obsession with self." This is what Tavistock calls 
"disassociation and self realization." Emery goes on to 
explain that "the passive maladaption responses are now 
coupled with "active maladaptive responses." 

Emery states that over the past 50 years that experiments in 
applied social psychology and resultant "crisis management" 
have taken over all aspects of life in America and the results 
are stored in the computers in the major "think tanks" such as 
Stanford University. The scenarios are taken out, used and 
revised from time to time and, according to Tavistock, "the 
scenarios are in operation at the present time." 

Translated this means that Tavistock has the majority of the 
American people profiled and brainwashed. If any part of the 
American public is ever able to identify the cause of the crises 
that have washed over this nation in the past seventy years, 
the social engineering structure built by Tavistock will come 
crashing down. But that has not yet happened. Tavistock 
continues to drown the American public in its sea of created 
public opinion. 




24 

The social engineering developed by the Social Sciences 
scientists at Tavistock has been used as a weapon during this 
century's two world wars, especially World War I. The 
pollsters who developed it have been quite frank that they 
employ on the American population the same devices and 
methods used and experimented with against enemy 
populations. 

Today, the manipulation-by-polls of public opinion has 
become a central technique in the hands of the social 
engineers and controllers of the Social scientists employed at 
Tavistock and its many "think tanks" located all over the 
United States and Britain. 




25 

CHAPTER 5 

Do we have what H.G. Wells called "An Invisible 
Government?" 

As I have previously related, the modem science of making 
public opinion through advanced techniques of manipulating 
mass-opinion began at one of the West's most advanced 
propaganda factory situated in Britain at Wellington House. 
This facility dedicated to social engineering and creating 
public opinion at the commencement of World War I, was 
under the aegis of Lords Rothmere and Northcliffe, and the 
future director of studies of the Royal Institute of 
International Affairs (RIIA), Arnold Toynbee. Wellington 
House had an American Section, whose most prominent 
members were Walter Lippmann and Edward Bemays. As we 
discovered later, Bernays was the nephew of Sigmund Freud, 
a fact carefully hidden from public view. 

Jointly, they centered work on techniques to "mobili z e" 
support for World War I among the masses of people who 
were opposed to war with Germany. The public perception 
was that Germany was a friend of the British people, not an 
enemy and the British people saw no need to fight Germany. 
After all, was it not true that Queen Victoria was the cousin of 
Kaiser Wilhelm II? Toynbee, Lippmann and Bemays worked 
to persuade them that war was necessary, using the techniques 
of the new science through new arts of mass-manipulation via 
the communications media for its propaganda purposes 
tinged with willingness to lie, which was just getting into its 
stride, having learned a great deal of experience during the 
Anglo-Boer War (1899-1902). 

It was not only the British public whose perception of events 
had to be altered, but also a recalcitrant American public. 




26 

To this end Bernays and Lippmann were instrumental in 
getting Woodrow Wilson to establish the Creel Committee, 
which created the first body of methodological techniques for 
dissemination of successful propaganda and for the science 
of polling to secure the "correct" opinion. 

From the beginning the techniques were designed in such a 
way that polling (public opinion-making) was based on one 
obvious, but striking feature: — it was concerned with 
people's opinions, not with their understanding of the 
processes of science. Thus, by intent, the pollsters elevated an 
essentially irrational element of mind to a primary level of 
public focus. This was a conscious decision to undermine the 
grasps of reality of masses of people in an increasingly 
complex industrial society. 

If you have ever watched "Fox News" where viewers are 
given the results of a poll about "what Americans are 
thinking," and then for the next hour found yourself shaking 
your head and wondering what the results of the poll 
reflected about your own thinking processes, then you could 
only have felt more puzzled than ever. 

The key to understanding Fox News and the poll might lie in 
what Lippmann had to say about such matters. In his 1922 
book, Public Opinion, Lippmann outlined Tavistock's 
psychological warfare methodology. 

In an introductory chapter, "The World Outside and the 
Pictures in Our Heads," Lippmann stressed, "that the object 
of study of the public opinion social analyst is reality as 
defined by internal perception or images of that reality. 
Public opinion deals with indirect, unseen, and puzzling 
facts, and there is nothing obvious about them. The situations 
to which public opinions refer are known only as opinions...." 




27 



"The pictures inside the heads of these human beings, the 
pictures of themselves, of others, of their needs, purposes, 
and relationship, are their public opinions. Those pictures, 
which are acted upon by groups of people, or by individuals 
acting in the name of groups, are Public Opinion with capital 
letters. The picture inside so often misleads men in their 
dealings with the world outside." 

From this evaluation, it is easy to take the next decisive step 
made by Bemays, — that the elites who run society can and 
do marshal the resources of mass communications to 
mobilize and alter the "herd" mind. 

One year after Lippmann's book, Bernays authored 
Crystallizing Public Opinion. He followed that in 1928 with 
a book entitled quite simply: Propaganda. 

In the first chapter, "Organizing Chaos" Bemays wrote: 

The conscious and intelligent manipulation of the organized, 
habits and opinions of the masses is an important element in 
democratic society. Those who manipulate this unseen 
mechanism of society constitute an invisible government, 
which is the true ruling power of our country. 

We are governed, our minds are molded, our tastes formed, 
our ideas- suggested, largely by men, that we have never 
heard of... Our invisible governors are, in many cases, 
unaware of the identity of their fellow members in the inner 
cabinet. 

Whatever attitude one chooses to take toward this condition, 
it remains a fact that in almost every act of our daily lives, 
whether in the sphere of politics or business, 




28 

in our social conductor or our ethical thinking, we are 
dominated by the relatively small number of persons — a 
trifling fraction of our hundred arid twenty million — who 
understand the mental processes and social patterns of the 
masses. It is they who pull the wires, which control the public 
mind, who harness old social forces and contrive new ways 
to bind and guide the world. 

In Propaganda, Bemays followed his praise of the "invisible 
government" by underscoring the next phase that propaganda 
techniques would follow: 

As civilization has become more complex, and as the need 
for invisible government has been increasingly demonstrated, 
the technical means have been invented and developed by 
which opinion may be regimented. With the printing press 
and the newspaper, the telephone, telegraph, radio and 
airplanes, ideas can spread rapidly and even instantaneously 
over the whole of America. 

To back up his point, Bemays quoted the mentor of "public 
opinion manipulation," H. G. Wells. He cited a 1928 article 
in the New York Times in which Wells welcomed "modem 
means of communication" for "opening up a new world of 
political processes," and for allowing "the common design" 
to be "documented and sustained against perversion and 
betrayal." For Wells, the advent of "mass communication" 
leading up to television meant fantastic new paths for social 
control beyond the wildest dreams of the earlier mass- 
manipulation fanatics of the British Fabian Society. We shall 
return to this vitally important subject later herein. 




29 



CHAPTER 6 

Mass communications ushers in the polling industry 

For Bemays, his recognition of Wells' idea won him a key 
place in the hierarchy of U.S. public opinion controllers; in 
1929, he won a position at CBS, which had recently been 
taken over by William Paley. 

By the same token, the advent of mass communications 
ushered in the polling/sampling industry, to organize the 
perceptions of the masses for the media mafia (part of the 
"invisible government" running the show from behind the 
scenes.) 

By 1935-36, polling was in full swing. In the same year, 
Elmo Roper began his Fortune magazine FOR surveys, 
which evolved into his "What People Are Thinking" column 
for the New York Herald Tribune. 

George Gallup initiated the American Institute of Public 
Opinion; — in 1936 he opened up the British Institute of 
Public Opinion. Gallup was to headquarter his activities 
around Princeton University, intermeshing with the Office of 
Public Opinion Research/Institute for International Social 
Research/Psychology Department complex run by Hadley 
Cantril, who was destined to play an increasingly important 
role in developing the psychological profiling methods later 
to be used in manufacturing the Aquarian Conspiracy. 

In the same 1935-36 period, the first-time use was made of 
polling in presidential elections, under the impetus of two 
newspapers owned by the Cowles family, the Minneapolis 
Star-Tribune and the Des Moines Register. The Cowles are 
still in the news business. 




30 



Based in Spokane, Washington, they are active opinion 
makers and their support of the Bush war in Iraq was a 
crucial factor. 

It is not certain who introduced the practice of "advisors to 
the President," - those persons who are not elected by the 
citizens and whom they have no opportunity to vet, but who 
decided the internal and external foreign policies of the 
Nation. Woodrow Wilson was the first American President to 
make use of the practice. 

Opinion Research and World War II 

These were all small lead-ups to the next phase, triggered by 
two important intersecting developments: the arrival of 
emigre psychological warfare expert Kurt Lewin in Iowa, and 
the involvement of the United States in World War II. 

World War II provided the emerging Tavistock Social 
sciences scientists with enormous scope for experimentation. 
Lewin's leadership put together the key-force that would 
deploy after World War II to utilize those techniques 
developed in warfare against the population of the United 
States. In fact in 1946, Tavistock declared war on the civilian 
population of the United States and has remained in a state of 
war ever since. 

The basic conceptions expounded by Lewin, Wells, Bernays, 
and Lippmann remained in place as the guidepost for 
manipulation of public opinion; the war gave the Social 
scientists the opportunity to apply them in highly 
concentrated form and to bring together a large number of 
institutions under their direction to further the ends of their 
experiments. 




31 



The core institute which was the vehicle for making "public 
opinion," was the Committee on National Morale. Ostensibly 
established to mobilize support for the war in much as 
President Wilson had set up his management committee to 
"manage" WWI, its real purpose was to carry out the 
intensive profiling of both the "Axis" and Americans 
population for the purposes of creating and maintaining a 
means of social control. 

The committee was headed by several leaders of American 
society, including Robert P. Bass, Herbert Bayard Swope, 
among other notables. Its secretary was Margaret Meade's 
husband, Gregory Bateson, one of the principal instigators of 
the CIA's notorious "MK - Ultra" LSD experiments that some 
experts consider as the launch vehicle for the U.S. 
counterculture of drugs, rock and sex. 

The committee's Board of Trustees included poll-taker 
George Gallup; intelligence agent Ladislas Farago and 
Tavistock psychologist, Gardner Murphy. 

The committee ran a number of special projects, the most 
important being a major study on how best to wage 
Psychological Warfare on Germany. The key personnel 
critical to the development of the public opinion project 
were: 

* Kurt K. Lewin, Education and History; Psychology; 
Social Sciences 

* Professor Gordon W. Allport, Psychology 

* Professor Edwin G. Borin, Psychology 

* Professor Hadley Cantril, Psychology 

* Ronald Lippitt, Social Sciences 

* Margaret Mead, Anthropology, Social Sciences; Youth 
& Child Development 




32 

The staff numbered more than a 100 researchers who 
comprised the staff of the Committee, and several opinion- 
profiling institutions critical to the project. 

One such a special project team was in the Office and 
Strategic Services (OSS) (the forerunner of the CIA) 
composed of Margaret Mead, Kurt Lewin, Ronald Lippitt, 
Dorwin Cartwright, John K. French and public-opinion 
makers like Samuel Stouffer (later chairman of the 
Laboratory Social Relations group at Harvard University); 
Paul Lazarsfeld of Columbia University's Sociology 
Department, who developed with profiler Harold Las swell an 
"opinion research" methodology for the OSS based on 
detailed "content analysis" of the local press of enemy 
countries and Rensis Likert. 

Likert, a Prudential Insurance Company key executive 
immediately before the war, had perfected profiling 
techniques as the director of research for the Life Insurance 
Agency Management Association. This equipped him to 
interact favorably with the head of the U.S. Strategic 
Bombing Survey, who was the former head of Prudential Life 
Insurance Company. Likert served as director of the division 
of morale of the Strategic Bombing Survey from 1945-1946 
from which position he had enormous scope for mass public 
opinion profiling and manipulation. 




CHAPTER 7 

The making of public opinion 



33 



According to Tavistock Institute records, the Strategic 
Bombing Survey played a key role in forcing Germany to its 
knees through a highly disciplined program of systematic 
bombing of German worker housing, which Sir Arthur Harris 
of the RAF was only too delighted to carry out. 

In addition, from 1939-1945, Likert ran the Division of 
Program Surveys of the Department of Agriculture, from 
which major studies were undertaken in the techniques of 
"mass persuasion." Or to put it another way, "making public 
opinion to fit the desired goals." One can only speculate on 
the numbers of citizens who believed their support for the 
"Allied" war effort sprang from their own opinions. 

One of Likert's key aides in the division was Lewin protege 
and future Tavistock operative Dorwin Cartwright, who 
wrote the text-book document titled, "Some Principles of 
Mass Persuasion " which is still in use today. 

Another major agency for shaping public opinion was the 
Office of War Information, directed by Gardner Cowles for 
much of the war effort. Bernays was brought into OWI as an 
advisor. It is out of the nexus we have described here that the 
network of key "polling institutions" emerged after World 
War II. They have played a powerful and decisive role in 
American life ever since. Gallup, from the committee on 
National Morale's Board of Trustees, upgraded his activity 
and became the key commander of polling institutions for 
launching new policies of the Committee of 300, which he 
passed off as "polling results." 




34 

Bemays played several key postwar roles. In 1953, he wrote 
a paper for the State Department that recommended setting 
up a psychological warfare office by State. In 1954, he was a 
consultant to the U.S. Air Force, the armed forces branch 
most under the influence of the Strategic Bombing Survey 
people. 

During this early 1950s period, Bernays was public relations 
counsel to the United Fruit (United Brands) Corporation, one 
of the leading corporations in the communication/national 
security apparat (Eisenhower's "military-industrial complex") 
then busy with consolidating its power over U.S. policy. 

Bemays conducted the propaganda campaign alleging 
Guatemala was falling under "Communist control" that 
resulted in a U.S. engineered coup in that country. In 1955 
Bemays wrote a book about his experience titled "The 
Engineering of Consent." 

The book became the virtual Tavistock blueprint followed by 
the U.S. Government to overthrow any country whose 
policies were unacceptable to the One World Government 
Socialist dictatorship. 

Throughout the postwar period, Bemays was a member of the 
Society for Applied Anthropology, one of Margaret Mead's 
social-control institutions inside the U.S., and the Society for 
the Psychological Study of Social Issues, a group created by 
John Rawlings Reese, a founder member of Tavistock to run 
"psychiatric shock troops" among the American population. 

One of its first actions was the unlashing of homosexuality in 
Florida, a move bitterly opposed by Anita Bryant who had no 
idea of what she was up against. 




35 

The second of its actions was to introduce the theme that 
non- white people are more intelligent than whites, which we 
shall discuss later. 

Likert moved to the University of Michigan to set up the 
Institute for Social Research (ISR) that absorbed the 
Massachusetts Center for the Study of Group Dynamics, the 
principal Tavistock affiliate in the U.S. in the beginning of the 
postwar era. 

Tavistock's ISR was the center of a number of critical 
profiling and "Opinion Research" subgroups, among them 
the Center for research in the Utilization of Scientific 
Knowledge, was established by Likert OSS co-worker and 
Lewin disciples, Ronald Lippitt. 

Project Director Donald Michael was a leading player in the 
Club of Rome, and a second subgroup, the Survey Research 
Center, was Likert's own personal creation that grew to 
become the most elaborate institution in the U.S. for 
"surveying" (creating) popular attitudes and trends, among 
the principal of which were demeaning and degrading 
womanhood and pushing the superior intellectual capabilities 
of non-white persons according to Lewin's carefully crafted 
scripts. 

Robert Hutchins became famous during this period and his 
closest colleague in those early years was William Benton, 
the founder in 1929 with Chester Bowles of Benton and 
Bowles, the well-known advertising firm. Benton utilized 
Benton and Bowles as a means to develop the science of 
mass control through advertising. 




36 

It was Benton's pioneering work supported by Douglass 
Cater, that led to the development of Tavistock's burgeoning 
control over U.S. media policy through the Aspen Institute of 
Colorado, the American home of the Socialist One World 
Government Committee of 300. 

In passing I mention that the science of mass media control 
through advertising is today so firmly entrenched that it has 
become the key component in opinion making. In the early 
post WWII days, Hollywood incorporated it into nearly all of 
its movies. 

Advertising (brainwashing) was done through the type and 
make of car the hero drove, the brand of cigarette the suave 
Lawrence Harvey smoked, the clothes and make up the 
leading lady wore, clothes that became more risque with each 
passing year, until today in 2005 we have womanhood 
degraded by the likes of Britney Spear's almost naked breasts 
and bare stomach exposed by crotch hugging jeans she often 
wears, the social mores that Hollywood enjoys so much in 
flouting. 




CHAPTER 8 

Degrading women and decline of moral standards 



37 



The pace of degrading womanhood has quickened at a 
remarkable degree since hemlines reached the knee. This is 
manifesting itself in such areas as near pornography in 
mainstream movies and soap operas and we venture to 
suggest that the day is not far off, when such scenes will be 
"total and mandatory." 

This decline in attractive feminine speech can be traced to 
Tavistock methodology and its practitioners, Cantril, Likert 
and Lewin. Another noticeable change was the increase in 
movies featuring inter-racial dating and sexual encounters 
coupled with "human rights" claims for lesbians in the most 
blatantly open form. 

Special people were selected and trained for this task, 
probably the best known of many being Ellen Degeneres who 
received hundreds of thousands of dollars worth of free 
publicity under the guise of being interviewed on talk shows 
and "discussion" groups on the subject of "same-sex love" 
meaning encounters between two females involving a type of 
sex practice. 

Benton the pioneer in degrading womanhood had as his 
mentor Social scientist's leading expert in profiling theory at 
Tavistock, one Harold Lasswell, who together with Benton 
founded the American Policy Commission in 1940. Lasswell's 
joint venture with Benton marked the clearest link between 
Aspen's hidden Socialist One World Government operations 
in America and the Tavistock Institute. Aspen became the 
headquarters of the Committee of 300 branches in the United 
States. 




38 



Hedley Cantril, Likert and Lewin with their humanistic 
psychology brainwashing applied methodology, played an 
increasingly vital role in using "opinion research" to bring 
about paradigm shifts value shifts in society, such as those 
just described, but on an expanded range and reaching into 
every level of society that comprised Western civilization as 
it had been known for centuries. 

Cantril's home base from where he conducted his war 
operations against the American people was the Office of 
Public Opinion Research at Princeton University, founded in 
1940, the same year in which Cantril wrote his book entitled, 
The Invasion From Mars, a detailed analysis about how the 
population of the New York-New Jersey area reacted with 
fear and panic to Orson Wells "War of the Worlds" broadcast 
in 1938. 

How could they have known that they were part of a 
profiling venture since it is reasonable to conclude that in 
1938 not one in five million had ever heard of Hadley Cantril 
or the Tavistock Institute. It would be interesting to find out 
how many Americans have heard of Tavistock now in 2005? 

Most would remember Orson Wells, but the probabilities are 
that ninety-nine percent of the population would not attach 
any significance to the name, Cantril, or have any knowledge 
of the Tavistock Institute. 

Let us recount the events of the night of October 30 th 1938, 
because the same techniques have been used by the Bush 
Administration, the Defense Department and the CIA to 
shape the public perception of the events that led up to the 
invasion of Iraq in 2003 and are still very much in use in 
2005. 




39 



In 1938, Orson Wells had created quite a reputation for 
himself as a master at staging faux news events by making 
use of the English author, H.G. Wells, a former MI6 
operative and his book, The War of the Worlds. 

In the radio adaptation of the Wells' work, the other Wells, 
interrupted radio programs in New Jersey with an 
announcement that Martians had just landed. "The Martian 
invasion has begun," said Orson Wells. 

During the 4-hour long production, it was announced no less 
than four times that what radio audiences were listening to 
was a fictitious re-enactment of what it would be like if H.G. 
Wells' story had come to life. But that availed nothing. Panic 
gripped millions of people who fled from their homes in 
terror, jamming roads and communication systems. 

What was the purpose of the "hoax?" In the first instance it 
was to gauge just how effective Cantril and Tavistock's 
methods were in practice, and perhaps of greater importance, 
it was to set the stage for the coming war in Europe in which 
"news broadcasts" would play a crucial role in information 
gathering and dissemination as an established source of 
reliable information, as well as a forum for directing public 
opinion. 

Two days after the "Martian Invasion news broadcast," an 
editorial in the New York Times headed "Terror by Radio" 
inadvertently shed light on what Tavistock had in mind for the 
American people in the coming war now looming closer: 
"What began as entertainment might readily have ended in 
disaster," the editorial said. Radio officials had a 
responsibility and "should think twice before mingling news 
techniques with fiction so terrifying." 




40 

What the "Times" had inadvertently stumbled onto was the 
wave of the future seen through the eyes of the theoreticians 
at Tavistock. Henceforth, "mingling news techniques with 
fiction so terrifying" that it would be taken as fact, was to be 
standard practice for the graduates of Tavistock. All news 
broadcast were to be adaptations of "news and fiction" in a 
skilful blend so as to make the one unrecognizable from the 
other. 

In fact, Tavistock put their newly tested theory into practice a 
year later when the population of cities in Europe, London, 
Munich, Paris and Amsterdam were smitten with war jitters 
even as Neville Chamberlain was successfully avoiding war, 
using the same techniques that were employed in the October 
1938 "War of the Worlds" radio broadcasts. 




CHAPTER 9 

How individuals and groups react to blending fact with 
fiction 



41 



Cantril's conclusion was that the public reacted exactly as his 
profiling research experiments had led him to believe it 
would. That Sunday night October 30, 1938 was to become a 
landmark date in his files and a date signifying a vast 
paradigm shift for ever in the way that "news" would 
henceforth, be presented. Slightly more than seven decades 
later, the world is still being fed a diet of news mingled with 
fiction, - fiction that in so many instances is terrifying. The 
Western world has undergone drastic changes unwillingly 
forced upon it, that it has become a world so vastly different 
from what it was on that October night in 1938, as to be 
"another planet." We shall return to this vital subject later in 
this work. 

Following the Second World War, Cantril became totally 
involved with the head guru at Tavistock, its founder, John 
Rawlings Reese and his World Tensions Project at the United 
Nations' UNESCO. 

Profiles on how individuals and groups reacted to 
international tensions were formulated on the basis of 
skillfully blending fact with terrifying fiction in preparation for 
a campaign to launch "World citizens," (of a One World 
Government Socialist-Communist dictatorship) that began to 
be employed to weaken national boundaries, language and 
culture and to discredit pride of nation and sovereignty of 
nation-states, in preparation for the coming of the Socialist 
New World Order — One World Government, that President 
Woodrow Wilson said America would make safe for 
"democracy." 




42 

Those fresh-faced young American boys from Arkansas and 
North Carolina were sent marching off to Europe believing 
they were "fighting for their country," never knowing that the 
"democracy" Wilson sent them to "make safe for the world" 
was a Socialist- International Communist One World 
Government dictatorship. 

John Rawlings Reese was the publisher of Tavistock's 
magazine Journal of Humanistic Psychology. Their joint 
thinking mentality is seen in the 1955 monograph, "Toward a 
Humanistic Psychology, " an as a progression of Cantril's 
support for the Tavistock-trained Gordon Airport's perception 
of the "personality." As he expressed it in the 1947 book, 
Understanding Man's Social Behavior, in a chapter on 
"Causality." Cantril's methodology was based on the 
conception that "the particular environment in which growth 
takes place gives the particular individual a particular 
direction for growth." 

Cantril's endeavors are good examples of the breakdown of 
boundaries between supposedly neutral opinion taking and 
social-engineering opinion making; 

Tavistock's commitment to forcing major shifts in personality 
and behavior in all sectors of targeted population groups such 
as we have sought to describe. 

Cantril appointed a board of directors to assist in the work, 
among who were: 

Warren Bennis, a follower of Tavistock director Eric 
Trist. 

Marilyn Ferguson, allegedly the author of The Aquarian 
Conspiracy; 

Jean Houston, head of the Institute for Brain Research, 
member of the Club of Rome and author of Mind Games. 




43 



Aldous Huxley, who supervised the MK-Ultra LSD 
program that ran for 20 years. 

Willis Harman, a Stanford University director and mentor 
of "The Changing Images of Man" later disguised as "The 
Aquarian Conspiracy" passed off as the work of Marilyn 
Ferguson. 

Michael Murphy, head of the Esalen Institute, established 
by Huxley and others as the Center for "sensitivity 
training" and drug experiments. 

James F.T. Bugenthal, an initiator of cult-creation projects 
at Esalen. 

Abraham Maslow, the leading exponent of the irrationalist 
"think force" and founder of AHP in 1957. 

Carl Rogers, Maslow's co-worker at the AHP in 1957. 

AHP's reigning ideology was exemplified by a book review in 
a 1966 issue of its journal. The Journal of Humanistic 
Psychology. 

Reviewing Maslow's book, The Psychology of Science, 
Willis Harman, a year before his 1967-69 Stanford Research 
study, welcomed the "challenge to science" from 
"extrasensory perception, psycho kinesis, mysticism, and 
consciousness-expanding drugs" (particularly LSD and 
Mesacalin.) He lauded Maslow's "new science" since it 
would bring to the fore "hypnosis, creativity, parapsychology, 
and psychedelic experience," and shift scientific concern 
away from the "outside" world to studying "inner space." 

This was Cantril's original "particular personality" thinking 
brought to its logical conclusion. To Cantril goes the "glory 
and honor" of forcing a vast paradigm shift on the way the 
Western world thinks and behaves. 




44 

Certainly Oswald Spengler would have had no trouble in 
identifying it as one of the causes of the downfall of the West 
he had predicted in 1936. 

Making Changes in the "Cognitive and Behavioral 
Structure." 

Whatever the particular coloration of ideology that 
accompanied the scientists of the polling institutions after 
World War II, the invariant notion of social engineering 
trough "sampling methods" and "opinion research" could be 
found in Cartwright's paper Some Principles of Mass 
Persuasion prepared for the Division of Program Surveys of 
the Department of Agriculture. 

The paper was subtitled, "Selected Findings of Research on 
the Sale of United States War Bonds," but as Cartwright 
makes clear, the war-related aspect of the survey was just a 
pretext for conducting an analysis on the principles of how 
perception can be modified to suit whatever ends the 
controller might have in mind. 

One would be puzzled as to what the sale of war bonds had to 
do with agriculture, but that was part of Cartwright's 
methodology. It was the Bernays-Lippmann-Cantril- 
Cartwright hypothesis synthesized and concentrated in a 
World War II setting. The article was featured in Tavistock's 
journal. Human Relations which ought to immediately 
brought the reader to attention. 

"Among the many technological advances of the past century 
that have produced changes in social organization," 
Cartwright began, "the development of the mass media of 
communication promises to be the most far reaching. This 
heightened interdependence of people means that the 
possibilities of mobilizing mass social action have been 




45 



greatly increased. It is conceivable that one persuasive person 
could, through the use of mass media, bend the world's 
population to his will." We do not believe that Cartwright had 
Jesus Christ in mind when he made that statement. 

Under a subheading, "Creating a Particular Cognitive 
Structure," Cartwright continues: 

Principle One: "It is considered a truism by virtually all 
psychologists that a person's behavior is guided by his 
perception of the world in which he lives.... It follows from 
this formulation that one way to change a person's behavior is 
to modify his cognitive structure. The modification of 
cognitive structure in individuals by means of the mass media 
has several prerequisites. These may be stated in the form of 
principles." 

Interspersing his account with examples from the application 
of his study to the World War Two war-bonds sale drive, 
Cartwright then elaborated the principles: "The 'message' (i.e., 
information, facts, etc.), must reach the sense organs of the 
persons who are to be influenced... Total stimulus situations 
are selected or rejected on the basis of an impression of their 
general characteristics," etc. A second set of principles 
investigated more deeply the methods of altering "cognitive 
structure." 

Principle Two: "Having reached the sense organs, 'message' 
must be accepted as part of the person's cognitive structure." 
Cartwright noted in this section that "any effort to change 
behavior through a modification of this cognitive structure 
must overcome the forces tending to maintain the present 
structure. 




46 

Only when a given cognitive structure seems to the person to 
be unsatisfactory for his adjustment is he likely readily to 
receive influences designed to change that structure." 

Under "Creating a Particular Motivational Structure," 
Cartwright analyzed further "the social inductions the 
governors of the U.S. Federal Reserve System in Washington 
into turmoil for a protracted period." 




CHAPTER 10 
Polling comes of age 



47 



The Tavistock Clinic in London was where Sigmund Freud 
had settled when he arrived from Germany, and where his 
nephew, Edward Bernays later held court. 

Thus it was that England became the world's center for mass 
brainwashing, social engineering experimenting that spread to 
postwar clinics spread all over the United States. 

During World War II, Tavistock was the headquarters of the 
British Army's Psychological Warfare Bureau which, through 
the arrangements of the British Special Operation Executive 
(SOE) (later known as MI6) dictated policy to the United 
States Armed Forces in matters of psychological warfare. 

Toward the end of the war, Tavistock personnel took over the 
World Federation of Mental Health and the Psychological 
Warfare Division of the Supreme Headquarters, Allied 
Expeditionary Force (SHAEF) in Europe. 

Tavistock's chief theoretician, Dr. Kurt Lewin, came to the 
United States to organize the Harvard Psychological Clinic, 
the MIT research Center for Groups Dynamics, the Institute of 
Social Research at the University of Michigan; while his 
colleagues, Cartwright and Cantrill joined him to play a 
pivotal policy role at the psychological department of the 
Office of Strategic Services (OSS), the Office of Naval 
Research ONI), the U.S. Strategic Bombing Survey and the 
Committee of National Morale. 




48 

Moreover, a large number of influential people at top policy 
levels were trained in Dr. Lewin's theory of topological 
psychology, which is to this day the worlds most advanced 
method of behavior modification-brainwashing. Important 
colleagues of Kurt Lewin at Tavistock, Eric Trist, John 
Rawlings Reese, H.V. Dicks, W.R. Bion and Richard 
Crossman plus selected personnel from the Strategic 
Bombing Survey, the Committee on National Morale and the 
National Defense Resources Council, joined Lewin at Rand 
Corporation, the Stanford Research Institute, the Wharton 
School, the National Training Laboratories and the National 
Institute of Mental Health. 

The United States government began contracting 
multimillion-dollar projects with all these institutions. Over a 
period of the forty years, tens of billions of dollars have been 
allocated by the Lederal Government to fund the work of these 
groups; while additional tens of billions of dollars found their 
way into these institutions from private foundations. 

As years passed, these institutions grew and the scope of 
projects they contracted grew with them. Every aspect of the 
mental and psychological life of the American people was 
profiled, recorded and stored into computer memory banks. 

The institutions, personnel and networks kept on expanding 
and penetrating deeply into every nook and cranny of 
Lederal, State and Local governments. Their in-house 
specialists and graduates were called in to develop policies for 
welfare departments, labor mediation boards, trade unions, 
the Air Lorce, the Navy, the Army, the National Education 
Association and psychiatric clinics, and the White House, 
the Defense Department and the State 




49 

Department. It also has extensive contracts with the Central 
Intelligence Agency (CIA). 

Close cooperative relations were developed between these 
think-tanks and the U.S.A.'s key polling organizations and 
the major media companies. Gallup Poll, the Yankelovich - 
CBS-New York Times poll, the National Opinion Research 
Center and others incessantly conducted psychological 
profiles of the entire population, sharing the results for 
evaluation and processing with the ubiquitous social 
psychologists. 

What the public sees in newspapers as opinion polls 
represents only a fractional portion of the work that the 
pollsters undertook to do. A key to the control of Tavistock 
over key sectors of the daily business of government in the 
U.S. is that it now has its own de-facto television outlet in 
Fox News, since its acquisition by Richard Murdoch, a 
virtual seamless propaganda machine for the government. 

Above this closely knit grouping of social psychologists, 
pollsters and media manipulators, presides an elite of 
powerful patrons, "the Gods of Olympus" (the Committee of 
300). It is known in informed circles, that the group controls 
everything in the world with the exception of Russia and 
latterly, China. 

It plans and acts out long-term strategies in a totally, 
disciplined and unified manner. It commands over 400 of the 
top Fortune 500 companies in the U.S. with interlocking 
connections that reach into every facet of government, trade, 
banking, foreign policy, intelligence agencies and the 
military establishment. 




50 



It has absorbed all the other "power groups" of earlier U.S. 
history; the Rothschild, Morgan, Rockefeller group, the 
Eastern Liberal Establishment personified by the Perkins, 
Cabot, Lodge families, the creme of the old East India opium 
trade that generated billions of dollars. 

Its hierarchy comprises the old families descended from the 
British East India Company with its vast fortunes derived 
from the opium trade that is run from the top down, including 
European royalty among others. 

In the deeper recesses of the intelligence establishment in 
Washington, veteran intelligence officers refer to this 
awesome group, in hushed tones and mysterious language as 
the "Committee of 300." The leaders are called "The 
Olympians." No U.S. president is elected or remains in office 
save and except by their favor. 

Those who buck their control are removed. Examples are 
John F. Kennedy, Richard Nixon and Lyndon Johnson. The 
Committee of 300 is the international Socialist One World 
Government that runs the New World Order from behind the 
scenes where it will remain, until it is ready to emerge and 
take open and full control of all governments of the world in 
an International Communist dictatorship. 




51 



CHAPTER 11 

The paradigm shift in education 

During the 1970s a dramatic paradigm shift in school 
curricula at all levels came into effect apparently to the point 
that students were awarded school credits for courses in 
civics instead of reading, writing and arithmetic. An 
epidemic of "casual sex" and drug-taking overwhelmed 
school-age teens and swept over the entire country. 

In July 1980, a major international conference was held in 
Toronto, Canada, under the auspices of First Global 
Conference on the Future in which 4,000 social engineers, 
cybernetics experts and futurologists from all the think tanks 
participated. The conference was under the direction of the 
Tavistock Institute's billionaire chairman, Maurice Strong 
who set the theme: 

"The time has come to move from thinking and dialogue to 
action. This conference will become the launching pad for 
that important action to occur in the 1980s." 

Strong was chairman of Petro-Canada, one of several 
"flagship" companies of the "Olympians." His background 
was British Intelligence MI6 where he held the rank of 
colonel during World War II. Strong and his network of 
companies were heavily involved in the highly lucrative 
opium-heroin-cocaine trade. Strong and Aldous Huxley were 
responsible for the FSD plague that swept the United States 
and later, Europe. He was a former director of the United 
Nations Environmental Program. 

One of the chief speakers for the "Olympians" at the 
conference was Dr. Aurelio Peccei, chairman of the Club of 
Rome, a NATO think tank. 




52 

The North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) was created 
within the framework of the Aquarian Conspiracy, a project 
by the Social scientists at Stanford University under the 
direction of Willis Harmon. NATO in turn formed and 
promoted a new branch called "The Club of Rome," the name 
being designed to confuse and dissemble as it had nothing to 
do with the Catholic Church. 

Without going into the technicalities of the Club of Rome, 
(hereinafter referred to as "the Club,") its purpose was to act 
as a counterweight against post-industrial agricultural and 
military expansion, a so-called "post-industrial agricultural 
zero growth society," which was meant to halt America's 
burgeoning manufacturing industries and growing 
mechanized farming food production capability. Memberships 
of the Club and NATO were interchangeable. 

Stanford Research, the Tavistock Institute and other centers of 
applied social psychiatry joined it. In 1994 Tavistock signed 
a major contract with NASA to evaluate the effects of its 
space program. The Club itself was only founded in 1968 as 
part of the call for a New World Order inside a One World 
Government. What the Club became was an instrument to 
enforce limits of growth on industrial nations, and the United 
States was the first country to be targeted. 

This was in fact one of the earliest steps taken to implement 
the "300" goal of returning the U.S. to a state of feudalism, a 
feudal society. One of the industries the Club railed against 
was nuclear energy, and they were successful in halting 
construction of all nuclear electricity generating plants that 
has put demand a thousand years ahead of the supply of 
electrical power. NATO was its military alliance meant to 
keep Russia in line. 




53 

On the agenda of the 1980 meeting referred to above were 
the following: 

* Women's liberation movement. 

* Black consciousness, racial mixing, breaking down taboos 
against mixed marriages as propounded by anthropologist 
Margaret Meade and Gregory Bateson of Tavistock. 

* It was decided at this meeting that an aggressive program 
would be launched to portray "colored races" as superior to 
Western Civilization white persons. From this forum came 
Oprah Winfrey and a host of black persons who were picked 
up and trained for their roles to portray "mixed races" as 
superior to whites. 

*It could also be seen in movies where black movie stars 
suddenly proliferated until they became household names. It 
was seen also where a black person was placed in the role a 
high position of authority over whites, such a judge, or a 
district head of the FBI and the military, CEOs of large 
corporations etc. 

* Youth rebellion against imagined societal wrongs. 

* Emerging interest in social responsibility of business. 

* The generation gap implying a changing paradigm. 

* The anti-technological bias of many young people. 

* Experimentation with new family structures 

interpersonal relationships in which homosexuality and 
lesbianism became "normalized" and "no different 

from other people acceptable at all levels of society, two 
lesbian "moms." 

* The emergence of the fake conservation/ecology 
movements such as "Greenpeace" 

* A surge in interest in Eastern religious and philosophical 
perspectives. 

* A renewed interest in "fundamentalist" Christianity. 

* Labor unions shifting emphasis to quality of the work 
environment. 




54 

* An increasing interest in meditation and other spiritual 
disciplines The "Kabala" was to supplant Christian culture 
and special people were chosen to teach and spread Kabala. 
Early chosen disciples were Shirley McLean, Roseanne Barr 
and later. Madonna and Demi Moore. 

* The increasing importance of "self-reali z ation" processes. 

* Reinvention of music, "hip-hop" and "rap," by such groups 
as "Ice Cube." 

* A new language form in which English is so mutilated 
as to be unintelligible. This is being carried over into 
news readers on prime time television. 

These disparate trends signified the emergence of a created 
climate of social upheaval and far-reaching changes as a new 
image of human beings began to take hold bringing with 
them radical changes in Western civilization. 

A "leaderless," but powerful network "the invisible army" 
began working to bring about "unacceptable" change in the 
United States. Its rank and file members were the "shock 
troops" who radicalized all forms of the norm, breaking with 
certain key elements of Western civilization. Among the 
"Olympians," this network was known as the "Aquarian 
Conspiracy" and its adherents were to be known as "invisible 
shock troops." 

This massive paradigm gigantic, irrevocable shift, overtook 
America while we slept, sweeping away the old with new 
political, religious and philosophical systems. It was what 
citizens of the New World Order-One World Government 
would have to exhibit hereafter, a new mind - the rise of a 
new order with no nation-states, pride of place and pride of 
race, a culture of the past, destined to the dustbin of history, 
never to be revived. 




55 



We know from experience that this work is likely to be 
greeted with scorn and disbelief. Some will even pity us. 
Terms like "off the wall" will be used to describe this work. 
This is the standard reaction when the motivations of 
Tavistock's Social scientists brain-washers, opinion-makers, 
social-psychologists have for acting out their war on the 
United States are not known. The probability is 90% of the 
American people do not know that Tavistock declared war on 
the German civilian population to end WWII. 

When that conflict ended in 1946, the Tavistock practitioners 
of mass brainwashing and opinion went to war against the 
American people. 

If this is how you react when you read this expose, don't feel 
bad, - then understand that it is the way you are expected to 
react. If the motivation appears far-fetched and lacking 
credibility, also incomprehensible, then the motivation "does 
not exist." That being the case, then the action that derives 
from it does not exist; therefore, ergo "the Olympians" do not 
exist and there is no conspiracy. 

But the hard fact is that a gigantic conspiracy does exist. No 
doubt Kurt Lewin, the top scientist at Tavistock and key 
theoretician of all think tanks could explain it more clearly 
than we have been able to do, if he chose to. His practice is 
derived from what he called "topological-psychology" 
doctrine. Lewin is the man upon whose theories, the 
psychological warfare battles of World War II were fought so 
successfully, the man who planned and executed the Strategic 
Bombing Survey that brought Germany defeat in WWII 
through the wholesale destruction of 65 percent of German 
worker housing to which we have just referred to very 
briefly. 




CHAPTER 12 

Lewin's doctrine of "identity change 



57 



The Lewin doctrine is not easy for the layman to follow. 
Basically, Lewin said that all psychological phenomena occur 
in a domain defined as "psychological phase space." This 
space is composed of two interdependent "fields," the 
"environment" and the "self." 

The concept of "controlled environment" arose from the 
study that if you have a fixed-personality (one susceptible to 
being predictably profiled), and if you want to elicit from this 
personality a particular type of behavior, then all you have to 
do is control the third variable of the equation and thus 
produce the desired behavior. 

This was the norm in social-psychology formulas. MI6 uses it, 
and almost every type of situation involving negotiations; 
army counterinsurgency operations, labor negotiations and 
diplomatic negotiations used it up until apparently the 1960s. 

After 1960, Tavistock changed the equation by placing 
greater emphasis on the technique of controlled environment 
not the behavior, but the desired personality. What Lewin set 
out to accomplish was far more drastic and permanent; altering 
the deeper structures of human personalities. In short, what 
Lewin succeeded in doing was to move beyond "behavior 
modification" to "identity change." 

Identity change was adopted by the nations of the world. 
Nations worked to acquire a "new personality" that would 
change the way the world looked at them. 




58 

The theory relied upon the original formulations of two 
Tavistock theoreticians, Dr. William Sargent's theory in his 
Battle for the Mind, and Kurt Lewin's own work on 
personality regression. 

Lewin observed that the "inner self of the individual displays 
certain reactions when under tension from the environment. 
When there is no tension, then the normal inner self of a 
person is well differentiated, balanced multifaceted, 
versatile." 

"When a reasonable amount of tension is applied from the 
environment, then all the various abilities and faculties of the 
inner self go on alert, ready for effective action. 

But, when an intolerable amount of tension is applied, then 
this geometry collapses into a blinded, undifferentiated soup; 
a primitive, a regressed personality. The person is reduced to 
an animal; the highly differentiated and versatile abilities 
disappear. The controlled environment takes over the 
personality." 

It is this Lewin "technique" that is used on the captives held 
at the Guantanamo Bay prison camp in defiance of 
international law and the U.S. Constitution. The gross 
misconduct of the Bush administration at the camp is beyond 
the pale of normal Western Christian civilization, and its 
acceptance by a docile American public, might be the first 
sign that the American people have been so changed by 
Tavistock's "long range penetration and inner-direction 
conditioning," that they are now ready to descend to the level 
of the New World Order in a One World Government where 
such barbaric "treatment" will be regarded as normal and 
accepted without protest. 




59 



The fact that medical doctors took part in the inhuman torture 
of fellow human being and felt no remorse would indicate 
just how far down the world has already fallen. 

This has been observed as being the basis for the military 
camp at Guantanamo, Cuba, which was opened there to avoid 
the strictures of the U.S. Constitution and to provide a 
Lewin-type controlled environment. The men being held at 
this psychological prison are now in the state of regression 
where they have been reduced to the level of animals. 

Guantanamo is the type of camp that we predict will be 
established all over the United States and the world, when the 
New World Order-One World Government assumes total 
world control. It is sadistic, inhuman and beastly, designed to 
break the natural pride of the victims, to break the will to 
resist and to reduce the prisoners to the level of beasts. 

During the first world government experiment in the then 
USSR, men were allowed to use toilets only to be interrupted 
in the middle of evacuating and hustled out before they could 
clean themselves. Abu Graihb and Guantanamo were about at 
that level when the controllers were roughly subjected to 
world-wide scrutiny. General Miller who was the chief kapo 
has since disappeared from sight. 

"Dissidents" who insist on the U.S. Government obeying the 
Constitution and demand their constitutional rights, will in 
future be treated as "dissidents," exactly like Stalin treated 
"dissidents" in Russia. Future "Guantanamos" that have 
sprung up all over America are a portent of the future. On that 
we can rely. 




61 



CHAPTER 13 

The Induced Decline of Western Civilization between 
two World Wars. 

Of all European nations, in the period between the two world 
wars, Germany, as the super-economic, super racial purity, 
super warrior nation, suffered the most, as was the intention. 
The League of Nation was the "first draft" of the last- 
approaching New World Order inside a One World 
Government, and the "peace proposals" at the Paris Peace 
Conference, directed and controlled by Tavistock, was meant 
to cripple Germany and make it a permanent second-class 
European power, their self-respect destroyed through the 
social demotion to pauperism or at best proletarian status. 

It is hardly surprising that the German people turned savage 
and gave Hitler the mass following he needed to convert his 
latent nationalistic movement into a revival force. 

We shall never know whether Tavistock miscalculated or 
indeed, set the stage in this manner for a bigger and bloodier 
war. After all, Meade and Bertrand Russell had stated, that 
what was needed was a world populated by "docile" subjects. 
Russell had remarked on the "child-like" character of the 
American Negro he had encountered during his travels to the 
United States. Russell said he preferred them to the white 
people. He also said that if the White race was to survive, it 
would have to learn to behave in the child-like manner of the 
Negro. Yet, in the same breath the Tavistock emissary called 
black people "useless eaters" and declared that they ought to 
be wiped out, en-masse. 




62 

Russell also liked the docility of the Brazilian people, 
brought about, he thought, by "inter-race breeding with 
Africans brought over as slaves." 

There is a school of thought that one of the primary 
objectives of the fiends who planned both world wars was 
that they would be fought for the most part by young white 
men. It is certainly true that Germany, Britain, the U.S. and 
Russia lost millions of the flower of their male population 
who were removed from the nation-building stock forever. In 
the Tavistock-engineered WWI, war fronts and battles were 
arranged in such a manner that Russia lost 9,000,000 men 
killed or 70 percent of its entire military strength. 

With the exception of Russia the aristocracy suffered much 
less than the bourgeoisie from the economic consequences of 
war and revolution. Traditionally much of their wealth was in 
land; which did not depreciate as much during inflation as 
some tangibles. 

The disintegration of the monarchies (except in England) hit 
the old order of society of the upper-classes, who could not 
continue to serve society in their roles as officers or 
diplomats — as there no longer are much demand for their 
services — opportunities for such service were far fewer than 
they had been before the war. 

Some of the Russia aristocracy courageously accepted 
proletarian or even menial status like the Russian taxi drivers, 
night-club doormen, and headwaiters in postwar Paris; others 
went into business. Most, however, fell into a life of social 
denigration. Where the strictly guarded frontier between 
Societies was once impassable in the old monarchic capitals, 
and cafe society, now appeared large gaps as the lines 
gradually became blurred. 




63 

As the Duke of Windsor put it in his memoirs, A King's 
Story: 

"The force of change had not yet thrust so deeply into the 
texture of British society as to have obliterated much 

of the old elegance During the so-called London 

season the West End was an almost continuous ball from 
midnight until dawn.... The evening could always be saved by 
recourse to one or another of the gay nightclubs, which had 
then become so fashionable and almost respectable." 

(The word "gay" at that time meant "happy". It was not co- 
opted as a euphemism for sodomy until the mid-fifties.) Nor 
did the Duke explain that the "force of change" was expertly 
applied by the Tavistock Institute. 

The declining female modesty that became noticeable soon 
after the end of WWI, suddenly appeared everywhere and 
with increased velocity. To the uninformed, it was a social 
phenomenon. Nobody could have suspected that Wellington 
House and its sinister social engineers were its cause. 

Accompanying this testamentary emancipation was a 
movement of revolt, particularly among young people, 
against every conventional restraint of mind or body coming 
to a close amid the shattered idols of the fallen empires. The 
postwar generation in Europe revolted against every more 
and custom, as they fought desperately to throw off the 
horrors of war they had lived through. Necklines plunged, 
public smoking and drinking became a form of revolt. 
Homosexuality and lesbianism became demonstrable, not 
from any inner conviction, but by way of protest at what had 
happened, and as a rebellion against what the war had 
destroyed. 




64 



Radical and revolutionary excess manifested itself in art, 
music and fashion. "Jazz" was in the air and "modern art" 
was thought to be "chic." The comprehensible element in 
everything was "don't have a care"; it was unsettling and 
unreal. Those were the years when all of Europe was shell- 
shocked. Wellington House and Tavistock had done their 
work well. 

Underneath the hectic sense of being propelled forward by 
uncontrollable events there was a spiritual and emotional 
numbness. The horror of the war in which millions of young 
men were needlessly slaughtered, maimed, wounded and 
gassed was just now beginning to register, so the thing to do 
was "blot it from remembrances." 

The casualties made wars all too real in its ghastly and cruel 
ugliness, and people recoiled from it in shock and revolution, 
in the despair brought by disillusionment of peace. 
Europeans, with their superior culture that epitomized 
Western civilization were shell-shocked to a greater degree 
than were Americans. 

They lost their faith in the rudiments that made the progress 
that had sustained their fathers and their grandfathers and 
made their nations great. And this was particularly true of 
Germany, Russia, France, and England. 

Thinking people could not come to grips with why the 
world's two most civilized and advanced nations had tom 
each other to pieces and taken the lives of millions of their 
finest young manhood. It was as if a terrifying madness had 
gripped Britain and Germany. 




65 



To the initiated it was not madness, but the methodology of 
Wellington House that gripped the British youth. The fear 
that it might happen again was what almost prevented the 
outbreak of WWII. 

Officers returning from the carnage described to the news 
journals the horrors of hand-to-hand combat that had 
frequently occurred in "the Great War." They were appalled 
and aghast, horrified and afraid. None of them could 
understand why there had been a war at all. The dark secrets 
of Wellington House and the "Olympians" remained hidden, 
even as they are hidden to this very day. 

Where once the laying of a wreath at the Cenotaph in 
Whitehall, London by the Monarch of England had brought 
solace, it now engendered bitterness, anger and loathing. The 
stage was being set for the Second World War in which 
Tavistock was to play a huge, disproportionate role. 

There were the few thinkers who did have something to say: 
Spengler, in history for example, Hemingway, Evelyn Waugh 
in literature, and in America Upton Sinclair and Jack 
London, but their message was also gloomy, even gloomier 
than Spengler's dark foreboding of the inevitable decline of 
Western civilization. 

It was confirmed by the postwar degradation of personal 
relationships. Divorce and cheating on one's wife happened 
more frequently. The beautiful concept of women on a 
pedestal, women soft and feminine, with a lovely voice filled 
with cadences, the flower of God's creation, the mystery, was 
a vanishing ideal. In her place came the strident, the loud, the 
vulgar with clattering grating speech such as was aped and 
made popular by a one particular popular morning talk show. 




66 

Nobody could possibly know that this sad decline was the 
end product of Tavistock having declared war on Western 
womanhood. 

In Europe after WWI, the Montparnasse in Paris had become 
a sad place. Postwar Vienna, emptied by the tide of war that 
had swept so many of her sons away, was even sadder. But 
Berlin, once so bustling and so clean, became the Babylon of 
Europe and perhaps the saddest place of them all. 

"Whoever lived through these apocalyptic month, these 
years, became disgusted and embittered, sensed the coming 
of a counter-blow, a horrible reaction," wrote the historian, 
Zweig. 

The political, spiritual, and social bankruptcy of the new 
power elites, who succeeded the monarchs, the aristocrats 
and the old-fashioned bourgeois dynasties, was in many 
respects more spectacular than that of their predecessors, and 
nowhere more so than in the United States, with the coming 
of the Socialist era under Franklin D. Roosevelt. This time, 
however, the eclipse of leadership was not localized in one 
continent or limited to any particular class of society. 

The geographical New World, in terms of the problems that 
confronted it, the America of Franklin Roosevelt soon 
demonstrated that the United States was scarcely less 
anachronistic than the Austria-Hungary of Franz Joseph had 
been. Here he was establishing a "Democratic" New World 
Order Socialism straight out of the model created by the 
Fabian Society, while the United States was a confederated 
constitutional Republic, the exact opposite. 




67 



Neither the shift of the European locus of power and prestige 
from the former Central Empire Western democracies, nor 
the replacement of the traditional ruling classes within the 
fallen monarchies to the United States, did anything to the 
improve economic, political, social, moral or religious 
climate of the post WWI world. The Wall Street Crash and 
the Depression that followed, bear eloquent, if silent witness 
to the truth and accuracy of our statement. 

The manner in which this event was contrived by the 
Tavistock Institute can be seen in the timetable of events that 
which we provide in the Appendix. 




69 

CHAPTER 14 

America is not a "Homeland" 

The United States of America has long been the most fertile 
ground for the wholesale spread of propaganda, its people 
having been connived, lied to, cheated, at which the British 
have always led the world, the premiere mind control- 
brainwashing and propaganda center in the world being the 
Tavistock Institute of Human Relations. Its forerunner was 
the organization put together by Lord Northcliffe, who 
married into the Rothschild family, and who was ably 
assisted by Lord Rothmere and the Americans, Walter 
Lippman and Edward Bernays. 

Lrom this modest beginning in 1914 grew the Tavistock 
Institute of Human Relations, which has no peer when it 
came to creating propaganda. Tavistock is a facility 
dedicated to the propagation of propaganda to suit every 
aspect of life. Tavistock approached propaganda as if it were 
going into battle, and in a sense, it was. There are no half- 
measures; it was a war where anything goes as long as it 
assures victory. 

Surveying the political scene one cannot escape the fact that 
in the past two decades, the increase in depth and volume of 
propaganda, and more especially, mind control, has become 
all pervasive. The correct application of propaganda to any 
theme, whether it is economic, or political, is an essential 
element in the control-mechanism of government. 

Stalin once said that if one wanted a docile population then 
fear and terror had to be unleashed against them. In a sense 
that is what happened in the United States and Britain. 




70 

The Second World War provided unlimited opportunities of 
developing propaganda into a fine art. Looking back on the 
efforts made by the Roosevelt administration to cause the 
American people — who were 87 percent against going to 
war in Europe change their minds, we find that in spite of 
everything, Roosevelt did not succeed. The American people 
rejected entry into the war in Europe. 

It took a contrived situation, a contrived pre-chosen pretext, 
the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor, to reverse public opinion 
in favor of America's entry into the European war. Roosevelt 
held out that America was fighting for democracy and its very 
way of life, neither of which bore the slightest resemblance to 
the truth; the war was fought to advance the cause of 
International Socialism toward its goal of a New World Order 
inside a One World Government. 

Propaganda, to be successful, must be aimed at the total 
population and not at individuals or individual groups, the 
purpose being to attract the widest possible attention. It is not 
intended as personal instruction. Facts play no role in 
propaganda which is always to create an impression. It has to 
one-sided systematic, sustained indoctrination that what the 
Government, the media and political leaders are saying is the 
truth. And it has to be pitched in such a manner that the 
people feel that it is their thinking. 

Thus, propaganda has to be directed at mass audiences where 
its message will make its mark. Let us take a recent example 
of the type of propaganda that would usually be embraced by 
a receptive audience. In the wake of the World Trade Center 
disaster, President Bush created a new Government agency, 
which he called the Office of Homeland Security, and 
appointed a director to oversee the agency. 




71 



Now this sounds very comforting and very soothing until we 
look at the 10 th Amendment, which reserves all such powers 
as Mr. Bush proposed to seize, to the several States. 

The fact that Mr. Bush cannot overrule the 10 th Amendment 
was blithely ignored. The propaganda blurb says he can, and 
since it was directed to the masses, they believed the blurb, 
rather than their Constitution, and so there was little effective 
opposition to this gross violation of the Constitution, 
particularly the 10 th Amendment. Bush appears to have been 
operating under the Stalin directive: "If you want to control 
the people, first terrorize them." 

Those who opposed the "Homeland Security" quasi-law, 
were dubbed, "unpatriotic" and "favoring terrorism." Again, 
the absolute fact that this bogus act is no law at all and is 
sheer propaganda was never called into question, but was 
accepted by the "rah-rah" unthinking public. Public opinion is 
made in this way and public opinion is what swayed 
legislators to vote for "Homeland Security" or any other 
bogus laws, as Bernays and Lippmann both asserted in the 
very early days of Wellington House. The legislators vote 
along party lines as in the British Parliamentary system, and 
do not vote on the basis of the U.S. Constitution. They knew 
that to oppose the President, they stand a good chance of 
losing a cozy job at the next election, or face being smeared 
by some sleazy muck-racking "administration" man. 

America is not one "homeland" but 50 distinct and separate 
States. In any case the word "homeland" comes straight out 
of the Communist Manifesto. Since the ultimate goal of 
government is to establish a New World Order International 
Communist One World Government, the choice of this word 
to title Communist legislation, should not surprise us. 




72 

The power to control Education, Welfare and Police Powers 
belongs to the States where it has always resided, and it was 
not taken away from the States at the time of the covenant. 
Neither President Bush nor the House and Senate have any 
power to change that, which the newly created office 
proposed to do. It was only through the exercise of sustained, 
systematic, repetition of propaganda that the people of the 
States accepted this gross violation of the U.S. Constitution. 

The drumbeat of propaganda continued through numerous 
articles about the background and experience of the 
"Homeland Director" and what his job is etc., but there is not 
one word about the blatant unconstitutionality of the new 
department. It will not escape your notice that the very title: 
"Homeland Security" is a clever little bit of propaganda. The 
people are now convinced that not only is the new agency 
constitutional, but that it is also necessary. The mass of 
people has now been successfully "mind controlled" 
(brainwashed.) 

Those who wish to study the matter instead of merely 
watching the CBS Evening News will find something quite 
different from an account of an independent commentator 
and the accounts in the press. As always, such person will be 
in the minority, so that his opinions, even if expressed, will 
not alter the purpose and intent of setting up the new agency. I 
say to you that the United States is forbidden by its 
Constitution and the constitutions of the separate 50 States 
from having any central Federal control mechanism imposed 
upon them. The so-called "Homeland Security" bill is a 
travesty, because it destroys the Republican form of 
government granted to the original states in the 10 th 
Amendment, and which cannot be taken away from them. 




73 



The so-called "Homeland Security Act" is therefore, null and 
void and no law at all. Yet, the brainwashed inner-directed 
victims of Tavistock will obey it as if it were law. 

In short the Homeland Security agency is a deception and it 
cannot be made law. No measure that is unconstitutional can 
be enacted into law and the Congress has urgent duty repeal 
the "law" that gave illegitimate birth to the "Homeland" and 
"Patriot" Acts forthwith. The cardinal point to remember is 
that propaganda and mass brainwashing must always be 
viewed in relation to the end it is intended to serve. In this 
instance it convinces the populace, that liberties must be 
sacrificed in exchange for "protection." Henry Clay, the 
greatest constitutional scholar who ever lived called the ploy 
"a doctrine of necessity, a doctrine from Hell" and utterly 
condemned such attempts. 

H.V. Dicks taught at Tavistock. He stated that individual 
rights have to be sacrificed for the good of all! That includes 
the measure violating the highest law of the land! It must be 
accepted because it is for the good of all! This is better 
explained if we take as an example, the propaganda and 
brainwashing that accompanied President Roosevelt's 
desperate efforts to involve the United States in the war going 
on in Europe, via Japan. 

When the anticipated attack on Pearl Harbor happened, 
(Roosevelt knew the day and the time it would take place) 
announced in his speeches written for him by the Tavistock 
Institute, that the American people would be fighting for the 
highest and noblest of causes, the defense of the nation, 
defense of freedom and for the future security and well-being 
of the nation. As is usual in such cases, the facts spoke of a 
far different set of objectives. 




74 

Roosevelt did not say that the American people were going to 
war to fight for the advancement of International Socialism 
and for the goals of the New World Order -International 
Communism, One World Government. 

The American people were told that Germany intended to 
enslave the world. This was a very good line because even the 
most poorly educated of people realize that slavery is one of 
the worst fates that mankind could be called on to suffer. By 
introducing the word "slavery" a sympathetic chord was 
struck. 

Once again, propaganda bore no relationship to the facts. 
Thinking persons, not susceptible to propaganda, would have 
realized that a small nation like Germany could not possibly 
enslave the world even if had wanted to do so. The resources 
and manpower were just not there. Germany did not possess 
the vast maritime fleet to make such an attack on the United 
States a real possibility. 

The promoters of the war realized from the very outset that for 
momentum to be maintained, a sustained blast of propaganda 
would be necessary. The same principle was followed by Vice 
President Cheney in the weeks preceding the U.S. attack on 
Iraq; he distorted facts, delivered blast after blast of "fear 
rhetoric" and twisted intelligence information to fit his 
purposes. Nobody worked harder than Cheney to ensure that 
war with Iraq would not be prevented at the last minute. 

It was important that Roosevelt attract the attention of the 
masses the "issues" and bring them home to the people, 
hence the endless press reports, the "newsreels" shown 
endlessly at cinemas and the endless brainwashing speeches 
of the politicians. 




75 



Propaganda has to be in a medium easily understood by the 
lowest level of intelligence among the nation, such as posters 
depicting workers in munitions factories, shipyards; aircraft- 
assembly plants all working on the "home front" for the "war 
effort" and so on. 

In the aftermath of the WTC tragedy, much of that type of 
mass-brainwashing propaganda was revived: "America at 
War", "the front line", "and munitions dumps", "enemy troop 
positions" appeared as sub headings on almost everything 
televisions screened. 

The fact that the United States was not at war because war 
had not been declared, and that there were no enemy "troops" 
other than loosely knit guerilla groups, was of course omitted. 

Dictionaries define troops as "a body of soldiers; an army, 
generally in the plural." The Taliban had no army, and 
therefore, no troops. Besides which, war could not be 
declared on "terrorism" or "Bolshevism" or any other "ism." 
War can only be declared against sovereign nations, this 
according to the U.S. Constitution. 

War can only be declared on a country or a particular nation 
of people inhabiting that country. Anything else is Tavistock 
balderdash dished up on a platter decorated with waving flags 
and to the accompaniment of martial music. To say that that 
the United States is at war with the Taliban is the height of 
deception. To be at war of necessity demands a prior 
declaration of war. Without a declaration of war it is 
deception, in effect no war at all. 

A new dimension was added. President Bush, denied war- 
making powers and law- making powers by the U.S. 
Constitution, was suddenly imbued with powers, which 
didn't exist in the U.S. Constitution. 




76 

He began to be called "the commander in chief," when he 
was not entitled to the temporary title, which can only be 
conferred by the Congress in the wake of a full declaration of 
war. That never happened. 

He was mystically "declared" as having the power to label 
any person he so chose an "enemy combatant." That there is 
no such empowerment in the U.S. Constitution, nor is it 
expressly implied, did not faze Mr. Bush for a moment: As far 
as he was concerned from then on, he was the law. 

Thus, the illicit, unconstitutional seizure of powers by a 
sitting U.S. President that began with Woodrow Wilson 
"taking" ten additional powers to which he was absolutely 
not entitled, expanded with Roosevelt "taking" thirty and 
G.W. Bush taking thirty-five (and counting) powers denied by 
the U.S. Constitution. 

Indeed, the United States has become a lawless nation under 
the expert guidance of the Tavistock Institute whose "inner- 
directional conditioning and long-range penetration" 
brainwashing of the American public made it all possible. 

In passing let me add that the British propaganda 
establishment used the self-same language of lies against the 
Boers in South Africa in the war launched by the British to 
take control of the massive gold deposits in that land. The 
British press was full of accounts of the "Boer Army" when 
the Boers had no army, only a farmer citizen guerilla force. 

Like Kaiser Wilhelm II in 1913/1914, Paul Kruger, the God- 
fearing patriarch of the Transvaal Republic was demonized in 
the British press as a vicious tyrant who brutally repressed the 
black population, none of which bore the slightest 
resemblance to the truth. 




77 



Eventually, a formula was arrived at through a series of trials 
and errors in WWI and WWII, and it was revived and adapted 
for use in the U.S. attack on Afghanistan. It was enough to 
catch the fancy and the attention of the bulk of the American 
population because it was pitched to their psychological level. 
The lessons learned in the art of propaganda in the two World 
Wars were simply switched from the European theater to 
mainstream USA, and later, to Iraq, Serbia and Afghanistan. 

The brainwashing was kept strictly to bare essentials, 
embodied in simplistic slogans, catch-phrases using 
stereotyped formulas first developed by Lord Northcliffe at 
Wellington House in London in 1912. The British people had 
to be educated that the German people were "the enemy." 
Everything evil and cruel was imputed all things German, so 
that the mass of British people began to believe that the 
Germans actually were cruel barbarians who would stop at 
nothing. Posters depicting the "Boche butchers" killing 
Belgian women and children sprang up all over the place. 




CHAPTER 15 

The Media's role in propaganda 



79 



As the media played a huge role in propaganda, it is perhaps a 
good idea to see where this started and how it has come to 
pass that the media in the U.S. almost in its entirety is now a 
fully controlled, propaganda organ. The period prior to the 
First World War was a classic series of events in which 
personalities were manipulated, the worst offenders being the 
British and American newspapers. As in all wars, someone 
has to be demonized to get the public involved. In 1913 it was 
Kaiser Wilhelm II of Germany who was demonized before, 
during and after that terrible war. 

One of the principle creators of propaganda of that period 
was Lord Nortcliffe, the noted press baron, a relative of the 
Rothschilds and a hater of Germany. Northcliffe ran 
Wellington House as a major center for anti-German 
propaganda and he harbored a particular hatred of Wilhelm 
II, who was a cousin of Queen Victoria of the notorious 
Black Guelph dynasty of Venice. 

Northcliffe abused Wilhelm II on every possible occasion 
especially on the occasions when the Kaiser talked about 
Germany's military might and prowess. Wilhelm was given 
to childish boasting and most European governments knew 
him as a man who liked to "play soldiers", and dressing in 
outlandishly decorated uniforms. Wilhelm was very distinctly 
not a military man. As a Rothschild, this irked Northcliffe 
who began "warning" that "Germany's place in the sun" as 
the Kaiser liked to call it, was a danger to the rest of Europe. 
That this claim was without the slightest foundation did not 
seem to bother Northcliffe who maximized it to the extent 
where it was marvelous to behold. 




80 

The truth is that Germany was not a threat at that time and 
nor was the Kaiser a mighty warrior waiting to strike, but 
rather, a man prone to nervous breakdowns of which he had 
three in five years and a near useless withered arm, which did 
not project a martial man at all. The nearest one can say that 
Wilhelm got to being martial, was his love of dressing up in 
extravagantly bedecked uniforms. In truth Wilhelm II had 
little if any control over the German military, a fact that 
Northcliffe was well aware of and yet chose to ignore. 

In this the Kaiser was on the same level as the British 
monarch, King George V who had no control of the British 
Expeditionary Force. That didn't stop Northcliffe of 
launching a blistering attack on Queen Victoria's German 
cousin, blaming him for being responsible for a whole list of 
atrocities allegedly carried out by the German Army driving 
through Belgium. Of course, the German High Command did 
wrong in invading neutral Belgium, but they were only in 
transit with no plans to occupy the country. 

It was all part of a tactical plan to march on Paris taking a 
"short cut" through Belgium to outflank the French Army. 
There would have been nothing to gain by deliberately 
killing civilians, a fact the German High Command has 
stressed. Northcliffe called the Kaiser a "megalomaniac" with 
a "hunger to rule the world" which in any case was quite 
beyond the capabilities of any European power. In 1940 
Churchill accused Hitler of having the same desire to 'rule the 
world" knowing it to be false. Churchill also declared Hitler 
"a madman" knowing his characterization of the chancellor 
to be false. 

But not to be discouraged, Northcliffe had his media outlets 
constantly refer to Wilhelm II as "the mad dog of Europe." 




81 



Wellington House engaged the services of a cartoonist who 
regularly depicted Wilhelm II as a slavering mad dog, an ape- 
like creature. The cheap cartoons were made up into book 
form, and quickly granted a status by the press that was 
absolute nonsense. The cartoons were in poor taste and even 
poorer execution. The book was what the English used to call 
"a penny horrible." 

Showing the power of the press, Northcliffe got the media to 
give rave revues about the book. Lord Asquith, the Prime 
Minister, was persuaded to write a forward to what was 
essentially an absolute farce. President Wilson invited the 
"artist," a Dutchman by the name of Raemakers, to the White 
House when he was on a book-selling tour of the U.S. As 
was expected, Wilson lionized the cartoonist and gave his 
blessing to the book. 

Even the legendary "Punch" magazine joined in the campaign 
to depict Wilhelm in the most unfavorable light. It seemed 
that no journal escaped having to print the torrent of sewage 
that poured forth from Wellington House. It was propaganda in 
its rawest form. 

It was not long thereafter that the effect rubbed off on the 
people who began insisting that the Kaiser "be hanged" and 
one minister of religion went as far as to say that he would 
forgive Germany as long as all Germans were shot. 
Hollywood soon joined in the act of condemning the Kaiser, 
of whom it knew nothing. First off was the movie My Four 
Years in Germany adapted from a book written by U.S. 
ambassador to Berlin, James W. Gerard. The movie was 
depicted as a factual account of the Kaiser preparing for war. 
Wilhelm was given the IQ of a paranoid six-year old child 
and depicted as a man riding a hobbyhorse. Scathing 
descriptions of his disability were repeated hundreds of 
times. 




82 



Worse was tc come with the Hollywood version of history 
entitled The Beast of Berlin that portrayed the Kaiser gloating 
over slaughtered Belgian civilians and chuckling in mirth 
over torpedoed ships. None of which was true, but it served 
its purpose, generating a fierce hate against Germans and all 
things German that spread across the U.S. with astonishing 
rapidity. 

It was the basis of the worst type of propaganda ever seen 
and it was carried out in a relentless fashion by the British 
Government, not only at home, but also where it counted the 
most, in the United States. Wellington House was counting 
on the United States to defeat Germany on the field of battle. 

In the late 1990's it was but a very short step for the mass of 
the American people to believe the same of the Taliban and 
of President Hussein of Iraq with who the Taliban was not 
connected. (In fact they hated each other.) 

The fundamental question: "Were the Taliban as a whole, and 
the people of Afghanistan, separate from the Taliban, 
responsible for the dastardly bombing of the WTC?" Does 
the Taliban actually exist? Or is Osama bin Laden just 
another Kaiser Wilhelm II? Perhaps, fifty years hence we 
might find out the truth. In the meantime the Tavistock 
Institute played the propaganda card to the limit, and once 
again, it succeeded. 

After the end of the war the myth of Kaiser Wilhelm II 
persisted. In fact the same propaganda machine that had 
demonized him before and during the war, did not give way 
until July 13, 1959, the 100 th anniversary of Kaiser Wilhelm 
II birthday, which was celebrated by the BBC in the form of a 
documentary about the much abused former German leader. 




83 



It explained how the British people were terrorized by 
bloodcurdling accounts of the Kaiser slashing arms off 
Belgian children with his sword while columns of German 
soldiers raped women in the Belgian villages they passed 
through, none of the accounts bearing even a faint 
resemblance to the truth. 

Even intelligent members of the British Parliament were 
taken in by the relentless storm of hatred stirred up by 
Northcliffe and his crew that included the Americans 
Lippmann and Bemays. However, as good as it was, the BBC 
documentary made no effort to explain how the myth of a 
monstrous Kaiser Wilhelm could suddenly arise as if from 
nowhere, to take up the headlines in the newspapers? 

In the same way no one has explained to my satisfaction how 
Osama bin Laden suddenly appeared on the scene, and how he 
became the villain in the manner of the Kaiser in an amazingly 
short period of time. How did this happen? 

It is an historical fact, that President Wilson rushed the bill to 
establish the Federal Reserve banks to the House, just in time 
for the start of WWI period. Without paper dollars, printed at 
will, it is doubtful, that the war would have occurred. 

How could the Kaiser have suddenly come alive from the 
cartoon character staring out of thousands of newspapers, 
magazines and billboards? We know now that he was the 
product of the vast British War Office's propaganda machine, 
which remained secret as it still remains a big secret 
organization to this very day. The machinery remains as 
covert today as it was in 1913, although some of us have 
managed to tear away some of its shrouding. 




84 

One thing we unearthed through research is that the 
Tavistock Institute was the birthplace of some of the most 
preposterous lies ever to be manufactured and held up as 
truth. 




CHAPTER 16 

Scientific propaganda can deceive the very elect. 



85 



The vast majority of people in the world today will surely 
have heard of the "Beast of Berlin" and how the "Allies" put 
to an end to his mad rampage through Europe. Most people 
in recent times have also heard of the "Beast of Baghdad." 

But how many have heard of the name, Sir Harold Nicholson, 
a distinguished scholar, whose thorough examination of 
literally hundreds of thousands of documents from 1912 to 
1925, absolutely exonerated Kaiser Wilhelm II from starting 
WWI? 

How many people know this? Put it to the test. Try your local 
talk show whiz, and see what happens. Thus for more than 
twenty five years the myth of the Kaiser dominated the 
headlines and had the effect of turning millions of people in 
Britain and America, against Germany in an unjust and 
unfortunate by product of the vast propaganda machine that 
has the British people by the throat since it was first opened 
for business in 1913. We speak of Wellington House and its 
successor, the Tavistock Institute for Human Relations. 

The amazing thing about the myth is how long it lasted. But 
the purpose of propaganda is precisely to perpetuate a myth, 
a lie or some piece of misinformation that lives long after the 
truth is forgotten. Japan will forever be blamed for Pearl 
Harbor, and for the "rape of Nanking," while Churchill will 
forever be hailed as a great man, instead of a bmtal 
warmonger. 

In the same way Colin Powell recently visited Iraq and came 
out with a banner headline statement about Hussein "gassing 
Kurds" during the Iraq-Iran war. 




86 

The truth is that the gas-filled missiles that fell on the 
Kurdish village were Phosgene, a type not possessed by Iraq, 
but they were in the arsenal of Iran. What happened was that 
during an Iraqi offensive, the Iranians fired a large number of 
gas-filled rockets at Iraqi position, but some fell short among 
the Kurds along the border. This was confirmed by the U.S. 
Military College of War report, which entirely exonerated 
Iraq. 

Yet, although the accusation was thoroughly refuted, in 2005, 
almost 30 years later, while on a goodwill tour of Malaysia, 
Karen Hughes representing President George Bush repeated 
the lie, embellishing it by claiming that "30,000 Kurds" had 
been gassed to death by "Saddam Hussein." A member of the 
audience contested her statement, and the next day Hughes 
was forced to retract her story, saying that she had 
"misspoken" herself. An investigation into the incident 
revealed that Hughes actually believed the lies she had heard 
repeated over and over again, by President Bush, Prime 
Minister Blair, Secretary of States Colin Powell, and 
Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld, which ought to tell us 
a great deal about the power of propaganda. 

The facts of the case reported by the War College were later 
confirmed by the U.S. Army and by a second U.S. source. 
Does the world know this? We doubt it. Truth is forgotten 
while a lie lives on. Thus Colin Powell's propaganda against 
Iraq will go the way of the propaganda against Kaiser 
Wilhelm II, on and on for more than 100 years, while the 
truth died the moment the first propaganda blast appeared in 
the newspapers. In this lies the value of propaganda. The 
Social scientists at Tavistock know this and today, they can 
profile any audience to accept lies best suited to their 
perception without understanding the issues behind it. 




87 



By this manner a "morally correct" position and a solid 
backing for the attack on Afghanistan was created. Few of 
the American people ever raised doubts about whether what 
their government was doing in Afghanistan was in 
accordance with the U.S. Constitution. There was no 
referendum, and no mandate to confirm or deny acceptance 
by the people of the Bush administration's policy toward 
Afghanistan. 

Propaganda-brainwashing does not call for a mandate. The 
fact that none of the alleged hijackers of the planes used 
against the Twin Towers were from Afghanistan was 
completely lost on the American public, 74 percent of whom 
still believe that the "al Qaeda" did it and that they live in 
Afghanistan! The same percentage of Americans were 
brainwashed to believe that the Taliban and President Hussein 
worked together to bring about the tragedy! The American 
people do not know that Saddam Hussein would have nothing 
to do with the Taliban leadership. 

Why do the American people allow themselves to be treated 
in this manner? Why do they allow politicians to lie, cheat, 
connive, dissemble, prevaricate, obfuscate and continually 
deceive them? What we ought to mark well, is the way 
Woodrow Wilson treated the American people, like sheep. 

When asked why he kept a small flock of sheep grazing on 
the White House lawns, Wilson replied: "They remind me of 
the American people." Wilson had a burning ambition to rush 
America into WWI and he used Wellington House lies 
(propaganda) against dissenters (the bulk of the people) to 
persuade them to change their outlook. 




88 

Roosevelt repeated the ploy to get the U.S. into WWII 
through lies and propaganda (most often than not the same 
thing) culminating in the "success" of Pearl Harbor. We saw 
the same line used by Pres. Clinton. In the run-up to and 
during the unjust war against Serbia, Clinton's entire 
persuasion consisted of lies and disinformation, not to 
mention misinformation. 

No wonder that Rumsfeld pronouncements are always met 
with suspicion. When asked about the role being played by 
propaganda, Rumsfeld blandly replied: "Government 

officials, the Department of Defense, this secretary of defense 
and the people who work with me tell the American people 
the truth." 




CHAPTER 17 

Propaganda and Psychological Warfare 



89 



A list of U.S. Government Papers, some available and some 
not, reveal in a striking manner just how controlled the 
nations of the world (including the United States) have 
become due to the exercise of propaganda methods at an 
astonishing array of levels. 

At best, I can only mention the titles and paraphrase content 
because of the vastness of the material. I hope the information 
we have put together will shock the American people out of 
their slumbering apathy and make them realize just how far 
they are on the road to becoming slaves of the Socialist New 
World Order inside a One World Government. 

Official Definitions: A useful collection of terms and 
definitions as used by the Washington power establishment. 
Without exception every single one of the programs cited 
herein are Tavistock born and bred. 

Social Sciences and Political Intervention: What passes itself 
off as project-centered "development assistance" may in 
reality consist of dangerous manipulation of culture and social 
relations in the southern hemisphere. 

Because of the enormous monetary advantage enjoyed by 
donors of "aid," they are often in a position to do extensive 
psychosocial studies of target groups and to exploit them in 
ways that would not occur to most people, even in their worst 
nightmares. 



It is typical of everything John Rawlings Reese taught at 
Tavistock and it was carried into every aspect of American life 




90 



Shock and Awe: Achieving Rapid Dominance - This is the 
National Defense University text (1996) that became the 
theory behind U.S. intervention in the Middle East and the 
war against Iraq in March and April of 2003. "Shock and 
Awe," says the text, is intended to be the "non-nuclear 
equivalent" of the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki in 
1945. 

Says the now out-of-print study guide of that terrible tragedy 
says: "The impact of those weapons was sufficient to 
transform both the mindset of the average Japanese citizen 
and the outlook of the leadership through this condition of 
Shock and Awe. The Japanese simply could not comprehend 
the destructive power carried by a single airplane. This 
incomprehension produced a state of awe." 

Besides using massive firepower for psychological purposes, 
the publication also includes extensive discussion of 
propaganda operations. "The principal mechanism for 
achieving this dominance is through imposing sufficient 
conditions of "Shock and Awe" on the adversary to convince 
or compel it to accept our strategic aims and military 
objectives," the writers state. "Clearly, deception, confusion, 
misinformation, and disinformation, perhaps in massive 
amounts, must be employed." 

Psychological Warfare in Combat: This is the full text of the 
infamous "Shock and Awe" doctrine, published in 1996 by 
the National Defense University, Washington. The concept is 
to gain complete control over the will of an adversary, as well 
as the perceptions and understanding of target peoples, 
literally making an enemy impotent to act or react. 




91 



It is worth noting that all of these words and descriptions 
were found in text books used to condition students attending 
classes conducted by John Rawlings Reese at the British 
Army Psychological Warfare Bureau where Rawlings was a 
master theoretician. 

The "Shock & Awe" doctrine is described as a strategy to 
achieve the systematic destruction of military capability 
through attrition, where appropriate, and to use 
overwhelming force to paralyze shock, unnerve, and 
ultimately accomplish the moral destruction of an opponent. 

The International Conference on Population and 
Development (ICPD): A Program of Action presented at the 
conference called for massive propaganda effort, utilizing the 
mass media, non-governmental organizations, commercial 
entertainment, and academic institutions in an effort to 
"persuade" people in developing countries to change their 
fertility preferences. 

A revision to the original text added to accommodate 
representatives from developing countries urges that 
communications activities carried out by donors "for 
advocacy purposes or to promote particular lifestyles" should 
be labeled in such a way that the public will be aware of their 
purpose and that "the identity of sponsors should be indicated 
in an appropriate manner." 

Despite this recommendation, which imposes no mandatory 
restrictions on aid donors, the "communication" section of 
document remains a very dangerous and politically explosive 
part of the New World Order agenda. 




92 

The Population Communication Project: The U.S. 
Agency for International Development (USAID) has poured 
tens of millions of dollars into a "mass media" influence 
campaign that uses tactics borrowed from military 
psychological-war operatives. USAID is only one of 
hundreds of U.S. Government agencies that contracted with 
Tavistock to write its programs. 

In fact, the contractor working as a proxy for USAID in this 
case was also under contract to the U.S. Army to prepare 
teaching manuals for psychological operations. 

Enter-Educate: Using Entertainment as Propaganda: 

The young audience is likely to be more vulnerable to 
messages presented in the context of "entertainment" than to 
other communications that might tend to raise questions about 
the legitimacy of foreign ideas. 

Thus, the entertainment-propaganda approach has become a 
huge part of USAID's international population control effort. 
Here again, literary millions of dollars has gone to Tavistock 
for programs taught by Enter-Educate operators. 

When Propaganda Backfires: A study done of family 
planning attitudes and behavior done in the north of Nigeria in 
1994. According to a published report, the negative reaction 
illustrated "opposition to outsider improprieties, to family 
planning in general and to U.S. -sponsored family planning 
programs in particular." 

Nigeria Bilateral Population Program: (U.S. State 

Department document). The major planning document of the 
U.S. government's population control strategy for Nigeria. 




93 



It is also used as an important part of propaganda in 
Psychological Warfare employed in the U.S. Government 
programs to undermine Latin American political movements, 
the anti-war effort, movement, and grassroots political 
organizing. The contract to write this program was awarded to 
Tavistock. 

Post-Modem Warfare: A menu of resources about 

political/psychological warfare, covert activities, and 
genocide. 

Urban De-Concentration and Other Tactics: This is so 
diabolical in content that I do not propose publishing it at 
least for now. 

Social Influence: Propaganda and Persuasion: — Some useful 
background information. 

Psychological Operations in Guerrilla Warfare: The 
CIA's tactical manual for paramilitary forces in Central 
America prepared by Tavistock. The CIA has Tavistock 
under contract and works very closely with it. 

Institute for Propaganda Analysis: A collection of documents 
containing basic facts about covert influence campaigns. 
Here again, the institute is merely a clearing house for 
Tavistock data and brainwashing methods for mass use. 

The United States Intelligence Bureaus Official descriptions 
and duties of U.S. government bureaus involved in the 
collection or analysis of intelligence. 

Secrecy & Government Bulletins: A collection of documents 
advocating openness in government. 




94 

Reporters Collective: A source for reliable research materials 
on international institutions and their role in fronting for the 
wealthy, powerful nations that control their policies. Many of 
the institutions listed have had their leadership cadre taught 
by Tavistock's Social Science scientists. 

Propaganda, dissemination of ideas and information for the 
purpose of inducing or intensifying specific attitudes and 
actions: Because propaganda is frequently accompanied by 
distortions of fact and by appeals to passion and prejudice, it 
is often thought to be invariably false or misleading. As 
Tavistock's manuals state, the essential distinction lies in the 
intentions of the propagandist to persuade an audience to 
adopt the attitude or action he or she espouses. Wilson and 
Roosevelt were examples of this truism, both having been 
polished in the art of diplomacy by deception as Bukanin 
explained the term back in 1814. 




CHAPTER 18 

Wilson gets the U.S. into WWI thanks to propaganda 



95 



The massive modem propaganda techniques which have 
become a familiar part of particularly the American and 
British governments began with World War I (1914-1918). 
From the beginning of the war, both German and British 
propagandists worked hard to win sympathy and support of 
the United States. German propagandists appealed to the 
many Americans of German descent, and to those of Irish 
descent, who were traditionally hostile to Great Britain who 
was living in America. The propaganda was rather crude by 
today's standards, but what it lacked in finesse was made up 
by the sheer volume of the huge output of Wellington House. 

Soon, however, Germany was virtually cut off from direct 
access to the United States. Thereafter British propaganda 
had little competition in the United States, and it was 
conducted more skillfully than that of the Germans who had 
no equivalent of Wellington House, Bemays, or Lippmann. 

Once engaged in the war Woodrow Wilson organized the 
Committee on Public Information, an official propaganda 
agency, to mobilize American public opinion. This 
committee proved highly successful, particularly in the sale of 
Liberty Bonds. And no wonder. Its program was written for 
the White House by Tavistock and was largely directed from 
London. 

The exploitation by the Allies of President Woodrow 
Wilson's Fourteen Points, which seemed to promise a just 
peace for both the victors and the vanquished, contributed 
greatly toward crystallizing opposition within the Central 
Powers to continuation of the war. 




96 

Elsewhere herein we have detailed the lies and distortions 
engaged in by the Bryce Commission, which remains one of 
the most disturbing examples of blatant lying successfully 
passed off as truth. The part played by Americans at 
Wellington House, the premiere propaganda center in the 
world at that time is also explained later herein. 

The propaganda aspects of World War II were similar to 
those of World War I, except that the Second World War, 
also started by Britain and financed by the international 
bankers, was greater in scope. Radio played a major role, 
with "news broadcasts" always a mixture of facts heavily 
laced with fiction. Propaganda activities overseas were more 
intense. The Tavistock Institute was able to put into practice 
all of the valuable lessons it had learned in 1914-1919, and it 
used its experience in a number of new ways in the old as 
well as new countries. 

Both Germany and the United Kingdom again sought to sway 
American opinion. German propagandists played on anti- 
British sentiment, represented the war as a struggle against 
communism, and pictured Germany as the invincible 
champion of a new wave of anti-Communism. German agents 
also gave their support to movements in the United States that 
backed "isolationism", a descriptive tag attached to all 
Americans who opposed war with Germany. 

German propaganda efforts were no match against the 
expertise of Wellington House and Tavistock or the resources 
of Britain (secretly aided with huge amounts of money by the 
Roosevelt administration) and once again it proved 
ineffective. 




97 



The carefully planned attack on Pearl Harbor was well 
known by Roosevelt, Stimson and Knox for months before the 
actual attack. 

December 1941, was a godsend for Roosevelt who had been 
trying desperately to force the U.S. to go to war on the side of 
Britain, especially after the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor; 
American people were persuaded by propaganda and outright 
lies that Germany was the aggressor. 

The dire warnings by Lindbergh, the famous aviator, and a 
number of other anti-war Senators that Roosevelt was not to 
be trusted, and that as was the case in WWI, the U.S. had no 
business interjecting itself into the war in Germany, was 
blunted by propaganda. Also, the "contrived situation" at 
Pearl Harbor changed public opinion, as Roosevelt well knew 
it would. Allied propaganda efforts that flowed from 
Tavistock were aimed at separating the peoples of the Axis 
nations from their governments, which were held solely to 
blame for the war. Radio broadcasts and leaflets dropped 
from the air carried Allied propaganda to the enemy. 

The official U.S. propaganda agencies during World War II 
were the Office of War Information (OWI), charged with 
disseminating Tavistock "information" at home and abroad, 
and the Office of Strategic Service (OSS), forerunner of the 
CIA and a creation of Tavistock, charged with conducting 
psychological warfare against the enemy. 

At Supreme Headquarters in the European theater of 
operations, the OWI and OSS were coordinated with military 
activities by the Psychological Warfare Division under the 
direction of Social scientists from the Tavistock Institute. 




98 

In the period of the Cold War — a marked conflict of interests 
between the United States and the Soviet Union following 
World War II — propaganda continued to be a significant 
instrument of national policy. 

Both the democratic and Communist blocs of states 
attempted by sustained campaigns, to win to their side the 
great masses of uncommitted peoples, and thereby, achieve 
their objectives, without resorting to armed conflict. Every 
aspect of national life and policy was exploited for purposes 
of propaganda. 

The Cold War was also marked by the use of defectors, trials, 
and confessions for propaganda purposes. In this propaganda 
war the Communist nations seemed initially to have a distinct 
advantage. Because their governments controlled all media, 
they could largely seal off their people from Western 
propaganda. 

At the same time, the highly centralized governments could 
plan elaborate propaganda campaigns and mobilize resources 
to carry out their plans. They could also count on aid from 
Communist parties and sympathizers in other countries. 
Democratic states, on the other hand, could neither prevent 
their peoples from being exposed to Communist propaganda 
nor mobilize all their resources to counter it. This apparent 
advantage for Communist governments eroded during the 
1980s, as communications technology advanced. Inability to 
control the spread of information was a major factor in the 
disintegration of many Communist regimes in Eastern 
Europe at the end of the decade. The United States 
Information Agency (USIA), established in 1953 to conduct 
propaganda and cultural activities abroad, operates the "Voice 
of America", a radio network that carries news and 
information about the United States in more than 40 languages 
to all parts of the world. 




99 



CHAPTER 19 

Is history being repeated? The case of Lord Bryce 

With historians heavily involved in either defending or 
damning the war in Iraq, it might be good time to ponder the 
case of Viscount James Bryce, the highly respected historian 
who sold out and went to his grave as a confirmed, dastardly, 
unrepentant liar. Before his unfortunate involvement with 
Wellington House, Bryce had enjoyed wide respect as an 
honest historian. 

From the start of World War I, stories of German atrocities 
filled British and American newspapers. By far the bulk of 
them were prepared at Wellington House and spread through 
media channels. Mostly, they were supposed to have 
emanated from "eye-witness" accounts by "reporters and 
photographers," who accompanied the German Army's march 
through Belgium to outflank French defenses in their drive on 
Paris. 

Eyewitnesses described German infantrymen spearing 
Belgian babies on their bayonets as they marched along, 
singing war songs. Accounts of Belgian boys and girls with 
amputated hands (supposedly to prevent them from using 
guns) abounded. Tales of women with amputated breasts 
multiplied even faster. 

At the top of the atrocity hit parade were rape stories. One 
eyewitness claimed the Germans dragged twenty young 
women out of their houses in a captured Belgian town and 
stretched them on tables in the village square, where each 
was violated by at least twelve "Huns," while the rest of the 
division watched and cheered. At British expense, a group of 
Belgians toured the United States retelling these stories. 




100 

President Woodrow Wilson solemnly received them in the 
White House. Their story horrified America. Nobody thought 
to check their account of the rape they had witnessed. Their 
accounts of the brutality they allegedly had suffered were 
never questioned. 

The Germans angrily denied these stories. So did American 
reporters with the German army. In 1914 Wilson had not yet 
"managed" the battlefield reporters unlike George Bush in the 
invasion of Iraq in 2002. There were no "embedded" reporters 
with the British Army. Tavistock had yet to learn how to 
censor the truth by "embedding" selected reporters with the 
troops. 

When British journalist's dispatches began to be published in 
England, throwing doubt of the "atrocities", Northcliffe came 
up with the idea of appointing Lord Bryce to head an enquiry 
board to investigate accounts of German atrocities and report 
back to him. Actually the suggestion came from Edward 
Bemays and was approved by Walter Lippmann. 

Then, early in 1915, the British government made it official 
by asking Viscount Bryce to head a royal commission to 
investigate the atrocity reports. Bryce was one of the best- 
known historians of the era; he had written widely praised 
books on the American government and on Irish history, 
sympathetically portraying the Irish people's hard fate under 
British rule. In 1907, he had worked with an Anglo-Irish 
diplomat, Roger Casement, to expose horrendous exploitation 
of Indian peoples on the Amazon River by a British rubber 
company. 

From 1907-1913, he had served as British ambassador in 
Washington, where he became a popular, even beloved 
figure. 




101 

It would have been hard to find a more admired scholar who 
had an established reputation of honesty and integrity. Bryce 
and his six fellow commissioners, an amalgam of 
distinguished lawyers, historians land jurists, "analyzed" 
1,200 depositions of "eyewitnesses," who claimed to have 
seen all manner of atrocious German behavior. 

Almost all the testimony came from Belgians who had fled to 
England as refugees; and there were some statements from 
Belgian and British soldiers, collected in France. But the 
commissioners failed to interrogate even a single one of these 
eyewitnesses; that task was left to "gentlemen of legal 
knowledge and experience" — lawyers. Since the asserted 
crimes took place in what continued to be a war zone, there 
was no on site investigation of any of the reports. 

Not a single witness was identified by name; the 
commissioners said this was justified in the case of Belgians 
by the fear that there might be German reprisals against 
family members. But British soldier witnesses remained 
equally anonymous, for no apparent reason. Nevertheless, in 
his introduction, Bryce claimed that he and his fellow 
commissioners had tested the evidence "severely." Nobody 
suspected that military witnesses were not to be "tested" at 
all, let alone, severely so. No reason was ever given for such 
a grave lapse, and what Tavistock has since characterized not 
as a lie, but as a "misstatement." 

The Bryce Report was released on May 13, 1915. British 
propaganda headquarters in Wellington House, near 
Buckingham Palace, made sure it went to virtually every 
newspaper in America. The impact was stupendous, as the 
headline and subheads in the New York Times make clear. 




102 

GERMAN ATROCITIES ARE PROVEDS FINDS BRYCE 
COMMITTEE 

Not Only Individual Crimes, but also Premeditated Slaughter 
in Belgium 

YOUNG AND OLD MUTILATED 

Women Attacked, Children Brutally Slain, Arson and 

Pillage Systematic 

COUNTENANCED BY OFFICERS 

Wanton Firing on Red Cross and White Flag: Prisoners 

and Wounded Shot 

CIVILIANS USED AS SHIELDS. 

On May 27, 1915, Wellington House operatives in America 
reported to London on the outcome of their massive 
propaganda initiative: "Even in papers hostile to the Allies, 
there is not the slightest attempt to impugn the correctness of 
the facts alleged. Lord Bryce's prestige in America put 
skepticism out of the question." 

Charles Masterman, chief of Wellington House, told Bryce: 
"Your report has swept America." 

Among the small number of critics of the Bryce Report was Sir 
Roger Casement. "It is only necessary to turn to James Bryce, 
the historian, to convict Lord Bryce, the partisan," Casement 
wrote in a furious essay, "The Far Extended Baleful Power of 
the Lie." 

By this time Casement had become a fierce advocate of Irish 
independence so few people paid any attention to his dissent, 
which was dismissed as biased. 




103 



Clarence Darrow, the famously iconoclastic American 
lawyer, who specialized in winning acquittals for ostensibly 
guilty clients, was another skeptic. He went to France and 
Belgium later in 1915 and searched in vain for a single 
eyewitness who could confirm even one of the Bryce stories. 
Increasingly dubious, Darrow announced he would pay 
$l,000-a very large sum in 1915 - more than $17,000 in 21 st 
Century money - to anyone who could produce a Belgian or 
French boy whose hands had been amputated by a German 
soldier or a single child of either sex that had been bayoneted 
by German troops. 

There were no takers, not one "victim" came forward to claim 
the reward although Darrow had spent a considerable amount 
of his own money in advertising it, far and wide. 

After the war, historians who sought to examine the 
documentation for Bryce's stories were told that the files had 
mysteriously disappeared. No government official or 
department offered to start a search for the "missing" 
documents. 

This blatant evasion of putting the "severely tested" 
documents to a newer, thoroughly impartial test prompted 
most historians to dismiss 99 percent of Bryce's atrocities as 
fabrications. One called the Report "in itself one of the worst 
atrocities of the war." More recent scholarship has scaled 
down the percentage of the Bryce report's fabrications 
because it turned out that several thousand Belgian civilians, 
including some women and children were apparently shot by 
the Germans in the summer of 1914 and Bryce more or less 
accurately summarized some of the worst excesses, such as 
the executions in the town of Dinant. 




104 

But even these latter day scholars admit Bryce's report was 
"seriously contaminated" by the rapes, amputations and 
speared babies. They blamed this grave lapse on hysteria, 
and war rage. 

This amounts to giving Bryce a free pass. The number of 
corrections that had to be made by critics of Darrow's reports 
was less than one percent and failed to clear Bryce. As was 
pointed out at the time, 99 percent of the Bryce Commission 
Report were lies. Correspondence between the members of 
the Bryce committee survived the "disappearance" of the 
documents; it reveals severe doubts about the tales of 
mutilation and rape. These serious doubts were never spread 
across Britain and America in the manner of Wellington 
House brutality reports. One of the committee's secretaries 
admitted that he had been given numerous English addresses 
of Belgian women supposedly made pregnant by German 
rapes but in spite of intensive searches, was not able to locate 
a single one on the list. 

Even the highly touted story of a Member of Parliament 
sheltering two pregnant women turned out to be fraudulent. 
Bryce apparently brushed aside this negative evidence as 
Bush and Blair were to do scores of times when on rare 
occasions, a few reporters did their job and asked awkward 
questions. 

Lord Bryce the scholar should have known - and almost 
certainly did know - - that tales of spearing babies, raping 
and cutting off the breasts of murdered women were standard 
"hate - the - enemy" fables hundreds of years old, as were 
mass rapes in fields and public squares. 

Even a cursory examination of Napoleon's campaigns in 
Europe brought out hundreds of these types of "atrocities," a 
very small fraction of which turned out to be true. 




105 



Bryce the learned historian, the learned, trusted scholar with 
a reputation for honesty should have rejected such 
fabrications out of hand. He most certainly knew that the vast 
majority of the "atrocity" stories emanated from Wellington 
House (the foremnner of the Tavistock Institute.) Instead of 
examining their origin and then dismissing them as 
propaganda, Bryce grouped them all into a "report," that 
found them generally factual and then issued general 
condemnation of the German army and people. This is 
reminiscent of Mr. G.W. Bush and his general classification 
that the entire population of several Muslim states belonged 
to an "Axis of Evil." 

Why didn't Bryce dismiss the fabrications and concentrate on 
the German executions of civilians? As we have stated, he 
knew the bulk of the "incidents" were products of Wellington 
House; and had he done so, it would have opened up a very 
sticky subject of the wide use being made of propaganda by 
the British Government. 

There was an important reason why Bryce chose to abandon 
an honorable course instead of soiling his reputation: A high 
percentage of the Belgian Army in 1914/1915 was made up of 
"Home Guards" (partisans) who wore no uniforms except for 
an insignia pinned to their shirts or hats. The Germans, 
desperately trying to win in the West before the invading 
Russian Army smashed through their lightly held lines in the 
East, were infuriated by these seemingly civilian combatants, 
and showed them no mercy. 

That the German Army was entitled to return the fire of 
civilians or even initiate it by the rules of war under the 
Geneva Conventions applicable at that time, was never 
brought out in the press. 




106 

The fact is that in 1915 "partisans" right up to 1945, were fair 
game. Civilians, even with badges pinned to their hats were 
not given authority to shoot at soldiers in uniform, or afforded 
protection. Yes, that was what the rules of war laid out in the 
Geneva Conventions, and Lord Bryce and his commissioners 
knew it. Nor was this important fact trumpeted across 
England and America in the manner of the propaganda that 
had successfully captured the hearts and minds of the British 
and American people. 

Some German field commanders obviously lost their heads 
and retaliated excessively against whole towns, such as 
Dinant. 

But a defense of sorts could be mounted, even for these men. 
The ensuing debate as to what the Geneva Convention allowed 
would have produced yawns in newspaper readers. They 
wanted what Bryce gave them - blood and lust, rape and 
horror perpetrated by the German ("Boche") "beasts" against 
women and young children and "unarmed civilians." They 
wanted proof that the German "Hun" was a barbarian, a savage 
beast. And if the public had not been deceived, Wellington 
House, and the British Government's war effort, would have 
been in deep trouble. 

The Bryce Report unquestionably helped England win the 
war. Unquestionably it swayed the opinions of the American 
public and convinced millions of Americans and other 
neutrals — it was translated into 27 languages — that the 
Germans were ugly beasts in human form. No one except a 
few "biased" outsiders such as Sir Roger Casement and 
Clarence Darrow ever reproached Lord Bryce for the vicious 
lies he had spread around the world. No fair-minded man 
could ever forgive Bryce for soiling himself. 




107 



Through it all, Wellington House remained in the background 
- few people knew of its existence - let alone its vital role, but 
it had done an important job and struck a mighty blow for 
brainwashing. As for Bryce, he went to his grave loaded with 
royal and academic honors, a sullied, superior liar, a man who 
had soiled himself and with the blood of millions on his 
hands, a brilliant scoundrel, a thief who stole the truth from a 
public entitled to know it, and who managed to evade 
detection and exposure and the utter condemnation that was 
universally afforded to Judas Iscariot. 

From a perspective of a hundred years, we ought to take a 
much harsher view of this man. The Bryce Report had 
obvious connections to the British decision to maintain the 
blockade of Germany for seven months after the armistice in 
1918, causing the starvation deaths of an estimated 600,000 
elderly and very young Germans, all part of the game plan to 
so weaken Germany that it would never be a "threat" to the 
"allies" again. 

The Wellington House propaganda lies about the German 
Army was far and away the greatest atrocity of World War I 
and it made every German man and woman hunger for 
revenge. By creating blind hatred of Germany, Bryce sowed 
the dragon's teeth of World War II. 




109 

CHAPTER 20 

The Black Art of successful lying: Gulf War 1991 

From this background, what we saw in the Gulf War circa 
1991 was frightening enough to very forcefully remind us of 
the origin of the black art of successful lying practiced by 
Lord Bryce and what a congenital, witting liar he had turned 
out to be. It also brought to mind how Wellington House and 
then Tavistock set its seal on brainwashing as a tool of war. It 
was one of the deciding factors that made me determined to 
write this work and expose Tavistock and its injurious, baleful 
influence. 

In the Gulf War the U.S. Department of Defense shut out all 
news media and appointed its own spokesman who gave his 
grossly untruthful version of events via television broadcasts. 
I dubbed the fellow "Pentagon Pete" and he talked blithely 
about "collateral damage" a new Tavistock phrase being tried 
for the first time ever. It took the public a long time to catch 
on to its meaning-human casualties, human deaths and 
destruction of property. 

Then we had a break when CNN was allowed to come in and 
report on the success of the "Patriot" missile defense shooting 
down Iraqi SCUDS, which it turned out, was another base 
exercise in propaganda. According to CNN at least one 
SCUD attacking Israel was shot down every night. Only 
World In Review, in the midst of the war, reported that not a 
single SCUD missile had been shot down. Nobody dared to 
report that a total of 15 SCUDS had hit Tel Aviv and other 
parts of Israel. Disinformation and misinformation prevailed. 
Only WIR reported the truth, but with a small readership, it 
didn't matter to the propagandists. 




110 

Then there was the gigantic fraud perpetrated on the 
American people by one of the largest Public Relations 
companies in Washington, Hilton and Knowles. 

Here again, only WIR broke the story that the whole tear- 
jerking episode of Iraqi soldiers pulling out new-bom Kuwait 
babies from incubators and throwing them on the floor, was a 
gross falsehood. It is interesting that like Benton and Bowles, 
Hilton and Knowles had long ties to the Tavistock Institute. 
Both companies were leading "advertising" agencies. 

The Hilton and Knowles fabrication, tearfully narrated by an 
"eye witness," (who just happened to be the teenage daughter 
of the A1 Sabah family's Kuwaiti ambassador to Washington) 
was what swayed the Senate to violate the U.S. Constitution 
and "give" Bush the elder, "permission" to attack Iraq, 
despite the fact that no such provision exists in the U.S. 
Constitution. While Bush the elder could say; -"Well, I didn't 
know this, I didn't hire Hilton and Knowles," he plainly knew 
all about the key propaganda stunt pulled off against the 
American people. Nobody will ever believe that he did not 
recognize the sixteen-year old daughter of the Kuwaiti 
ambassador, who he had met before. 

The Kuwaiti ambassador paid Hilton and Knowles $600,000 
to stage the elaborate fraud in front of the Senate, for which 
he ought to have been arrested for lying to a Senate 
committee. What was so galling is that the daughter also 
went unpunished for her part in tearfully recounting her 
experience: "I saw the Iraqi soldiers pull the new bom babies 
out of the incubators and thrown them on the ground," she 
cried. 




Ill 

The fact of the matter was that Narita A1 Sabah had not been 
anywhere near Kuwait for years, and certainly not during the 
war! She had been in Washington D.C. with her father at the 
ambassador's Washington residence. Yet this child-liar and 
her father were not prosecuted. That is what the propaganda 
experts at Tavistock call "a successful remake of events." 
Narita A1 Sabah's testimony became the centerpiece of a huge 
media campaign in America, and it is known to have swayed 
not only the Senate, but put the American people on the side 
of the war against Iraq. 

Bush the elder indulged in an old propaganda piece in telling 
the world that "Saaadam" had to be removed from Iraq "to 
make the Middle East safe." (Remember that Wilson sent 
American troops to their death in France to "make the world 
safe for democracy.") Bush the elder suddenly began 
vilifying and demonizing the Iraqi president to suit the 
purposes of his oil cartel friends, and, as in the case of the 
Kaiser in 1913, it worked. 

Not many people remembered the ploy put on by Wilson, 
otherwise they might have noticed the striking similarity in 
what President Bush was saying, and what Bryce told Wilson 
and what Wilson told the American people to sway them to 
support WWI. Now that Hussein is all but forgotten and the 
threats he allegedly posed have all been dismissed as a pack 
of lies, all of a sudden it is "A1 Qaeda" we have to worry 
about. 

Woodrow Wilson used plain propaganda when he told a 
reluctant American people that the war would "make the 
world safe for democracy." Bush intoned the same veritable 
deceit. 




112 

The cost of making the world "safe for democracy" was 
horrendous. Professor William Langer placed the known 
dead of WWI at 10,000,000 men and women soldiers and 
20,000,000 wounded. Russia alone lost 9,000,000 men killed 
or an astonishing 75 percent of its army. The total cost of the 
war in dollars has been figured at $180,000,000,000 to which 
must be added the indirect costs of $151,612,500,000. 




113 

CHAPTER 21 

The Soldiers Memorial and WWI cemeteries. 

The cost of the Bush war against Iraq was running at around 
$420 billion in mid 2005, and the Bush family wants more 
money for their ill-starred venture. And knowing the 
American people and their hapless, helpless ail-but useless 
representatives in the legislature, Bush will get what he 
wants. 

The figures of the dollar cost of WWI do not tell anything 
about the sorrow and suffering brought to America by 
Wilson, the transgressor. We insert here a recent article, 
which gives a poignant, personal touch to the dreadful loss of 
life in that nightmarish war. 

"Several weeks ago I visited with my family the Soldier's 
Memorial Museum in the heart of downtown St. Louis. It is a 
huge and deeply impressive building, dedicated in 1936 by 
President Roosevelt as a memorial to the 1075 men of St. 
Louis who died in the Lirst World War. The memorial is 
painfully beautiful, all mosaics and marble, with terrazzo 
floors and Bedford stone sculptures. It is dominated by the 
vast black granite cenotaph in its center, covered with the 
hundreds of dead men's names in neat row upon row." 

"On the day we visited this striking but haunted place it 
seemed completely empty. While empty of visitors, it was, 
however, full of the spirits and voices and faces of the pale, 
tousled-headed boys in neatly-pressed uniforms, who had 
marched off from St. Louis 86 years ago to fight in a glorious 
war so far away in a far-off land, boys who had never come 
back home. 




114 



The poignancy of that was rendered all the stronger by the 
fact that we are living daily with the repercussions of current 
conflict, the savage bloody war in Iraq. We read daily of the 
boys who will never come back home." 

"What struck me most as I walked around the memorial and 
the museum, holding my newborn baby girl, was the fact that 
it looked like so many memorials that I had visited in my 
home country of Scotland. It also looked like those I had 
visited in France, in England and in Canada and New Zealand 
and it looked just like the memorials in almost every other 
country touched by the carnage of World War One." 

"In almost every country touched by the carnage of WWI, the 
so-called "War to End all Wars;" men rushed to join the 
military and marched off to war with great enthusiasm. They 
believed it would be a short, sharp and successful war, fought 
for good reasons, and glorious for the winners. They believed 
they were building a better world." 

"They were wrong. An average of 5,500 men died every 
single day for four and a half years in the First World War; 
that is roughly four men per minute, every minute, for four 
and a half years, until 10 million men were dead. The First 
World War did more than destroy lives; it destroyed the 
confidence in progress, in prosperity and in reasonableness of 
civilized human beings that had become so characteristic of 
the nineteenth century. The war destroyed much of the next 
generation which would have provided leadership to Europe 

M 



"And this morning, as I sit holding my baby girl I read daily 
reports of escalating violence in Iraq, with British, Iraqi and 
American men continuing to die, the St. Louis Soldier's - a 
memorial to a war that should have never been 




115 



fought - haunts me and their ghosts haunt the Memorial. It 
was the worst of all disasters, the war that should have never 
been fought-haunts me." 

"The Neo-Conservative brains in the U.S. Administration 
would have been wise to visit places like this and think long 
and hard about the lessons of such memorials before 
embarking on a war in the Middle East that has already killed 
an unknown number of people and which will certainly kill 
many more, directly and indirectly. 

(Written by Professor Dr. James Lachlan MacLeod, Associate 
Professor of History, University of Evansville, Indiana). 

My experiences parallel those of Professor MacLeod. I 
visited the battlefields of Verdun and Passchendale where 
most of the slaughter he so ably recounts, occurred. I tried to 
imagine 10 million soldiers dying so young, the terror, the 
horror and the sorrow they experienced, and the inconsolable 
sorrow of the ones they left behind. While standing in the 
afternoon's fading light in one of the many war cemeteries in 
Prance, and looking upon the thousands upon thousands of 
neat white crosses marching across the war cemeteries, I was 
overcome by anger and then overwhelmed by grief, so much 
so that I swear I heard the cries and the shouts of anguish of 
the dead calling for justice to be done, so cruelly cut down in 
their prime, and seemed to see their faces reflected in the 
clouds above. 



It was a mystical experience I will never forget, much like 
the experience of a British officer who visited these 
battlefields in 1919: 




116 

Yesterday I visited the battlefields of the last years. The place 
was scarcely recognizable. Instead of a wilderness of ground 
tom up by shells, the round was a garden of wild flowers and 
tall grasses. Most remarkable of all was the appearance of 
many thousands of white butterflies which fluttered around. It 
was as if the souls of the dead soldiers had come to haunt the 
spot where so many fell. It was eerie to see them. And the 
silence! It was so still that I could almost hear the beat of the 
butterflies' wings. (From records in the British War Museum 
in London) 

My intense feelings of outrage made me determined to find 
out everything I could about a terrible war that began with 
massive gout of propaganda, the scourge of the modern 
world. It was another decisive reason for writing this book 
and exposing the evil of Tavistock. Sir Roger Casement 
thought Lord Bryce ought to have been hanged for treason 
and I feel Wilson ought to have suffered a similar fate, which 
would have stopped Roosevelt and Churchill from plunging 
the world into a second round of carnage. Propaganda 
prevailed, and the western civilized world was lost. 

The world we knew, the world established by western 
civilization, is gone. Spengler's gloomy predictions proved 
right. In place of our western civilized world we shall soon 
see the ghastly edifice of the new Communist Socialist One 
World Government looming up through the darkness of the 
coming long night. 

Let there be no doubt that the First World War was caused 
by Britain and her ally, the United States of America with 
the aide of Wellington House. The war could not have been 
mounted without the dark forces of Wellington House. The 
name of Lord Grey, its principal architect will go down in 
history as traitorous dishonest politician. 




117 



There is no consensus as to why Britain started WWI. But by 
1916, the German Army had defeated the French and British 
armies in a most decisive manner. Wilson was under heavy 
pressure to get American troops shipped to Europe, so 
Wellington House unleashed an all-out propaganda war 
against the American people, but which nevertheless, 
remained ineffective until the Bryce Report was published. 

To understand what is happening in Iraq is impossible unless 
we make ourselves fully cognizant with the terrible 
propaganda deployed against the British and American 
people in 1913 and 1940. It was one of the darkest and most 
foul chapters in history, with Wilson mouthing such lies as a" 
just war", and "a war to end all wars", a war "to make the 
world safe for democracy." What the war was about was to 
make trade safe for Britain especially, and France now being 
threatened by German industry. 

But they were words in obfuscation of his true intent and 
meaningless in that context, just what you'd expect from a 
politician. The kind of bunkum one find's on a society page. 

Wilson's talk of "making the world safe for democracy" was 
nothing more than colored gas bubbles. He was proposing to 
go into the war on the side of the English, who were at that 
very moment making sure there was no popular democracy in 
the Empire. 

The English had just brutally finished off the Boers in South 
Africa in a cruel war that lasted three years. If Wilson wanted 
to make the world "safe for democracy", he ought to have 
gone to war on the side of Germany against England, the 
aggressor and instigator of the war. 




118 

Instead of "making the world safe for democracy" it turned 
out to be the greatest calamity ever to befall civilized nations 
that had fallen into the clutches of men who were corrupt 
immoral liars, into a war quite properly called, "The Great 
War." It was of course only "great" in its size and scope. 

We will never understand how the United States became the 
"sole great power," unless we confess to the sins of Wilson 
and the British establishment of 100 years ago. The United 
States has continuously entangled itself in the affairs of other 
sovereign nation's affairs, despite the dire warning of George 
Washington, and the first instance of this was our entry into 
WWI and the failed League of Nations. Wilson made full use 
of the master propagandists of Wellington House using 
sloganeering as a sword, told the reluctant Senate that if it did 
not ratify the League of Nations "it will break the heart of the 
world." 

Thanks to Senator Cabot Lodge, and a number of U.S. 
Senators who after sober reflection and examination of the 
U.S. Constitution, declined to ratify the League of Nations 
treaty because they discovered it sought to kill U.S. 
sovereignty. Using and abusing his penchant for propaganda, 
Wilson tried to carry the day by declaring his re-election 
campaign "a great and solemn referendum for acceptance of 
the treaty" but not having Lord Bryce to back him, lost, and 
was swept away. 

Unfortunately it did not take the pliers of propaganda long to 
stage a comeback with the revamped United Nations version 
of the League of Nations. Truman, (not the simple hat seller 
from Missouri but the Master Mason) betrayed the American 
people by permitting this one-world edifice in the U.S. and 
Truman used propaganda left over by Wilson to persuade key 
senators to vote for his lies. 




119 



What Truman did was force the American nation to enter into 
a pact with the devil-the devil of power over justice and truth, 
justice from the barrel of a gun. We applied that "justice" in 
WWII through mass bombing of civilian centers without 
regard to loss of life and we used atomic bombs on Japan, 
although the war was over, in the propaganda ploy of "shock 
and awe" echoed by Rumsfeld in the unconstitutional war 
against Iraq. 




CHAPTER 22 
Peace is not popular 



121 



The Second World War followed an almost identical pattern 
as WWI. For concluding a peace deal with Hitler, Neville 
Chamberlain was at once subjected to a mighty propaganda 
barrage directed by the Tavistock Institute. Chamberlain had 
defied the Committee of 300 and backed a newcomer, a rank 
outsider who was seen as a threat to world Socialism. 

The world did not learn the truth about Chamberlain or that he 
was an able politician bent upon avoiding another war, or that 
he was well experienced and had worked out an equitable 
peace plan - which of course - did not suit the munitions 
merchants vultures sitting on the fence waiting to pick clean 
the wealth of nations and the corpses of their sons. 

The vast propaganda machine set up at the Tavistock Institute 
in London immediately swung into action against 
Chamberlain, after he announced his successful peace plan. 
Shakespeare said that "the evil that men do lives after them; 
the good is oft interred with their bones." The good done by 
Chamberlain did not suit the warmongers and they buried 
Chamberlain under a catalogue of propaganda and outright 
lies. 

These lies were the work of specialists in propaganda 
employed at the Tavistock Institute, notably, Peter Howard, 
Michael Foot and Frank Owen. One of these men, employing 
the pen-name of "Cato" so vilified Chamberlain that the 
odium they attached to his name lives even to this day in July 
of 2005. Such is the power of the might Tavistock 
propaganda machine. 




122 



In later years, long after the deceitful propaganda experts had 
done their work, British historian and scholar David Dutton 
wrote a book, Neville Chamberlain in which he gave a 
balanced assessment of the former prime minister. 

Far from being a "dupe of Hitler" and "a fool" Chamberlain 
showed considerable negotiating skill and was a highly 
competent leader, who fought valiantly to prevent another 
war. But that ran contrary to the wishes of the Committee of 
300. Churchill got his "delicious war," but by 1941, the 
"Allies" had virtually been driven off the continent of Europe 
with huge loss of manpower. France, Belgium, Holland and 
Denmark were occupied. 

Germany offered generous terms to England but warmonger 
Churchill rejected peace overtures, and turned to his old 
workhorse ally, the United States, to provide men, money 
and materials to continue "the delicious war." 

To the American people we say in deep sorrow: "When will 
you ever learn? When are you going to distinguish between 
propaganda and genuine information? When are you going to 
put proposal for war to the constitutional test?" 

Wilson was a consummate liar and a hater of the U.S. 
Constitution; yet, thanks to a huge propaganda drive 
organized run and maintained by Wellington House, he was 
able to accomplish his mission by operating under a banner of 
patriotism, which overcame vigorous opposition to the war. 
Between Wilson, Churchill and Roosevelt, tremendous 
damage was done to western Christian civilization. Yet in 
spite of this fact, a wave of propaganda continues to wash 
over their names, as if to rid them of the blood on of millions 
on their hands. 




123 



Instead of being vilified, numerous monuments to their honor 
are to be found all over Europe, and in America a multi- 
billion dollar monument is to be erected in honor of Franklin 
D. Roosevelt, whose treason engineered the Japanese "to fire 
the first shot" as the Stimson Dairies record. Pearl Harbor 
opened the way to Communist control of China, and 
ultimately the way to a new Communist-Socialist New World 
Order inside a One World Government. Our only hope in a 
vale of despair is that this work might help to open the eyes of 
the American people, so that they will resolve never again to 
fall for propaganda, although in the wake of the 9/11 tragedy, 
it now seems a vain hope. 

We recently lived through the disturbing experience of being 
rushed into an unnecessary war in Serbia, Afghanistan and 
Iraq through the expanded propaganda tools in the hands of 
Tavistock's experts, the same tool used to vilify the Kaiser 
and Chamberlain. President Milosevic was demonized 
vilified, belittled and finally driven from office. President 
Milosevic was illegally arrested and illegally transported to 
Holland for "trail" by a kangaroo court that has been trying for 
nearly four years to convict him of "war crimes." 

George Bush the younger refused to give the mediators in 
Iraq time to work because he knew that it would prevent war. 
He refused to give the UN weapons inspectors to complete 
their work, and instead, declared with the evil intent of all 
propagandists that the world could not wait for ten day more 
because of the "imminent danger" posed by the "Weapons of 
Mass Destruction" in the hands of "the Iraqi dictator." (The 
"Butcher of Baghdad.") 




124 

Thus, once again, the people of the United States were swept 
along by a flood tide of naked lies put out by the 
propagandists at Tavistock Institute and echoed by the 
American media, especially the chief propaganda organ in 
the United States, Fox News Channel. 

In one respect Americans are more fortunate this time: We 
have not had to wait for a 100 years to pass for the truth to 
come out: There were no "Weapons of Mass Destruction", no 
"chemical and bacteriological factories," no long range 
rockets to cause a "mushroom cloud over Boston," (courtesy 
of the apologist for Tavistock propaganda and mass 
brainwashing, Ms. Rice), and Mr. Bush and his copartner in 
crime, British Prime Minister Blair. But in spite of being 
caught in a web of lies, all the abovementioned remain in 
office. They have not been sacked for the scores of lies they 
swore was the truth, and from which they are now not even 
bothering to extricate themselves, shrugging of criticism with 
the help of spin masters (polished liars) like Kail Rove and 
Alaister Campbell. Let us hope that the cause of justice will 
be served, and that those responsible for the tragedy of the 
bombing of Serbia and Afghanistan, and the unwarranted 
invasions of Iraq will be brought before the bar of 
international justice to account for their crimes. 

The voices of the dead cry out from the battlefields of 
Europe, the Pacific, from Serbia and Afghanistan; and from 
Iraq, lamenting that they died because "brainwashing" 
triumphed and propaganda prevailed, the scourge of the 
modern world, rolling out from the Tavistock Institute like 
some foul miasma from a dank and noisome bog, enveloping 
the world, blinding it to the truth. 




125 



WELLINGTON HOUSE PROPAGANDA STARS 




(1) Lord Northcliffe. 

(2) Walter Lippman. 

(3) Edward Bernays. 

(4) Edward Bernays and Eleanor Roosevelt. 






126 



Social Science scientists at Tavistock 






127 




(1) Eric L. Trist. Social Science scientist at Tavistock Institute. 

(2) Leon Trotsky. Marxist leader (Real name Lev. Bronstein.) 

(3) Willy Munzenberg. The brilliant Russian spy and leading 
propagandist. 

(4) Lord Northcliffe and Adolph Hitler. 




128 




(1) H.G. Wells. British Author. Leading Fabianist, and secret 
service agent. Wrote War of Worlds. 

(2) George Bernard Shaw. Irish Playwright and Fabianist. 

(3) Walter Rathenau. Leading German industrialist. 

Financial advisor to Kaiser Wilhelm II. 

(4) Lord Bertrand Russell. British Socialist, Author, and 
Elder Statesman of the "300." 




129 




(1) Kaiser Wilhelm II Wellington House falsely 
maligned the German leader as a "Bloody Butcher." 

(2) Queen Victoria, was a cousin of Wilhelm II. 

(3) King George V. 

(4) Woodrow Wilson U.S. President. An avowed Socialist. 







The infamous propagaanda drawing depicting Kaiser Wilhelm 11 
standing over Belgian women and children he had shot. This 
drawing and one like it produced by Wellington House with 
Wilhelm II standing over Belgian children with a sword dripping in 
blood from their severed hands, appeared in newspapers across 
Britain and the United States. 







(above) Trotsky "reviews" his "troops" in Moscow. This 
is one of the hundreds of propaganda photographs that 
flooded willing Western newspapers. 



(below) A depiction of one of the scores of dreadful 
hand to-hand battles of WWI. The brutality and slaughter 
left survivors on both sides mentally crippled and 
haunted by what they had experienced. 









\ 

a; 1 




*J 1 

* j 


n 


p irLs 1 

Js J 





THUNDER ON THE RIGHT 

(I) Sean Hannity. (2) Rush Limbaugh. 

(3) Tucker Carlson. (4) Matt Drudge. 

(5) G. Gordon Liddy. (6) Peggy Noonan. 
(7) Brian Williams. (8) Bill O'Reilly. 

(9) Lawrence Kudlow. (10) Dick Morris. 

(II) John Stossel. (12) William Bennet. 
(13) Oliver North. (14) Michael Savage. 

(15) Michael Reagan. (16) Joe Scarborough. 




133 



CHAPTER 23 

The Tavistock Institute: Britain's control of the United 
States 

The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations is situated in 
London and on the grounds of Sussex University, Sussex, 
England, where most of its research facilities are located. 
Tavistock remains as important today as it was when I first 
revealed its existence early in 1969. I have been accused of 
having been a part of Tavistock because I worked in close 
proximity to Tavistock's Sussex facility, and knew so much of 
its history. 

Most of Tavistock's more recent activity has had, and is still 
having, a profound influence upon the way we live in 
America, and upon our political institutions. Tavistock is 
believed to be behind the pro-abortion publicity, the 
proliferation of drugs, sodomy and lesbianism, family 
traditions, and the fierce attack on the Constitution, our 
misconduct in foreign policy and our economic system, 
programmed to fail. 

Apart from John Rawlings Reese no two men made such a 
difference to world politics and world events as shaped at 
Tavistock than Edward Bernays (the double nephew of 
Sigmund Freud) and Kurt Lewin. A "third man" must be 
included here, although he was never on the faculty at 
Tavistock and I refer to Willi Munzenberg whose propaganda 
methods and applications so crucial to the modem age of 
mass communication earned him the title, "the greatest 
propagandist in the world." Undoubtedly the most brilliant 
man of his era, (he began his work before WWI) Munzenberg 
was responsible for sanitizing the Bolsheviks after they 
overthrew the Romanov Dynasty. 




134 

Munzenberg definitely shaped the ideas and methods put into 
practice by Bernays and Lewin. His legendary exploits in 
handling Leon Tepper the Kappelmeister of the Rot Kappell 
(Conductor of the "Red Orchestra" spy ring) made 
Munzenberg the master spy of every intelligence agency in 
existence. Tepper was trained by Munzenberg and he never 
got caught. Tepper was able to obtain all of the secrets of 
Britain and the United States in WWII. There was hardly a 
single secret plan the "allies" launched that was not already 
known to Tepper, who passed the information to the KGB 
and the GRU in Moscow. 

In his field, Bemays was equally brilliant but I suspect that 
most of his ideas originated with his famous uncle Sigmund. 
As for his ideas on propaganda, there is little doubt that he 
"borrowed" from Munzenberg and this is reflected in the 
Bemays classic Propaganda that was published in 1928. The 
thesis of the book is that it is entirely proper and a natural 
right for government to organize public opinion to conform to 
official policies. We shall return to this subject later. 

Munzenberg was bold enough to put his basic tenets about 
propaganda into practice well before Bemays, or Joseph 
Goebbels, the German Minister of Popular Enlightenment (as 
the Ministry of Propaganda was called.) 

The propaganda specialist of the Nazi Party greatly admired 
Munzenberg's work and modeled his own propaganda 
program closely upon Munzenberg's methods. Goebbels 
always took care to credit Munzenberg as the "father" of 
propaganda even when few knew very little about him. 




135 



Goebbels had made a particular study of how Munzenberg 
had used his mastery of the science of propaganda when 
Lenin drafted him to blunt the appalling publicity generated in 
1921, when 25 millions peasants in the Volga region died 
from the ravages of famine. Thus it came about that German 
bom Munzenberg became the darling of the Bolshevik. To 
quote from a recent history account: 

"Munzenberg, who by then had returned to Berlin where he 
was later elected to the Reichstag as a Communist deputy, 
was charged with setting up a bogus 'charity', the Foreign 
Committee for the Organization of Worker Relief for the 
Hungry in the Soviet Union, the purpose of which was to 
pretend to the world that humanitarian relief was coming 
from a source other than Herbert Hoover's American Relief 
Organization. In this Munzenberg was altogether successful." 

Munzenberg gained the attention of the directorate of the 
former Wellington House which in 1921 had changed its 
name to the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations under the 
direction of Major General John Rawlings Reese, formerly of 
the British Army Psychological Warfare Bureau School. 

It will not come as a surprise to readers who have followed my 
work that much of the techniques adopted and perfected by 
Munzenberg were adopted by Bernays and his colleagues, 
Kurt Lewin, Eric Trist, Dorwin Cartwright, and H.V. Dicks 
W.R. Bion at Tavistock, who then taught the methods to the 
Central Intelligence Agency. 

Munzenberg was not the only Communist to profoundly 
influence events in the United States. I happen to believe that 
Tavistock aided in preparing the "abortion brief," that was 
subsequently presented to the Supreme Court in 1973, 




136 

as an original work, when in fact, it was merely a recital of 
what Madame Kollontei, the founder of the "women's 
liberation " movement and "free love" proponent in the USSR 
had written. 

A Bolshevik commissar and leading light, her book is a 
diatribe against the sanctity of marriage and the family as the 
most important social unit in Christian countries. Kollontei, 
of course, took her "feminism" straight from the pages of the 
Communist Manifesto of 1848. 

George Orwell, the MI6 operative who wrote the famous 
1984 had studied the work of Munzenberg in great detail. In 
fact his best-known statement was based on what 
Munzenberg had said was the basis of propaganda: 

"Political language is designed to make lies sound truthful 
and murder respectable and to give the appearance of solidity 
to pure wind." 

As his German counterpart Munzenberg said: "All news is 
lies and all propaganda is disguised as news." 

It is useful to know about Munzenberg as it helps us to 
understand how politicians operate and how secret forces 
control access to information, and how public opinion is 
shaped and molded. Bernays certainly followed the master 
and never deviated from his methodology. Without knowing 
these things, we can never understand how President George 
Bush is able to do the things he does and not have to face the 
consequences. It has certainly enabled me to trace the origin 
of the so-called "Neo-Conservatives" that shape his policies, 
right back to its founder, Irving Kristol who admits to having 
been an avowed follower of Leon Trotsky. 




137 

Tavistock remains the mother of all research facilities 
connected with behavior modifications, opinion making and 
shaping of political events. What Tavistock did was to create 
a "black hole of deception in the 20 th century." Its task would 
have been made a great deal more difficult had it not been for 
the prostitution of the media and its role in disseminating "the 
gospel according to George Orwell." 

Lord Northcliffe the chief of Tavistock's predecessor, 
Wellington House, had been a media mogul and at one stage 
went so far as to ship thousands of copies of his Daily Mail to 
France each week and then have them delivered by a fleet of 
motor trucks to British troops at the front lines, "to win their 
hearts and minds in support of the war" (WWI). 

Especially here in the United States, it has virtually taken 
over the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT), 
Stanford Research, Esalen Institute, the Wharton School of 
Economics, Hudson Institute, Kissinger Associates, Duke 
University, and many more institutions we have come to 
think of as wholly American. 

The Rand Research and Development Corporation, under the 
tutelage of Tavistock has had a profound influence on so 
many institutions and segments of our society. As one of the 
principal research institutions directly controlled by 
Tavistock, Rand runs our ICBM program, does prime 
analyses for U.S. foreign policy makers, and advises on 
nuclear policies, does hundreds of projects for the C.I. A. in 
the field of mind control. 

Some of Rand's clients include AT&T, Chase Manhattan 
Bank, the U.S. Air Force, the U.S. Department of Energy and 
B.M. Rand is one of the major Tavistock-controlled 
institutions in the world, and working on brainwashing at 




138 

all levels, including government, military, religious 
organizations. The Anglican Church's Desmond Tutu was 
one of Rand's projects. 

Take another example; Georgetown University, perhaps one 
of the top institutions of higher learning in America. Starting 
in 1938, the entire structure of Georgetown was made over 
by Tavistock - all of its learning formats and programs 
altered to suit a blueprint drawn up by Tavistock's "brain trust 
team." 

This has had great significance for U.S. policies, especially in 
the area of foreign policy relations. Without exception, 
United States State Department field officers are trained at 
Georgetown. 

Some of Georgetown's (Tavistock) better-known graduates are 
Richard Armitage and Henry Kissinger. Just how much 
damage these two members of the John Rawlings Reese 
Invisible Army have done to the well-being of our country 
will have to be told at another time. 

There is mounting evidence of increased input into our 
intelligence agencies by Tavistock. When we think of 
intelligence in the U.S. we generally think of the CJA or 
Division Five of the FBI. 

But there are a great many other intelligence agencies 
receiving instruction from Tavistock. These include the 
Defense Department Intelligence (DIA), the National 
Reconnaissance Office (NRO), and the Office of Naval 
Intelligence (ONI,) the Treasury Intelligence Service (TIS), 
the State Department Intelligence Service, the Drug 
Enforcement Agency (DEA) and at least ten others. 




139 



How and when did Tavistock begin its career? As I said in my 
1969 and 1983 works, when we think of Tavistock we 
automatically think of its founder, British Army Major John 
Rawlings Reese. Up until 1969, there were very few people 
in Britain outside of intelligence circles, who knew of the 
existence of Tavistock, let alone what was being done at its 
facilities in London and Sussex. 

Tavistock provided services of a sinister nature to those 
people we find in every city across this land; people who 
have local and state government officials and police 
departments in the palm of their hand. 

This is the case in every major American city also, where the 
Illuminati members of Freemasonry use their secret powers 
of control, to walk all over the Bill of Rights, intimidating 
and brutalizing innocent citizens at will. Where are the 
statesmen who once made this country great? What we have 
in their place are lawmakers who do not enforce the laws 
they make, and who are terrified to correct the obvious 
wrongs that abound on every hand, afraid, because if they 
obeyed their oath of office, they might find themselves 
without a job. 

They are also lawmakers who do not have even the vaguest 
idea of what Constitutional law is, and they do not seem to 
care. They pass "laws" that were never tested as to their 
constitutionality. The majority of the legislators do not know 
how to do this, anyway. As a result, anarchy prevails in 
Washington. It may well come as a shock to most candidates 
who run for the House and Senate, that each and every one of 
them is carefully checked and profiled by the behavior 
modification scientists at Tavistock, or one or more of its 
affiliates in the U.S. Any candidate who is pliable to 
suggestions and found to be easy to control is "puffed." 




140 



Suffice to say that a spirit of unconstitutional lawlessness 
pertains in the Congress, which is why we are insulted by 
such measures as the "Brady" bill and the Feinstein "assault 
weapons" bill. 

"Assault weapons" and in 2003 the "Homeland Security 
Bill" and the "Patriot Act," do not appear anywhere in the 
Constitution and all are, therefore, a prohibition. Feinstein's 
"law" looks suspiciously like the work of the Tavistock 
Institute. The Constitution being the supreme law of the land, 
"gun control" laws are null and void. 

Guns are private property. Guns do not come under Interstate 
Commerce. Every U.S. citizen of sound mind, of legal age and 
not a felon has the right to keep and bear arms in any quantity 
and in any place. 

This was stated by the great St. George Tucker who declared: 

"The Congress of the United States possesses no power to 
regulate or interfere with the domestic concerns of any of the 
States, it belongs to them (the States) to establish any rules 
respecting the right of property, nor will the Constitution 
permit any prohibition of arms to the people or peaceful 
assembly by them for whatever purpose and in any number, 
whatsoever they may see the occasion." (Blackstone's Views 
on the Constitution, page 315) 

Any candidate who is not going to be easy to control or who 
does not fit the Tavistock profiles is ushered out. In this, the 
print and electronic media — under Tavistock's direction — or 
one of its affiliates, plays a key role. Let the voter beware, let 
the public beware. 




141 



Our election process has become a farce, thanks to the work 
done by Tavistock in controlling the thoughts and ideas of the 
people of this nation by means of "inner directional 
conditioning" and "long distance penetration" of which the 
mind-control science of polling is an integral part. Tavistock 
serves the Black Nobility in all of its elements, working to 
rob us of the victory of the American Revolution of 1776. If 
the reader is unfamiliar with the Black Nobility, of course, the 
term does not refer to black people. It refers to a group of 
extremely wealthy people, dynasties, whose history dates 
back for more than five hundred years and who make up the 
backbone of the Committee of 300. 

On the international front, as well as in areas of those 
institutions in the U.S. who decide foreign policy, Tavistock 
does psychological profiling at all levels of government, as 
well as intruding into private life, on a truly vast scale. 

Tavistock developed profiles and programs for the Club of 
Rome, the Cini Foundation, the German Marshall fund, the 
Rockefeller Foundation, the Bilderbergers, the CFR and the 
Trilateral Commission, the Ditchley Foundation, the Bank of 
International Settlements, the I.M.F. the United Nations and 
the World Bank, Microsoft, Citibank, the New York Stock 
Exchange and so on. This is by no means a complete list of 
institutions in the hands of Tavistock planners. 

The propaganda barrage that preceded the 1991 Bush Gulf 
War was based around a psychological profile of huge 
population groups in the U.S. prepared by Tavistock. The 
results were passed on to the opinion makers, also known as 
"advertising agencies" on Madison Avenue. 




142 

So effective was this propaganda, that within two weeks, 
people who didn't even know where Iraq was on the map, let 
alone who its leaders were, began to shout and clamor for 
war against "a dictator who threatens America's interests." 
Frightening? YES, but unfortunately 100 percent true! The 
very words "gulf crisis" were crafted by Tavistock Institute to 
arouse maximum support for the Bush war on behalf of a 
Committee of 300-flagship company, British Petroleum (BP). 

We now know — at least some of us know — just what a big 
role Tavistock plays when it comes to creating public opinion 
based on obfuscation, lies, dissembling, misrepresentation 
and outright fraud. There isn't any other institution in the 
world that can hold a candle to the Tavistock Institute for 
Human Relations. Quoting from my updated 1984 report: 

"There are a few institutions and publishing businesses that 
are catching on to the changes that are occurring. The latest 
issue of "Esquire Magazine" carries an article entitled 
"Discovering America." 'Esquire' did not mention Tavistock 
by name, but this is what it said: During the social revolution 
(a very significant phrase) of the 70s, most of the rituals and 
personal inter-action and the institutional life were radically 
altered. Naturally, these changes have affected the way we 
perceive the future... The economic base of America is 
changing and new services and products are being offered." 

The article then went on to state that our professional lives, 
our leisure time, our educational systems are being altered, 
and more importantly, the thinking of our children is being 
altered. The writer of the "Esquire" article concluded: 




143 



"America is being transformed as is the direction it will take 
in the future... Occasionally our new American section 
(promised for future editions of Esquire), won't seem so new, 
since most of the new thinking has been creeping into the 
main stream of American life, but until now, it has gone 
unnoticed." 

I could not have given a more fitting description of the 
fallacy "time changes things." Nothing changes on its own, all 
changes are engineered, whether in secret or in public. While 
"Esquire" didn't say who is responsible for the changes - for 
the most part about unwanted changes - that We, the People, 
attempted to resist. (Capitals intended.) 

"Esquire" is not alone in its contention. Millions of American 
is living in total ignorance of the forces shaping their future. 
They are unaware that America is being thoroughly 
"conditioned" by Tavistock's "inner directional long range 
penetration method." The worst part of it is that these 
millions, because of Tavistock conditioning (making 
Americans think in the way Tavistock would have them 
think), no longer seem to care. They have been "Inner 
Conditioned" through "Long Range Penetration" — the master 
control plan set up by Tavistock to brainwash the nation for 
so long that they now suffer a constant state of "shellshock." 

As we shall see, there is good reason for this apathy and 
ignorance. The unwanted, forced changes we have been 
subjected to as a nation, were the work of several master 
theoreticians and technicians who joined John Rawlings 
Reese at the Tavistock Institute. 




CHAPTER 24 

Brainwashing saves a U.S. President 



145 



I would venture to suggest that even after all my years of 
exposing Reese and his work; fully 95 percent of Americans 
don't know who he is or what harm he has done to the United 
States. 

This substantial number of our citizens is even today totally 
unaware of how they have been manipulated and forced to 
accept "new ideas", "new cultures", and "new religions". 
They have been grossly violated and don't know it. They are 
still being violated and still don't know what is happening, 
especially when it comes to opinion making through polling. 

To illustrate my contention, former President Clinton was 
able to survive scandal after scandal on the basis of the polls 
showing that the American people didn't care enough about 
his outlandish behavior to call for impeachment proceedings. 
Could this be right? Could it be true that people really don't 
care about public morals anymore? Of course not! 

The situation is a contrived one taught by Tavistock Institute 
and every polltaker is trained in Tavistock methods of 
opinion making and manipulation of public opinion, so that 
the answers "come out right." 

We can add President G.W. Bush to the "survivors". He has 
not been removed from office notwithstanding the blatant 
lies that were used to start an illegal (unconstitutional) in Iraq. 
It is unconstitutional because war was never constitutionally 
declared. 




146 

Also, there is no provision in the U.S. Constitution for the 
United States to attack another nation that has not committed 
acts of belligerency against it. How has President Bush got 
away with not being impeached? The answers lie in the 
Tavistock Institute and its mass brainwashing capabilities. 

One of the early tasks undertaken by Tavistock after it 
launched total war on the U.S. in 1946 was to force 
acceptance of "alternate life styles" on the American people. 
Tavistock documents showed how the leaders of a campaign 
to force legal public acceptance of groups, whose behavior 
was until the changes were forced through by the Congress, 
recognized as a crime in almost every State in the Union, and 
in some States, remains as a crime. I am referring to the "gay 
lifestyle" as it has come to be known. 

The careful profiling that was done before this "change" 
program was launched was not believed by the uninitiated, 
who dismissed it as "lurid science fiction", even though it 
were spelled out in the simplest of terms. A vast majority of 
Americans never heard (and still do not know in 2005) that 
the Tavistock Institute went to war against them in 1946, nor 
that the people have been losing that war ever since. 

Tavistock turned its attention to the United States at the close 
of WWII. The methods that brought Germany down, were 
now unleashed against the United States. The massive 
brainwashing of our nation was called "Long Range 
Penetration " and "Inner Directional Conditioning." 

The main purpose of this endeavor was to install Socialist 
programs at every level of government; ushering in the New 
Dark Age a New World Order inside a One World 
Government Communist dictatorship. 




147 



Particularly, it was designed to break down the sanctity of 
marriage and family life. And it was aimed at the 
Constitution, also, to "make it of no effect." Homosexuality, 
lesbianism, and abortion are Tavistock-designed programs, as 
are aimed at "changing" the U.S. Constitution. 

Much of Tavistock's programs are based on getting the 
"right" candidates elected; this being achieved with the help of 
its trained pollsters with their cleverly loaded questions. 
Tavistock's "gay lifestyle" blueprint called for several "task 
force" units who would assist the media in painting over the 
homosexual onslaught and making the "new lifestyle" 
crusaders seem "just like any other people." 

"Talk shows" are now an integral part of such plans, but back 
then, they were not as widely used to bring about social 
changes as they are today. The leaders selected by Tavistock 
to promote tremendous changes on the social and political 
scene via talk shows, were Phil Donahue and Geraldo 
Riviera, Bill O'Reilly, Barbara Walters and scores of other 
people whose names have become household names in 
America. It was they who presented people who were to run 
for office; people who hitherto, would have been laughed off 
the platform. But now, thanks to the s ki llful use of polling, 
such persons are taken seriously. 

The minuscule planning that went into priming the public 
through T.V. talk show hosts, cost millions of dollars spent in 
putting this Tavistock-forced social change long-range plan 
into effect, and as the results show, Tavistock did its 
homework well. With all of my experience, I am still amazed 
at how this great coup was pulled off. 




148 

Entire communities across the nation were profiled; guests for 
talk shows and their audiences were selected by profile 
matching, without ever being aware of what was being done 
without their knowledge and consent. Americans were 
bamboozled on a grand scale and didn't know it then and still 
don't know it! Nor did they know that they were being 
whipsawed by the Tavistock Institute for Human Relations. 

Finally, after three years of preparation, the Tavistock 
sodomist / lesbian onslaught that was launched against a 
totally unsuspecting American people can be likened to the 
storm that burst upon the unsuspecting French nation at the 
time of the French Revolution. 

The well-planned and executed campaign began in Florida, 
according to plan, and, exactly as planned, Anita Bryant 
came forward to take up the cudgels against the invaders 
from the "gay community" - words carefully selected by 
Tavistock, which have now become fully acceptable. Before 
this episode, the word "gay" was never used to describe 
homosexuals or their behavior. 

Tavistock was founded in 1921 as a successor to Wellington 
House that had pulled off a great coup in 1914 and 1917, and 
as already related, getting Britain and America into a savage 
war against Germany. 

Tavistock was to serve as a primary research vehicle for 
British intelligence services, still the best in the world. Major, 
later Brigadier General John Rawlings Reese commissioned 
by the monarch was chosen to run the project and the British 
royal family funded the project with help from the 
Rockefellers and the Rothschilds. 




149 



In the middle of WWII, Tavistock received additional 
funding from David Rockefeller, in return for help in taking 
over the former Reynard Heydrich's German secret 
intelligence service. The whole apparatus and personnel of the 
brilliant top Nazi security service was bodily transported to 
Washington, D.C., in violation of the supreme law of the 
land. It now began to be called "Interpol." 

During the Second World War, both the London and Sussex 
facilities of Tavistock, served as headquarters for the British 
Army's Psychological Warfare Bureau. 

The significance of this is that through the "best friend" 
arrangement between Churchill and Roosevelt, Tavistock 
was able to take full control of U.S. intelligence and military 
policies through Special Operations Executive (SOE) and 
maintained this control throughout the Second World War. 
Eisenhower was selected by the Committee of 300 to become 
the commanding general of the allied forces in Europe, but 
only after extensive profiling by Tavistock. He was then 
appointed to the White House. Eisenhower was allowed to 
retain his seat in the White House until, with his usefulness 
expended, as memories of the war receded, he was dumped. 
Eisenhower's bitterness over the treatment he received at the 
hands of the Committee of 300 and the Tavistock Institute is 
reflected in his statements about the dangers posed by the 
military-industrial complex— a veiled reference to his former 
bosses, the "Olympians." 

The "Committee of 300" book, tells the full story of this 
hitherto ultra- secret, ultra-elite body of men who rule the 
world. The Committee of 300 has at its disposal a vast, 
interlocking network of banks, finance houses, the print and 
electronic media, large groups of "think tanks", new science 
scientists who are in reality the modem-day 




150 

creators of what passes for public opinion created through its 
national poll opinion makers, and so on. Today, over 450 of 
the top Fortune 500 companies are in the grip of the 
Committee of 300. 

These include Petro-Canada, the Hong Kong and Shanghai 
Bank, Halliburton, Root, Kellogg and Brown, British 
Petroleum, Shell, Xerox, Rank, Raytheon, ITT, Eagle 
Insurance, all the largest insurance companies, all of the top 
companies and or organizations in the U.S., Britain and 
Canada. The so-called environmental movement is entirely 
controlled by the Committee, through the Tavistock Institute. 

Most people tend to believe that "brainwashing" is a 
Korean/Chinese technique. It isn't. Brainwashing dates back 
to Tavistock as the originator of the art. The science of 
behavioral modifications had its origin in Tavistock, which 
trained an army of intelligence personnel to go out and do 
likewise. 

The United States, perhaps more than any other country, has 
felt the weight of Tavistock's fist in our national life at almost 
every level, and its grip on this country has not been lessened: 
If anything, with the advent of William Jefferson Clinton, and 
Bush, father and son, it has been considerably tightened. We 
were truly brainwashed in 1992 and 1996. We are truly a 
brainwashed nation in 2005. The United States is the 
principal victim of long-range penetration warfare using the 
Reese techniques. 

Other victim-countries are Rhodesia (now Zimbabwe,) 
Angola, South Africa, the Philippines, South Korea, Central 
America, Iran, Iraq, Serbia, Yugoslavia, and Venezuela. 




151 



The technique isn't working in Iraq and Iran, and by and 
large, Muslim countries seem less receptive to Tavistock 
mass population control methods than Western countries. 

There is no doubt that their strict adherence to the laws of the 
Koran and their Islamic faith is what foiled Tavistock's plans 
for the Middle East, at least, temporarily. Therefore, a 
concerted drive was mounted to wage war on the Muslim 
world. 

That Reese succeeded in forcing changes on a large number 
of countries is mirrored in events that have since transpired. At 
home, Tavistock reshaped a whole series of major U.S. 
institutions, both private and government, among them our 
intelligence agencies, units of the Pentagon, Congressional 
committees, large corporations, the entertainment world, and 
so on. 




153 

CHAPTER 25 

Tavistock's assault on the U.S. 

One of the major players in the Tavistock team was Dr. Kurt 
Lewin. Bom in Germany, but forced to flee when his 
population control experiments were discovered by the 
German government. Lewin was already well known to 
Reese — the two having cooperated extensively in 
experiments in polling and similar opinion-shaping 
experiments. It is said that Dr. Goebbels enthusiastically 
embraced Tavistock methods. 

Lewin fled to England, where he joined Reese at Tavistock 
and was given his first major task: Propagandize America 
into the Second World War, by launching a media blitz 
against Germany in both Europe and the U.S. He succeeded 
admirably in what turned out to be the largest propaganda 
campaign in history, one that whipped the American people 
into a frenzy of hatred against Germany, and later, Japan. The 
blitz eventually cost the lives of hundreds of thousands of 
American soldiers and poured billions of dollars into the 
coffers of the Wall Street and international banks and the 
arms merchants. 

Our loss in lives and national treasures cannot be recovered. 

Just prior to the assault on Iraq, the U.S. was subjected to a 
propaganda blast only slightly below the level of that which 
was developed to shove the United States into the Second 
World War. Careful analyses of key words and phrases 
developed by Lewin for WWII use, showed that in 93.6 
percent of all cases examined, these trigger-words and 
phrases matched up with those used in the Korean War, the 
Vietnam War and the Gulf War. 




154 

In the Vietnam War era, polling using Tavistock 
methodology was used with devastating effect against the 
American people. 

During the Gulf War, an example of Tavistock methods was 
the way the State Department kept on referring to its embassy 
staff in Kuwait as "hostages", although none were ever 
imprisoned. In fact, every single one of them was free to 
leave at any time, but were ordered to remain in Kuwait so 
that propaganda could be made out of their situation. 

In essence, the "hostages" were hostages of the State 
Department! Unable to goad President Hussein into firing the 
first shots, another "contrived situation" like Pearl Harbor had 
to be mounted. April Glaspie's name will forever be 
associated with treachery and infamy. What followed was an 
elaborate theft of millions of barrels of Iraqi oil by Kuwait. 
Hussein was given the "all clear" by U.S. ambassador to 
Baghdad April Gillespie, to attack Iraq and put an end to a 
situation that was costing the Iraqi people billions of dollars. 
But when the attack was mounted, Bush the elder lost no time 
in a sending the U.S. military to help Kuwait. 

President Bush whipped up support against Iraq by using the 
fake "hostage" claim. This is where the Tavistock Institute 
will fail: While it has been able to convince the majority of 
Americans that our policies for the Middle East are right, 
Tavistock has not been able to gain control of Syria, Iran, 
Iraq, Algeria and Saudi Arabia. 

It is at this point that Tavistock's devious plan to dispossess 
the Arab nations of their oil is coming unglued. The days 
when MI6 could dispatch "Arabists" like the Philby's and 
Captain Hill to undermine Muslim states has long since gone. 




155 



The Arab countries have learned from their mistakes, and 
today, they trust the British Government far less than they 
did at the start of WWI. The dictatorship of Mubarak of 
Egypt is in trouble. Muslim fundamentalists seek to make 
tourism hazardous, and Egypt relies on hard currency from 
abroad to keep floating besides the $3 billion annual gift 
from U.S. taxpayers. Likewise, Syria is not going to stand 
alongside U.S. policies that favor Israel over the Palestinians 
for very much longer. 

At home, billions of dollars were poured into the coffers of 
Tavistock by the U.S. government: Among the beneficiaries 
of these billions of dollars were the National Training 
Laboratories, Harvard Psychological Clinic, Wharton School, 
Stanford's Hoover Institute, Rand, MIT, The National 
Institute of Mental Health, Georgetown University, Esalen 
Institute, Center for Advanced Study in Behavioral Sciences, 
Institute for Social Research at Michigan and scores of other 
think tanks and institutions of higher learning. 

The task of setting up these affiliates in the U.S. in 
intelligence world wide was given to Kurt Lewin, who we 
have already met, but whose name was most probably not 
known to more than 100 people before my story about 
Tavistock broke. Yet this man and John Rawlings Reese did 
more to damage the institutions upon which the U.S. Republic 
rests, than anything Hitler or Stalin could have accomplished. 
The way in which Tavistock unraveled the warp and woof of 
our social fabric which holds the nation together, makes a 
chilling and frightening narrative of which the "normalizing" 
of homosexual and lesbian lifestyles is a small, but 
significant achievement; a far greater and more chilling 
achievement was the success of mass brainwashing through 
opinion polling. 




156 

Why do Reese's Tavistock techniques work so well in 
practice? Reese perfected his mass brainwashing experiments 
through stress tests, or psychological shocks, also known as 
stressful events. The Reese theory, now amply proved, was 
that if entire populations could be subjected to stress tests, 
then it would be possible first, to work out in advance, what 
mass population responses would be to given stress events. 

In a very explicit way, this technique is at the heart of 
creating the desired public opinion through polling, which 
was used with devastating effect to shield the Clinton 
administration from the scandals swirling around the White 
House, and which now shields Bush the younger from being 
removed from the White House. 




157 



CHAPTER 26 

How mediocre politicians, actors and singers are 
"puffed." 

This technique is what is known as "profiling", and can be 
applied to individuals, small or large groups of people, mass 
groups of people and or organizations of all sizes. They are 
then "puffed" to become "stars." While still in his early 
twenties in Arkansas, William Clinton was profiled for 
acceptance in the Rhodes scholarship program. His progress 
was profiled throughout his career, and especially during the 
Vietnam War period. Then, after he proved himself, Clinton 
was "groomed" for the White House and then constantly 
"puffed." 

The whole operation was under the control of the Tavistock 
Institute's brainwashers. This is the way these things work. 
Thus are the tools forged to literally make candidates, 
especially ones who are deemed suitable for public office; 
candidates who can always be counted on to do the "right" 
thing. Congress is full of them. Gingrich was a typical 
successful "Tavistock product" until his conduct was 
uncovered. Trent Lott, Dick Cheney, Charles Schumer, 
Barney Frank, Tom DeLay, Dennis Hastert, Dr. Frist, and so 
on are other examples of Tavistock "graduates." The same 
technique is applied to actors, singers, musicians and 
entertainers. 

Heavy propaganda was used to convince the population that 
unwelcome "environmental social turbulences" were the 
result of the changing times in which we live, whereas, as we 
now know, special new-science scientists designed programs 
(stress programs) to artificially create "environmental social 
turbulences" and then pass them off as resulting from a 
natural condition, best known as "changing times." 




158 

Tavistock's new science scientists were confident that we 
would not apply the principle "for every effect there must be 
a cause" — and they were right. For instance we meekly 
accepted the "Beatles" and their "novel music" and lyrics-if 
one dare call it music and lyrics, having been told, that the 
group wrote it all themselves. 

Actually Tavistock graduate Theo Adorno, whose 12-atonal 
discords were scientifically pitched to create mass 
"environmental social turbulences" all across America, wrote 
the music. None of the Beatles could read music. 
Nevertheless, they were "puffed" day and night without 
ceasing until everything about them, - lies and all, was 
accepted as truth. 

Tavistock proved over and over again, that when a large 
group is successfully profiled, it can be subjected to "inner 
directional conditioning" in just about every aspect of social 
and political life. 

An integral part of Tavistock's mass mind control 
experiments in the U.S., which have been going on since 
1946, poll taking- opinion making has been by far it's most 
successful undertakings. America was whipsaw ed and did 
not know it. 

Just to prove the success of his techniques, Reese got 
Tavistock to test a large group of people on a conspiracy- 
related subject. It turned out that 97.6 percent of those who 
were questioned utterly rejected the idea that an overall 
conspiracy exists. How much less then would our people 
believe that they have been under direct attack by Tavistock 
for the past 56 years? We have radio talk show hosts like 
Rush Limbaugh, who constantly tell audiences that there is 
no conspiracy. 




159 



How many people would believe that for the past 56 years, 
Tavistock has been sending an invisible army of shock 
troops, into every hamlet, village, town and city across this 
nation? The task of the invisible army is to infiltrate, tamper 
with, and modify collective social behavior, by means of 
"inner directional conditioning." 

The Reese "invisible army" is made up of real professionals 
who know their job and are dedicated to the task they were 
commissioned to do. They are found today in the halls of 
justice, police, churches, school boards, sports bodies, 
newspapers, television studios, government advisory boards, 
town councils, state legislatures, and are legion in 
Washington. They run for every office from county councilor 
to sheriff to judge, from school board member to city 
councilman, and even, for the office of the President of the 
United States of America. How this works was explained by 
John Rawlings Reese, back in 1954: 

"Their job is to apply the advanced techniques of 
psychological warfare as we know them to whole population 
groups that will grow ever larger, so that whole populations 
may be more easily controlled. In a world driven completely 
mad, groups of Tavistock psychologists linked to each other, 
capable of influencing the political and governmental field 
must be arbiters, the power cabal." 

Will this frank confession convince conspiracy skeptics? 
Probably not, as it is doubtful whether such closed minds 
could have any real knowledge of these things. Such 
information is wasted on radio "talking heads." 

A director of the Reese invisible army was Ronald Lippert, 
whose specialty was tinkering with the minds of children. 




160 

Dr. Fred Emery was another of Tavistock's "linked 
psychologists" who was on the board of President Johnson's 
Kemer Commission. 

Emery was what Tavistock called a "social environmental 
turbulence" specialist, the bottom line of which is that when a 
whole population group is subjected to social crises, it breaks 
down into synoptic idealism and finally fragments; that is to 
say, it just gives up trying to cope with the problem or 
problems. 

The word "environmental" has nothing to do with ecology 
issues, but has to do with the particular environment into 
which the specialist has injected himself with the specific 
intent of making trouble — "turbulences" or "stress patterns." 

This has already happened with rock and roll, drugs, free love 
(abortion), sodomy, lesbianism, pornography, street gangs, a 
constant attack on family life, on the institution of marriage, 
on social order, on the Constitution and especially on the 2 nd 
and 10 th Amendment. 

Where this has happened, we find communities powerless to 
cope with a broken-down justice system, school boards 
teaching evolution, minors being encouraged to buy condoms 
and even "children's rights" being pushed. "Children's rights", 
usually mean children should be allowed to disobey their 
parents, a key issue in every Socialist's "child care" program. 
Members of the Reese Invisible Army are entrenched in the 
House and Senate, in the military, the police, and in virtually 
every government office in the land. 




161 



After studying the State of California, I came to the 
conclusion that it has the largest contingent of "Invisible 
Army" shock troops in the country, which has made 
California something very close to a socialist, police state. I 
believe California will be the "role model" for the rest of the 
nation. 

At present there are no laws on the books that make this type 
of conditioning illegal. Reese and Lewin researched the laws 
of England and the United States and concluded that it was 
legal to "condition" a person without his or her consent or 
knowledge. 

We need to change this. Polling is an integral part of 
"conditioning." Tavistock's "Invisible Army" of shock troops 
has changed the way America thinks about rock, premarital 
sex, drug taking, children bom out of wedlock, promiscuity, 
marriage, divorce, family life, abortion, homosexuality and 
lesbianism, the Constitution and yes, even murder, not to 
mention that lack of morals is fine as long as one does a good 
job. 

In the early years of Tavistock, the "Leaderless Group 
Concept" was used to lay the America we once knew, in the 
dust. In charge of the project was W.R. Bion, who ran the 
Wharton School of Economics for years, where such 
nonsense as free trade and Keynesian economics are taught. 
Japan stayed with the American model taught by General 
McArthur — not the Wharton School fraud — and look at 
Japan today. Don't blame the Japanese for their success - 
blame Tavistock for destroying our economic system. But 
Japan's turn is coming! No nation will be spared in the final 
onslaught to usher in a One World Government in a New 
World Order. 




162 

The "Brain Trust" in charge of Tavistock's War on America 
(1946—), consisted of Bemays, Lewin, Byron, Margaret 
Meade, Gregory Bateson, H.V. Dicks, Lippert, Nesbit and 
Eric Trist. Where did the "Invisible Army" shock troops get 
their training? They got it from Reese at Tavistock, from 
where they fanned out across America to sow their seeds of 
"environment social turbulence stress patterns." 

They fanned out into every level of American society, 
obtaining posts in places where they could exert the influence 
they had been taught how to use by Reese. Decisions made 
by the members of the Invisible Army of shock troops have 
profoundly affected America at every level, and the worst is 
yet to come. 

Just to give a few examples of who some the leading shock 
troops were, let's mention George Schultz, Alexander Haig, 
Larry King, Phil Donahue, Admiral Burkley (deeply 
involved in the cover-up of the Kennedy assassins), Richard 
Armitage, Billy Graham, William Paley, William Buckley, 
Pamela Harriman (since deceased,) Henry Kissinger, George 
Bush and the late Katherine Meyer Graham not to mention 
the caravan that arrived in Washington from Arkansas in 
1992, headed by Mr. and Mrs. Clinton at whose hands the 
nation was soon to be tom apart. Newcomers include Rush 
Limbaugh, Bill O'Reilly, Larry King and Kail Rove. 

Business leaders in shock troop groups are legion, far too 
many to list here. Thousands of such Invisible Army shock 
troops of the Business Brigade were turned out at Tavistock's 
U.S. facility, the National Training Laboratory (NTL), which 
began its existence on the huge, sprawling New York estate 
of Averill and Pamela Harriman. As we now know, Mrs. 
Harriman was the one who selected Clinton for special 
training and ultimately, the Oval Office. 




163 



At the National Training Laboratory corporate leaders were 
trained in stress situations and how to manage them. 
Companies who sent their top executives to NTC to receive for 
Tavistock training included Westinghouse, B.F. Goodrich, 
Alcoa, Halliburton, BP, Shell, Mobil-Exxon Eli Lily, 
DuPont, the New York Stock Exchange, Archer Daniels 
Midland, Shell Oil. Mobil Oil, Conoco, Nestle, AT&T, IBM 
and Microsoft. Worse yet, the U.S. government sent its top 
echelon personnel drawn from the U.S. Navy, the U.S. State 
Department, the Civil Service Commission, and the Air 
Force. Your tax dollars, by the million, paid for the 
"education" Tavistock gave these government employees at 
Arden House on the Harriman estate. 




165 

CHAPTER 27 

The Tavistock formula that got the U.S. into WWII 

Perhaps the most of important aspect of their training was 
how to use public polls to make public policy comply with 
what Tavistock goals said were desirable. This mind-altering 
technique is called "opinion polling." 

The maladaptive responses made possible by Tavistock's 
wholesale profiling, and in which maladaptive responses 
Tavistock's "Invisible Army" worked to perfection in the 
Gulf War. 

Instead of rebelling against dragging this nation into a war 
against a friendly country with whom we had no quarrel, a 
war that was waged without a proper Congressional 
declaration of war, we were "turned" in its favor. In short, we 
were badly misled without knowing it, due to the "long-range 
inner-directional conditioning" the American people had been 
undergoing since 1946. 

Tavistock advised President Bush the elder to use the 
following simple formula which Reese and Lewin instructed 
Allen Dulles to use back in 1941 when Roosevelt was 
preparing to drag America into the Second World War: 

(1) What is the state of the morale and its probable course in 
the targeted country? (This also applied to morale in the 
U.S.) 

(2) What is the state of susceptibility in the U.S. to the idea 
that war in the Persian Gulf is necessary? 

(3) What techniques could be used to weaken opposition in the 
U.S. to war in the Persian Gulf? 




166 



(4) What kind of techniques in psychological warfare would 
succeed in undermining the morale of the Iraqi people? (It 
was here that Tavistock slipped up very badly.) 

Once Bush committed himself to Prime Minister Thatcher's 
1991 Gulf War on behalf of Queen Elizabeth and her BP oil 
company, Tavistock put together a team, which included 
psychologists, public opinion makers, led by the brazen liars 
at Hill and Knowlton, and a host of Tavistock profilers. 
Every single one of the speeches made by President Bush 
with the intention of promoting war against Iraq was crafted 
by multi-discipline teams of writers trained by Tavistock. 

Top-secret information on how the Gulf War was propagated 
and how the American people were swung behind that nasty, 
corrupt war by President George Bush was given to a 
Congressional committee recently. The report said that at an 
early stage of the plan to take out Iraq, the Bush 
administration was advised that public support was 
paramount and that he did not have the American people 
behind him. 

Rule one was to establish in the mind of the American people 
the "great need to protect Saudi oil fields threatened by an 
Iraqi invasion under the leadership of a madman." Thus, 
although it was known from the beginning that Iraq had no 
designs on Saudi oil fields, the National Security Agency 
(NSA) gave out false and misleading information to the 
effect that the Saudi oil fields were the ultimate target of Iraq. 
This was a total fabrication, but it was the key to success. 
The National Security Agency has never been punished for 
its lying conduct. 




167 



The report stated that an unprecedented amount of television 
coverage would be needed to swing public support behind the 
war. The Bush administration early on secured the full 
cooperation of the three major networks, ABC, CBS and 
NBC and later CNN. In later years a virtual propaganda 
station, Fox News (also known as Faux News) was added. 
The amount of Gulf War and related subjects coverage in 
1990 by these stations was three times that of any subject 
covered in 1989, and once the war began; coverage was five 
times greater than any other story, including Tiananmen 
Square. 

In 2003, Bush the younger, followed very closely the 
formula that had succeeded for his father, but with some 
additional adaptations. News mixed with fiction (see the 
section about H.G. Wells "War of the Worlds") became more 
fiction mixed with news and blatant lying was resorted to so 
that straight reporting became impossible to distinguish from 
news mixed with fiction. 

One of the principal players in the coverage of the war was 
CNN, which contracted with the Bush administration to bring 
the Gulf War to American sitting rooms on a round-the-clock 
basis. As a result of the mass of favorable, slanted news, the 
deployment of troops to the Gulf was favorably received by 
about 90 percent of the American people. It was just another 
way to practice opinion-making polling on the American 
people, just another way to brainwash them. 

National Security Agency (NSA) advisors told the Bush 
administration that from the very start, the public had to be 
persuaded to go along with his Gulf War plans. It was 
decided to create a parallel between Hitler and Saddam 
Hussein, with the words "Saddam Hussein must be stopped" 
repeated over and over again, followed by lie that the Iraqi 
President "is acting like Hitler." 




168 

Later a dire threat was added, that Iraq had the capability to 
strike at the U.S. with long-range weapons of mass 
destruction. It was the adaptation of Stalin's edict that to 
capture and enslave your own people, first terrorize them. 

British Prime Minister Blair went even further. Speaking in 
Parliament, he told the British people that "Saddam Hussein" 
had the capability to strike Britain and could do so within 45 
minutes. He went as far as to warn British tourists 
vacationing in Cyprus to return to Britain as soon as possible 
as British intelligence had learned that Iraq was preparing to 
launch a nuclear strike against the island. Blair made his 
announcement in the full knowledge that Iraq's nuclear 
weapons program had been completely destroyed in 1991. 

The first Bush administration's "skill" in communicating the 
need for a war in the Gulf reached its height with the Hill and 
Knowlton fabricated "incubator" story tearfully told by the 
daughter of the ambassador of Kuwait to Washington. The 
Senate — and the entire country — swallowed this massive 
fraud. 

It was Kaiser Wilhelm II "cutting off the arms of young 
Belgian children" all over again, and with even greater 
success. After the Hill and Knowlton "big lie," 77 percent of 
Americans surveyed said they approved of using U.S. troops 
against Iraq, even though 65 percent of those polled did know 
where Iraq was on the map. 

All major polls found that Bush's sidestepping of the 
Constitution was approved, because those polled had no idea 
of what a constitutional declaration of war was, nor that it 
was mandatory. The role played by the U.N. added to the 
"communication skills" of the Bush administration, the report 
said. 




169 



The second Bush administration used the same Tavistock 
methods and once again the American people went along 
with the lies and distortions presented to them as fact. The war 
was vigorously promoted by Vice President Cheney who led 
a massive campaign to force public opinion onto the side of 
George Bush. No other Vice President in the history of the 
United States had ever taken such an active part in forcing the 
American people into a war with Iraq. 

Cheney appeared on television 15 times in one month and 
adamantly declared that the Taliban was behind the attack on 
the World Trade Towers in New York and that the Taliban 
was under the control of President Hussein. "The fight against 
terrorism had to be taken to the "terrorists" in Iraq," Cheney 
said, "before they could strike at the U.S. again." 

Cheney continued in the same vein long after his claim was 
proved absolutely false. Although the world's greatest 
authorities came forward to announce that Iraq had nothing to 
do with the 9/11 and that there were no Taliban fighters in 
Iraq, Cheney kept up his drumbeat of lies, until Hans Blix, 
the former U.N. chief weapons inspector cut him off, and the 
Central Intelligence Agency reported to the U.S. Senate that 
no connections had been discovered between Iraq and the 
Taliban and with 9/11. 

In fact, said the CIA report, Hussein hated the Taliban and 
had driven them out of Iraq many years before. We publish 
this information in the hope that the American people will not 
be so gullible the next time their President wants to get them 
involved in a war. We would also like the American people to 
know that they are being grossly misled by a foreign "think 
tank" that constantly misleads them on a multitude of issues. 




170 

Let us examine some of the issues and let us hope that the 
American people will never be misled again by the skilled 
"communicators." 

The American people have been grossly misled about five 
major wars, and that should be enough for any nation. But 
unfortunately, the nonstop bombing of Iraq and Serbia by 
U.S. - British aircraft showed that the American people had 
learned nothing from the Gulf War and how it was instigated, 
and how they were lied to and manipulated in an utterly 
reprehensible manner. 

The second Gulf War was ample proof that Tavistock's 
methods still work, so much so that blatant lying was resorted 
to with the knowledge that even if discovered as lies, the 
Bush administration knew that their lies would just be 
shrugged off, because the American people were now 
thoroughly conditioned in a state of permanent "shell-shock," 
to display no concern over what was a very serious position 
for any nation to find itself in. 

What can be done about the grip Tavistock and its many 
affiliated institutions have on the country, the Christian 
Right, the Congress, our intelligence agencies and the State 
Department, a grip that extends all the way to the President 
and to our top military brass? As I previously stated, the main 
problem is to be able to convince the broad mass of 
Americans that what is happening to them and the country, is 
not a case of "changing times" due to circumstances beyond 
their control, but a carefully contrived plot, a real menace to 
the future of all of us, and not just some "conspiracy" theory. 

We can arouse the nation, but only if a concerted effort is 
made at the grassroots level. The solution to the problem lies 
in educating Americans and by unified action. 




171 



There is a great and compelling need to educate the millions 
of people as to what the secret manipulators are doing, and 
more importantly, just how, and why they are doing it. 
Urgent constitutional action is needed to bring this about. 
There are many leading citizens, who have the power and the 
financial means to start a grass roots campaign. What is not 
wanted, is a third political party. 

A grass roots movement, properly educated and acting in 
concert is the only way (at least in my opinion) that we are 
going to win our country back from the dark and evil forces 
that have it by the throat. Together, in a grass roots 
movement, we can shake America free from the grip of 
foreign powers, powers the Tavistock Institute serves so well, 
foreign powers that are bent upon the destruction of America 
as constituted by our Founding Fathers. 

This work on the Tavistock Institute is another "first" in my 
series on major organizations whose names will be new to 
most readers. Tavistock is the most important nerve center in 
the U.S., and it has poisoned and gradually altered for the 
worse, every facet of our lives since 1946, when it began its 
North America operations. 

Tavistock has played and is playing the leading role in 
shaping U.S. policies and world events. It is undoubtedly, the 
mother of all mind control and mind conditioning centers in 
the world. In the United States it has a great deal of control 
over day-to-day affairs and has a direct hand in the course 
and direction of such American think tanks as Stanford 
Research, Esalen Institute, Wharton School, MIT, the Hudson 
Institute, the Heritage Foundation, the Georgetown University 
and even more directly, extends its influence to the White 
House and the State Department. Tavistock has a profound 
influence in shaping U.S. domestic and foreign policy. 




172 



Tavistock is a study center devoted to the service of the 
Black Nobility and those devoted to promoting the New 
World Order inside a One World Government. 

Tavistock does work for the Club of Rome, the CFR, 
Trilateral Commission, the German Marshall Fund, the Mont 
Pelerin Society, the Ditchley Group, the Quator Coronati 
Freemason control lodge and the Bank of International 
Settlements. 




CHAPTER 28 

How Tavistock makes well people sick 



173 



Tavistock's story begins with its founder, Brig. Gen. John 
Rawlings Reese in 1921. It was Reese who evolved 
Tavistock's methods of mass "brainwashing". Tavistock was 
founded as a research center for British Special Intelligence 
Service (SIS). 

It was Reese who launched the method of controlling 
political campaigns, as well as mind control techniques, 
which continue to this very day, and it was Reese and 
Tavistock who taught the USSR, North Vietnam China and 
Vietnam how to apply his techniques — all they ever wanted to 
know about how to brain wash individuals or a mass of 
people. 

Reese was a close confidant of the late Margaret Meade and 
her husband Gregory Bateson, both of whom played major 
roles in shaping U.S. institutions that make government 
policy. He was also a friend of Kurt Lewin, who was 
expelled from Germany after being accused of being an 
active Zionist. Lewin fled Germany when it became apparent 
that the NSDP would control Germany. Lewin rose to 
become Tavistock's director in 1932. He played a major role 
in preparing the American people for entry into WWII. Lewin 
was responsible for organizing the greatest propaganda 
machine known to mankind, which he directed against the 
whole German nation. Lewin's machine was responsible for 
whipping the American public opinion into favoring the war 
by engendering a climate of hatred against Germany. What 
was it that made the Reese method so successful? Basically, it 
was this: The same psychotherapy techniques used to cure a 
mentally sick individual could be applied in the opposite 
direction. 




174 

It could also used to make healthy people become mentally ill. 
Reese began his long series of experiments in the 1930s using 
British Army recruits as test cases. From there Reese 
progressed to perfecting mass brainwashing techniques, 
which he was later to apply to countries slated for change. 
One such country was the United States, which remains the 
focus of attention of Tavistock. Reese began applying his 
behavior modifications techniques against the American 
people in 1946. Few if any realized the extreme threat to 
America, which Reese posed. 

The British Army Psychological Warfare Bureau was set up 
at Tavistock through secret agreements with Churchill, well 
before Churchill became prime minister. The agreements 
gave the British Special Operations Executive, commonly 
known as the SOE, full control over the policies of the U.S. 
Armed Forces, acting through civilian channels, and which 
invariably, became official U.S. Government policy. 

That agreement is still firmly in place, as unacceptable to 
patriotic Americans today, as it was when established. It was 
the discovery of this agreement that led Gen. Eisenhower to 
issue his historical warning about powers accumulated in the 
hands of the "military industrial complex." 

So that we fully understand the influence of Tavistock in the 
daily political, social, religious and economic life of the U.S., 
allow me to explain that it was Kurt Lewin, the second in 
command who was responsible for founding the following 
American institutions, many of whom were responsible for 
making profound changes in U.S. foreign and local policies: 




175 



* The Harvard Psychological Clinic 

* The Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) 

* The Committee on National Morale 

* Rand Corporation 

* National Defense Resources Council 

* The National Institute for Mental health 

* The National Training Laboratories 

* The Stanford Research Center 

* The Wharton School of Economics. 

* The New York Police Department 
*The FBI 

*The CIA 

* The Rand Institute 

To Lewin fell the task of selecting key personnel for these 
and other highly prestigious research institutions; including 
Esalen, the Rand Corporation; the United States Air Force, the 
Navy, the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and the State Department. In 
later years Tavistock conditioned those chosen to operate the 
ELF weather modifications facilities located in Wisconsin 
and Michigan, as a defense against those operated from the 
Kola Peninsula in Russia. 




176 

It was through institutions like Stanford and Rand that the 
treasonous, infamous "MK Ultra" project got its start. "MK 
Ultra" was a 20-year experiment utilizing LSD and other 
"mind-altering" drugs, carried forward under the direction of 
Aldous Huxley and the guru of the "Ban the Bomb" 
movement, Bertrand Russell (the senior statesman of the 
300) for and on behalf of the CIA. 

In the second Gulf War Tavistock-trained operatives showed 
U.S. General Miller how to run systematic torture to extract 
"information" from Muslim captives held at Abu Graib prison 
in Iraq and Guantanamo Bay in Cuba that shocked and 
disgusted the world when they were exposed. Through these 
and other similar mind control, mood-altering drugs, Lewin, 
Huxley and Russell were able to do indescribable damage to 
the youth of America, damage from which we, as a nation, 
will probably never fully recover. Their horrible drug 
experiments were carried out from Stanford Research, 
McGill University, and Bethesda Naval Hospital and at U.S. 
Army locations scattered all across the land. 

It is worth repeating that the movement, which sprouted 
among our youth in the 1950s— 1960s, known as the "New 
Age" and or the "Age of Aquarius", was a Tavistock 
program. There was noting spontaneous about it. Nudity was 
introduced in conformity with the course taken to demean 
women. 

By 2005 the "new" fad is called "Hip-Hop" a type of dance 
game played mainly by children in the poorest suburbs of 
America's cities. It was picked up by Tavistock and turned 
into a full-blown industry with their specialists writing the 
"music and lyrics" until it is one of the best profit-makers for 
the recording industry. 




177 



Reese's methods were closely followed by Aldous Huxley, 
Bertrand Russell, Arnold Toynbee and Alistair Crowley. 
Russell was particularly adept at working Tavistock methods 
in forming his "CND": "Ban the Bomb" campaign which 
opposed U.S. nuclear experiments Tavistock "think tanks" 
received massive U.S. Government funding. Such institutions 
conduct research experiments with mass population 
conditioning. The CND movement was a front from behind 
which Huxley dispensed drugs for the youth of Britain. 

In these experiments the American people have been more of 
a target than any other national group in the world. As I 
disclosed in 1969 and 2004, since 1946 the U.S. Government 
has poured billions of dollars into projects, which may be 
classed as "undercover operations", that is, the experimental 
programs go under other name and titles so that the 
unsuspecting American people raise no protest at such lavish 
government spending. 

In such Tavistock experiments, every aspect of America's 
way of life, its customs, its traditions, its history, are 
examined to see if they can be subjected to change. Every 
aspect of our psychological and physiological life is 
constantly under scrutiny at Tavistock's U.S. institutions. 

The "change agents" work tirelessly to change our way of life 
and make it look as such changes are merely "changing times" 
to which we must adapt. These forced changes are to be found 
in politics, religion, music, the way the news is manufactured 
and reported, the style of delivery of the news readers with 
the preponderance of American women readers who had 
every last trace of femininity driven out of them; the style and 
delivery of speeches made by Mr. Bush (short staccato 
sentences) accompanied by facial contortions and body 
movement taught by change artists, 




178 

his manner of walking (U.S. Marine style), the rise of the so- 
called Christian fundamentalists in politics, the 
overwhelming support for "isms", the list is endless. 

The outcome, the net result of these experimental programs 
determine how and where we shall live in the present and the 
future, how we will react to stressful situations in our national 
and personal life, and how our thinking on a national level 
regarding education, religion, morals, economics and politics 
can be channeled in the "right direction." 

We, the People, have been and are being endlessly studied at 
Tavistock's Institutions. We are dissected, profiled, thought- 
read, and the data entered into computer data banks for the 
purposes of shaping and planning how we will react to 
planned future shocks and stressful situations. All this is done 
without our consent and in gross violation of our 
constitutional right to privacy. 

These profiling results and prognostications are entered into 
data bases in computers at the National Security Agency, the 
FBI, the Department of Defense Intelligence Agency, and the 
Joint Chiefs of Staff, the Central Intelligence Agency, the 
National Security Agency to name but a few places where 
such data is stored. 

The lines between internal and external spying are being 
blurred as the American people are conditioned for the 
coming One World Government wherein surveillance of 
individuals will reach unprecedented levels. 

It was this kind of information which allowed the FBI to get 
away with burning David Koresh and his Branch Davidians, 
while the nation watched it happening on national television, 
without hardly a whimper of protest 




179 



from the people and, an astonishing lack of protest from 
Congress. In one move, the States rights of Texas were 
destroyed. Waco was meant as a test case to see how the 
population would react to witnessing the 10 th Amendment 
being destroyed before their very eyes, and, as profiled, the 
people of Texas and the United States acted precisely in the 
manner of the Tavistock profile; they acted like sheep 
peacefully grazing on grass as the Judas goat that would lead 
them to the slaughterhouse circled the flock. 

What has happened, and is happening on an ongoing basis, 
was foretold by Carter's national Security Advisor, Zbigniew 
Brzezinski, in his New Age book, "The Technocratic Era" 
published in 1970. What he predicted is happening before our 
eyes, but the deadly sinister nature of these unfolding events 
is lost upon the people. The reality of what Brzezinski 
foretold in 1970 has come to pass. I suggest that you read the 
book — if it is obtainable — and then as I have done, compare 
events that have transpired since 1970 with what is stated in 
"The Technotronic Era." The accuracy of Brzezinski's 
forecasting is not only amazing, but also rather frightening. 

If you are still skeptical, then read 1984 by George Orwell, a 
former M16 British intelligence operative. Orwell had to 
write his startling revelation as fiction to avoid being 
prosecuted under Britain's Official Secrets Act. Orwell's 
"newspeak" is now everywhere to be found, and just as he 
predicted, arouses no opposition. 

Readers thought Orwell was describing Russia, but he was 
foretelling the coming of a regime far worse than the 
Bolshevik regime, the New World Order government of 
Great Britain. 




180 



One has only to look over the legislation passed by the Blair 
regime to see that liberties have been crushed, political 
dissent has been crushed, the Magna Carta put to flames and 
in its place, a set of draconian laws that makes for ominous 
reading. "As goes England today, so goes the United States 
tomorrow" according to an old saying. 

Like it or not, Brzezinski predicted that We, the People, 
would have nothing left of our right to privacy; every little 
detail of our lives would be known by government, and 
subject to instant recall from data banks. By the year 2000, he 
said, private citizens would be in the grip of government 
control as never before experienced by any other nation. 

Today, in 2005, we are under constant surveillance such as 
could not be imagined a few years ago, the Fourth 
Amendment has been trampled, our best protection from a 
gargantuan state, the 10 th Amendment no longer in existence, 
and it has all been made possible through the work of Reese 
and the Social Sciences scientists who control the Tavistock 
Institute. 

In 1969, by an order of the Committee of 300, Tavistock 
established the Club of Rome, as first reported in my 
monographs of 1969. The Club of Rome then established the 
North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) as a political 
alliance. 

By 1999, we were discovering the truth about NATO; it is a 
political entity with military support by its member-nations, 
Tavistock provided key personnel for NATO from its 
inception and it still does. They write all the key policies for 
NATO. In other words, Tavistock controls NATO. 




181 



Proof of this can be seen in the way in which NATO was able 
to bomb Serbia for 72 days and nights and get away with it, 
although it violated the four Geneva Conventions, the Hague 
Convention, the Nuremberg Protocols, and the United 
Nations charter. There was no outcry from the American 
people or the British people against such barbarous action. 

Of course this had all been predetermined from Tavistock's 
data banks: They knew exactly how the public would react or 
not react to the bombing. Had an unfavorable determination 
been made beforehand as to how the public would react, there 
would have been no bombing raids over Serbia. 

Precisely the same Tavistock studies were used to ascertain 
public reaction to raining down cruise missiles and bombs on 
the open city of Baghdad in 2002, Rumsfeld's infamous 
"shock and awe" tactic. Barbarous behavior of this magnitude 
was indulged in because the President and his men already 
knew beforehand that there would be no outcry from the 
American public. 

Both the Club of Rome and NATO have considerable 
influence in foreign policy decisions taken by the U.S. 
Government, and they continue to do so, today, as we saw in 
the case of the unprovoked attack on Serbia and Iraq 
acceeded to by the Clinton and Bush administrations, 
respectively. History provides other examples of national 
control of the U.S. by Tavistock. 

When the Second World War broke out, the United States 
was subjected to a preplanned brainwashing campaign of the 
most massive proportions, prepared and executed by the 
Tavistock Institute. 




182 

This would pave the way for a smooth entry of the U.S. into a 
war that was none of our business and muzzle those opposed 
to it. All of Roosevelt's grand speeches were composed by 
technicians skilled in mind control at Tavistock, many of 
them emanating from the Fabian Society. 

Americans were told that the war was started by Germany; 
that the danger of Germany to world peace was far greater 
than the threat of Bolshevism would ever be. A substantial 
number of socials scientists working at Tavistock's U.S. 
institutions were selected to lead the charge in persuading the 
American people that America's entry into the war was the 
proper course for it to take. However, they did not succeed 
until Japan was "forced to fire the first shot" at Pearl Harbor. 




183 



CHAPTER 29 

Topological psychology gets the U.S. into the War in Iraq 

Kurt Lewin's topological psychology — standard fare at 
Tavistock institutions — was taught to selected American 
scientists sent there to learn its methodology, and the group 
returned to the U.S. to spear- head the drive to force 
Americans to believe that support for Britain — the instigator of 
the war — was in our best interests. Topological psychology 
is still the most advanced method of inducing behavior 
modifications, whether in individuals or in mass population 
groups. 

Unhappily, topological psychology was used all too 
successfully by the mass media in rushing America into a 
British-contrived situation in Iraq, another war in which we 
had no business involving ourselves. The professional liars 
who run this country, the whores of the media, the 
treasonous, treacherous "spokesmen" for the One World 
Government — New World Order, used exact topological 
psychology against those who said we should not be 
attacking Iraq. 

Bush, Baker, Haig, Rumsfeld, Rice, Powell, General Myers, 
Cheney and those in Congress who fawned all over them in a 
servile display of bootlicking — brainwashed the American 
people to believe that Pres. Saddam Hussein of Iraq was a 
monster, an evil man, a dictator, a threat to world peace, who 
had to be removed from power, even though Iraq had never 
done anything to harm the United States. While there may 
have been some truth to the allegations that Hussein had done 
some terrible deeds, the same could be said of Wilson and 
Roosevelt magnified a million times. 




184 

Tavistock's war on the U.S. Constitution had completely 
dumbed-down the American people to where they somehow 
believed that the U.S. had the right to attack Iraq and remove 
its leader, even though the Constitution expressly forbids 
such action not to mention that it violated international law 
and the Nuremberg Protocols. As already stated, it takes a 
"contrived situation" to get the American people fired up. 

In WWI it was the "atrocities" committed by the Kaiser. In 
WWII it was Pearl Harbor, in Korea it was the "ghost torpedo 
boats" of North Korea's attack on the U.S. Navy that never 
happened. 

In Iraq it was the deceit and lies of April Glaspie; in Serbia, it 
was the "concern" of Madame Albright for the alleged 
"persecution" of Albanian illegal aliens flooding into Serbia 
to escape the economic misery of their homeland that was the 
excuse for her self-righteous crusade against Serbia. 

Tavistock coined a new name for the illegal Albanians; 
henceforth they were to be called "Kosovars." Of course the 
profiled and programmed American public made no objection 
when Serbia, without just cause and without ever having 
harmed the United States, was mercilessly bombed for 
seventy-six days and nights! 

The real danger to peace comes from our one-sided policy 
toward Middle East nations, and our attitude toward Socialist 
governments. Appeals to rally around the flag in the early 
stages of WWII were pure Reese topological psychology — 
and it was repeated in the Gulf War, the Korean War, Iraq 
(twice) and Serbia. 




185 



Soon it will be North Korea again. The U.S. has persecuted 
that nation for more than 25 years-only this time the excuse 
will be that North Korea is about to drop a nuclear bomb on an 
American city! In all these wars, the American people 
succumbed to the big drum of Tavistock brainwashing under 
the guise of "patriotism" tinged with a heavy dose of fear, 
banged night and day. Americans believed the myth that 
Germany was the "bad guy" bent upon ruling the world; we 
rejected the threat of Bolshevism. 

Twice we were whipped into frenzy against Germany. We 
believed our controllers because we did not know that we 
were brainwashed, manipulated and controlled. And so our 
sons were shipped off to die on Europe's battlefields for a 
cause, which was not America's cause. 

Immediately after Winston Churchill became Britain's Prime 
Minister after he ousted Neville Chamberlain because he had 
succeeded in making a peace agreement with Germany; 
Churchill the great paragon of belief in respect for 
international law began breaking international laws that 
governed civilized conduct during wars. 

Acting on the advice of Tavistock theoretician Richard 
Crossman — Winston Churchill adopted Tavistock's plan for 
terror bombing of civilian population. (We were to see the 
same policy being carried out in Iraq and Serbia.) 

Churchill gave the Royal Air Force (RAF) orders to bomb 
the small German city of Freiberg, an undefended city, one on 
the list of such cities in Germany and Britain, which both 
sides had agreed in a written pact was an "open, undefended 
city" not to be bombed. 




186 

On Saturday afternoon, February 27 1940, a raid on Freiberg 
was carried out by RAF "Mosquito" bombers, killing 300 
civilians including 27 children at play in a schoolyard, plainly 
visible as a school. 

This was the start of the RAF's terror bombing campaign 
against German civilian targets; the infamous Tavistock- 
inspired Prudential Bombing Survey, which was directed 
solely against German worker housing and the civilian 
infrastructure. Tavistock assured Churchill that such mass 
terror bombing would bring Germany to its knees once the 
target of destroying 65% of German worker housing was 
reached. 

Churchill's decision to launch terror bombing against 
Germany was a war crime and remains a war crime. 
Churchill was a war criminal and should have been put on 
trial for his hideous crimes against humanity. 

The bombing of Freiberg Germany, without consultation 
with France, was the first departure from civilized conduct in 
WWII and the British Government was solely to blame for 
the air raids by the Germans, which followed. Churchill's 
terror tactics were followed to the letter by the U.S. in the 
undeclared war against Iraq, Serbia, Iraq again and 
Afghanistan, which began in March of 1999, in the same vein 
of no mercy as displayed by Churchill. 

Kurt Lewin, whose hatred of Germany knew no bounds, 
developed the policy of terror bombing of civilian housing. 
Lewin was the "father" of the Strategic Bombing Survey, 
deliberately designed to destroy 65 percent of German 
worker housing and kill in an indiscriminate manner, as 
many German civilians as possible. 




187 



German military casualties were far exceeded by civilian 
casualties of the war, as a result of "Bomber" Harris and his 
heavy bomber night raids by the RAF on German worker 
housing. This was a major war crime that has still gone 
unpunished. 

This gives the lie to the propaganda put out by Tavistock that 
Germany began such terror raids. The facts are that it was 
only after eight weeks of terror-raids on Berlin had caused 
heavy damage to civilian housing and non-military targets 
had taken thousands of civilian lives that the Luftwaffe 
retaliated by attacks on London. German retaliation came 
only after countless appeals by Hitler, directly to Churchill to 
stop breaking their agreement, which the "great man" 
ignored. 

Churchill, the master liar, the consummate liar, with the help 
of, and under the direction of Lewin was able to persuade the 
world that Germany started civilian bombing as a deliberate 
policy when, as we have seen, it was Churchill who initiated 
it. British War Office and RAF documents reflect this 
position. The damage done to London by the Luftwaffe was 
relatively mild when compared with what the RAF did to 
German cities, but the world never heard about that. 

The world saw only what amounted to small sections of 
London damaged by German air raids with Churchill striding 
over the rubble, his jaw jutting out and a cigar clenched 
between his teeth, the epitome of defiance! How well 
Tavistock had taught him to stage such events! (We see the 
echo of Churchill's affected mannerisms appearing in George 
Bush who appears to have undergone some "training" of his 
own.) 

Churchill's "bulldog" character was created by Tavistock. His 
true character was never revealed. The callous bombing 




188 

of Freiberg paled into a shadow compared with the callous, 
barbaric, un-Christian, inhuman fire-bombing of the open, 
undefended city of Dresden that took more lives than the 
subsequent atomic bomb attack on Hiroshima. 

The bombing of Dresden and the timing of the raid was a 
cold-blooded decision taken in consultation with Tavistock by 
the "great man" to cause "shock and awe" and impress his 
friend, Joseph Stalin. It was also an outright attack on 
Christianity, timed to take place during Lent. 

There was no reason military or strategic reason to fire bomb 
Dresden, which was selected as a target by Lewin. In my 
view, the fire bombing of Dresden, crowded with German 
civilian refugees fleeing from the Russian onslaught from the 
East, when Lent celebrations were being observed, ranks as 
the most heinous war crime ever committed. Yet, because the 
British and American people had been thoroughly 
programmed, conditioned and thoroughly brainwashed, 
hardly a murmur of protest was heard. The war criminals, 
"Bomber" Harris, Churchill, Lewin and Roosevelt, got away 
with this terrible crime against humanity. 

On May 5, 2005, during a State visit to Berlin, Russian 
President Vladimir Putin held a joint conference with 
Germany Chancellor Gerhard Schroeder told the German 
newspaper Beeld that Allied forces cannot be absolved for 
the horrors of WWII, and that included the bombing of 
Dresden: "The Western allies didn't abound with any special 
humanity," he said. "It is incomprehensible to me to this day 
why Dresden was destroyed. There was no military reason for 
it." 

Perhaps the Russian leader did not know about Tavistock and 
its Prudential Bombing Survey that ordained the 




189 



terrible bombing, but certainly, readers of this work will now 
know why the barbaric and horrible atrocity was carried out. 

To return to Reese and his early work at Tavistock involving 
brainwashing experiments on 80,000 British Army troops. 
After a five-year "re-programming" of these men, Reese was 
confident that his system of making mentally stable people ill, 
would work on any mass group. Reese was sure that he could 
give "treatment" to mass groups of people, whether it was 
desired by them or not, and without the victims even being 
aware of what was being done to their minds. When 
questioned about the propriety of his actions, Reese 
responded that it was unnecessary to first obtain permission 
from the "subjects" before commencing with his experiments. 

The modus operandi developed by Reese and his gurus, 
proved to be successful. The Reese-Lewin method of 
tampering with minds proved highly effective and is still in 
wide use in America today, in 2005. We are tampered with, our 
opinions manufactured for us, all without our permission. 
What was the purpose of these behavior modifications? It was 
to bring about forced changes to our way of life, without our 
agreement and without even being aware of what is 
happening. 

From his brightest students, Reese selected what he called 
"my first team" to become the first level of his "invisible 
college graduates" "shock troops" that were to be placed in 
key positions inside British Intelligence, the Army, 
Parliament and later, inside the Supreme Headquarters Allied 
Expeditionary Forces (SHAEF). 

The "first team graduates" went on to fully control General 
Eisenhower, who became no more than a puppet in their 




190 

hands. "First team graduates" were insinuated into every 
policy making body in the United States. 

The "first team graduates" made U.S. policy decisions. The 
"Secret Team" as they were to become known, was 
responsible for the public execution of President. John F. 
Kennedy, in full view of America and the world as a lesson to 
future Presidents that they were to obey all directives 
received from the "Olympians". Kissinger was one of many 
"first team graduates" placed in a position of authority inside 
the U.S. Government, in the O.S.S. and the FBI. 

A Canadian citizen, Major Louis Mortimer Bloomfield ran 
Division Five counterintelligence of the FBI during WWII. In 
Britain, it was H.V. Dicks who was responsible for placing 
"first team graduates" in key intelligence positions, the 
Church of England, the Foreign Office and the War Office, 
not to mention the Parliament. 

Tavistock was able to conduct wartime experiments in 
peacetime, given all of the facilities made available to it, and 
with this experience, could tighten its grip on the U.S. and 
British military establishments and intelligence 
services. 

In America, Tavistock's sinister experiments changed the 
American way of life, completely and forever. When this 
truth is recognized by the majority of our people, when the 
far-reaching control of Tavistock exercises over our daily 
lives is comprehended, only then will we be able to fight 
back, if indeed we have not by then become total shell- 
shocked automons. 




191 



By 1942 the command structure of British and U.S. military 
and intelligence services had become so enmeshed that they 
could no longer be separated or distinguished from each 
other. 

This gave rise to the many weird and strange policies 
followed by our government, most of which policies directly 
contradicted the U.S. Constitution and the Bill of Rights and 
ran contrary to the wishes of We, the People, as expressed 
through our elected representatives in the Congress. In short, 
our elected representatives had lost control of our 
government. Winston Churchill called it "a special 
relationship." 

At the close of WWII, a number of carefully selected and 
profiled senior political and military figures from Britain and 
the United States were invited to attend a conference chaired 
by Reese. What Reese told the group is taken from 
confidential notes compiled by one of those who attended the 
meeting but who has asked to remain anonymous: 

"If we propose to come out in the open and attack national, 
social problems of our day, then we must have shock troops, 
and these cannot be provided by psychiatry based wholly on 
institutions. 

We must have mobile teams of psychiatrists who are free to 
move around and make contact with local situation in 
particular areas. In a world driven completely mad, groups of 
psychiatrists linked to each other, each capable of influencing 
the entire field of politics and government must be the 
arbiters, the power cabal." 




192 

Could anything be clearer? Here was Reese advocating 
lawless conduct by a group of psychiatrists linked together to 
make up first teams for his invisible colleges, free from all 
social, ethical, and legal restraints, who could be moved to 
areas of mentally well population groups, which in the 
opinion of Reese and his team, needed to be made ill by 
reverse psychology "treatment". Being "well" included any 
community that had successfully resisted mass brainwashing, 
as the results of "polling" showed. 

"First teams" would be followed by "shock troops" such as we 
see among the environmentalist groups. And this is not 
surprising as the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is 
a monster created by Tavistock's "environmental concerns," 
which concerns were generated by Tavistock themselves and 
passed on to the Environmental Protective Agency via shock 
troops. 

The EPA is not the only Tavistock- generated creature. 
Abortion and homosexuality are Tavistock created and 
supported aberrations. 

Because of Tavistock-created and supported programs, we in 
the United States have suffered a terrible degradation of our 
moral life, our religious life; debasement of music through 
the aberration of rock and roll "music," which became 
progressively worse following a relatively tame introduction 
by The Beatles followed by Rap and Hip-Hop; destruction of 
art, as we see pushed by PBS in the Mapplethorpe degenerate 
objects of derision. We have seen a proliferation of the drug 
culture and an intensified worship of the Golden Calf. The 
lust for money has never been higher in any civilization than 
the current one. 




193 



These are the bitter fruits of Tavistock policies implanted in 
our society by "invisible college graduates", who became 
school board members and insinuated themselves into 
leadership roles in our churches. They also insinuated 
themselves into important party political positions, at city 
and State levels, wherever their influence would be felt. 

The "graduates" became members of labor mediation boards, 
school boards, university boards, trade unions, the military, 
the church, the communications media, the entertainment 
media and the civil service; as well as the Congress, to the 
extent where it becomes obvious to the trained observer that 
Tavistock has taken over the reins of government. 

Reese and his Tavistock colleagues succeeded beyond their 
wildest dreams, having captured control of the major 
institutions upon which government rests. The parent, - the 
Committee of 300 — must be delighted with the progress 
made by the young infant Club of Rome. 

The Fourth of July has been rendered meaningless. There is no 
longer any American "independence" to celebrate. The 
victories of 1776 have been negated, largely reversed, and it 
remains only a matter of time before the U.S. Constitution is 
discarded in favor of a New World Order. In the tenure of 
G.W. Bush, we see that process accelerated. 




CHAPTER 30 

My choice of candidate, not my choice 



195 



Let us look at the way in which an election is run. The 
American people do not vote for a president. They vote for a 
party candidate chosen by the elect of the party, more often 
than not, entirely under the control of the Committee of 300. 
This is not a vote for a candidate of choice, as we are so often 
told. In truth, voters have no choice other than selecting from 
pre-chosen candidates. 

The candidates the pubic think it is voting for by choice (our 
choice) have been thoroughly vetted by the Tavistock 
Institute, and we were then brainwashed into thinking of 
them in a virtuous manner. 

Such impressions or sound bites are created in the studious of 
think tanks like Yankelovich, Skalley and White, run by 
Tavistock graduate Daniel Yankelovich. Tavistock-controlled 
"think tanks" tell us how to vote in their chosen manner. 
Since the advent of Yankelovich, the number of profiling" 
industries has proliferated to over one hundred and fifty such 
institutions. Take the examples of James Earl Carter, and 
George Bush. Carter came from relative obscurity to "win" 
the White House, which the media moguls said, proved that 
the U.S. system works. 

In fact, what Carter's election proved was that Tavistock rules 
this country and can sway the majority of voters to vote for a 
man about whom they know almost nothing. Saying that "the 
system worked" in relation to Carter, and later, in relation to 
William Jefferson Clinton, was exactly the maladaptive 
response Tavistock expected from a mass-brainwashed 
populace. 




196 

What Carter mirrored was that voters will vote for a 
candidate pre-selected for them. No thinking person would 
have wanted Skull and Bones man George Bush as Vice 
President, yet Bush is what we got. How did it come about 
that Carter was able to reach the White House? It happened 
thusly: A certain Dr. Peter Bourne, Tavistock's in-house 
social psychologist was given the task of finding a candidate 
Tavistock could manipulate. In other words, Bourne was to 
find the "right" candidate for the job according to Tavistock's 
rule, one that could be sold to the voters. 

Bourne, knowing Carter's history, put forward his name for 
consideration. Once Carter's record was approved, American 
voters were given "the treatment," that is to say; they were 
subjected to a sustained brainwashing campaign to persuade 
them that they had found Carter as their choice. In fact, by the 
time Tavistock was finished with the job, it was not really 
necessary to hold an election. It became a mere formality. 
Carter's victory was a personal victory for Reese, while Bush 
was a victory for Tavistock's methodology. An even greater 
"success story" was to follow in the selling of William 
Jefferson Clinton as a candidate for the White House, a feat 
which might have been impossible in any other country. 

Then came the selling of George W. Bush, a failed 
businessman and one who had sidestepped serving in 
Vietnam and a man with very thin experience. 

Tavistock had to go into high gear, but even that was not 
enough. When it was certain that Bush was not going to win, 
the U.S. Supreme Court illegally intervened in a STATE 
election and awarded the prize to the loser. 




197 



A stupefied (shell-shocked) electorate let the enormous 
violation of the U.S. Constitution go unchallenged thereby 
assuring their future will be lived in a New World Order - 
International Communist One World Government 
International Communists dictatorship. 

Reese continued to expand Tavistock's base of operations, 
taking on board Dorwin Cartwright, a highly skilled 
population profiler. One of his specialties was measuring 
population reaction to a food shortage. The object was to gain 
experience when the food weapon is brought into play against 
a population group unwilling to conform to Tavistock 
regulations. 

Tavistock has planned it this way: The international food 
cartels will corner food production and distribution of the 
world's food resources. Famine is a weapon of war, just as 
weather modifications is a weapon of war. Tavistock will use 
the famine weapon without restraint, when the time is right. 
Continuing with the expansion of Tavistock, Reese recruited 
Ronald Lippert. 

What Tavistock had in mind when it hired Lippert, was to get 
a foothold in the future control of education, starting with 
young children. Lippert was an expert in tinkering with the 
minds of the very young. An ex-O.S.S. operative, he was 
highly skilled theoretician, and a specialist in race mixing as 
a way of weakening national boundaries. Once installed at 
Tavistock, Lippert began his work by establishing a "think 
tank" devoted to what he called, "community interrelations," 
which involved seeking methods whereby natural race barriers 
might be dismantled. 

The so-called "civil rights" legislation is pure Reese and 
Lippert, and has no constitutional basis in fact. 




198 

(See "What you Should Know About The U.S. Constitution 
for a full explanation on so-called "civil rights.") 

In passing I should say that all civil rights legislation in the 
U.S is predicated on the 14 th Amendment, but the problem is 
that the fourteenth was never ratified. Thus it is not a part of 
the U.S. Constitution and all laws predicated upon it are null 
and void. In essence there is no such constitutional provision 
for civil rights. 

Lippert established the rationale for Martin Luther King's 
"civil rights" over the fact that no basis for it existed in the 
Federal Constitution. Busing children past their schools was 
another Lippert-Reese brainwashing success. Busing 
children past their destination was certainly not a "right." To 
sell the idea of "civil rights" to the American populace at 
large, three "think tanks" were established: 

The Science Policy Research Center The 
Institute for Social Research The National 
Training Laboratories 

Through the Science Policy Research Unit, Lippert was able 
to place thousands of his brainwashed "graduates" in key 
positions throughout the United States, West European 
(including Britain), France and Italy. Today, Britain, France, 
Italy and Germany all have Socialist governments, the 
groundwork for which was prepared by Tavistock. 

Hundreds of upper-level executives from some of America's 
most prestigious corporations were trained at one or another 
of Fippert's institutions. The National Training Faboratories 
gained control of the 2-million strong National Education 
Association and with this success, came complete control over 
education in American schools and universities. 




199 



But perhaps the most profound influence exerted on America 
came with Tavistock's control of NASA, partially because of 
the Special Report on NASA's space program, written by Dr. 
Anatole Rappaport for the Club of Rome. The startling report 
was released at a seminar in May of 1967 to which only the 
most carefully selected and profiled delegates from the top 
echelons of business and governments of the most highly 
industrialized nations were invited. 

Among the attendees were members of the Foreign Policy 
Institute, while the State Department sent Age of Aquarius 
conspirator, Zbigniew Brzezinski as its observer. In its final 
report, the Tavistock-controlled symposium derided NASA's 
work as "inappropriate" and suggested that its space 
programs be halted immediately. The U.S. Government duly 
obliged by cutting off funding, which caused NASA to lie 
dormant for 9 years — enough time for the Soviet space 
program to catch-up and forge ahead of the U.S. The United 
States has never been able to close the gap. 

Rappaport's Special NASA Report stated that the agency was 
producing "too many skilled people; too many scientists and 
engineers," whose services would not be needed in the 
smaller, more beautiful post industrial society, mandated by 
the Club of Rome. Rappaport called our highly skilled and 
trained space scientists and engineers, "redundant." The U.S. 
Government, which I have already indicated appears to be 
under the thumb of Tavistock, thereupon cut funding. 
Interference with NASA is a perfect example of how Britain 
controls U.S. domestic and foreign policies. 




200 



Jewel in Tavistock's crown is the Aspen Institute of 
Colorado, which for years was under the direction of Robert 
Anderson, a graduate of the University of Chicago, 
preeminent for brainwashing in the United States. The Aspen 
facility is the North American home of the Club of Rome 
teaches that a return of the monarchy would be very good for 
America. John Nesbitt, another Tavistock graduate held 
seminars on a fairly regular basis at Aspen at which instituting 
a monarchy was promoted among top businessmen. 

One of Nesbitt's students was William Jefferson Clinton, 
already then favored as presidential material. Nesbitt, like 
Anderson, is dazzled by British royalty and follows their 
Cathari doctrines of bogus concerns for ecology. 

The Philosophical Radicals had introduced the Bogomils and 
Catharists beliefs into Socialist circles in Britain. Anderson's 
proteges were Margaret Thatcher and George Bush whose 
actions in the Gulf War showed that Tavistock had done its 
homework rather well. Anderson is typical of the duped, 
brainwashed "graduate leaders" and his specialty is teaching 
targeted groups of business leaders in environmental training. 

Ecology issues are Anderson's forte. Although Anderson 
funds some of his activities from his own huge financial 
resources, he also receives donations from around the world, 
including donations from Queen Elizabeth and her consort, 
Prince Philip. Anderson founded the militant "Friends of the 
Earth" ecology movement and the "United Nations 
Conference on the Environment. " 




201 



Aside from his Aspen activities, Anderson is president and 
CEO of the Atlantic Richfield Company — ARCO, on whose 
board of directors is to be found the following notables: 

Jack Conway. 

He is best remembered for his work for the United Way 
Appeal Fund and as a director of the Socialist International 
Ford Foundation, both about as un-American as it is possible 
to get. Conway is also a director of the "Center for Change," a 
specialist Tavistock shock troops clearing house. 

Philip Hawley. 

He is chairman of the Fos Angeles Company, "Hawley and 
Hale," which interfaces with "Transamerica," a company 
specializing in making anti Christian, anti-family, pro- 
abortion, pro-lesbian, pro-homosexual, pro-drug movies. 
Hawley is associated with Bank of America, which funds the 
Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions, a classic 
Tavistock brainwashing institution think-tank for the 
promotion of drug usage and legalization of drugs. 

Dr. Joel Fort. 

This British national, Fort was on the board of directors of 
the Fondon "Observer" newspaper along with the Honorable 
David Astor and Sir Mark Turner, a director of the Royal 
Institute for Inter-national Affairs (RIIA), whose abject 
American servant is Henry Kissinger. 

The Royal Institute of International Affairs (RIIA) 

Founded the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) as a sister 
organization, America's de- facto mid-level secret 
government, is the executive arm of the Committee of 300. In 
May of 1982, Kissinger proudly announced Tavistock's 
control of America. 




202 



The occasion was a dinner for RIIA members. Kissinger 
lauded the British Government as is expected of a Tavistock 
graduate. In his best gravel- voiced manner Kissinger said: "In 
my White House days, I kept the British Foreign Office better 
informed than I did the U.S. State Department." 

The common denominator between the three Lippert 
institutions is the brainwashing methodology originally 
taught at Tavistock. All three of Lippert's institutes were 
funded by government grants. At these institutions, the top 
administrators and policy makers of the government were 
and are trained how to undermine America's established way 
of life, founded on Western civilization and upon the United 
States Constitution. The intent is to weaken and eventually 
break down the institutions that make up the foundation of 
the United States. 

The National Education Association 

An indication of just how great was Lippert's control of the 
National Education Association can be gauged from the en- 
bloc vote cast for William Jefferson Clinton by its 
brainwashed member- teachers, in accordance with the 
leadership's instructions. 

The Coming Group. 

The company donated Wye Plantation to the Aspen Institute, 
which became the principal training ground for New Age 
recruits and "shock troops." James Houghton, Coming's Vice 
Chairman, is a messenger for the Pierepoint Morgan family of 
Morgan Guarantee and Trust on Wall Street. Morgan 
receives daily briefings from the RIIA directly from London, 
which briefings become INSTRUCTIONS to be conveyed to 
the U.S. Secretary of State. 




203 



Former Secretary of the Treasury William Fowler was part of 
Coming-Aspen interface. He is the chief proponent for 
handing over U.S. fiscal policies to the International 
Monetary Fund (IMF) and constantly pushed for the Bank of 
International Settlements to control internal U.S. banking. It 
is significant that Wye Plantation was the site of the Arab — 
Israeli peace talks known as the Wye Accords. 

Executive Conference Center. 

Charged with teaching behavior modifications under the 
direction of Robert L. Schwartz, this "specialist training 
center" is run along the lines of the Esalen Institute. 

Schwartz spent 3 years at Esalen Institute and worked closely 
with Aldous Huxley, Tavistock's No. I "respectable" drug 
culture pusher who was responsible for introducing LSD to 
American college students. Schwartz was also a close friend 
of anthropologist Margaret Meade and her husband, Gregory 
Bateson. From Stanford and Esalen, Schwartz moved to 
Terrytown House, the Mary Biddle Duke property in 
Westchester, where with huge grants from IBM and AT&T, 
opened the Executive Conference Center; the first full-time 
Age of Aquarius-New Age "graduate school" for top-flight 
corporate executives drawn from every spectrum of corporate 
America, industry, trade and banking. 

Thousands of upper level executives and managers from 
corporate America, especially from Fortune 500 companies, 
the creme-del-le-creme of the business world, paid $750 per 
head to obtain instruction in Age of Aquarius Age 
methodology through seminars conducted by Schwartz, 
Meade, Bateson, and other Tavistock brainwashing 
specialists. 




204 

Schwartz was at one time strongly allied with Scientology, 
and he was also an editor of TIME magazine. Aspen Institute 

- New Age centers were generously funded by IBM and 
AT&T. 

It is difficult for Americans who do not have access to this 
kind of information to believe that IBM and AT&T, two 
household names in Corporate America, would have anything 
to do with mind control, brainwashing, behavior modification 
and transcendental meditation; Bahai sensitivity training, Zen 
Buddhism, reverse psychology, and all of the other New Age 

- Age of Aquarius programs designed to break down the 
morals of the American people and weaken family life. 
Christianity was not taught. 

Doubts would arise in the minds of most Americans who do 
not know the extent to which Corporate America rules the 
roost at home and abroad, in a manner dangerous to the U.S. 
Constitution and the Bill of Rights. Without Corporate 
America, we would never have suffered the Vietnam War, 
the Gulf War, war on Serbia, and a second war against Iraq. 
Nor would Carter and Clinton have had a ghost of a chance of 
sitting in the White House, against all odds ! 

If what is written here is not accurate, these companies could 
always deny its truths, but thus far, they have not done so. It 
would come as a shock to find that a large number of 
corporate giants that are household names to the American 
public, send their executives and upper level management 
personnel to have their brains scrambled by Schwartz, 
Meade, Bateson, John Nesbitt, Lewin, Cartwright and other 
Tavistock behavioral modifications and mind control 
specialists: At the Executive Conference Center, corporate 
executives meet with lohn Nesbitt, who owes his allegiance 
to the Black Nobility and the House of Guelph, better known 
as the House of Windsor; the RIIA, 




205 



the Milner - Round Table Groups, the Club of Rome and 
Aspen Institute. Nesbitt is typical of the operatives used by the 
British Government to direct U.S. and foreign policies. 

Nesbitt is a staunch monarchist and a Club of Rome specialist 
in zero growth for industry, especially heavy industry. He 
believes in zero growth post industrialism to the point of 
returning the world to a feudal state. At one of his 
brainwashing sessions, he told the executives from "Business 
America" (my new term): 

"The United States is moving toward as monarchy just like 
Britain and a governing system in which Congress, the White 
House and the Supreme Court will be merely symbolic and 
ritualistic. This will constitute true democracy; the American 
people do not care who is President; half of them don't vote, 
anyway. America's economy is growing away from that of a 
nation-state and towards smaller and smaller power centers, 
possibly into multiple nations. We must substitute for the 
national state, a geographical, ecological state of mind." 

"The United States will move away from a concentration of 
heavy industrial activity. Auto, steel, housing will never 
revive again. Buffalo, Cleveland, Detroit, the old industrial 
centers will die. We are moving toward an information 
society. There is and will continue to be a lot of pain, but on 
the whole, this economy is better off than it was a decade 
ago." Nesbitt was actually echoing the very sentiments 
expressed by Count Davignon in 1982. 




CHAPTER 31 

Zero Growth in Agriculture and Industry: 
America's Post Industrial Society. 



207 



In 1983 I wrote a monograph entitled, "The Death of the 
Steel Industry" in which I provided details of how French 
aristocrat Etienne Davignon of the Club of Rome was given the 
task of downsizing the American steel industry. 

At the time this work was published, a lot of people were 
skeptical, but based upon information about the Club of 
Rome — which most Americans and most writers had never 
even heard of prior to my 1970 article of the same title; I felt 
sure, that Nesbitt's prediction could happen, and in the next 
seven years, it turned out to be accurate, although not in all 
ways. Although parts of Nesbitt's predictions were off — their 
time had not yet come - in many ways, he was correct, in so 
far as the intentions of our secret government go. 

None of the captains of industry, who attended Tavistock's 
EEC brainwashing sessions, saw fit to protest what Nesbitt 
was saying. That being the case how could I expect that an 
unknown writer like myself, nobody had ever heard of, 
would make an impact? 

The executive conferences and training sessions at Tarrytown 
House proved that Reese's brainwashing techniques were 
flawless. Here was a forum attended by the captains of 
industry, the elite of America's corporate world, quite happy to 
be participating in the demise of America's steel industry, 
sacrificing its unique domestic market that had made America 
a great industrial nation, tearing up the Constitution and the 
Bill of Rights and embracing genocidal programs calling for 
the culling of half of the world's population; substituting 
Eastern mysticism and the 




208 

Kabala for Christianity; applauding programs that would 
result in a breakdown of the morals of the nation and 
destruction of family life; a future Balkanized America. 

No one could deny, looking at the state of America today in 
2005, that Reese and his Tavistock methods did an 
astonishing job in brainwashing the leaders of our corporate 
world, our political and religious leaders, our judges and our 
educators, and the guardians of the morals of the nation, not 
to mention the U.S. House of Representatives and the Senate. 

In 1974, Professor Harold Isaacson of the Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology (MIT) in his book, "Idols of the 
Tribe," laid bare Tavistock's blueprint to combine Mexico, 
Canada and the U.S. into Balkan-type states. I would remind 
my readers that MIT was founded by Kurt Lewin, the same 
Kurt Lewin who was forced out of Germany because of his 
brainwashing experiments; the same Lewin who planned the 
Strategic Bombing Survey; Reese's number one theoretician. 

All that Isaacson did was to spell out the Aquarian blueprint 
in a more readable, detailed manner than the Stanford-Willis 
Harmon Aquarian study. In 1981, seven years later, 
Isaacson's ideas (Tavistock's Aquarian blueprint) were 
presented to the public by Joel Gallo, editor of the 
Washington Post, and the mouthpiece of Britain's House of 
Windsor and the Club of Rome. Gallo called his presentation, 
The Nine Nations of North America. Gallo's version of 
Tavistock's blueprint for a future America envisaged: 

* The death of the steel industry and a decline of industry in 
the industrial Northeast and the founding of the "Nation of the 
North East." 




209 



* Dixie, the Emerging Nation of the South. 

* Etopia, consisting of the coastal fringes of the 
Northwest Pacific. 

(Willis Harmon in his Age of Aquarius paper used the term, 
"ecotopia.") 

* The balance of southwest America to be combined with 
Mexico as a "breadbasket" region. 

* The Midwest to be designated "The Empty Quarter." 

* Parts of Canada and the islands to be designated "For 
Special Purposes" 

(Perhaps these territories will be the sites for future "Gulags," 
now that we have seen the unthinkable-the Guantanamo Bay 
prison reconstruction facility where mind tinkering and torture 
are in actual practice.) 

In all these latter areas there would be nothing in the way of 
large cities, conflicting with "ecotopia". Just to make sure 
that everybody understood that they knew what he was 
talking about, Gallo presented a map with his book. The 
problem is that the American people did not take Gallo 
seriously. It was precisely the way Tavistock expected them 
to react in what it called a "perfect maladaptive response." 

The American right wing grew up on the Rockefeller, 
Warburgs, Freemasonry, the Illuminati, Council on Foreign 
Relations, the Federal Reserve conspiracy, and the Trilateral 
Commission. Nothing very much of the inner core workings 
had been published. 




210 

When I began to publish my research in 1969, the American 
people mostly had not heard of the Committee of 300, the Cini 
Foundation, the Marshall Fund, the Club of Rome and 
certainly not the Tavistock Institute, the Black Nobility of 
Venice and Genoa. The following is a list of Tavistock 
brainwashing institutions in the United States, which were 
noted in my monographs published in 1969: 

* Stanford Research Center. Employs 4,300 people and has 
an annual budget in excess of $200 million. 

* MFT/Sloane. Employs 5000 people and has an annual 
budget of $20 million. 

* University of Pennsylvania Wharton School. Employs 
between 700- 800 people with an annual budget in excess of 
$35 million. 

* Management and Behavioral Research. Employs 40 people 
with an annual budget of $2 million. 

* Rand Corporation. Employs in excess of 2000 people with 
an annual budget of $100 million. 

* National Training Laboratories. Employs 700 people with 
an annual budget of $30 million. 

* The Hudson Institute. Employs between 120-140 people and 
has an estimated annual budget of $8 million. 

* Esalen Institute. Employs between 1800-2000 people with 
an annual budget of in excess of $500 million. 

(All 1969 figures) 

Thus, in the United States alone, by 1989 we already had a 
Tavistock Network of between 10 and 20 major institutions, 
plus 400-500 medium institutions with in excess of 5000 
satellites interlocking groups all revolving around Tavistock. 
Together they employ in excess of 60,000 people, specialists 
in one way or another in the field of behavioral sciences, 
mind control, brainwashing, polling and creating public 
opinion. 




211 

And all of them were working against the United States, our 
Constitution and the Bill of Rights. 

Since 1969 these institutions have been expanded and a great 
many new ones added to the network and are funded not only 
by large private and corporate donations, but also by the 
United States Government itself. Tavistock's clients include: 

* The State Department 

* The U.S. Postal Service 

* Department of Defense 

* The CIA: The U.S. Navy Department of Naval 

Intelligence 

* The National Reconnaissance Office 

* The National Security Council 

* The FBI 

* Kissinger Associates 

* Duke University 

* The State of California 

* Georgetown University and many more. 

In the private and corporate areas of our society, Tavistock 
clients include: 

* Hewlett Packard 
*RCA 

* Crown Zeilerbach 

* McDonald Douglas 

* IBM, Microsoft, Apple Computers, Boeing 

* Kaiser Industries 
*TRW 

* Blythe Eastman Dillon 

* Wells Fargo Bank of America 

* Bechtel Corp 

* Halliburton 

* Raytheon 




212 

* McDonnell Douglas 

* Shell Oil 

* British Petroleum 

* Conoco 

* Exxon Mobil 

* IBM and AT&T. 

This is by no means a complete list, which Tavistock guards 
jealously. These names are just those names I was able to 
secure. I would say that the majority of Americans are 
completely unaware that they are in a total war that has been 
waged against them since 1946; a war of devastating 
proportions and unremitting pressures; a war we are fast 
losing, and one which will overwhelm us unless the 
American people can be shaken loose from their 
preconceived "it can't happen in America" position. 




CHAPTER 32 

Exposing the upper level parallel Secret Government 



213 



The only way in which we are going to defeat this powerful 
and insidious enemy is by educating our people, especially 
our young people in the Constitution, and by standing fast on 
our Christian faith. Otherwise, our priceless heritage will be 
lost, forever. The power that Tavistock wields over this 
nation must be broken. 

Hopefully, this work will become a training manual in the 
hands of millions of Americans, who want to engage the 
enemy, but who have, hitherto, not been able to identify that 
enemy. 

The political forces controlled by secret societies, all 
opposing America's republican, constitutional ideals, do not 
like anything that seeks to expose Tavistock Institute and 
their disloyalty to America, and even less still, where such 
disclosures cannot be ridiculed and ignored. Of course those 
who engage in unmasking the deeds of our secret government 
invariably pay a high price for such disclosures. 

No one who is interested in the future of America can afford 
to ignore the manner in which Tavistock Institute has 
whipsawed the American people and manipulated 
government, even as the majority of Americans remain in 
ignorance of what is transpiring. With the almost complete 
control exercised over our nation by our upper-level, parallel, 
secret government, America has ceased to be a free and 
independent nation. One can generally fix the beginning of 
our decline around the time that Woodrow Wilson was 
"elected" by the British aristocracy. 




214 

Most of Tavistock's more recent activities in the United 
States have centered around the White House and in directing 
former President G.H.W. Bush, former President Clinton, and 
President G. W. Bush to engage in war against Iraq. Tavistock 
is leading the drive to destroy the Second Amendment right 
of citizens to keep and bear arms. 

It has also been instrumental in advising key members of the 
legislature that they have no further need for the U.S. 
Constitution, hence the mass of new laws enacted that are not 
laws at all, since they do not meet the test of constitutionality 
and fall to the ground. 

Tavistock remains the mother of all research facilities in 
America and Britain, and the leader in behavior modification 
techniques, mind control and opinion making and shaping. 

The Rand Institute at Santa Monica under the direction of 
Tavistock created the phenomena known as "El Nino" as a 
weather modification experiment. Tavistock is also heavily 
engaged in the New Age "UFO" experiments and sighting of 
aliens, under its mind control contracts with the C.I.A. 

Rand Institute mns the ICBM program and does primary 
analyses for foreign governments. Rand and Tavistock 
successfully profiled the white population of South Africa as 
a preliminary to testing the waters for a Communist African 
National Congress takeover, assisted and strongly supported 
by the U.S. State Department. "Bishop" Desmond Tutu, who 
played a leading role in the preamble to the fall of the white 
government, is a creation of Tavistock. 




215 



Georgetown University was taken over in its entirety by 
Tavistock, back in 1938. Its structure and programs were 
reformatted to suit the Tavistock "brain trust" blueprint as a 
center for higher learning. This has had great significance for 
the United States when we consider that Georgetown 
University was where Mr. Clinton learned his art of mass 
manipulation and dissembling. 

All State Department field agents are trained at Georgetown. 
Three of its best-known graduates were Henry Kissinger, 
William Jefferson Clinton and Richard Armitage. 
Georgetown's "invisible army" loyalists have done untold 
harm to the United States and will no doubt play their roles to 
the full until the end, a time when they will be uprooted, 
exposed and rendered harmless. 

Some of the ugliest and most horrifying actions taken against 
America were planned at Tavistock. I am referring to the 
bombing of the Marine compound at Beirut Airport, which 
took the lives of 200 of our finest young servicemen. One 
person believed to have been aware of the impending attack 
by Lebanese terrorists, was Secretary of State George 
Schultz. As unconfirmed reports stated at the time, Schultz 
was tipped off in advance of the attack by the Mossad, 
Israel's secret service agency. 

If Schultz did receive such a timely warning, he never relayed 
it to the Marine base commander at Beirut. Schultz was, and 
still is, a loyal servant of the Committee of 300 through the 
Bechtel Corporation. 

However, one year after I expressed my suspicions about 
Schultz and Bechtel (1989), a disaffected high-ranking 
Mossad agent broke ranks and wrote a book on his 
experiences. 




216 

Parts of the book included the very same information I had 
printed a year earlier, which has led me to believe that the 
suspicions I voiced about Schultz in 1989, were not 
altogether without substance. The whole episode reminds me 
of the treachery of Gen. Marshall, who deliberately kept 
information about a pending Japanese air attack against Pearl 
Harbor from the commander at Hawaii. 

There is mounting evidence about an increase in the input 
and influence Tavistock is having at the CIA. There are great 
many other intelligence agencies receiving instructions from 
Tavistock, notably the National Reconnaissance Office 
(NRO), the Defense Intelligence Agency (DJA), the Treasury 
Intelligence, and State Department Intelligence. 

Every year when the anniversary of the murder of President 
John Kennedy comes around I am reminded of the leading 
role played in the planning of his public execution; 
particularly the part played by MI6. After a 20-year in-depth 
investigation into the murder of JFK, I think I have come 
very close to the truth, as detailed in the monograph "The 
Assassination of President John F. Kennedy. " 

The unsolved murder of Pres. Kennedy remains a gross insult 
against everything the United States stands for. How is it that 
we, a supposedly free and sovereign nation, allow the cover 
up of a crime to remain in place, year after year? Surely our 
intelligence agencies know who the perpetrators of the crime 
are? Surely we know that the murder of Kennedy was carried 
out in broad daylight in front of millions of Americans, as an 
insult, and a warning that the reach of the Committee of 300 
goes far beyond what even our highest elected official was 
able to defend himself against? 




217 



The perpetrators of the crime laugh at our confusion secure in 
the knowledge that they will never be brought to justice, and 
glorifying in the success of the foul deed and the inability of 
We, the People, to pierce the corporate veil that hides their 
faces from view. 

The massive cover-up of the Kennedy assassination remains 
in place. We have full details of how the House 
Assassinations Committee failed to do its duty, ignoring 
strong evidence and latching onto flimsy here-say; ignoring 
the plain fact that the X-rays of Kennedy's head, taken at 
Bethesda Hospital, were tampered with. 

The list of the sins of the Committee of 300 and its servant, the 
Tavistock Institute is endless. Why did the Senate committee 
make no effort to investigate the strange disappearance of 
Kennedy's death certificate; a vital piece of evidence, which 
should have been found, no matter how long it took and no 
matter what the cost? Nor was Admiral Burkely, the naval 
officer who signed the certificate, seriously questioned about 
the circumstances surrounding the strange — very strange — 
unexplained disappearance of this vital piece of evidence. 

Here I must leave the subject of the murder of John F. 
Kennedy (which in my opinion was a Tavistock -related 
project) carried out by MI6 and the FBI Five Division head, 
Major Louis Mortimer Bloomfield. The CIA is a client of 
Tavistock's along with literally scores of other U.S. 
Government agencies. In the decades that have passed since 
the murder, not one single one of these agencies has ceased to 
do business with Tavistock. In fact, - Tavistock has added 
many new names of government agencies to its client list. 




218 

In looking through my documents, I discovered that in 1921 
when Reese founded Tavistock, he was under the control of 
British intelligence SIS. 

Thus from its inception, Tavistock has always been closely 
associated with intelligence work, even as it is to this very 
day. The case of Rudolph Hess may be of more than passing 
interest to not a few of our readers. It will be recalled that 
Hess was murdered by two SIS operatives in his Spandau 
prison cell, the night before he was to be released. 

The RIIA was afraid that Hess would blow the lid off what 
had been kept a dark secret; the close relationship between 
members of the British oligarchy — including Winston 
Churchill — and the German Thule Society, of which Hess 
had been the leader. 

Of more than a passing interest is the fact, that the Tavistock 
Institute was named after the 11 th Duke of Bedford, the 
Marquise of Tavistock. The title was passed on to his son, the 
12 th Marquise of Bedford. It was to his estate that Hess flew 
in an attempt to end the war. But Churchill would have none 
of it and ordered Hess to be arrested and imprisoned. The 
Duke of Bedford's wife committed suicide by taking an 
overdose of sleeping pills, when it became apparent that Hess 
would never be released, even when the war ended. 

In my work "Who Murdered Rudolph Hess" and "King 
Makers, King Breakers — The Cecils", I reveal just how close 
was this virtual kinship with Hess and other important 
members of Hitler's inner-circle right up to the start of WWII. 
Had Hess succeeded in his mission to the Duke of Bedford, 
Churchill and almost the entire British oligarchy would have 
been revealed as frauds. 




219 



The same thing would have happened had Hess not been kept 
a solitary prisoner at Spandau in Berlin, guarded for years 
after the end of WWII by troops drawn from Britain, the 
United States and the USSR, against all logic and at a 
tremendous cost (estimated at $50,000 a day). 

Because a changed Russia felt they could embarrass America 
and Britain — especially Britain, they suddenly announced 
Hess would be released. The British could not afford to run 
the risk of having their wartime leaders exposed, so the order 
was given to kill Hess. 

Tavistock provides services of a sinister nature to those 
people we find all across the United States, in every city of 
note. They have the leading personalities of those cities in the 
palm of their hand, whether it is in the police department, city 
government or any other authority. 

This is the case in every city also, where the Illuminati and 
Freemasons join with Tavistock in exercising their secret 
powers to walk all over the Constitution and the Bill of 
Rights. 

One can only wonder just how many innocent people are in 
prison today because they were not knowledgeable about 
their Constitution and the Bill of Rights; victims of 
Tavistock, one and all. Pay close attention to the television 
series, "COPS." 

It is standard Tavistock mind control and opinion making 
fare. In it you find every possible violation of the 
constitutional rights of persons stopped, and or arrested by the 
police. It is my firm opinion and belief that "COPS" is meant 
to condition the public and make us believe that such gross 
violations of rights we witness is the norm; that the police 
actually have such excessive powers, and that 




220 

constitutional safeguards to which every citizen is entitled, do 
not exist in practice. "COPS" is a most insidious 
brainwashing, opinion-making controlling program, and it 
would not be at all surprising to find Tavistock mixed up in it, 
somewhere. 




CHAPTER 33 
Interpol in the U.S.: 

Its origin and purpose exposed 



221 



Among the many international agencies Tavistock serves, is 
David Rockefeller's private intelligence service, better known 
as INTERPOL. It is in total dereliction of its legal duty that 
this illegal entity is allowed to go on functioning on Federal 
property in Washington, D.C. and under government 
protection. (U.S. law forbids private foreign police agencies 
from operating in America. INTERPOL is a private foreign 
police agency operating on U.S. soil while Congress looks the 
other way, fearful that one day they might be forced to grasp 
this noxious nettle, and pull it up by the roots.) 

What is INTERPOL? The U.S. Justice Department tries to 
explain INTERPOL by sidestepping crucial issues. 
According to its 1988 manual, "Interpol conducts 
intergovernmental activities, but is not based on an 
international treaty, convention, or similar legal documents. It 
was founded upon a constitution drawn up and written by a 
group of police officers who did not submit it for diplomatic 
signatures, nor have they ever submitted it for ratification by 
governments." 

How interesting! What an admission! If Interpol does not 
trample the U.S. Constitution, then nothing does. Where are 
watchdogs of the House and Senate? Is it that they are afraid 
of Tavistock and its powerful backer, David Rockefeller? Is 
the Congress afraid of the Committee of 300?" It certainly 
seems that way. Interpol is an illegal entity operating within 
the borders of the United States, without the sanction and 
approval of We, the People in flagrant violation of the 
Constitution of the United States and the constitutions of the 
50 States. 




222 



Its membership consist of individuals appointed by various 
national governments without any consultation with the 
government of the United States. The list of members has 
never been submitted to a House or Senate committee. 

It's presence in the U.S has never been sanctioned by a treaty. 
This has given rise to series accusations that certain 
governments under the control of the drug trade: Colombia, 
Mexico, Panama, Lebanon and Nicaragua, perhaps choose as 
their representatives, persons involved with the drug trade. 

According to Beverly Sweatman of the U.S. Department of 
Justice National Central Bureau (NCB), (whose existence is 
itself a violation of the Constitution), this U.S. Government 
agency exists solely to exchange information with Interpol. 

Owned and controlled by David Rockefeller, Interpol is a 
private agency with a communications network stretching 
around the globe, heavily involved in one way or another 
with the drug trade from Afghanistan to Pakistan to the 
United States. 

The interaction of Lt. Colonel Nivaldo Madrin of Panama, 
Gen. Guillermo Medina Sanchez of Colombia, and certain 
elements of Mexico's Federal police with Interpol status, 
point in this direction. Their histories of involvement with 
the drug trade while serving Interpol are too long to include 
here, but suffice to say that history is a sordid one. 

Yet, in spite of the fact that Interpol is a private organization, 
it was granted "observer status" by the United Nations (U.N.) 
in 1975, which stature (totally in violation of the U.N. 
Charter) enables Interpol to sit at meetings and vote on 
resolutions, even though it is not a 




223 



member-country and has no government status. According to 
the U.N. Charter, only States (in the full definition of the 
word) can be members of the U.N. Since Interpol is not a 
state, why does the U.N. violate its Charter? 

It is believed that the U.N. is counting heavily on Interpol 
networks to help it find private arms in the hands of 
American citizens held by them under their Second 
Amendment rights, once the U.N. signs a "treaty" with the 
U.S. Government to disarm all civilian populations of 
member-states. 

Where are America's lawmakers who are supposed to uphold 
and defend the U.S. Constitution? Where are the great 
statesmen of yesteryear? Interpol demonstrates, that what we 
have in their place are politicians turned lawmakers who do 
not enforce the laws they make, terrified to correct the obvious 
mistakes that abound on every hand, because, if the were to 
uphold their oath of office, they would more than likely find 
themselves without their cushy cozy job. 

To recap on some of the information already provided: 
Tavistock Institute was established in Sussex, England, in 
1921 by command of the British monarchy, for the purposes 
of mind control and public opinion making, and to establish 
on a carefully-examined scientific basis, at what point the 
human mind would break down under subjection to 
prolonged bouts of psychological distress. Elsewhere we shall 
show that it was first founded in pre-WWI times by the 11 th 
Duke of Bedford, the Marquise of Tavistock. 

In the early 1930s, the Rockefeller Brothers Foundation Fund 
also contributed heavily to Tavistock. 




224 



The fact that so many of the chief practitioners of mind 
control and behavioral modifications were, and are, closely 
associated with the secret societies that embrace cults of 
many different ideas and beliefs, notably Isis-Orsiris, Kabala, 
Sufi, Cathari, Bogomil and Bahai (Manichean) mysticism 
should be noted. 

For the uninitiated, the very idea that prestigious institutions, 
and their scientists would be involved in cults and even with 
Satanism and Illuminists would be a very difficult thing to 
believe. But the connection is very real. We can see just why 
Tavistock was so interested in these subjects. 

Random school shootings by young people subjected to 
prolonged bouts of stress, and under the influence of habit- 
forming drugs, are remarkable in that in a large number of 
these tragic happenings, the perpetrators nearly always claim 
that they were directed "by voices" to do their deadly work. 
There can be no doubt that mind control was very much at 
work in these tragic instances. Unfortunately, we shall see 
many more such tragic episodes before the public realizes 
what is going on. 

Cultism, mind control, psychological stress application and 
behavioral modifications are very much a part of what is 
taught by Tavistock's scientists. In fact, alarmed by leaks 
showing its connection with Tavistock scientists, the British 
House of Commons passed a law making it legal for places 
like Tavistock to conduct what the bill called, "physical 
research." 

Now, the term, "physical research" is so ambiguous as to 
give rise to serious doubts about what it truly means, or 
whether, as some critics contended, is merely a term used to 
cover what really goes on. 




225 



In any event, Tavistock was not about to take the public into 
its confidence. But I can say with absolute certainty that 
British intelligence MI6 and CIA operatives receive training 
at Tavistock in metaphysics, mind control, behavior 
modifications, ESP, hypnotism, the occult, Satanism and 
Illuminists and the Manichean cults. 

These are not just beliefs based on relics from the Middle- 
Ages. This is evil force being taught in a way that will make 
a difference to the level of mind control, such as would not 
have been thought possible a few short years ago. I will make 
this prediction without fear of contradiction: In later years we 
are going to discover that all of the random shootings at 
schools, post offices, shopping malls, were not random 
shootings at all. They were carried out by conditioned, mind- 
controlled subjects who were carefully sought out and put on 
dangerous, mood- altering drugs like Prozac, AZT and Ritalin. 

The common denominator between several of the random 
shootings, starting with David Berkowitz, the so-called "Son 
of Sam" murderer; all without exception, told investigators 
that they "heard voices" telling them to shoot people. 

The case of Klip Kinkel, the Oregon youth who shot his 
mother and father, before shooting up his high school is his 
confession to investigators who interviewed him. Asked why 
he shot his father and his mother, Kinkel replied that he heard 
"voices" telling him to shoot them. Nobody will ever be able 
to prove that Kinkel and the others were victims of mind 
control experiments carried out by the CIA or that they did 
indeed "hear voices" induced by through transference carried 
out by DARPA computer programmers. 




226 

The responsible House Oversight Committee must call for the 
CIA's documents covering mind control and search them for 
a connection with the school shootings. I believe it is 
imperative that such an order be sent out to the CIA without 
any further loss of time. 

Apart from my own research into the subject of "physical 
research," Victor Marachetti, who was with the CIA for 14 
years, revealed the existence of a Tavistock-designed 
physical research program, where CIA operatives tried to 
contact the spirits of former agents who had died. As I said in 
my above mentioned monograph, I have had a great deal of 
personal experience in the "metaphysical" realms and know 
for a fact, that a large number of British and American 
intelligence agents are indoctrinated in it. 

Tavistock calls it "behavioral science," and it has advanced so 
rapidly in the last ten years that it has become one of the most 
important types of training agents can undergo. In Tavistock's 
ESP programs, each participant is a "volunteer", who agrees 
to have his personality "correlated" with ESP; that is to say, 
they have agreed to help Tavistock find an answer as to why 
certain people are psychic and others are gifted with ESP. 

The object of the exercise is to make each and every MI6 and 
CIA agent highly psychic with sharply developed ESP. 
Because a number of years have passed since I was directly 
involved in such matters, I consulted a colleague who is still 
in the "service", to find out how successful Tavistock has 
been with its experiments? He told me that Tavistock has 
indeed perfected its techniques and that it was now possible 
to make selected MI6 and CIA operatives "ESP-Perfect." 
Here it is necessary to explain that the CIA and MI6 maintain 
a very high degree of secrecy about such matters. 




227 



The majority of intelligence agents who are in the programs 
are for the most part members of the Illuminati and or 
Freemasonry, or both. In short, the "long range penetration" 
technique applied with such success to the normal world is 
now being applied to the spirit world! 

Tavistock's "Long Range Penetration and Inner Directional 
Conditioning", developed by Dr. Kurt Lewin, whom we have 
already met a few times, is primarily a program where thought 
control is practiced on mass groups. What gave rise to the 
program was the British Army Psychological Warfare 
Bureau's all-pervasive use of propaganda in WWI. The 
extensive propaganda it ran was intended to convince the 
British workingman that war was necessary. Another part of 
it was to convince the British public that Germany was an 
enemy, and its leader a veritable demon. 

This massive effort had to be launched between 1912 and 
1914 because the British working class did not believe that 
Germany wanted war, anymore than the British people 
wanted it, and did not even dislike the Germans. All that 
public perception had to be changed. A secondary, though no 
less important task for the bureau was to get America into the 
war. A key element in that plan was to provoke Germany into 
sinking the "Lusitania" a large trans-Atlantic liner built along 
the lines of the doomed Titanic. 

In spite of warnings in press advertisements in a New York 
newspaper that the ship had been converted into an Armed 
Merchant Cruiser (AMC) and was therefore fair game in 
accordance with the Geneva Conventions, the Lusitania 
sailed for Liverpool carrying a full compliment of 
passengers, among them many hundreds of American 
passengers. 




228 

The ship's holds were packed with a large compliment of 
munitions destined for the British Army, forbidden under 
international the rules of war to be carried by passenger 
liners. 

At the time it was hit by a single torpedo, the Lusitania was 
essentially an Armed Merchant Cruiser (AMC). The press on 
both sides of the Atlantic was filled with accounts of German 
barbarity and unprovoked attack on a defenseless passenger 
liner. But the American and British public who still needed a 
lot more "conditioning" did not buy the story. They felt there 
was "something rotten in the State of Denmark." The sinking 
of the Lusitania with heavy loss of life was the type of 
"contrived situation" that President Wilson needed and it 
inflamed American public opinion against Germany. 

Profiting from this experience, the British Army Bureau of 
Psychological Warfare set up the Tavistock Institute for 
Human Relations on the orders of the British monarchy and 
placed British newspaper magnate, Alfred Harmsworth, the son 
of a barrister born in Chapelizod near Dublin. He was later 
awarded the title the 12 th Duke of Bedford, Lord Northcliffe. 

In 1897, as a run-up to the war that was coming, Harmsworth 
sent one of his writers by the name of G.W. Steevens to 
Germany for the purpose of writing a serialized sixteen part 
article entitled Under the Iron Heel. 

In true reverse psychology the articles were lavish in their 
praise of the German Army while in the same breath warning 
that the British nation would be defeated if war broke out 
against Germany. 




229 



In 1909, Northcliffe commissioned Robert Blatchford, a 
senior Socialist to go to Germany and write articles about 
what a danger the German Army posed to Britain. 
Blatchford's theme was that he believed from his 
observations that Germany was "deliberately preparing to 
destroy the British Empire." It was in line with Northcliffe's 
prediction published in the Daily Mail (one of his 
newspapers) in 1900 that there would be war between 
Germany and Britain. Northcliffe wrote an editorial saying 
that Britain needed to use a greater part of its budget for 
defense spending. 

When the war broke out, Northcliffe was accused by the 
editor of The Star newspaper of having propagated a climate 
of war. "Next to the Kaiser, Lord Northcliffe has done more 
than any living man to bring about the war." 

The poor editor did not know that he himself had become a 
victim of propaganda, as the Kaiser had done little to 
promote war and was looked upon with some disdain by the 
British military establishment. Historians are in general 
agreement that the Kaiser was in no position to control the 
Germany Army. It was General Ludendorff to who The Star 
should have referred. It was Northcliffe, who began agitating 
for conscription from the very day that war broke out between 
the two nations. 

This was to be an institution where every aspect of mass 
brainwashing and public conditioning would be brought to a 
fine art. A policy and set of rules were established, 
culminating in Tavistock's 1930 "Long Range Penetration 
and Inner Directional Conditioning," that was unleashed 
against Germany in 1931. 




230 



In the period before the first years of WWII, Roosevelt, 
(himself a 33 rd degree Mason and a member of the Illuminati 
through the Society of Cincinnati,) sought Tavistock's help in 
getting American into the war. Roosevelt was under the 
direction of the "300" to help pull British chestnuts out of the 
fire, but to do so, he needed a major incident to latch on to. 

All during the period 1939 - 1941 U.S. Navy submarines 
based out of Iceland attacked and sank German shipping, 
although neutrality laws forbad engaging in hostilities with 
the combatants. But Germany would not be drawn into 
retaliating. The major incident that was to precipitate 
America's entry into WWII was Japan's attack on Pearl 
Harbor. This was a Tavistock conspiracy against both 
nations. In order to foster such an attack, Secretary of State 
Marshall refused to meet with Japan's envoys seeking to head 
off the coming conflict. 

Marshall also deliberately delayed warning his commander at 
Pearl Harbor until after the attack had begun. In short, 
Roosevelt and Marshall both knew about the pending attack, 
but deliberately ordered the information to be withheld from 
their officers on the ground at Pearl Harbor. Tavistock had 
told Roosevelt that "only a major incident" would get 
America into WWII. Stimson, Knox and Roosevelt knew 
about the impending attack, but did nothing to stop it. 

From time to time thoughtful people have asked me: "But 
wouldn't leaders like Lord Haig, Churchill, Roosevelt, and 
Bush realize how many lives would be lost in a world war?" 




231 



The answer is that as programmed individuals, the "great 
men" didn't care about the high cost of human life. General 
Haig — a noted Freemason/niuminist/Satanist — declared on 
more than one occasion his dislike of the British lower 
classes, and he proved it by throwing wave after of wave of 
"common British soldiers" against impregnable German 
lines, a tactic any decent military strategist would have 
shunned. 

As a result of Haig's callous disregard for his own troops, 
hundreds of thousands of young British soldiers from the 
"lower classes" died tragically and needlessly. This made the 
British public hate Germany, exactly as the British Army 
Psychological Warfare Bureau had predicted. Much of what I 
have included in this book I deliberately held back in the first 
exposure. I did not feel that the American people were ready 
to understand the metaphysical side of Tavistock. You can't 
feed a baby on meat; milk comes first. By introducing 
Tavistock in this way, many minds were opened, which 
otherwise would have remained closed. 




CHAPTER 34 

The cults of the East India Company 



233 



For centuries the British oligarchy has been the home of 
occultism, the metaphysical, mysticism and mind control. 
Bulwer Lytton wrote "The Secrets of the Egyptian Book of 
the Dead", and so many of Annie Besant's adherents of the 
Theosophist Society came from British upper classes, which 
even today is popular with them. The descendants of the 
Catharists and Albigensians of Southern France and Northern 
Italy had migrated to England and adopted the name 
"Savoyard." Before them came the Bogomils of the Balkans 
and Pelicans of Asia Minor. All these sects had originated 
from the Babylonian Manicheans. 

Inroads were made into this type of occultism by the 
Tavistock Institute, using some of its mind control techniques 
developed by Kurt Lewin and his team of researchers. (See 
"The Committee of 300" for details.) 

The East India Company (EIC) and later, the British East 
India Company (BEIC) was the original "300," whose 
descendants rule the world today. Opium and the drug trade 
was the stock in trade then, and remained so. From this 
highly organized, complex structure, grew Socialism, 
Marxism, Communism and National Socialism and Fascism. 

Beginning in 1914, extensive mind control experiments were 
carried out at Cold Spring Harbor in New York, the race- 
eugenics center sponsored by Mrs. E.E, Harriman, mother of 
Averill Harriman, governor of New York State at the time, 
who became a prominent public and political figure in the 
U.S. and Europe. 




234 



The grand lady poured millions of dollars of her money into 
the project and invited German scientists to share the forum. 
A great many of Tavistock's mind control techniques 
especially "reverse psychology" technique taught by Reese, 
originated at Tavistock, which today, forms the basis of 
mind-controlling exercises to implant the notion in the minds 
of the American public that the black and colored races are 
superior to the white race, "racism" in reverse. 

German scientists were invited to attend Cold Harbor 
indoctrinations by Mrs. Harriman and her group, comprised of 
some of the leading citizens of the period (1915). After a year 
or two at Cold Spring Harbor, the German contingent returned 
to Germany, and under Hitler, put race eugenics learned at 
Cold Spring Harbor, into practice. All this information lay 
hidden from the American people until it was exposed in my 
book "Codeword Cardinal" and in my several monographs, 
which preceded the book and subsequently in my work 
"Aids-The Full Disclosure." 

Tavistock and the White House. 

Tavistock mind conditioning techniques have been 
consistently in use in the United States by some of the 
highest and most important political figures in our history, 
beginning with Woodrow Wilson and continuing with Pres. 
Roosevelt. Every U.S. President after Roosevelt has been 
under the control of the "300" and the Tavistock Institute. 

Roosevelt was a typical mind-controlled programmed subject 
trained in Tavistock methodology. He would talk peace while 
preparing for war. He seized powers he was not entitled to 
under the U.S. Constitution, citing the illegal actions of 
President Wilson as his authority, and then explained away 
his actions through "fireside chats," which 




235 



was a Tavistock idea to deceive the American people. Like 
another Tavistock robot, James Earl Carter, and Pres. Bush, 
his successor, convinced the American people that everything 
he did, no matter how blatantly unconstitutional, was done for 
their benefit. This was unlike Roosevelt, who knew full well 
when he was doing wrong, but who nevertheless, relished his 
task and carried out his Tavistock-British royal family 
mandate with gusto, and with total disregard for human life, 
as is common to all cultists. 

When Pres. Bush, the elder, ordered invasion of Panama, it 
was a blatantly unconstitutional action at the cost of the lives 
of 7,000 Panamanians over which Mr. Bush never lost any 
sleep, nor did he blink an eye over the death of 150.000 Iraqi 
soldiers in the undeclared (illegal) war against Iraq that was 
to follow his "trial run" to gauge public opinion. 

Carter was no stranger to the occult; one of his sisters was a 
leading witch in America. Carter believed that he was a "born 
again Christian," even though his entire political career was 
shot through with Socialist and Communist ideals and 
principles, which he never hesitated to put into practice. 
Carter is a true split personality product of Tavistock. This 
was noted by Hugh Sidey, a well-known columnist for 
mainstream media who wrote in July of 1979: "The Jimmy 
Carter now at work behind the closed doors of the White 
House is not the Jimmy Carter we grew to know in the first 
30 days of his presidency." 

Carter, programmed by Tavistock graduate Dr. Peter Bourne, 
had been through the hands of another Tavistock 
psychologist, Admiral Hymen Rickover, during Carter's stint 
at Annapolis. 




236 

Carter was pre-selected by the Rothschilds as being 
admirably suitable for special training, and one who would 
be "adaptable to changing circumstances", willing to depart 
from principles. 

John Foster Dulles was another Tavistock indoctrinated 
figure of note that was close to the White House, holding the 
position of Secretary of State. Dulles blatantly lied to a U.S. 
Senate Committee during the United Nations (UN) hearings, 
brazenly testifying under oath about the constitutionality of 
the U.S. belonging to this world body. 

Dulles dazzled and deceived the senators as to the 
constitutionality of the U.S. joining the U.N. and swayed 
enough senators to vote in favor if the so-called treaty, which 
is not a treaty, but an ambiguous agreement. 

The U.S. Constitution does not recognize "agreements", only 
treaties signed by the nations concerned. However the 
problem Dulles had was that the U.N. is not a country, so 
Tavistock got around the impediment by advising the State 
Department to call the document, an "agreement." Dulles was 
a Satanist, Illuminist, and a member of a number of occult 
societies. 

George Herbert Walker Bush is another "product trained" 
certified graduate of Tavistock's mind control system. The 
actions of this 33 rd Degree Mason, in Panama and Iraq, speak 
volumes. 

In Panama, acting under the orders of the RIIA and the CFR, 
Bush, the elder, moved to protect drug money in the 
Rockefeller owned banks in Panama, after General Noriega 
had exposed two of them as money laundering facilities in 
the drug trade chain. 




237 

Bush ordered U.S. Armed forces to invade Panama without 
having the authority expressed in the only constitutional way, 
a joint declaration of war by the U.S. House and Senate of the 
Congress, and in gross violation of his constitutional powers 
as President. 

The office of the president is expressly forbidden war-making 
powers by the Founding Fathers. But notwithstanding the 
lack of empowerment, Bush repeated his gross violations of 
the U.S. Constitution in ordering the U.S. Armed forces to 
invade Iraq, again without a the mandated declaration of war 
and in excess of his powers. The "inner conditioned" 
American public, the shell-shocked victims of Tavistock's 
war on them, did not turn a hair as they watched the 
Constitution being ripped to shreds. 

Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II, warmly praised Bush, the 
elder, for his "successful" war against Iraq, and knighted him 
for his acts of defiance of the U.S. Constitution. This is not the 
first time that Elizabeth had rewarded American law breakers 
with high honors. 

British and American cultists and Illuminists in the oil cartels 
are still carrying out a war of attrition against Iraq in 2005. 
They will not stop until they have laid their greedy, 
bloodstained hands on Iraq's oil riches in the manner in 
which Milner stole the gold from the Boers in the Anglo- 
Boer War (1899-1903.) 

Do you find yourself responding to this information in a 
"maladaptive way"? Do you say, "These actions cannot be the 
actions of an American President? This is nonsense. 




238 

If this is your maladaptive response, then turn your attention 
to the Boer War and you will soon see that Bush was only 
emulating the Satanic barbarity of General Lord Kitchener 
and Lord Milner in their war of extermination against the 
Boer nation. Also, it behooves us to recall that the tragedy of 
Waco began on the Bush watch, and that vendetta against 
David Koresh was carried on by the leader of the Republican 
Party. 

While Attorney General Reno and Clinton carried out the 
actual policy of destruction for which Koresh was slated, 
George Bush played a leading role in the ghastly tableaux in 
which Koresh and 87 of his followers died. 

Although it is not generally known, Tavistock had a hand in 
the planning and might even have directed the onslaught by 
the FBI and the ATF on Koresh and the Davidians. Tavistock 
was represented by units of the British SAS who had been 
involved in training the ATF and the FBI on how to destroy 
Koresh and his followers and burn their church to the ground. 
Waco was unholy black arts Satanism in action, no more and 
no less. 

The fiery end of Koresh and his followers was typical 
Satanism at work, even though most of those who 
participated in the high crime and violations of human rights 
and the violation of the 1 st , 2 nd , 5 th and 10 th Amendment rights 
of the victims, were not aware that they were in the hands of 
Satanists. They did not have the faintest inkling that they were 
being used by spiritual forces of the darkest kind. 

Tavistock's massive brainwashing of the America turned the 
public against Koresh and the Davidians, setting the stage for 
the destruction of lives and property at Waco, in utter 
defiance of the Constitution and the Bill of Rights. 




239 



The wanton destruction of innocent lives and property by 
agents of the Federal Government who had no jurisdiction in 
the State of Texas (or any other State for that matter) and 
consequently, no authority to do what they did — violated the 
10 th Amendment, the citizen' protection against excesses by 
the Federal Government. The State of Texas did not step in 
and stop the violation of the 10 th Amendment that was in 
progress at Waco as it was the Governor's duty to do under 
the U.S. Constitution and the Constitution of the State of 
Texas. 

Tavistock had come a long way since Ramsey McDonald 
was sent to the United States in 1895 to "spy out the land for 
Socialism." Ramsey reported back to the Fabians that for the 
U.S. to become a Socialist state, the State and Federal 
constitutions (in that order) had to be destroyed; Waco was 
the embodiment of that goal. 

John Marshall, the Third Chief Justice of the United States, 
and the Lopez case decided by the 9 th Circuit Court of 
Appeals, for once and for all made it clear that Federal 
Agents had no jurisdiction inside the borders of the States 
except where counterfeiting of U.S. dollars was being 
investigated. This in itself is an oxymoron, as so-called "U.S. 
dollars" are not U.S. dollars, but "Federal Reserve Notes"- not 
the currency of the United States — but the notes of a 
privately-owned non-governmental central bank. 

Why protect fraud, even if it is being perpetrated by the U.S. 
Government? When the Constitution was written, the 
Founding Fathers felt that their denial of a central bank 
would prevent any bogus operation like the Federal Reserve 
coming into being. The constitutional provision protects U.S. 
Treasury Notes from being counterfeited. It is doubtful 
whether a Federal Reserve note, which is not a U.S. dollar, 
enjoys the protection of the U.S. Constitution. 




240 



At Waco, the Sheriff failed in his duty to order Tavistock's 
agents and the FBI out of the county, as the FBI was not 
investigating counterfeiting in conformity with the U.S. 
Constitution. The FBI was at Waco illegally. It was all a part 
of a carefully planned exercise to ascertain just how far the 
Federal Government could go in violating the Constitution 
before being brought up short. 

Just as the British lower and middle classes were inflamed 
against Germany at the commencement of WWI, through 
propaganda lies that the Kaiser had ordered his soldiers to cut 
off the arms of little children when they invaded Belgium and 
Holland, just so Tavistock programmed Americans to hate 
Koresh. 

Tavistock's blast of lies about Koresh went out over the 
airwaves, day and night: Koresh was having sex with very 
young children in the "compound." His church, a simple 
wooden structure, was labeled a "compound" by the mind 
controllers at Tavistock. Another of Tavistock's gross lies 
was that the Davidians were running an amphetamine lab in the 
"compound". "Compound" became the Tavistock-coined 
buzzword. 

That Clinton gave the go-ahead to have the Davidians, 
gassed, shot at, subjected to devilish music night and day, 
and finally, burnt alive, is not surprising. Through the late 
Pamela Harriman Mr. Clinton was introduced to Tavistock 
and passed its mind control indoctrination initiation, during 
his stay at Oxford. Thereafter, he was introduced to 
Socialism/Marxism/Communism before being approved by 
Tavistock to succeed Mr. Bush, the elder, who had outlived 
his usefulness. 




Tavistock planned and executed a massive media drive using 
their polling profiling to implant Clinton in the minds of the 
American people, as one well suited to run the nation. 

It was Tavistock that arranged the strictly controlled Clinton 
interview with CBS, after Geniffer Flowers revealed that he 
had been her lover for the past 12 years, and it was Tavistock 
that took control of the reaction of the American people in the 
aftermath of the CBS interview. Thus, through its far-flung 
network of polling and opinion-making assets the Clinton 
presidency was not torpedoed, although without Tavistock 
having been in control from start to finish of the CBS 
interview, it is certain that Clinton would have been forced to 
resign in disgrace. 

If you are looking for proof; if your response is 
"maladaptive", then compare Clinton's escape with Gary 
Hart's conviction on a far lesser charge. The first "New Age of 
Aquarius" White House lawyer to be trained in Tavistock 
methodology was Mark Fabiani. His deft handling of 
situations, which every single observer expected would sink 
Clinton, became the talk of Washington. 

Only 13 people in the inner circle of the Illuminati and the 
Freemason hierarchy knew what the secret of Fabiani's 
success was Lanny Davis, who took over from Fabiani, 
enjoyed even greater success. Known as "Dr. Spin", Davis 
outflanked and outfoxed two special prosecutors, Judge 
Walsh and Kenneth Starr blunted every attack launched by 
the Republicans in Congress, leaving the Republican Party in 
total disarray. 




242 



This Tavistock- trained lawyer carried out an audacious raid 
against Clinton's host of enemies in Congress. Davis' 
masterstroke came with the Thompson Committee hearings 
into DNC campaign funding and a host of Arkansas scandals. 

The Tavistock plan was simple, and like all simple plans, it 
was a stroke of genius. Davis collected every newspaper in 
the country, which had ever carried even the smallest story 
about Clinton's misdeeds, fund raising scandals and 
Whitewater. On the very day the Thompson committee was 
in full cry, baying for the blood of the President, one of the 
many assistants serving Davis threaded his way through the 
packed hearing room, and gave each of the committee 
members a file of clippings compiled by Davis. 

With the file came a memo signed by Davis: What the 
committee was investigating at the cost of millions of dollars 
was nothing but a collection of "old news". What was there to 
investigate when the charges against Clinton were yesterday's 
news? 

The Thompson Committee had been bushwhacked and 
thereafter ran out of steam and went out of action, a great 
victory for Tavistock and the White House. Prime Minister 
Blair was to use the same formula in disarming Parliamentary 
critic's charges that he had lied about his reasons for going to 
war alongside Bush the younger. The "Daily Mirror" accounts 
were all "old news," Blair said in responding to what might 
have been a damning question. The MP asking the question 
was leading a move to have Blair impeached. Instead of 
answering, Blair deflected the question. Under Parliamentary 
rules, the MP had had his "turn" and would not get another 
opportunity to try and force the truth out of Blair. 




CHAPTER 35 

The music industry, mind control, propaganda and war 



243 



We should note that Tavistock's influence in America has 
expanded since it began its own bureaus here in 1946. 
Tavistock has brought the art of disinformation to a fine- 
tuned pitch. Such disinformation campaigns start with 
carefully crafted rumors. These are, generally speaking, 
planted in right wing circles, where they grow and spread like 
wildfire. Tavistock has long known that the right wing is a 
fertile breeding ground for rumors to grow and be spread. 

In my experience, hardly a day passes that I am not asked to 
confirm some rumor or another, usually by people who 
should know better. The clever strategy of spreading 
disinformation through rumor has a double benefit: 

1) It gives a semblance of credence to stories planted on 
conservatives. 

2) By the time the information is proved to be false, the 
disinformation has tainted its purveyors to the extent where 
they may safely be described as "crackpots", "the paranoid 
fringe of the conservatives", "extremists" and a whole lot 
worse. 

The next time you hear one of these kinds of rumors, think 
long and hard about the source of the rumor before you pass 
it along. Remember how Tavistock manipulators work: The 
juicier the rumor, the greater is your inclination to spread it, 
will unwittingly make you a part of Tavistock's insidious 
disinformation machine. 




244 

Turning now to another area of expertise in which Tavistock 
initiates its graduates, we refer to the assassination of 
politicians of importance who cannot be bought, and who 
have to be silenced. The murders of U.S. Presidents Lincoln, 
Garfield, McKinley, and Kennedy are all linked to British 
intelligence MI6, and since 1923, associated with the 
Tavistock Institute. 

Pres. Kennedy proved to be impervious to mind control by 
Tavistock, so was chosen for public execution as a warning to 
those who would aspire to power, that none was higher than 
the Committee of 300. 

The grisly spectacle of the public execution of Kennedy was 
a message to the American people; one which they may not, 
even now, be aware of. Perhaps the Tavistock Institute 
provided the blueprint for Kennedy's execution. Perhaps it 
also carefully selected each and every participant, starting 
with the obviously mind-controlled Lee Harvey Oswald, and 
to the not so obvious Lyndon Johnson. Those who would not 
comply, or who sought to bring out the truth, suffered a 
variety of punishment, from disgrace, hounding from public 
life, and even death. 

We leave Tavistock's control of U.S. Presidents, past, and 
future, and turn our attention to the music and entertainment 
industry. Nowhere is mind control "brainwashing" of huge 
segments of the American public so noticeable, as it is in "the 
music and entertainment industry. Decades later, misguided, 
uninitiated people still get angry with me over my exposure 
of the "Beatles" as a Tavistock project. Now, I fully expect 
the same people who tell me that they know all about the 
history of the "Beatles"; that they are musicians and I am not, 
to question the following: 




245 



Did you know that so-called "Rap" music is another 
Tavistock program? So is "Hip-Hop." As inane and idiotic as 
the words are (one can hardly call them "lyrics,") these words 
have been crafted by the technician in mind control and 
behavior modification, so that they would fit in and became 
an integral part of Tavistock's gang wars program for 
America's major cities. The chief purveyors of this "music" 
and indeed all so-called "Rock" and "Pop" music (excuse the 
use of Tavistock jargon) are: 

Time Warner. 

Sony. 

Bertelsman. 

EMI. 

The Capital Group. 

Seagram Canada 
Philips Electronic. 

The Indies. 

Time Warner. 

Annual revenues $23.7 billion (1996 figures). Its music 
publishing business owns one million songs through its 
subsidiary, Warner, Chappell. These include songs by 
Madonna, and Michael Jackson. It prints and publishes sheet 
music. Time Warner "Rap" and "Pop" labels include 
Amphetamine Reptile, Asylum Sire, Rhino, Maverick, 
Revolution, Luka Bop, Big Head Todd and The Monsters 
marketed through Warner REM. 

Time Warner also distributes alternative music labels through 
its subsidiary. Alternative Distribution Alliance, which 
covers the greater part of Europe, and which is particularly 
strong in England and Germany. It is not by accident that 
these two countries have been targeted by the manipulators at 
Tavistock. 




246 



The mostly subliminal, but increasingly open incitement to 
violence, unrestrained sex, anarchism and Satanism, is found 
in abundance among the songs owned by Time Warner. This 
almost cult-like dominance of the youth of Western Europe 
(and since the fall of the USSR, it is creeping into Russia and 
Japan also) is menacing civilization in Europe that has taken 
thousands of years to build up and mature. The huge 
following of youth and its seemingly insatiable appetite for 
this kind of utter junk "music" is frightening to behold, as is 
Tavistock's grip on the minds of those who listen to it. 

Time Warner distributes music through music clubs, which it 
owns outright, or else is in partnership with others. Columbia 
House is one example. Sony has a 50 % share in Columbia 
House. 

Time Warner's manufacturing division, WEA, makes CDs; 
CD-ROMS, Audios, Videos, digital versatile discs, while 
another subsidiary, Ivy Hill, prints CD covers and inserts. 
American Family Enterprises, another subsidiary, markets 
music, books and magazines in a 50% holding with 
Heartland Music. 

Time Warner Motion Pictures has studios and production 
companies comprising, Warner Bros; Castle Rock 
Entertainments; New Line Cinemas. Time Warner Motion 
Pictures owns 467 screens in the U.S. and 464 screens in 
Europe. (1989 figures: The numbers are much greater today 
in 2005.) 

Its broadcasting network includes WB Network, Prime Star; 
Cinemax, Comedy; Central Court TV; SEGA Channel; 
Turner Classic Movies (Ted Turner owns 10% of the stock in 
Time Warner). 




247 

It broadcasts to China, Japan, New Zealand, France and 
Hungary. Its Cable Franchise lists 12.3 million subscribers. 

TV/Production/Distribution includes Warner Bros 
Television; HBO Independent Productions, Warner Bros. 
Television Animations; Telepictures Productions; Castle 
Rock Television; New Line Television, Citadel 

Entertainment; Hanna Barbara Cartoons; World 

Championship Wrestling; Turner Original Productions; Time 
Warner Sports; Turner Learning; Warner Home Videos and 
in its library it has 28,500 television titles and animated 
shorts. 

Time Warner owns CNN Radio, which acquired from Ted 
Turner. It also owns 161 retail outlet stores, Warner Books, 
Littel, Brown, Sunset Books, Oxmoor House and the Book of 
the Month Club. 

Time Warner owns the following magazines: People; Sports 
Illustrated; Time; Fortune; Life; Money; Entertainment; 
Weekly; Progressive Parmer; Southern Accents; Parenting; 
Health; Hippocrates; Asiaweek; Weight Watchers; Mad 
Magazine; D.C. Comics; American Express Travel and 
Leisure; Food and Wine. Time Warner also owns a number of 
Theme Parks: Six Flags; Warner Bros; Movie World; Sea 
World of Australia. 

I hope that at this point the reader will pause to reflect upon 
the enormous power for good or evil which rests in the hands 
of Time Warner. Obviously, this giant could make or break 
anybody. And then, remember, it is a client of the Tavistock 
Institute. It is frightening to contemplate what this mighty 
machine could do to public opinion and shaping the minds of 
the young, as we have seen with "Gay Days" at Disney World. 




248 

SONY. 

Sony's revenues in 1999 were estimated at $48.7 billion. It is 
the largest electronics company in the world. Its music 
division control Rock/Rap/Pop; Columbia; Rutthouse; 
Legacy Recordings; Sony Independent Label; MU Label; 
(Michael Jackson); Sony Music Nashville; Columbia 
Nashville. Sony owns thousands of Rock/Pop labels 
including Bruce Springsteen; So-So Def; Slam Jazz; Bone 
Thugs in Harmony; Rage Against the Machine; Razor Sharp; 
Ghost-Face Killa; Crave; and Ruthless Relativity. 

If you have ever stopped to wonder how this awful idiocy 
with its highly suggestive word and incitement to violence 
got so big in such a short time, now you know. It is backed to 
the hilt by Sony. Tavistock has long regarded Rap as a useful 
messenger to precede anarchy and chaos — which is getting 
closer and closer. 

Sony distributes Punk Alternative rock label Epitaph Record; 
Hell Cat; Rancid; Crank Possum Records and Epitome Surf 
Music by Blue Sting Ray. In addition Sony publishes music 
through Sony/ATV Music Publishing. Sony owns all of 
Michael Jackson's "songs" and nearly the entire range of the 
"Beatles." 

Sony owns Loews Theatres, Sony Theatres, and its television 
interests include network game shows. It has about 15% of 
the market in music sales, sheet music, and is the largest 
international music company in the world. Sony's other 
products are CD records, optical discs, audio and videotapes. 

Loews Hotel property in Monte Carlo is a clearinghouse of 
information for drug trafficking, and its employees report 
directly to the Monet Carlo police, any "suspicious activity" 
going on in the hotel. 




249 



("Suspicious" mean any outsiders trying to bust into the 
trade.) Several of the senior level front desk employees are 
Monte Carlo police-trained to keep and eye on things. 

This is not to stamp out drug dealing; it is merely to keep 
"upstarts" getting into the drug trade. "Outsiders" arriving in 
Loews Hotel are informed on and are promptly arrested. Such 
events are sold to the press and world news media as "drug 
busts." Sony's Motion Pictures Division consists of Columbia 
Pictures; Tri-Star Pictures; Sony Pictures; Classic Triumph; 
Triumph Films with rights to Columbia Home Tri-Star 
movies. Its television interests include network game shows. 

Bertelsman's A.G. 

A German privately held company owned by Reinhard 
Mohn, its estimated revenues were $15.7 billion in 1999. 
Bertelsman owns 200 music labels from 40 countries, which 
labels cover Rap/Rock/Pop. Whitney Houston; The Grateful 
Dead: Bad Boys: Ng Records, Volcano Enterprises; Dancing 
Cat; Addict; Gee Street (Jungle Brothers) and Global Soul. 
All these contain explicit incitement to sex aberrations, drug 
taking, anarchy, and violence. Bertelsman's owns Country & 
Western properties Arista Nashville (Pam Tillis); Career 
(LeRoy Parnell) RCA Label Group; BNA (Lorrie Morgan.) 
Other titles it owns are the sound track from Star Wars; 
Boston Pops; New Age and Windham Hill etc. The company 
publishes sheet music through BMG Music, which controls 
the rights to 700,000 songs, including The Beach Boys; B.B. 
King; Barry Manilow; 100,000 Famous Music of Paramount 
Studios. It own seven music clubs in the U.S. and Canada, 
and makes credit cards for MBNA Bank. 

Bertelsman A.G does tremendous book business worldwide 
and is very much a Committee of 300 affiliate. 




250 



Bertelsmann holdings include Doubleday; Dell Publishers; 
Family Circle; Parent and Child; Fitness; American Homes 
and Gardens, with 38 magazines in Spain, France, Italy, 
Hungary and Poland. Bertelsman's television and satellite 
channels are in Europe, where it is the largest broadcaster. 
This company is very vindictive and will not hesitate to 
attack anyone who dares to reveal what it thinks might not be 
in the company's best interests. 

EMI. 

A British-based company with estimated revenues of $6 
billion in 1999, the company owns sixty music labels in 
forty-six countries: Rock/Pop/Rap; Beetle Boys; Chrysallis; 
Grand Royal; Parlaphone; Pumpkin Smashers; Virgin; Point 
Blank. 

EMI owns and controls The Rolling Stones; Duck Down; No 
Limit; N00 Tribe; Rap-A-Lot (The Ghetto Boys) with an 
immense sheet music publishing business. It has a direct 
interest or owns outright 231 stores in seven countries, 
including HMV; Virgin Megastores: Dillons (USA). EMI has 
network stations throughout Britain and Europe, some of 
which work in conjunction with Bertelsmann. 

The Capital Group. 

This Los Angeles-based investment group sold 35% of its 
stock to Seagram's, the Bronstein's liquor company and a 
high-ranking Committee of 300 property. Seagram's has an 
80% stake in Universal Music Group (formerly MCA) now 
Matushita Electric Industries property. 

Its 1999 revenues were estimated as $14 billion. Seagram 
owns in excess of 150,000 copyrights, including the 
copyrights to Impact: Mechanic; Zebra; Radioactive Records; 
Fort Apache Records; Heavy D and the Boys. 




251 



The Capital Group has joint ventures with Steven Spielberg, 
Jeffrey Katzenburg and David Geffen. In its Country and 
Western Division, the company owns Reba McIntyre, 
Wynona, George Straight; Dolly Parton; Lee Anne Rimes 
and Hank Williams. 

Through Seagram, the company owns concert halls at 
Fiddler's Green (Denver); Blossom Music Center 
(Cleveland); Gorge Amphitheater (Washington State); 
Starplex (Dallas). It has expanded to Toronto and Atlanta. 
The Capital Group through its Motion Pictured Division 
owns Demi Moore, Danny De Vito, Penny Marshall and a 
host of minor figures in the movie-making business. 
Universal Films Library is a Capital Group property, as is 
Universal Films Library. The company owns 500 retail 
stores, several hotels as well as Universal Studios in 
Hollywood. 

The Indies. 

One of the smaller companies in the music and entertainment, 
its annual revenues is estimated at $5 .billion. The company 
has a substantial portfolio of Rock/Rap/Pop labels, mostly of 
the more bizarre kind. 

Its Country and Western Division owns Willie Nelson and 
distribution is done through "The Big Six." Even without 
ownership of any independent retail stores or outlets, the 
company managed to capture an astonishing 21% of U.S. 
music sales. 

The significance of this is that most of its revenues come 
from bizarre Rap/Pop/Rock sales of the violent, abusive, foul 
language, sexually-suggestive titles, anarchy — which shows 
the way the youth of America is going. 




252 

Philips Electronic. 

This Dutch company had revenues of $15.8 billion in 1996. 
While it is mainly an electronics company, it is in the "Big 
Six" category primarily because of ownership of 75% of 
Polygram Music. Its portfolio of labels is in Rock/Pop/Rap. 
Elton John is one of its properties. Philips ranks third in the 
music publishing business with 375,000 copyright titles. 

Through its subsidiaries in Europe and Britain, in 1998 
Philips produced 540 million CD's and VHS tapes. Its 
Motion Pictures Division owns Jodi Foster, while Philips 
Television own Robert Redford's Sundance Films and 
Propaganda Films. 

The foregoing information should give you, the reader, and 
some idea of the immense power this giant industry wields 
over our daily lives; how it is shaping the minds of the youth 
of America. Without the control and the advanced techniques 
made available to these companies through Tavistock, the 
giant strides the industry has made would not have been 
possible. The information I have provided should shake you 
to your very foundations when you come to the realization 
that Tavistock controls what "news" we see, what "home 
movies" and television network movies we are allowed to 
see; what music we listen to. 

Behind this gigantic enterprise stands the Tavistock Institute 
for Human Relations. As I have clearly demonstrated, 
America is marching in lock-step with the gigantic movie- 
music industry; hitherto unknown forces — powerful forces 
whose sole aim and object is to pervert, twist and distort the 
minds of our youth, to make it all the easier for the 
Committee of 300 to usher in the Socialist New World Order 
- One World Government, in which the new Communists rule 
of the world. 




253 



The information I have put before you should be a source of 
great alarm as you contemplate the future of your children 
and the youth of America, having come to the knowledge and 
understanding that they are being fed a diet of anarchistic 
ideas, revolutionary fervor, and incitement to take drugs, free 
sex, abortion, lesbianism and homosexual acceptance. 

Without this giant music and entertainment industry, Michael 
Jackson would only have been the puerile, insipid nonentity, 
but he was "puffed" and Tavistock told the youth of our land 
just how great he is, and how much they, - the youth of the 
Western world love him! It also has to do with the power to 
control the media. 

Inasmuch as the music and entertainment industry is what I 
call an "open secret" designed by Tavistock, I do not expect 
my work on this vital subject to be accepted as the whole 
truth, at least up to the year 2015, which is the year I 
anticipate the outbreak of "Armageddon" the all-out nuclear- 
CAB war, when the full wrath of God will fall on the United 
States of America. But with regard to massive media control 
it is not difficult for even the untrained observer to see, hear 
and read that indeed, the U.S. has a controlled media, the 
product of the Tavistock Institute. This factor is what got 
President Bush elected, and then, to the astonishment of all of 
Europe and at least half of the American voters, saw him 
elected for a second term in spite of his deplorable record. 

How did this happen? The question is easily answered: Due to 
the breakdown of America's national media. Traditional 
broadcasters abandoned their obligation to promote the 
public interest; they no longer felt an obligation to report two 
sides of the questions. 




254 

The national media intensified its policy of "mixing news 
with fiction" that began with "War of Worlds. " 

While this attracted viewers and increased revenues it did 
nothing for the long-held doctrine of fairness in broadcasting 
so essential to the flow of information in a free society. In 
recent years this grave problem has been exacerbated by the 
rise of the rightwing "thunder squad" who will tolerate no 
contra-opinion but. They broadcast only the Bush 
administration's opinion, and they are not above twisting and 
"spinning" the news in the best Tavistock manner. 

This was confirmed by a joint survey in 2004 carried out by 
the Center on Policy Studies, the Center on Policy Attitudes, 
the Program on International Policy Attitudes, and the Center 
for International and Security Studies. What they found is 
really the key to why Bush is still in the White House, and a 
tribute to the power of professional propaganda: 

* 75 percent of the Bush faithful were not convinced by 
the President Commission's finding that Iraq had nothing to 
do with A1 Qaeda. 

* The majority of Bush supporters believed that a greater part 
of the Islamic world supported the U.S. in its invasion of Iraq. 
This is totally at variance with the facts. Egypt, a Muslim state 
does not support the USA and the majority of Egyptians want 
the U.S. out of Iraq. Turkey, which although a secular state is 
overwhelmingly Muslim, by a vote of 87 percent is opposed 
to the U.S. being in Iraq and reject the reasons given for the 
invasion. 

* Seventy percent of the Bush faithful believe that Iraq 
possessed WMD's. 




255 



What I have written here is the indisputable truth, but it will 
take a major event to confirm it as such, just as it took 14 
years for my Committee of 300 book and 25 years for my 
Club of Rome Report to be confirmed by Alexander King 
himself. But let there be no doubt that Tavistock, today, in 
2005, is in full control of every aspect of life in America. Not 
one thing escapes its notice. 

In 2005 we are witness to the amazing influence and power of 
the Tavistock Institute and its upper-level masters, the 
Committee of 300 in the manner in which the United States is 
run by President George Bush and the acceptance of what 
Bush says and does without question or doubt. 

The reasons for these mistaken beliefs are not hard to find. 
The Bush administration told the American public many 
times in 1994 that Iraq did have nuclear weapons ready for 
use. Also passed off as truth were Bush administration 
reports that President Hussein was supporting A1 Qaeda units 
in Iraq and that A1 Qaeda was responsible for the World 
Trade Center (WTC) attack, all of which was without 
foundation. Yet members of the Roaring Right Radio 
Network (RRRN) happily repeated these errors, notably 
Hannity and Combs and Fox News. Mr. Hannity obligingly 
told his audience that the weapons had been moved to Syria. 
He never offered a shred of evidence to support his statement. 
In addition to Fox News and other talk radio shows chum out 
masses of propaganda. Chief exponents of radio propaganda 
on behalf of the Bush administration are: 

Rush Limbaugh 
Matt Drudge Sean 
Hannity Bill 
O Reilly 




256 

Tucker Carlson 
Oliver North John 
Stossell Gordon 
Liddy Peggy 
Noona Larry King 
Michael Reagan 
Gordon Liddy 
Dick Morris 
William Bennett 
Michael Savage 
Joe Scarborough 

Larry King is one of the best trained Tavistock puppets. 
When on the rare occasion he has an opponent of the Bush 
war on his show he will give them about 2 minutes to make 
their case, immediately followed by five pro-Bush "experts to 
rebut the daring dissenter." 

Nearly all of the foregoing radio personalities have received 
instruction from the experts at Tavistock to a greater or lesser 
degree. When one studies their methodology, it bears a 
distinct resemblance to the methods of presentation perfected 
at Tavistock. The same can be seen in the television 
personalities, the "news anchors" and their message "news" 
that differs neither in content or style of delivery. Without 
exception they all bear the imprint of the Tavistock Institute. 

The United States is in the grip of the greatest and sustained 
of mass mind control (brainwashing) and "conditioning" 
program and it is reflected at every level of our society. The 
masters of spin, deception, conniving, dissembling, half- 
truths and its twin brother, outright lies, have the American 
people by the throat. 




257 



Churchill, before he was "turned" declared in the House of 
Commons that the Bolsheviks "have seized Russia by the hair 
of its head." We make bold to say that "Tavistock has seized 
the head and the minds of the American people." 

Unless there is a great awakening of Spirit of 1776 and the 
revival that took place among the generation that followed 
the Founding Fathers, the United States is doomed to 
collapse, even as the Greek and Ronan civilizations 
collapsed. 

What is needed is the formation of our own "invisible army" 
of "shock troops" that will go into every village, every town, 
every city across the length and breadth of the United States, 
to deliver the counterpunch that will send the Tavistock 
troops into full retreat and ultimate defeat. 




259 



APPENDIX 

THE GREAT DEPRESSION 

Montagu Norman, then Governor of the Bank of England, and 
a close friend of the family of the Fabian Socialist, Beatrice 
Potter Webb, paid a surprise visit to the United States as a 
prelude to ushering in the Great Depression. As can be seen, 
this was a "contrived event" like the sinking of the Lusitania 
that brought the U.S. into WWI. 

Events leading up to the Great World Depression of the 
1930's 

1928 

Feb. 23 — Montagu Norman visits M. Moreau, President of 
the Bank of France. 

June 14 — Herbert Hoover nominated for President by the 
Republican Party. 

Aug. 18 — Montagu Norman reelected President of the Bank of 
England. 

Nov. 6— Herbert Hoover elected President of the U.S. A. 

Nov. 17 — Montagu Norman reelected Governor of the Bank of 
England. 

1929 

Jan. 1— The New York Times states, that a heavy flight of 
gold from the U.S.A. was expected in 1929. 

Jan. 14 — Eugene R. Black was reelected Governor of the 
Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, Georgia. 




260 



Jan. 26 — Press reports indicate that forthcoming visit of 
Montagu Norman has no connection with the movement of 
gold from New York to London. 

Jan. 30 — Montagu Norman arrives in New York City; claims 
he is merely paying a courtesy visit to G.L. Harrison. 

Jan. 31 — Montagu Norman spends day with Federal Reserve 
Bank officials. 

Feb. 4 — Montagu Norman states no immediate change in the 
sterling or gold situation expected to arise from his visit. 
Congressman Loring M. Black, Jr., introduces a resolution 
asking the Federal Reserve Board, whether it had conferred 
with Montagu Norman at or about the time it had issued its 
credit warning. 

Feb. 10— Rep. Black introduces a resolution asking President 
Coolidge and Secretary Mellon to clarify Norman's visit not 
as an official of the Bank of England 

Feb. 12 — Andrews says claim that Federal Reserve Bank has 
lost control of the money situation is an illusion and stated 
the Bank can regulate the market at will through action on 
rediscounts. His statement "triggered repeated charges that 
the Federal Reserve System has lost control of the economy. 



Feb. 19 — Black's resolutions were defeated in the Banking 
and Currency Committee. 

Feb. 26 — The New York Times reports that many banks had 
asked the Federal Advisory Council to cooperate in curbing 
loans for stock speculation. 




261 



Mar. 4 - Herbert Hoover sworn in as President. 

Mar. 12 — Secretary of Treasury Mellon says he will not 
interfere with Board policy. 

Mar. 21 — Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago moves to reduce 
stock loans by 25 to 50% reduction in borrowing for 
speculation. 

Apr. 1 — National City Bank's April review of economy asks 
discount rate rise to 6% as way for curbing excessive stock 
speculation. A Rockefeller bank! 

May 5~Kansas City Federal Reserve Bank raises rediscount 
rates to 5%. 

May 14 — Minneapolis Federal Reserve Bank raises 
rediscount rates to 5%. 

May 19 — The rise of rediscount rate to 5% is declared to be 
uniform; request for 6% rate by New York and Chicago 
denied. 

May 23-Advisory Council recommends 6% rediscount 
rate. 

Aug. 9-New York Federal Reserve Bank raised rate to 6%; it 
was called "adroit" measure. 

Sep. 3-National City Bank (a Rockefeller-Standard Oil bank) 
in its monthly bulletin states the effect of the increase in the 
rediscount rate uncertain. 

Oct. 29 — Stock market crash ends post war prosperity; 
16,000.000 shares, including unrestricted short selling, 
change hands. 




262 

By end of year decline in value of stocks reaches 
$15,000,000,000; by end of 1931 stock losses reached $50, 
000 . 000 . 000 . 

Nov. — New York Federal Reserve Bank reduces rediscount 
rate to 5%. 

Nov. 11 -Montagu Norman elected Governor of the Bank of 
England for eleventh term. 

Nov. 15 —Rediscount rate reduced to 4 1/2%. 

Throughout the early part of 1929 there were constant reports 
of shipments of gold to the United States to and from 
London, thus creating the impression, that the report of 
January 1 was accurate. With the stock market crash, 
however, the flight of gold from the U.S.A. commenced, in 
earnest. 

Kurt Lewin 

Kurt Lewin's (1890-1947) work had a profound impact on 
social psychology and experiential learning, group dynamics 
and action research. Lewin was born on September 9, 1890 in 
the village of Mogilno in Prussia (now part of Poland). He 
was one of four children in a middle class Jewish family (his 
father owned a small general store and a farm). 

They moved to Berlin when he was fifteen and he was 
enrolled in the Gymnasium. In 1909 Kurt Lewin entered the 
University of Lreiberg to study medicine. He then transferred 
to the University of Munich to study biology. Around this 
time he became in involved in the Socialist movement. His 
particular concerns appear to have been the combating of 
anti-Semitism and the democratization 




263 



of German institutions. 

His doctorate was received from the University of Berlin 
where he developed an interest in the philosophy of science 
and encountered Gestalt psychology. His PhD was awarded 
in 1916, but by then he was serving in the German army (he 
was injured in combat). In 1921 Kurt Lewin joined the 
Psychological Institute of the University of Berlin - where he 
gave seminars in both philosophy and psychology. He was 
starting to make a name for himself both in publishing and 
teaching. His work became known in America and he was 
invited to spend six months as a visiting professor at Stanford 
(1930). With the political position worsening considerably in 
Germany in 1933 he and his wife and daughter left for the 
United States. 

Thereafter he became involved at the Tavistock Institute in 
various applied research initiatives linked to the war effort 
(the Second World War.) These included influencing the 
morale of the fighting troops and psychological warfare. He 
was always a strong Socialist. He founded the Center for 
Group Dynamics at MIT. He was also engaged in a program- 
the Commission of Community Interrelations in New York. 
The "T Groups" for which Lewin had become known 
emerged from this program which was directed toward 
solving religious and racial prejudices. 

Lewin got funding for the Office of Naval Intelligence and 
worked closely in training its operatives. The National 
Training Laboratories was another of his mind-control mass 
brainwashing programs that played a profound role in the 
corporate world. 




264 



Niall Ferguson 

Niall Ferguson is a history professor who taught at 
Cambridge and is now a tenured Oxford don. Those are the 
credential of a "court historian" whose main purpose is to 
protect the patriotic, political myths of his government. 

Professor Fergusson, however has written an iconoclastic 
attack on one of the most venerable patriotic myths of the 
British, namely that of the First World War was a great and 
necessary war in which the British performed the noble act 
of intervening to protect Belgian neutrality, French freedom, 
and the empires of both the French and British from the 
military aggression of the hated Hun. Politicians like Lloyd 
George and Churchill argued that the war was not only 
necessary, but inevitable. In this they were ably assisted by 
the propaganda factory at Wellington House, "the house of 
lies" as Toynbee called it. 

Ferguson asks and answers ten specific questions about the 
First World War, one of the most important being whether 
the war, with its total of ten million casualties, was worth it. 

Not only does he answer in the negative, but concludes that 
the world war was not necessary or inevitable, but was 
instead the result of grossly erroneous decisions of British 
political leaders based on an improper perception of the 
"threat" to the British Empire posed by Germany. Ferguson 
regards it as "nothing less than the greatest error in modem 
history." 




265 



He goes further and puts most of the blame on the British 
because it was the British government that ultimately 
decided to turn the continental war into a world war. 



He argues that the British had no legal obligation to 
protect Belgium or France and that the German naval 
build-up did not really menace the British. 

British political leaders, Ferguson maintains, should have 
realized that the Germans were mostly fearful of being 
surrounded the growing Russian industrial and military 
might, as well as the large French army. He argues further, 
that the Kaiser would have honored his pledge to London, 
offered on the eve of the war, to guarantee French and 
Belgium territorial integrity in exchange for Britain's 
neutrality. 

Ferguson concludes that "Britain's decision to intervene was 
the result of secret planning by her generals and diplomats, 
which dated back to 1905" and that it was based on a 
misreading of German intentions, "which were imagined to 
be Napoleonic in scale." Political calculations also played 
their part in bringing on war. Ferguson notes that Foreign 
Minister Edward Grey provided the leadership that put Britain 
on the bellicose path. Although a majority of the other 
ministers were hesitant. "In the end they agreed to support 
Grey, partly for fear of being turned out of office and letting in 
the Tories." 

Such was the power of the lies and propaganda that flowed out 
of Wellington House, the forerunner of the Tavistock Institute 
of Human Relations. 

The First World War continues to disturb the British 




266 

psyche today, much as the Civil War still haunts Americans. 
British casualties in the war numbered 723,000 - more than 
twice the number suffered in World War II. The author 
writes: "The First World War remains the worst thing the 
people of my country have ever had to endure." 

One of the most important costs of the war, which was 
prolonged by British and American participation, was the 
destruction of the Russian government. 

Ferguson contends that in the absence of British intervention, 
the most likely result would have been a quick German 
victory with some territorial concessions in the east, but no 
Bolshevik Revolution. 

There would have been no Lenin - and no Hitler either. "It 
was ultimately because of the war that both men were able to 
rise to establish barbaric despotisms which perpetrated still 
more mass murder." 

Had the British stayed on the sidelines, Ferguson argues, 
their empire would still be strong and viable. He believes 
that the British could have easily coexisted with Germany, 
with which it had good relations before the war. But the 
British victory came at a price "far in excess of their gains" 
and "undid the first golden age of economic 'globalization.'" 
But ruthless anti-German propaganda turned those good 
relations into enmity and hatred. 

World War I also led to a great loss of individual liberty. 
"Wartime Britain ... became by stages a kind of police 
state," Ferguson writes. Of course, liberty is always a 
casualty of war and the author compares the British situation 
with the draconian measures imposed in America by 
President Wilson. 




267 



The suppression of free speech in America "made a 
mockery of the Allied powers' claim to be fighting for 
freedom." What the Professor Fergusson did know was that 
Wilson had imposed the worst kind of restrictions of free 
speech. He even tried to get Senator La Follette arrested for 
opposing the war. 

While Ferguson addressed mainly British audiences, it is 
relevant to Americans who tragically followed the 
brainwashed propaganda-dazed and nervously drunk British 
into both world wars at tremendous cost in freedom, the 
result of the centralization of power in the leviathan 
government in Washington, D.C. 

There are many valuable lessons to be learned from this 
timely warning that the Tavistock Institute, successor to 
Wellington House, has shown just how easy it is to 
condition and mind-control large segments of population 
groups. 

"The Great War:" 

The Power of Propaganda 

The fruits of the war that ordinary people of Britain, France, 
Germany, Belgium and Russia did not want: Killed in the 
prime of their lives: 

Britain and Empire 2,998,671 
France 1,357,800 

Germany 2,037,700 

Belgium 58,402 

These are mainly deaths on the so-called "Western Front" and 
"Eastern Front" and do not include casualties sustained on 
other fronts by other nations. The cost in monetary 




268 

terms was $180,000,000,000 in direct accounting and 
indirectly another $151,612,500,000. 

The two WWI battles mentioned in this book: 

Passchendaele. Began on July 31, 1917 the battle raged for 
three months. Casualties amounted to 400,000 men. 

Verdun. Began February 21, 1916 and ended on June 7. 
700.000 men killed. 

Later Propaganda Efforts. 

Tavistock Institute has so perfected its techniques that recent 
expert opinion has it that 70% of all capital and human 
resources that the US government advertising/propaganda 
programs devotes to for strategic objectives, going to 
psychological operations, the propaganda which these 
psychological operations are comprised have become the 
single most significant part of what it means to be American 
and British. 

The level of propaganda is now so, high, so all 
encompassing, that Social Scientist count on it to be the 
totality of American life, and as a result of sustained 
propaganda, life in these two countries has become a 
simulation. Tavistock predicts, as do philosophers and 
sociologists from Beaudrilliard to McLuhan, that this 
simulation will soon be substituted for reality. 

The public perception of propaganda associates it with 
advertising and the kind of partisan propaganda disseminated 
by radio talk shows, or with a zealous radio preacher. Indeed 
these are all forms of propaganda, but for the most part they 
are recognized as such. 




269 



The advertiser is tries to instill his particular product or 
service on the minds of the audience. Political commentary 
does the very same thing and likewise religious programming 
is intended as much to motivate followers to take a particular 
course of action such as supporting the war or some country 
they ascribe as "biblical" we need to support at the exclusion 
of others) to change the spiritual orientation of non- 
committed listeners. Thus, they hope that audiences will be 
persuaded to embrace the ideas of the speakers or to follow 
their lead to support such and such an objective. Any 
"preaching" about the Middle East over American radio in 
particular soon reveals this objective. 

Other types of communication in all forms of the media are far 
more intrusive such as deliberately slanted and or false, 
incomplete news reporting, presented as truth or objective 
fact. The reality is that it is naked propaganda disguised as 
news at which Tavistock graduates excel. 

Forceful propaganda, first introduced by Bemays at 
Wellington House to forcefully persuade the unwilling 
population is by scientific repetition. World War I was a field 
day for Wellington House with thousands of reputations of 
"the Butcher of Berlin" etc. 

In the latest Gulf war the people of the United States were 
not inclined to worry very much about an invasion by 
Saddam Hussein, but Powell, Rice, Cheney and a succession 
of "authorities" dinned it into the heads of the American 
people that Saddam Hussein might soon cause a "mushroom 
cloud" to appear over the United States, even though there 
was no truth in their claims. 

The statement that "Saddam was a threat to his neighbors" 
stressed again and again — by government operatives and 
military leaders, who were soon joined by vast numbers of 




270 

private organizations, political commentators, intellectuals, 
entertainers, and, of course, the news media carried the day 
even though based upon layers of lies. 

Propaganda messages do differ although the core message is 
always the same and the sheer volume of warnings and the 
diversity of the sources involved served to confirm in people s 
minds that the threat is indeed very real. Slogans help 
listeners and readers of this propaganda material to visualize 
the "danger." orchestrated not so much to protect the country 
as to bring about active participation by raising the level of 
hysteria. 

This was standard practice in use by Britain and the United 
States in all the wars in which they were combatants from 
1900 up to the present time. The resulting climate of fear 
brought the desired effect; rapid expansion of military 
research and arms stockpiling and "pre-emptive strikes" in 
Serbia and Iraq. 

Propaganda took a nasty fall during the Vietnam War when 
Americans actually saw the brutality of battle in their living 
rooms and the notion of a "defensive" war took a nosedive. 
The purveyors of the wars in Serbia and Iraq took good care 
not to allow the mistake to be repeated. 

The effect of propaganda was so great that most Americans 
still believe that Vietnam was an "anti-communist" war. 
From the cold war generally — the Cuban missile crisis - 
Serbia propaganda helped hostilities to flourish and multiply. 




271 



The propaganda of the anti-communist era was tailor made by 
Tavistock and designed to facilitate the development of a 
global U.S. military expansion that has been going on since 
the Institute for Pacific Relations was established in the 
1930s and upon which Me McCarthy stumbled. 

There are other type of insidious propaganda other types of 
propaganda are directed toward social behavior or group 
loyalties. We see it in the emergence of the decline in morals 
that has swept the world on a wave of well-directed 
propaganda of the type favored by H.V. Dicks, R Bion, 
Hadley Cantril and Edward Bernays, the Social Scientists 
who at one stage ran operations at Tavistock Their product, 
propaganda, is the illusion of truth fabricated by the whores of 
deception. 




272 

Bibliography 

"Journey Into Madness;" 

Gordon Thomas 

"MK. Ultra 90;" CIA 

"American Journal of Psychiatry," 

Jan. 1956; Dr. Ewan Cameron. 

Documents relating to activities of "The Society for the 
Investigation of Human Psychology." 

This was a front for CIA experiments into mind control. 

"Ethics of Terror:" 

Prof Abraham Kaplan. 

"The Psychiatrist and Terror;" 

Prof. John Gun. 

"The Techniques of Persuasion;" 
l.R. C. Brown. 

"The Psychotic;" Understanding Madness; 

Andrew Crowcroft. 

(When you understand "madness" it can be recreated in any 
subject.) 

"The Battle for the Mind;" 

Private, Invicta Press. 

"The Mind Possessed;" 

Private, Invicta Press. 




273 



"The Collected Works of Dr. Jose Delgado." 

"The Experiments of Remote Mind Control" 

(ESB): Dr. Robert Heath. 

Dr. Heath conducted successful experiments with ESB which 
proved that he could create memory lapses, cause sudden 
impulses (like random shootings), evoke fear, pleasure and 
hatred at his command. 

"ESB Experiments;" Gottlieb. 

Dr. Gottlieb said his experiments were leading to making a 
psycho-civilized person, and then, an entire psycho-civilized 
society, in which every human thought, emotion, sensation, 
desire is completely controlled by electrical stimulations of 
the brain. 

Dr. Gottleib stated that he could stop a charging bull in its 
tracks; PROGRAM HUMANS TO KILL ON COMMAND. 

Extensive documentation of experiments conducted by the 
CIA using ESB-the research under the control of Dr. Stephen 
Aldrich. 

"The Collected Research Papers of Dr. Alan Cameron." 

These were found with the huge collection of documents of 
mind control experiments packed away in 130 boxes, 
conducted by Dr. Gottleib and which he had not destroyed as 
ordered by the CIA. 

"The New York Times, December 1974." 

An expose of CIA mind control experiments. 




274 



Apart from the above there is Dr. Coleman's own works, 
"Metaphysics, Mind Control, ELF Radiation and Weather 
Modifications" published in 1984, and updated 2005. 

In this same work Dr. Coleman explains how mind control 
works and gives clear examples of it. He expanded on his 
earlier work with "Mind Control in the 20 th Century," which 
explicitly details how mind control techniques have 
advanced. 

A Dynamic Theory of Personality. Dr. Kurt Lewin 

Time Perspective and Morale. * 

The Neurosis of War. 

(Macmillan London 1943) 

Experiences in Groups. 

(Lancet Nov. 27, 1943) 

Leaderless Groups. 

(London 1940) 

Experiences in Groups. 

(Bulletin of Messenger) 

Catastrophic Change. 

(The British Psychoanalytical Soc.) 

Elements of Psychoanalysis. 

London 1963 



W.R Bion. 



* 



* 



* 



* 



* 



Borderline Personality Disorders. 
London 




275 



Force and Ideas. 

Walter Lippmann 

Public Opinion. 

Walter Lippmann 

Crystallizing Public Opinion. 

Edward Bemays 

Propaganda. 

Edward Bemays 

The Daily Mirror. 

Alfred Harmsworth 1903/1904 

The Sunday Mirror. 

Alfred Harmsworth 1905/1915 

Human Quality. 

Aurelio Peccei 1967 

The Chasm Ahead. 

Aurelio Peccei 

Wilhelm II, Emperor of Germany. 
Correspondence Entre Guillaume II 

Memories of Lenin. 

N. Krupskaya (London 1942) 

The World Crisis. 

Winston Churchill 



How We Advertised America. 
George Creel 
New York 1920 




276 



Wilson, The New Freedom. Arthur S. Link 1956 

The Aquarian Conspiracy. 

Marilyn Fergusson 

Some Principles of Mass Persuasion. 

Dorwin Cartwright 

Journal of Humanistic Psychology. 

John Rawlings Reese 

Understanding Man's Behavior. 

Gordon Alport 

Invasion from Mars. 

Hadley Cantrill 

War of Worlds. H. G. Wells 

Terror by Radio. 

The New York Times 

Psychology of Science. 

Aldous Huxley 

A Kings' Story. 

The Duke of Windsor 

My Four Years in Germany. 

James W. Gerard 

Under the Iron Heel. 

G. W. Stevens 




277 



The Technotronic Era. 

Zbigniew Brzezinski 

Institute for Development and Management Publications. 
Ronald Lippert 

When Action Research Becomes Cold War Methodology 

The Science of Coercion. 

Renses Likert 

Management Systems and Style. 

Mental Tensions. H.V. 

Dicks 

The State of Psychiatry in British Psychiatry. H.V. 

Dicks 

The Jungle. 

Upton Sinclair 

Appeal to Reason The Money Changers. 

Propaganda Techniques in the World War. 

Harold Lasswell 

Imperial Twilight. 

Berita Harding 



Innocence and Experience. 
Gregory Bateson 




278 



For God's Sake. 

Bateson and Margaret Meade 

They Threw God Out Of the Garden. 

R.D. Laing 

Steps to an Ecology of Mind. The Facts of 
Life. 

On Our Way. 

Franklin D. Roosevelt 

How Democracies Perish. 

Jean Francois Revel 

Disraeli. 

Stanley Weintraub 

Brute Force: Allied Strategy Tactics WWII. 
John Ellis 

The Concentration Camps in South Africa. 
Napier Davitt 

The Times History of the War in South Africa. 
Sampson Low 7 Vols. 

The Organization's Man 
Jorgen Schleiman 1965 



Stalin and German Communism 
Jorgen Schleiman 1948 




279 

Willi Munzenberg A Political Biography 
Babetta Gross 1974 

Propaganda Technique in the World War 
Harold Lowell 

The Propaganda Menace 
Frederick E. Lumley 1933 

History of the Russian Communist Party 
Leonard Schapiro 1960 

Neue Zurcher Zeitung 
December 21, 1957 

The Bolshevik Rise to Power and the November 

Revolution 

A.P. Kerensky 1935 

Ten Days That Shook The World 
John Reed 1919 





Skip to main content

Full text of “The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations

See other formats

 

The 

Tavistock Institute 
Of Human Relations: 

Shaping t he Moral. Spiritual, Cultural Political, and 
Economic Decline of The United States of America. 



THE TAVISTOCK INSTITUTE FOR HUMAN RELATIONS: 

Shaping the Moral, Spiritual, Cultural, Political and Economic Decline of 
the United States. 

The Tavistock Institute for Human Relations has had a profound effect on 
the moral, spiritual, cultural, political and economic policies of the United 
States of America and Great Britain. It has been in the front line of the 
attack on the U.S. Constitution and State constitutions. No group did 
more to propagandize the U.S. to participate in the WWI at a time when 
the majority of the American people were opposed to it. 

Much the same tactics were used by the Social Science scientists at 
Tavistock to get the United States into WWII, Korea, Vietnam, Serbia 
and both wars against Iraq. Tavistock began as a propaganda creating and 
disseminating organization at Wellington House in London in the run-up 
to WWI, what Toynbee called "that black hole of disinformation." On 
another occasion Toynbee called Wellington House "a lie factory." From 
a somewhat crude beginning, Wellington House evolved into the 
Tavistock Institute and went on to shape the destiny of Germany, Russia, 
Britain and the United States in a highly controversial manner. The 
people of these nations were unaware that they were being 
"brainwashed." The origin of "mind control," "inner directional 
conditioning" and mass "brainwashing" is explained in an easy to 
understand book written with great authority. 

The fall of dynasties, the Bolshevik Revolution, WWI and WWII saw the 
destruction of old alliances and boundaries, the convulsions in religion, 
morals, family life, economic and political conduct, decadence in music 
and art can all be traced back to mass indoctrination (mass brainwashing) 
practiced by the Tavistock Institute Social Science scientists. Prominent 
among Tavistock's faculty were Edward Bernays, the double nephew of 
Sigmund Freud. It is said that Herr Goebbels, Propaganda Minister in the 
German Third Reich used methodology devised by Bernays as well as 
those of Willy Munzenberg, whose extraordinary career is touched upon 
in this work about the past, present and future. Without Tavistock, there 
would have been no WWI and WWII, no Bolshevik Revolution, Korea, 
Vietnam, Serbia and Iraq wars. But for Tavistock, the United States 
would not be rushing down the road to dissolution and collapse. 




V 



Contents 

FORWARD 

1. Founding the World's Premiere Brainwashing Institute 1 

2. Europe falls off the precipice 9 

3. How "times" were made to change 13 

4. Social engineering and the Social scientist 19 

5. Do we have what H.G. Wells called "An Invisible 
Government?" 25 

6. Mass communications ushers in the polling industry 29 

7. The making of public opinion 33 

8. Degrading women and decline of moral standards 37 

9. How individuals and groups react to blending fact with Fiction 
41 

10. Polling comes of age 47 

1 1 . The paradigm shift in education 5 1 



12. Lewin's doctrine of "identity change" 57 




VI 



13. The Induced Decline of Western Civilization between two 
World Wars 61 

14. America is not a "Homeland" 69 

15. The Media's role in propaganda 79 
16.Scientific propaganda can deceive the very elect 85 

17. Propaganda and Psychological Warfare 89 

18. Wilson gets the U.S. into WWI, thanks to propaganda 95 
19. Is history being repeated? The case of Lord Bryce 99 

20. The Black Art of successful Lying: Gulf War 1991. 109 

21. The Soldiers Memorial and WWI cemeteries 113 

22. Peace is not Popular 121 

23. The Tavistock Institute: Britain's Control of the U.S. 133 

24. Brainwashing saves a U.S. President 145 

25. Tavistock's assault on the U.S. 153 

26. How mediocre politicians, actors and singers are "puffed." 
157 




VII 



27. The Tavistock formula that got the U.S. into WWII 165 

28. How Tavistock makes well people sick 173 

29. Topological psychology gets the U.S. into the war in Iraq 
183 

30. My choice of candidate, not my choice 195 

31. Zero Growth in Agriculture and Industry: Americas Post 
Industrial Society 207 

32. Exposing the upper level parallel secret 
government 213 

33. Interpol in the U.S.: 

Its origin and purpose exposed 22 1 

34. The Cults of the East India Company 233 

35. The Music Industry: 

Mind control, Propaganda and War 243 




vm 



Acknowledgements 

My very great debt - an immense one - for the help, 
encouragement and hard and long hours, sound criticism and 
encouragement on this book that my wife Lena, and our son 
John provided at every stage of its preparation, including 
suggestions for the cover design, research and proof reading. 

I also owe a debt of gratitude to Dana Fames for his untiring 
computer work and technical assistance; to Ann Louise 
Gittleman, and James Templeton, who encouraged me to 
write this book and gave me no peace until I began it; to 
Renee and Grant Magan for doing the daily work, leaving me 
free to concentrate on writing. My particular thanks also to 
Dr. Kinne McCabe and Mike Granston whose faithful and 
steadfast support was a key factor in enabling me to finish 
the work. 




IX 



The Tavistock Institute of Human 
Relations: Shaping the 

Moral, Spiritual, Cultural, Political and 
Economic Decline of the United States of 
America. 



FORWARD. 

The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations was unknown to 
the people of the United States before Dr. Coleman exposed 
its existence in his monograph, The Tavistock Institute of 
Human Relations: Britain's Control of the United States. Up 
to that time, Tavistock had successfully retained its secretive 
role in shaping the affairs of the United States, its 
government and its people since its early beginning in 
London, in 1913 at Wellington House. 

Since Dr. Coleman's original article exposing this ultra- 
secret organization, others have come forward with claims 
of authorship, which they were unable to substantiate. 

Tavistock began as a propaganda creating and disseminating 
organization centered at Wellington House, which was where 
the original organization was put together with intent of 
shaping a propaganda outlet that would break down the stiff 
public resistance being encountered to the looming war 
between Britain and Germany. 




X 

The project was given to Lords Rothmere and Northcliffe and 
their mandate was to produce an organization capable of 
manipulating public opinion and directing that manufactured 
opinion down the desired pathway to support for a declaration 
of war by Great Britain against Germany. 

Funding was provided by the British royal family, and later by 
the Rothschilds to whom Lord Northcliffe was related through 
marriage. Arnold Toynbee was selected as Director of Future 
Studies. Two Americans, Walter Lippmann and Edward 
Bemays were appointed to handle the manipulation of 
American public opinion in preparation for the entry of the 
United States into WWI, and to brief and direct President 
Woodrow Wilson. 

From a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House, 
grew an organization that was to shape the destiny of 
Germany, Britain and more especially the United States in 
manner that became a highly sophisticated organization to 
manipulate and create public opinion, what is commonly 
termed, "mass brainwashing." 

During the course of its evolvement, Tavistock expanded in 
size and ambition, when in 1937, a decision was made to use 
the German author Oswald Spengler's monumental work, 
Untergange des Abenlandes (The Decline of Western 
Civilization) as a model. 

Previously, Wellington House board members Rothmere, 
Northcliffe, Lippmann, and Bernays had read and proposed 
as a guide the writings of Correa Moylan Walsh, in 
particular, the book The Climax of Civilization (1917) as 
corresponding closely to conditions that had to be created 
before a New World Order in a One World Government 
could be ushered in. 




XI 

In this endeavor the members of the board consulted with the 
British royal family and obtained the approval of the 
"Olympians" (the inner core of the Committee of 300) to 
formulate a strategy. Funding was provided by the monarchy, 
the Rothschilds, the Milner Group and the Rockefeller family 
trusts. 

In 1936, Spengler's monumental work had come to the 
attention of what had become the Tavistock Institute. In 
preparation for changing and reshaping public opinion for the 
second time in less than twelve years, by unanimous consent 
of the board, Spengler's massive book was adopted as the 
blueprint for a new working model to bring about the decline 
and fall of Western civilization necessary to create and 
establish a New World Order inside a One World 
Government. 

Spengler held it bound to happen that alien elements would be 
introduced into Western civilization in increasing numbers, 
and that the West would fail at that time to expel the aliens, 
thereby sealing its fate, a society, whose inward beliefs and 
sound convictions would become at variance with its outward 
profession and thus Western civilization would fall by the 
wayside in the manner of the ancient civilizations of Greece 
and Rome. 

Tavistock thinking was that Spengler had indoctrinated 
Western civilization to believe that it would err on the side of 
Roman civilization, and expel the aliens. The genetic loss 
that has fallen upon Europe-and especially on Scandinavia, 
England, Germany, France-(the Anglo-Saxon, Nordic Alpine 
Germanic races) that began just before the Second World War 
is already so great as to be beyond expectations, and 
continues at an alarming pace under the skilled guidance of 
the Tavistock managers. 




XII 



What was a very rare instance became a common occurrence, 
a black man married to a white women or vice-versa. 

The two World Wars cost the German nation almost one 
quarter of its population. Most of the intellectual energies of 
the German nation were diverted into war channels in defense 
of the Fatherland at the expense of science, arts, literature, 
music and the cultural, spiritual and moral advancement of 
the nation. The same could be said of the British nation. The 
blaze kindled by the British under the direction of Tavistock 
set all of Europe on fire, and did incalculable damage 
according to the Tavistock blueprint that matched Spengler's 
predictions. 

Classical and Western are the only two civilizations that 
could bring a modem renaissance to the world. They had 
flourished and progressed just as long as these civilizations 
remained under the control of the Anglo-Saxon Nordic 
Alpine, Germanic races. The unsurpassed beauty of their 
literature, art, their classics, spiritual and moral advancement 
of the female sex with a very large corresponding degree of 
protection, was what distinguished Western and Classic 
civilizations from others. 

It was this bastion that Spengler saw coming under increasing 
attack and the thinking at Tavistock ran on parallel tracks, but 
with a totally different goal. Tavistock saw this civilizations a 
stumbling block to ushering a New World Order, as did the 
emphasis on protection and elevation of the female sex to a 
place of high respect and honor. 




xm 

Thus the whole thrust of Tavistock was to "democratize" the 
West by an attack on womanhood, and the racial, moral, 
spiritual and religious foundation upon which Western 
civilization rested. 

As Spengler suggested, the Greeks and Romans were devoted 
to the social, religious, moral and spiritual advancement and 
the preservation of womanhood and they were successful for 
just as long as they were in control and could arrange matters 
so that government was carried out by a limited number of 
responsible citizens supported by the general populace below 
them, all being of the same pure unadulterated race. The 
planners at Tavistock saw that the way to upset the balance of 
Western civilization was to force unwelcome changes in the 
race by removing control from the deserving to the 
undeserving in the manner of ancient Roman leaders who 
were supplanted by their former slaves and aliens, whom they 
had permitted to come and dwell among them. 

Tavistock, by 1937, had come a long way from its 
Wellington House beginnings and the successful propaganda 
campaign that had turned the British public from being 
strongly anti-war in 1913 to willing participants through the 
arts of manipulation with the willing cooperation of news 
communications media. 

The technique was carried across the Atlantic in 1916 to 
manipulate the American people to support of the war in 
Europe. In spite of the fact that the vast majority, including at 
least 50 U.S. Senators were adamantly opposed to the U.S. 
getting dragged into what they perceived was essentially a 
quarrel between Britain and France on the one hand, and 
Germany on the other, largely over trade and economics, the 
conspirators were undeterred. At that point Wellington House 
introduced the word, "Isolationists" as a 




XIV 

derogatory description of those Americans who opposed U.S. 
participation in the war. The use of such words and phrases 
has proliferated under the expert brainwashing of the Social 
sciences scientists at Tavistock. Terms like "regime change," 
"collateral damage" became almost new English language. 

With the Tavistock plan modified to suit American 
conditions, Bemays and Lippmann led President Woodrow 
Wilson to set up the very first Tavistock methodology 
techniques for polling (manufacturing) so-called public 
opinion created by Tavistock propaganda. They also taught 
Wilson to set up a secret body of "managers" to run the war 
effort and a body of "advisors" to assist the President in his 
decision-making. The Creel Commission was the first such 
body of opinion-makers set up in the United States. 

Woodrow Wilson was the first American president to 
publicly proclaim himself in favor of a Socialist New World 
Order inside a Socialist One World Government. His 
remarkable acceptance of the New World Order is found in 
his book The New Freedom. 

We say "his" book, but actually, it was written by Socialist 
William B. Hayle. Wilson denounced capitalism. "It is 
contrary to the common man and it has brought stagnation to 
our economy," Wilson wrote. 

Yet, at the time, the United States economy was enjoying 
prosperity and industrial expansion as it had never 
experienced before in its history: 

"We stand in the presence of a revolution — not a bloody 
revolution, America is not given to spilling blood — but a 
silent revolution, whereby America will insist upon 
recovering to practice those ideals which she has always 




XV 



professed, upon securing a government devoted to the 
general and not the special interests. We are upon the 
threshold of a time when the systematic life of the country 
will be sustained or at least supplemented at every point by 
government activity. And now we have to determine what 
kind of a government activity it shall be; whether, in the first 
place, it shall be directed from government itself, or whether 
it shall be indirect, through instrumentalities which have 
already constituted themselves and which stand ready to 
supersede government." 

While the U.S. was still a neutral power under the Wilson 
presidency, Wellington House poured out a cadence of lies 
about Germany, and what a threat it was to America. 

We are reminded of the statement made by Bakunin in 1814 
as it tied in so well with the outrageous propaganda that 
Wilson made use of to bolster his case: 

"Lying by diplomacy: Diplomacy has no other mission. 
Every time a State wants to declare war upon another State, 
it starts off by launching a manifesto addressed not only to 
its own subjects but also to the whole world. 

In this manifesto it declares that right and justice are on its side 
and endeavors to prove that it is actuated by love of peace 
and humanity (and democracy), and that, imbued with 
generous and peaceful sentiments, it suffered for a long time 
in silence until mounting iniquity of its enemy forced it to 
bare its sword. " 

"At the same time it vows that, disdainful of all material 
conquest and not seeking any increase in territory, it will put 
an end to this war as soon as justice is reestablished. And its 
antagonist's answer with a similar manifesto, in which, 
naturally, right, justice and humanity and all 




XVI 

generous sentiments are to be found respectively on its side. 
These mutually opposed manifestos are written with the same 
eloquence, they breath the same righteous indignation, and 
one is just as sincere as the other, that is to say they are both 
brazen in their lies, and it is only fools who are deceived by 
them. Sensible persons, all those who have some political 
experience do not even take the trouble of reading such 
manifestos." 

President Wilson's statements just before he went to the 
Congress to request a constitutional declaration of war 
embodies every one of Bakunin's sentiments. 

He was "lying by diplomacy" and he used the gross 
propaganda manufactured at Wellington House to inflame the 
American public by tales of atrocities committed by the 
German Army in its march across Belgium in 1914. As we 
shall discover, it was, for the most part, a gigantic lie passed 
off as truth. 

I remember looking through a large stack of old newspapers 
at the British Museum where I spent five years doing in- 
depth research. The papers covered the years 1912 to 1920. 

I recall thinking at the time: "Isn't it amazing that the rush to 
the New World Order Socialist totalitarian government 
should be led by the United States, supposedly a bastion of 
freedom?" 

Then, as I recall, it came to me with great clarity that the 
Committee of 300 has its people at the highest and lowest 
echelons embedded in the U.S., in banking, industry, trade, 
defense, the State Department and indeed in the very White 
House, not to mention the Elite Club called the U.S. Senate, 
which in my view is a forum for pushing the New World 
Order." 




xvn 



I recall thinking that President Wilson's propaganda blast 
against Germany and the Kaiser (actually the product of 
Rothschild agents Lords Northcliffe and Rothmere, and the 
Wellington House propaganda factory) was not much 
different to the "contrived situation" of Pearl Harbor, the 
Gulf of Tonkin "incident" and looking back now I can see no 
difference between the propaganda lies about the brutality 
of German soldiers allegedly chopping off the arms and legs 
of little Belgian children in 1914, than the methods used to 
get the American people duped and doped into allowing the 
Bush administration to invade Iraq. Whereas in 1914 it was 
the Kaiser who was a "brute savage," a "ruthless murderer", 
a "monster", the "Butcher of Berlin", in 2002 it was 
President Hussein who was all of these things and a whole 
lot more, including the "Butcher of Baghdad!" Poor duped, 
deluded, deceived, connived, trustful, America! When will 
you ever learn? 

In 1917 the New World Order agenda was being rushed 
through the House and Senate by Woodrow Wilson, and 
President Bush forced the New World Order agenda for Iraq 
through the House and Senate in 2002 without debate, an 
exercise in arbitrary power and a gross violation of the U.S. 
Constitution for which the American people are paying a 
huge price. But the American people are suffering from toxic 
shock induced by the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations 
and the American people are in a state of sleepwalking and 
without leadership. 

They do not know what the price is and do not care to find 
out. The Committee of 300 continues to rule the United 
States, just as it did in the Wilson and Roosevelt 
presidencies, while the American people were distracted with 
"bread and circuses" only today it is baseball, football, endless 
Hollywood, and Social Security. Nothing has changed. 




xvm 

The United States, harried, hounded, pushed and shoved is 
headed of a fast track to the New World Order, propelled 
along by the Radical Republicans of the War Party who have 
been taken over by the scientists at the Tavistock Institute for 
Human Relations. 

Just recently I was asked by a subscriber "where do we find 
the Tavistock Institute?" My response was: "Look around the 
U.S. Senate, the House of Representatives, the White House, 
the State Department, the Defense Department, Wall Street, 
Fox T.V. (Faux T.V.) and you will see their change agents in 
every one of these places." 

President Wilson was the first U.S. president to "manage" the 
war through a civilian committee guided and directed by the 
Bemays and Lippmann from Wellington House, to which we 
have already made mention. 

The resounding success of Wellington House and its 
enormous influence on the course of American history began 
before that in 1913. Wilson had spent almost a year tearing 
down the protective trade tariffs that had defended the 
American domestic markets from being overwhelmed by 
"Free Trade," essentially the practice of allowing cheap 
British goods made with cheap labor in India to flood the 
American market. On October 12, 1913 Wilson signed the bill 
that was the beginning of the end of the unique American 
middle class, long the target of the Fabian Socialists. The bill 
was described as a measure to "adjust tariffs," but it would 
have been accurate to describe it as a bill to "destroy tariffs." 

Such was the hidden power of Wellington House that the vast 
majority of the American people accepted this lie, not 
knowing or realizing that it was a death knell for American 
commerce that would lead to NAFTA, GATT and the 




XIX 



World Trade Organization (WTO). Even more astonishing 
was the acceptance of the Federal Income Tax Act that was 
passed on September 5, 1913, to replace trade tariffs as the 
source of revenue for the Federal Government. Income Tax is 
a Marxist doctrine not found in the U.S. Constitution 
anymore than the Federal Reserve Bank is found in the 
Constitution. Wilson called his twin blows against the 
Constitution, "a fight for the people, and for free business," 
and said he was proud to have taken "part in the completion of 
a great piece of business..." The Federal Reserve Act, 
explained by Wilson as "reconstructing the Nation's banking 
and currency system" was rushed through on a flood-tide of 
propaganda emanating from Wellington House, just in time 
for the hostilities that began the horror of WWI. 

Most historians are agreed that without passage of the Federal 
Reserve Bank Act, Ford Grey would not have been able to 
start that terrible conflagration. 

The deceptive language of the Federal Reserve Act was 
under the guidance of Bemays and Fippman who set up a 
"National Citizen's Feague" with the notorious Samuel 
Untermeyer as its chairman, to promote the Federal Reserve 
Bank, that secured control of the people's money and 
currency and transferred it to a private monopoly without the 
victim's consent. 

One of the most interesting pieces of history surrounding the 
imposition of the foreign financial slavery measure was that 
before it was sent to Wilson for his signature, a copy was 
given to the sinister Colonel Edward Mandel House as the 
representative of Wellington House and the British oligarchy 
represented by the banker, J.P. Morgan. 




XX 



As to the American people, in whose name the disastrous 
measure was instituted, they had not the faintest idea how 
they had been connived, cheated, lied to and utterly deceived. 
An instrument of slavery was fastened around their necks 
without the victims ever becoming aware of it. 

Wellington House methodology was at its height when 
Wilson was coached in how to persuade Congress to declare 
war on Germany, although he had won election on the 
solemn promise to keep America out of the war then raging 
in Europe, a great triumph for the new art of public opinion 
making. It was just that - the poll questions were shaded in 
such away that the answers reflected the opinions of the 
public; not their understanding of the questions, nor their 
understanding of the processes of political science. 

A thorough search and reading of the Congressional Records 
from 1910 to 1920 by this writer showed very clearly that had 
Wilson not signed the iniquitous "currency reform" bill on 
December 23, 1913, the upper-level parallel secret 

government of the United States foretold by H.G. Wells 
would not have been able to commit the vast resources of the 
United States to the war in Europe. 

The House of Morgan representing the "Olympians" of the 
Committee of 300, and its all powerful City of London 
financial nexus, played a leading role in shaping the "U.S. 
Federal Reserve Banks," which were neither "Federal" nor 
"banks," but a private money-generating monopoly fastened 
around the necks of the American people whose money was 
now free to be stolen on an unimaginable scale, making them 
slaves of the New World Order inside the coming One World 
Government. The Great Depression of the 1930s was the 
second major catastrophic bill the American people had to 
pay, the first being World War I. (See Appendix) 




XXI 



Those who read this book as a first introduction to the New 
World Order inside a One World Government will be 
skeptical; but consider that no less a personage than the great 
Sir Harold Mackinder did not hide his beliefs about its 
coming. 

More than that, he gave notice that it might be a dictatorship. 
Sir Harold had an impressive resume (CV) having been 
Professor of Geography at the University of London; a 
director of the London School of Economics from 1903-1908 
and a Member of Parliament from 1910-1922. He was also a 
close associate of Arnold Toynbee one of the leading lights at 
Wellington House. He had correctly predicted a core of 
startling geopolitical events, many of them actually coming 
to pass. 

One such "prophecy" was the founding of two Germanys, the 
Social Democratic Republic of Germany and the Federal 
Republic of Germany. Critics suggested that he got the 
information from Toynbee; that it was merely the long range 
planning of the Committee of 300 that Toynbee knew about. 

After Wellington House, Toynbee moved to the Royal 
Institute for International Affairs (RIIA), and then to London 
University where he held the chair for International History. 
In his book, America and World Revolution he said: 

"If we are to avoid mass-suicide, we must have our world- 
state quickly and this probably means that we must have it in 
a non-democratic form to begin with. We will have to start 
building a world-state now on the best design that is 
practicable at the moment." 




XXII 

Toynbee went on in a forthright manner saying this "world 
dictatorship" would have to supplant "the local national states 
which litter the present political map." 

The new world-state was to be brought about on the basis of 
mass mind control and propaganda that would make it 
acceptable. I explained in my book The Committee of 300, 
that Bernays "blew the whistle" on polling in his 1923 and 
1928 books, Propaganda, and Crystallizing Public Opinion. 

This was followed by Engineering Consent: 

Self-preservation, ambition, pride, hunger, love of family and 
children, patriotism, imitativeness, the desire to be a leader, 
love of play-these and other drives are the psychological raw 
materials which every leader must take into account in his 
endeavor to win the public to his point of view... To maintain 
their self-assurance, most people need to feel certain that 
whatever they believe about anything is true. 

These revealing works are examined and we should add that 
in writing them, the Tavistock hierarchy apparently felt secure 
enough to gloat over their control of the United States and 
Great Britain that had blossomed into an open conspiracy 
along the lines first suggested by H.G. Wells. 

With the advent of Wellington House, funded by the British 
monarchy and later by Rockefeller, Rothschild and the 
United States, Western civilization entered into the first 
phase of a plan that would provide a secret government to 
rule the world, namely, the Committee of 300. 




XXIII 

Tavistock Institute of Human Relations was its creation. As 
this book is not about the Committee of 300, we would 
suggest that readers obtain copies of the first and second 
book, The Committee of 300. 

The "300's" carefully structured blueprint has been followed 
to the letter and today as we reach the end of 2005, looking 
back it is fairly easy for knowledgeable persons to trace the 
course that was laid out for Western civilization and to mark 
its progression to the point where we are today. This book is 
an attempt to do just that. 




1 



CHAPTER 1 

Founding the World's Premiere Brainwashing Institute 

From its modest but vitally important beginning at 
Wellington House, the Tavistock Institute for Human 
Relations expanded rapidly to become the world's premier 
top-secret "brainwashing" institute." How this rapid 
progression was accomplished needs to be explained. 

The modern science of mass manipulation of public opinion 
was bom at Wellington House, Fondon, the lusty infant being 
midwifed by Ford Northcliffe and Ford Rothmere. 

The British monarchy, Ford Rothschild, and the Rockefellers 
were responsible for funding the venture. The papers we were 
privileged to examine showed that the purpose of those at 
Wellington House was to effect a change in the opinion of 
the British people who were adamantly opposed to war with 
Germany, a formidable task that was accomplished by 
"opinion making" through polling. The staff consisted of 
Arnold Toynbee, a future director of studies at the Royal 
Institute of International Affairs (RIIA), Fords Norhcliffe, 
and the Americans, Walter Fippmann and Edward Bemays. 

Bemays was born in Vienna on November 22, 1891. As the 
nephew of Sigmund Freud the father of psychoanalysis, 
regarded by many as "the father of public relations" although 
the title properly belongs to Willy Munzenberg. Bemays 
pioneered the use of psychology and other social sciences to 
shape and form public opinion so that the public thought such 
manufactured opinions were their own. 




2 



"If we understand the mechanism and motives of the group 
mind, it is now possible to control and regiment the masses 
according to our will without them knowing it." Bernays 
postulated. He called this technique "Engineering Consent. 
One of his best-known techniques of achieving this goal was 
the indirect use of what he called third party authorities to 
shape the desired opinions: "If you can influence the leaders, 
either with or without their conscious cooperation, you 
automatically influence the group which they sway. This 
technique he called "opinion making." 

Perhaps we can now begin to understand how it was that 
Wilson, Roosevelt, Clinton, Bush the elder and the younger 
could so easily lead American into disastrous wars in which 
its people should never have become involved. 

The joint British and American participants concentrated 
their efforts on techniques as yet not tried out, to mobilize 
support for the war looming on the horizon. 

As previously stated, the British people did not want war, and 
said so, but Toynbee, Lippmann and Bemays expected to 
change that by applying techniques designed to manipulate 
public opinion through the use of polling. Herein we provide 
a review of the methods that were devised and executed to 
bring Great Britain and the United States into the First World 
War, plus the techniques that were put into practice between 
the two World Wars and beyond. As will be seen propaganda 
was to play a major role. 

One of the main objectives at Tavistock was to achieve the 
degradation of women. Tavistock recognized that Jesus 
Christ has brought a new place of respect in the order of 
civilization to womanhood, which prior to his coming had 
not been present. 




3 



After Christ's ministry, womanhood gained a respect and a 
high place in society absent from pre-Christian civilizations. 
Of course it can be argued that such an elevated status existed 
in the Greek and Roman empires, and that would be true to a 
certain extent, but not to the extent that womanhood was 
elevated in post-Christ society. 

Tavistock sought to change that and the process began 
immediately after WWI. The Eastern Orthodox Church 
which the Rus (Viking) princes of Moscow brought back 
from Constantinople, revered and respected womanhood, and 
their experience with the Khazarians whom they 
subsequently defeated and drove out of Russia, left them 
determined to protect womanhood in Russia. 

The founder of the Romanov dynasty, Michael Romanov was 
the scion of a noble family that had defended Russia on the 
basis of a Christian country. From 1613 the Romanovs 
sought to ennoble Russia and imbue it with a great spirit of 
Christianity, which meant also, protection for and the 
honoring of Russian womanhood. 

The Princes of Moscow under Prince Dimitri Donskoi earned 
the unremitting hatred of the Rothschilds for Russia because 
of Donskoi's defeat and expulsion of the Khazarian hordes 
that inhabited the lower-regions of the Volga. This barbaric 
warrior nation of mysterious Indo-Turk origin, had adopted 
the Judaic religion on passage of a decree by King Bulant 
after the religion was approved by the chief Khazarian 
soothsayer-magician-sorcerer, David el-Roi. 

It was el Roi's personal flag, now called the "Star of David" 
that became the official flag of the Khazarian nation when 
they settled in Poland after being forced out of Russia. 




4 



The flag was adopted by the Zionists as their standard and is 
still mistakenly called the "Star of David." Christians make 
the error of confusion linking it with the Old Testament King 
David, when in fact there is no relation between the two. 

The hatred of Russia was compounded in 1612 when the 
Romanov dynasty led a Russian Army against Poland taking 
back large parts of Poland that had formerly belonged to 
Russia. 

The principal architect of enmity brought to bear against 
Russia was the Rothschild dynasty and it was this burning 
hatred that Tavistock used and channeled in its plan to 
destroy Western civilization. 

The first opportunity created by Tavistock came in 1905 with 
the attack by the Japanese Navy that completely surprised the 
Russian Fleet. The exercise was ban kr olled by Jacob Schiff, 
the Wall Street banker, who was related to Rothschild. 

The defeat of the Russian fleet at Port Arthur in a surprise 
attack marked the beginning of the pall of gloom that was 
about to roll in over Christian Europe. The Rockefeller 
Standard Oil Group directed by Tavistock and with the aid of 
the "300" engineered the Russo-Japanese War. The money 
used to finance the operation came from Jacob Schiff, but 
was actually provided by the Rockefeller General Education 
Board, whose outward purpose was to finance Negro 
education. All of the propaganda and advertising for the 
board was written and crafted by the Social scientists at 
Tavistock, which was then called "Wellington House." 




5 



In 1941 another Rockefeller front organization, the Institute 
for Pacific Relations (IPR) gave large sums to its Japanese 
counterpart in Tokyo. The money was then funneled to a 
member of the imperial family by Richard Sorge, a Russian 
master-spy, for the purposes of inducing Japan to attack the 
United States at Pearl Harbor. Again, Tavistock was the 
originator of all of IPR's publications. 

Although it was not yet evident, as Spengler was to mention 
in his monumental work, published in 1936, it marked the 
beginning of the end of the old order. Contrary to most 
establishment accounts of history, the "Russian" revolution 
was not a Russian revolution at all, but a foreign ideology 
backed primarily by the Committee of 300 and its arm, the 
Tavistock Institute, that was violently forced upon a startled, 
unprepared and dismayed Romanov family. 

It was political warfare, low grade warfare and psychological 
warfare in which Tavistock had become well versed. 

As Winston Churchill was to remark: "They transported 
Lenin in a sealed truck like a plague bacillus from 
Switzerland into Russia," and then once established "Lenin 
and Trotsky seized Russia by the hair of its head." 

Much has been written (but nearly always in passing as if it is 
a mere postscript to history) about the "sealed truck," "sealed 
car," "sealed train," that transported Lenin and his Bolshevik 
revolutionaries safely through the midst of war-tom Europe 
and deposited them in Russia, there to begin their imported 
Bolshevik Revolution so mistakenly termed the "Russian 
Revolution." 




6 



Documents the author was privileged to study at Wellington 
House and what was revealed in the Arnold Toynbee papers 
and Bruce Lockhart's private papers, led to the conclusion 
that without Toynbee, Bruce Lockhart of MI6 British 
intelligence and without the complicity of at least five 
European nations, ostensibly loyal and friendly with the 
Court at St. Petersburg, the merciless Bolshevik Revolution 
would have been still-bom. 

As this account must of necessity be limited to Tavistock's 
participation in the affair, it will not be as a complete account 
of the skullduggery we would liked to have presented. 
According to Milner's private papers his aides through 
Tavistock contacted a fellow Socialist Fritz Platten. (Milner 
was a leading Fabian Socialist although he scorned Sydney 
and Beatrice Webb.) It was Platten, who planned the logistics 
of the trip and oversaw it until the revolutionaries arrived in 
Petrograd. 

This was confirmed and borne out by the Wilhelmstrasse 
Files the majority of which we were able to gain access to, 
which files were open to certain people qualified to read 
them. They tallied fairly closely with Bruce Fockhart's 
account in his private papers as well as what Ford Alfred 
Milner had to say about the underhand affair that betrayed 
Russia. It appeared that Milner had many contacts among the 
Bolshevik expatriates among them, Fenin. It was to Ford 
Milner that Fenin went, when he needed money for the 
Revolution. Armed with a letter of introduction from Platten, 
Fenin met with Ford Milner and laid down his plan for the 
overthrow of the Romanov's and Christian Russia. 

Milner agreed on condition that he could send his agent 
Bruce Fockhart of MI6 to supervise the day-to-day affairs 
and report back on Fenin. 




7 



Lord Rothschild and the Rockefellers demanded that they be 
allowed to send Sydney Reilly to Russia to supervise transfer 
of Russia's natural resources and the gold rubles held in the 
Central Bank to London. This was agreed to by Lenin, and 
later Trotsky. 

To seal the bargain, Lord Milner, on behalf of the 
Rothschilds, gave Lenin 60 millions pounds in gold 
sovereigns while the Rockefellers contributed around $40 
million dollars. 

Countries in complicity with the "sealed train" affair were 
Great Britain, Germany, Finland, Switzerland and Sweden. 
While the United States was not directly involved, it must 
have been aware of what was going on. After all, on the 
orders of President Wilson, a brand new American passport 
was issued to Leon Trotsky, (whose real name was Lev 
Bronstein) so that he could travel in peace, although Trotsky 
was not a U.S. citizen. 

Lenin and his compatriots were provided with a private well- 
appointed rail carriage by the top German government 
functionaries and always kept locked by agreements with 
stations along the line. Platten was in charge and he laid 
down the rules for the trip, some of which are listed in the 
Wilhelmstrasse Files: 

The carriage was to remain locked for the entire trip. 

No one could board the carriage without Platten's 
permission. 

The train would have extra territorial status. 

No passports were to be asked at borders. 

Tickets would be bought at regular prices. 

No "security issues" to be raised by the military or police 
of any country en-route. 




8 



According to the Wilhelmstrasse Files, the trip was 
authorized and approved by General Ludendorff and Kaiser 
Wilhelm. Ludendorff went so far as to say that if Sweden 
refused to let the Bolsheviks pass, he would guarantee them 
passage into Russia through the German lines! As it turned 
out, the Swedish Government raised no objection and neither 
did the Finnish Government. 

One of the notable revolutionaries, who joined the train when 
it arrived at the German frontier with Switzerland, was 
Radek, who was to play a leading role in the bloody 
Bolshevik Revolution. There were some lighter moments too. 
The Wilhelmstrasse Files describe how the carriage missed 
its engine at Frankfurt, resulting in it being shunted to and fro 
for about 8 hours. 

The party had to de-train in the German Baltic town of 
Sasnitz where they were accorded "decent accommodation" by 
the German Government. The Swedish Government kindly 
gave them ferry transport to Malmo, from where they sailed 
to Stockholm, where "nice" accommodation awaited the 
Bolshevik party for an overnight layover and then it was on 
to the Finnish border. 

There, the intrepid Platten left the high-spirited party and the 
final journey into Russia was made by train to Petrograd. 
Thus an epic journey that began in Zurich, Switzerland, 
ended in Petrograd. Lenin had arrived on the scene and 
Russia was about to be brought low. And throughout, 
Bemays and Lippmann and their associates at Wellington 
House (Tavistock) kept up a steady flow of brainwashing 
propaganda that it is safe to conclude, duped much of the 
world. 




CHAPTER 2 

Europe falls off the precipice 



9 



Europe after WWI and the close of the Bolshevik Revolution 
was forced to change according to the Tavistock blueprint. 
When, thanks to the British engendered and instigated First 
World War, Europe fell off a precipice into the end of their 
world, or perhaps it might be more appropriate to say, 
shambled along like zombies until the last of the era vanished 
into the darkness of the abyss, the forced changes became 
very much apparent. 

This is not a book about the First World War per se. 
Hundreds of thousands of words have been written about the 
cause and effects of the greatest tragedy ever to befall 
mankind, and yet it has not been adequately addressed and 
probably never will be. One thing that many writers -myself 
included - are agreed on. 

The war was started by Great Britain out of sheer hated of 
Germany's rapid progress toward becoming a major 
economic power in competition against Britain, and Lord 
Edward Grey was the principle architect of the war. 

That it was unpopular and not approved of by a large 
majority of the British people called for "special measures" a 
new department to handle the challenge. In essence, that is 
the reason why Wellington House came into existence. 

From such a small beginning, it progressed into the 
gargantuan Tavistock Institute of Human Relations, by 2005, 
the world's premier brainwashing institution and a most 
sinister force. That it will have to be confronted and put out 
of business if the United States is to survive as a 
constitutional Republic with a Republican form of 
government guaranteed to the 50 States is the considered 




10 

opinion of a number of members of the U.S. Senate, who 
were consulted in preparation for this book, but who asked 
not to be named. 

The aftermath of the First World War and the failed attempts 
to form a League of Nations served only to emphasize the gap 
between the old Western civilization and the new. The 
economic disaster of postwar Germany hung like the smoke 
from a funeral pyre over Western culture adding to the 
dismal, sad and fearful climate that began in the 1920s. 

Historian agree that all of the combatants suffered economic 
ravage of varying degree, although Russia was somewhat 
spared, only to be destroyed by the Bolsheviks, while 
Germany and Austria were the hardest hit. A strange kind of a 
forced gaiety descended on Europe in the 1920s (in which I 
include Britain) and the United States. It was put down to 
"rebellious youth" and people generally being "sick of war 
and politics." In point of fact, people were reacting to the 
long-range penetration and inner-directional conditioning of 
the masters at Tavistock. 

In the period between the end of WWI and 1935, they were 
as much shell-shocked as were the troops who had survived 
the hell of the trenches with shot and shell flying all around 
them, only now, it was economic shot and shell and vast 
changes in social mores that numbed their senses. 

But the end result of the "treatment" was the same. People 
threw discretion to the winds and the moral rot that was set in 
motion in 1918, is ongoing and gathering momentum. In the 
state of forced gaiety, nobody saw the coming of the world 
economic crash and subsequent world depression. 




11 



It is agreed by most historians that this condition was 
engineered and we are led to believe, that Tavistock played a 
role in the feverish publicity campaigns of various factions in 
that period. In support of our contention that the crash and 
depression was a contrived event. See Appendix of Events. 

Spengler foretold what was to happen and as it turns out his 
predictions were amazingly accurate. "Decadent society" and 
"loose women" characterized by the "flappers", and men in 
coats fitted with hip flasks, who demanded and got a 
lessening of female modesty that came in with higher 
hemlines, bobbed hair and excessive make-up, women 
smoking and drinking in public. As money became harder to 
come by and soup kitchen and unemployment lines grew 
longer, hemlines grew shorter, while the writings of Sinclair 
Lewis, F. Scott Fitzgerald, James Joyce and D.H. Lawrence 
drew gasps, the latest Broadway shows and nightclub acts 
revealed a lot more of women's hidden charms than ever 
before, and put them out on public display. 

It was noted by fashion designers in 1919 in the New Yorker 
magazine that "hemlines this year are six inches from the 
ground and very daring." 




CHAPTER 3 

How "times" were made to change 



13 



But that was only the beginning. In 1935 with Hitler rising to 
power, guaranteed by the impossible conditions forced upon 
Germany at Versailles, hemlines were also rising to the dizzy 
height of the knees, except in Germany, where Hitler was 
demanding modesty from German womanhood and getting it, 
along with wholesome respect, which did not suit Tavistock's 
book. 

People who stopped to think at all said they hated the way 
"times are changing," but what they did not and could not 
know was that times were being made to change according to 
a carefully laid out Tavistock formula. Everywhere else in 
Europe and America the revolt was on as "emancipation" 
fever spread. 

In the United States it was silent screen idols who led the 
way, but this was no match with what was happening in 
Europe where every single "pleasure" was being indulged in, 
including homosexuality, that had long been hidden in 
darkness and never mentioned in polite society. 

Homosexuality emerged alongside lesbianism to shock 
disgust, and it seemed, to deliberately affront those who still 
lingered in the old order. 

A study of this aberration showed that homosexuality and 
lesbianism became rampant not out of any inner or latent 
desires, but as a means to "shocking" the old establishment 
with its rigid codes of good order. Music too suffered and 
"went to the dogs" in all manner of jazz and other "decadent" 
forms. 




14 



Tavistock was now in the most crucial stage of developing its 
plan that called for womanhood to be reduced to a lessening 
standard of morality and of feminine behavior never thought 
possible. Nations were in a state of numbness, "shell- 
shocked" by the radical changes forced upon them which 
seemed impossible to stop, in which a complete absence of 
female modesty reflected in learned behavioral attitudes that 
made the 1920s and 1930s, look like a ladies Sunday school 
teacher's convention. There was no stopping the "sexual 
revolution" that swept the world during that era and the 
planned degradation of womanhood that went with it. 

Some voices were heard, notably G.K. Chesterton and 
Oswald Spengler, but it was not enough to blunt the assault 
launched by the Tavistock Institute that had in effect 
"declared war on Western civilization." The effects of "long 
range penetration and inner directional conditioning" were 
everywhere to be observed. The moral, spiritual, racial, 
economic, cultural and intellectual bankruptcy we are in the 
midst of today is not some social phenomenon or the result of 
something abstract or sociological that just "happened". 
Rather it was the outcome of a carefully planned Tavistock 
program. 

What we are seeing is not accidental, some aberration of 
history. Rather it is the end product of a deliberately induced 
social and moral crisis evident everywhere and in such 
personages as Mick Jagger, Oprah Winfrey, Britney Spears, 
"reality" television shows, "music" seemingly an amalgam of 
every base instinct, Fox News (Faux News,) near 
pornographic movies in mainstream theaters, advertising in 
which modesty and decency are cast to the winds, loud 
uncouth behavior in public places, especially in American 
restaurants; Katie Curie and a host other of 




15 



female non-entities suddenly "created" to become highly- 
paid "television anchors" or talk show hosts, all of whom 
have been trained to talk in a hard, grating monotonous 
voices totally lacking in cadence, as if talking through 
clenched jaws, in a manner that is harsh, strident and hard on 
the ears. Whereas television news readers and "anchormen" 
had always been men, suddenly, there were no more than a 
dozen men in the field. 

We see it in non-entity "stars" in the movie industry that 
chum out movies of an increasingly low cultural standard. 
We see it also in the glorification of interracial marriages, 
divorce on demand, abortion, and blatant homosexual and 
lesbian behavior, in the loss of religious beliefs and in 
Western civilization family life. Such "stars" are Ellen 
DeGeneres, who have absolutely no talent and nothing of any 
cultural value to offer, are held up as models for 
impressionable young girls who are increasingly on parade 
with as much as 75 percent of their bodies exposed. We see it 
in a massive increase in drug addiction and all manner of 
social evil as in Canada passing a "law" making homosexual 
and lesbian "marriage" legal under the threadbare guise of 
"civil rights." 

We see it in wholesale corruption of the political system and 
constitutional mayhem where the House and Senate permits 
flagrant violations of the highest law in the land, at every 
level of government and nowhere more so than in the 
Executive branch of government, where every president since 
Roosevelt has taken powers to which the President is not 
entitled. We see it in the illicit taking of war powers by the 
President when such powers are explicitly denied to the 
Executive by the U.S. Constitution. 




16 

We see it in a new dimension of constitutional disobedience 
added to an ugly list of "laws" not empowered by the 
Constitution, one of the most recent and most shocking being 
the U.S. Supreme Court's blatant exceeding of it powers in 
breaking down States rights and electing George Bush, the 
younger as the President. This had to be one of the most 
savage blows struck against the Constitution in the grossest 
contravention of the 10 th Amendment to the U.S. Constitution 
in the history of the United States. Yet, so dazed and shell- 
shocked are the American people that no protest was voiced, 
no mass demonstrations; no calls for the Supreme Court to be 
reined in. In this one incident alone, the power of Tavistock's 
"long range penetration and inner directional conditioning" 
proved to be a huge triumph. 

No, this condition of disintegration of our Republic in which 
we find ourselves in 2005 did not simply evolve; rather it is 
the end product of a carefully planned social engineering 
brainwashing project of immense proportions. The truth is 
reflected in the death throes of what was once the greatest 
nation on Earth. 

The physiological conditioning papers written by the social 
scientists at Tavistock are working well. Your reaction is a 
programmed one. You cannot think in any other way unless 
you make a supreme effort. 

Nor can you take steps to free yourself from this condition 
unless you can first identify the enemy and his plan for the 
dissolution of the United States and Europe in particular and 
the Western world in general. That enemy is called the 
Tavistock Institute for Human Relations and it has been at 
war with Western civilization since its earliest days before it 
found form and substance at Wellington House and from there 
evolved into its present facilities at Sussex University 




17 

and the Tavistock Clinic in London. Before I unmasked this 
institution in 1969, it was unknown in the United States. It is 
without doubt the world's premier brainwashing social 
engineering establishment. 

We shall see what it achieved in its early days in pre-WWI 
England and since then in the run-up to WWII and post 
WWII to the present time. During WWII the Tavistock 
Institute was headquartered at the British Army Physiological 
Warfare Division. We have covered its history during its 
formative years at Wellington House and we now proceed to 
the pre- World War II and post WWII activities. 




CHAPTER 4 

Social engineering and the Social scientists 



19 



Dr. Kurt Lewin was its chief theoretician who specialized in 
the teaching and application of topological psychology, 
which was and remains the most advanced method of 
behavior modification. Lewin was assisted by Major General 
John Rawlings Reese, Eric Trist, W.R. Bion, H.V. Dicks and 
several of the "greats" of brainwashing and social 
engineering like Margaret Meade and her husband, Gregory 
Bateson. Bemays was the top consultant right up to the time 
George Bush was placed in the White House by the Supreme 
Court. We do not want to get too technical and thus will not 
get into specifics of how they applied the Social Scientists 
sciences. Most will accept the generic term of "brainwashing" 
as an overall explanation of the activities of this, the "mother 
of all think tanks." 

It will come as no small surprise to learn that Lewin and his 
team founded the Stanford Research Center, the Wharton 
School of Economics, MIT and the National Institute of 
Mental Health among scores of other institutions fondly 
believed to be "American" institutions. During the course of 
years, the Federal Government contributed millions upon 
millions of dollars to Tavistock and its expanded web of 
interlinking institutions, while corporate America and Wall 
Street came up with matching amounts. 

We make bold to say that without the amazing growth and 
advances techniques for mass brainwashing developed by the 
Tavistock Institute, there would have been no Second World 
War, nor any of the wars that followed, and certainly not the 
two Gulf Wars, the second of which is still raging in 
November 2005. 




20 

By the year 2000 there was hardly any aspect of life in 
America into which Tavistock's tentacles had not reached and 
that included every level of government from local to federal, 
industry, trade, education and the political institutions of the 
nation. Every mental and psychological aspect of the nation 
was analyzed, recorded, profiled and stored in computer 
memory banks. 

What has come out of this is what Tavistock calls "a three- 
system response" and it is how population groups react to 
stress resulting from "contrived situations" that become crisis 
management exercises. What we have in the U.S. and Britain 
is a government, that creates a situation viewed by its citizens 
as a crisis, and government then manages that "crisis." 

An example of a "contrived situation" was the Japanese 
attack on Pearl Harbor in December 1941. The attack on 
Pearl Harbor was "contrived" as previously explained herein 
with the transfer of Rockefeller cash to Richard Sorge the 
master spy, and then to a member of the imperial family to 
prompt Japan to fire the first shots so that the Roosevelt 
administration could take the United States into WWII. 

The economic strangulation of Japan by Britain and the 
United States unilaterally choking off the flow of essential 
raw materials to the island factory that was Japan, had 
reached a point where a decision was made to put an end to it. 

Tavistock played an enormous role in crafting the massive 
wave of anti- Japanese propaganda that swept the United 
States into the war in Europe via war against Japan. 




21 



Unbearable economic pressure was put on Japan while at the 
same time the Roosevelt administration refused to 
"negotiate," until the Tokyo government could see no way 
out but to attack at Pearl Harbor. Roosevelt had conveniently 
obligingly shifted the Pacific Fleet into harm's way by 
moving it from its safe-haven at San Diego to Pearl Harbor, 
for absolutely no valid or strategic reason, thereby placing it 
squarely in reach of the Japanese Navy. 

Another example is more recent; the Gulf War that began 
when a hue and a cry was raised about Iraq's alleged stocks of 
nuclear and chemical weapons, the so-called "weapons of 
mass destruction," (WMD's.) The Bush administration and 
the Blair government knew the issue was a "contrived 
situation" without foundation or merit; they knew that there 
were no such weapons. Indisputable proof existed that 
Hussein's weapons program had been nullified after the 1991 
Gulf War and through continued brutal sanctions. 

In short, the two Western "leaders" were caught out in a web 
of lies, yet such is the power of the Committee of 300 and the 
brainwashing power of Tavistock, that they remained in 
office although it is an accepted fact that because of their lies, 
at least one million Iraqis and more than 2000 American 
servicemen dead and 25,999 wounded (Russia's GRU 
Military Intelligence figures) of which 53 percent are 
maimed, with the cost in monetary terms as of October 2005, 
exceeding $550 billion. 

The Iraqi death toll is the total of both Gulf Wars of which 
the majority are civilians who died from the lack of food, 
clean water and medicine as a result of the criminal sanctions 
imposed by the British and U.S. Governments under cover of 
the U.N. 




22 

In carrying out sanctions against Iraq, the U.N. violated its 
own charter and from then on became a crippled institution 
lacking credibility. 

There is no parallel in history where a man holding the 
highest office was proved to be a liar and deceiver and yet 
could remain in power as if nothing had stained his office, a 
state of affairs that demonstrates the power of the Tavistock 
Institute's "long range penetration and inner conditioning" 
treatment of the American people, that would cause them 
docilely to accept such a turgid, horror-filled situation 
without ever taking to the streets in rage. 

Well did Henry Ford say that "people deserve the 
government they get" if the people do nothing to turn that 
government out of office, such as is the right of the American 
people under their U.S. Constitution, then they deserve to 
have liars and deceivers running their nation and their lives. 

On the other hand, the American people may well be going 
through the one of the three phases of what Dr. Fred Emery, 
at one time the senior psychiatrist at Tavistock, once 
described as "social environmental turbulence." According to 
Emery: "Large populations groups manifest the following 
symptoms when subjected to conditions of violent social 
changes, stress and turbulence which can be divided into 
well-defined categories: 

Superficiality is the condition that manifests itself when the 
threatened population group reacts by adopting shallow 
sloganeering, which they attempt to pass off as ideals." 

Very little "ego investment" takes place making the first 
phase a "maladaptive response" because, as Emery stated, 
"the cause of the crisis is not isolated and identified" and 




23 



the crisis and tension is not abated, but continues for as long 
as the controller want it to last. The second phase of the crisis 
reaction (since the crisis is continuing), is "fragmentation", a 
condition in which panic strikes, "social cohesion" falls apart 
with the result that very small groups form and attempt to 
protect themselves from the crisis with little or no regard for 
the expense or cost to other fragmented, small groups. This 
phase Emery calls "passive maladaption," while still failing to 
identify the cause of the crisis. 

The third phase is when the victims turn away from the 
source of the induced crisis and the resulting tension. They 
take "fantasy trips of internal migration, introspection and 
obsession with self." This is what Tavistock calls 
"disassociation and self realization." Emery goes on to 
explain that "the passive maladaption responses are now 
coupled with "active maladaptive responses." 

Emery states that over the past 50 years that experiments in 
applied social psychology and resultant "crisis management" 
have taken over all aspects of life in America and the results 
are stored in the computers in the major "think tanks" such as 
Stanford University. The scenarios are taken out, used and 
revised from time to time and, according to Tavistock, "the 
scenarios are in operation at the present time." 

Translated this means that Tavistock has the majority of the 
American people profiled and brainwashed. If any part of the 
American public is ever able to identify the cause of the crises 
that have washed over this nation in the past seventy years, 
the social engineering structure built by Tavistock will come 
crashing down. But that has not yet happened. Tavistock 
continues to drown the American public in its sea of created 
public opinion. 




24 

The social engineering developed by the Social Sciences 
scientists at Tavistock has been used as a weapon during this 
century's two world wars, especially World War I. The 
pollsters who developed it have been quite frank that they 
employ on the American population the same devices and 
methods used and experimented with against enemy 
populations. 

Today, the manipulation-by-polls of public opinion has 
become a central technique in the hands of the social 
engineers and controllers of the Social scientists employed at 
Tavistock and its many "think tanks" located all over the 
United States and Britain. 




25 

CHAPTER 5 

Do we have what H.G. Wells called "An Invisible 
Government?" 

As I have previously related, the modem science of making 
public opinion through advanced techniques of manipulating 
mass-opinion began at one of the West's most advanced 
propaganda factory situated in Britain at Wellington House. 
This facility dedicated to social engineering and creating 
public opinion at the commencement of World War I, was 
under the aegis of Lords Rothmere and Northcliffe, and the 
future director of studies of the Royal Institute of 
International Affairs (RIIA), Arnold Toynbee. Wellington 
House had an American Section, whose most prominent 
members were Walter Lippmann and Edward Bemays. As we 
discovered later, Bernays was the nephew of Sigmund Freud, 
a fact carefully hidden from public view. 

Jointly, they centered work on techniques to "mobili z e" 
support for World War I among the masses of people who 
were opposed to war with Germany. The public perception 
was that Germany was a friend of the British people, not an 
enemy and the British people saw no need to fight Germany. 
After all, was it not true that Queen Victoria was the cousin of 
Kaiser Wilhelm II? Toynbee, Lippmann and Bemays worked 
to persuade them that war was necessary, using the techniques 
of the new science through new arts of mass-manipulation via 
the communications media for its propaganda purposes 
tinged with willingness to lie, which was just getting into its 
stride, having learned a great deal of experience during the 
Anglo-Boer War (1899-1902). 

It was not only the British public whose perception of events 
had to be altered, but also a recalcitrant American public. 




26 

To this end Bernays and Lippmann were instrumental in 
getting Woodrow Wilson to establish the Creel Committee, 
which created the first body of methodological techniques for 
dissemination of successful propaganda and for the science 
of polling to secure the "correct" opinion. 

From the beginning the techniques were designed in such a 
way that polling (public opinion-making) was based on one 
obvious, but striking feature: — it was concerned with 
people's opinions, not with their understanding of the 
processes of science. Thus, by intent, the pollsters elevated an 
essentially irrational element of mind to a primary level of 
public focus. This was a conscious decision to undermine the 
grasps of reality of masses of people in an increasingly 
complex industrial society. 

If you have ever watched "Fox News" where viewers are 
given the results of a poll about "what Americans are 
thinking," and then for the next hour found yourself shaking 
your head and wondering what the results of the poll 
reflected about your own thinking processes, then you could 
only have felt more puzzled than ever. 

The key to understanding Fox News and the poll might lie in 
what Lippmann had to say about such matters. In his 1922 
book, Public Opinion, Lippmann outlined Tavistock's 
psychological warfare methodology. 

In an introductory chapter, "The World Outside and the 
Pictures in Our Heads," Lippmann stressed, "that the object 
of study of the public opinion social analyst is reality as 
defined by internal perception or images of that reality. 
Public opinion deals with indirect, unseen, and puzzling 
facts, and there is nothing obvious about them. The situations 
to which public opinions refer are known only as opinions...." 




27 



"The pictures inside the heads of these human beings, the 
pictures of themselves, of others, of their needs, purposes, 
and relationship, are their public opinions. Those pictures, 
which are acted upon by groups of people, or by individuals 
acting in the name of groups, are Public Opinion with capital 
letters. The picture inside so often misleads men in their 
dealings with the world outside." 

From this evaluation, it is easy to take the next decisive step 
made by Bemays, — that the elites who run society can and 
do marshal the resources of mass communications to 
mobilize and alter the "herd" mind. 

One year after Lippmann's book, Bernays authored 
Crystallizing Public Opinion. He followed that in 1928 with 
a book entitled quite simply: Propaganda. 

In the first chapter, "Organizing Chaos" Bemays wrote: 

The conscious and intelligent manipulation of the organized, 
habits and opinions of the masses is an important element in 
democratic society. Those who manipulate this unseen 
mechanism of society constitute an invisible government, 
which is the true ruling power of our country. 

We are governed, our minds are molded, our tastes formed, 
our ideas- suggested, largely by men, that we have never 
heard of... Our invisible governors are, in many cases, 
unaware of the identity of their fellow members in the inner 
cabinet. 

Whatever attitude one chooses to take toward this condition, 
it remains a fact that in almost every act of our daily lives, 
whether in the sphere of politics or business, 




28 

in our social conductor or our ethical thinking, we are 
dominated by the relatively small number of persons — a 
trifling fraction of our hundred arid twenty million — who 
understand the mental processes and social patterns of the 
masses. It is they who pull the wires, which control the public 
mind, who harness old social forces and contrive new ways 
to bind and guide the world. 

In Propaganda, Bemays followed his praise of the "invisible 
government" by underscoring the next phase that propaganda 
techniques would follow: 

As civilization has become more complex, and as the need 
for invisible government has been increasingly demonstrated, 
the technical means have been invented and developed by 
which opinion may be regimented. With the printing press 
and the newspaper, the telephone, telegraph, radio and 
airplanes, ideas can spread rapidly and even instantaneously 
over the whole of America. 

To back up his point, Bemays quoted the mentor of "public 
opinion manipulation," H. G. Wells. He cited a 1928 article 
in the New York Times in which Wells welcomed "modem 
means of communication" for "opening up a new world of 
political processes," and for allowing "the common design" 
to be "documented and sustained against perversion and 
betrayal." For Wells, the advent of "mass communication" 
leading up to television meant fantastic new paths for social 
control beyond the wildest dreams of the earlier mass- 
manipulation fanatics of the British Fabian Society. We shall 
return to this vitally important subject later herein. 




29 



CHAPTER 6 

Mass communications ushers in the polling industry 

For Bemays, his recognition of Wells' idea won him a key 
place in the hierarchy of U.S. public opinion controllers; in 
1929, he won a position at CBS, which had recently been 
taken over by William Paley. 

By the same token, the advent of mass communications 
ushered in the polling/sampling industry, to organize the 
perceptions of the masses for the media mafia (part of the 
"invisible government" running the show from behind the 
scenes.) 

By 1935-36, polling was in full swing. In the same year, 
Elmo Roper began his Fortune magazine FOR surveys, 
which evolved into his "What People Are Thinking" column 
for the New York Herald Tribune. 

George Gallup initiated the American Institute of Public 
Opinion; — in 1936 he opened up the British Institute of 
Public Opinion. Gallup was to headquarter his activities 
around Princeton University, intermeshing with the Office of 
Public Opinion Research/Institute for International Social 
Research/Psychology Department complex run by Hadley 
Cantril, who was destined to play an increasingly important 
role in developing the psychological profiling methods later 
to be used in manufacturing the Aquarian Conspiracy. 

In the same 1935-36 period, the first-time use was made of 
polling in presidential elections, under the impetus of two 
newspapers owned by the Cowles family, the Minneapolis 
Star-Tribune and the Des Moines Register. The Cowles are 
still in the news business. 




30 



Based in Spokane, Washington, they are active opinion 
makers and their support of the Bush war in Iraq was a 
crucial factor. 

It is not certain who introduced the practice of "advisors to 
the President," - those persons who are not elected by the 
citizens and whom they have no opportunity to vet, but who 
decided the internal and external foreign policies of the 
Nation. Woodrow Wilson was the first American President to 
make use of the practice. 

Opinion Research and World War II 

These were all small lead-ups to the next phase, triggered by 
two important intersecting developments: the arrival of 
emigre psychological warfare expert Kurt Lewin in Iowa, and 
the involvement of the United States in World War II. 

World War II provided the emerging Tavistock Social 
sciences scientists with enormous scope for experimentation. 
Lewin's leadership put together the key-force that would 
deploy after World War II to utilize those techniques 
developed in warfare against the population of the United 
States. In fact in 1946, Tavistock declared war on the civilian 
population of the United States and has remained in a state of 
war ever since. 

The basic conceptions expounded by Lewin, Wells, Bernays, 
and Lippmann remained in place as the guidepost for 
manipulation of public opinion; the war gave the Social 
scientists the opportunity to apply them in highly 
concentrated form and to bring together a large number of 
institutions under their direction to further the ends of their 
experiments. 




31 



The core institute which was the vehicle for making "public 
opinion," was the Committee on National Morale. Ostensibly 
established to mobilize support for the war in much as 
President Wilson had set up his management committee to 
"manage" WWI, its real purpose was to carry out the 
intensive profiling of both the "Axis" and Americans 
population for the purposes of creating and maintaining a 
means of social control. 

The committee was headed by several leaders of American 
society, including Robert P. Bass, Herbert Bayard Swope, 
among other notables. Its secretary was Margaret Meade's 
husband, Gregory Bateson, one of the principal instigators of 
the CIA's notorious "MK - Ultra" LSD experiments that some 
experts consider as the launch vehicle for the U.S. 
counterculture of drugs, rock and sex. 

The committee's Board of Trustees included poll-taker 
George Gallup; intelligence agent Ladislas Farago and 
Tavistock psychologist, Gardner Murphy. 

The committee ran a number of special projects, the most 
important being a major study on how best to wage 
Psychological Warfare on Germany. The key personnel 
critical to the development of the public opinion project 
were: 

* Kurt K. Lewin, Education and History; Psychology; 
Social Sciences 

* Professor Gordon W. Allport, Psychology 

* Professor Edwin G. Borin, Psychology 

* Professor Hadley Cantril, Psychology 

* Ronald Lippitt, Social Sciences 

* Margaret Mead, Anthropology, Social Sciences; Youth 
& Child Development 




32 

The staff numbered more than a 100 researchers who 
comprised the staff of the Committee, and several opinion- 
profiling institutions critical to the project. 

One such a special project team was in the Office and 
Strategic Services (OSS) (the forerunner of the CIA) 
composed of Margaret Mead, Kurt Lewin, Ronald Lippitt, 
Dorwin Cartwright, John K. French and public-opinion 
makers like Samuel Stouffer (later chairman of the 
Laboratory Social Relations group at Harvard University); 
Paul Lazarsfeld of Columbia University's Sociology 
Department, who developed with profiler Harold Las swell an 
"opinion research" methodology for the OSS based on 
detailed "content analysis" of the local press of enemy 
countries and Rensis Likert. 

Likert, a Prudential Insurance Company key executive 
immediately before the war, had perfected profiling 
techniques as the director of research for the Life Insurance 
Agency Management Association. This equipped him to 
interact favorably with the head of the U.S. Strategic 
Bombing Survey, who was the former head of Prudential Life 
Insurance Company. Likert served as director of the division 
of morale of the Strategic Bombing Survey from 1945-1946 
from which position he had enormous scope for mass public 
opinion profiling and manipulation. 




CHAPTER 7 

The making of public opinion 



33 



According to Tavistock Institute records, the Strategic 
Bombing Survey played a key role in forcing Germany to its 
knees through a highly disciplined program of systematic 
bombing of German worker housing, which Sir Arthur Harris 
of the RAF was only too delighted to carry out. 

In addition, from 1939-1945, Likert ran the Division of 
Program Surveys of the Department of Agriculture, from 
which major studies were undertaken in the techniques of 
"mass persuasion." Or to put it another way, "making public 
opinion to fit the desired goals." One can only speculate on 
the numbers of citizens who believed their support for the 
"Allied" war effort sprang from their own opinions. 

One of Likert's key aides in the division was Lewin protege 
and future Tavistock operative Dorwin Cartwright, who 
wrote the text-book document titled, "Some Principles of 
Mass Persuasion " which is still in use today. 

Another major agency for shaping public opinion was the 
Office of War Information, directed by Gardner Cowles for 
much of the war effort. Bernays was brought into OWI as an 
advisor. It is out of the nexus we have described here that the 
network of key "polling institutions" emerged after World 
War II. They have played a powerful and decisive role in 
American life ever since. Gallup, from the committee on 
National Morale's Board of Trustees, upgraded his activity 
and became the key commander of polling institutions for 
launching new policies of the Committee of 300, which he 
passed off as "polling results." 




34 

Bemays played several key postwar roles. In 1953, he wrote 
a paper for the State Department that recommended setting 
up a psychological warfare office by State. In 1954, he was a 
consultant to the U.S. Air Force, the armed forces branch 
most under the influence of the Strategic Bombing Survey 
people. 

During this early 1950s period, Bernays was public relations 
counsel to the United Fruit (United Brands) Corporation, one 
of the leading corporations in the communication/national 
security apparat (Eisenhower's "military-industrial complex") 
then busy with consolidating its power over U.S. policy. 

Bemays conducted the propaganda campaign alleging 
Guatemala was falling under "Communist control" that 
resulted in a U.S. engineered coup in that country. In 1955 
Bemays wrote a book about his experience titled "The 
Engineering of Consent." 

The book became the virtual Tavistock blueprint followed by 
the U.S. Government to overthrow any country whose 
policies were unacceptable to the One World Government 
Socialist dictatorship. 

Throughout the postwar period, Bemays was a member of the 
Society for Applied Anthropology, one of Margaret Mead's 
social-control institutions inside the U.S., and the Society for 
the Psychological Study of Social Issues, a group created by 
John Rawlings Reese, a founder member of Tavistock to run 
"psychiatric shock troops" among the American population. 

One of its first actions was the unlashing of homosexuality in 
Florida, a move bitterly opposed by Anita Bryant who had no 
idea of what she was up against. 




35 

The second of its actions was to introduce the theme that 
non- white people are more intelligent than whites, which we 
shall discuss later. 

Likert moved to the University of Michigan to set up the 
Institute for Social Research (ISR) that absorbed the 
Massachusetts Center for the Study of Group Dynamics, the 
principal Tavistock affiliate in the U.S. in the beginning of the 
postwar era. 

Tavistock's ISR was the center of a number of critical 
profiling and "Opinion Research" subgroups, among them 
the Center for research in the Utilization of Scientific 
Knowledge, was established by Likert OSS co-worker and 
Lewin disciples, Ronald Lippitt. 

Project Director Donald Michael was a leading player in the 
Club of Rome, and a second subgroup, the Survey Research 
Center, was Likert's own personal creation that grew to 
become the most elaborate institution in the U.S. for 
"surveying" (creating) popular attitudes and trends, among 
the principal of which were demeaning and degrading 
womanhood and pushing the superior intellectual capabilities 
of non-white persons according to Lewin's carefully crafted 
scripts. 

Robert Hutchins became famous during this period and his 
closest colleague in those early years was William Benton, 
the founder in 1929 with Chester Bowles of Benton and 
Bowles, the well-known advertising firm. Benton utilized 
Benton and Bowles as a means to develop the science of 
mass control through advertising. 




36 

It was Benton's pioneering work supported by Douglass 
Cater, that led to the development of Tavistock's burgeoning 
control over U.S. media policy through the Aspen Institute of 
Colorado, the American home of the Socialist One World 
Government Committee of 300. 

In passing I mention that the science of mass media control 
through advertising is today so firmly entrenched that it has 
become the key component in opinion making. In the early 
post WWII days, Hollywood incorporated it into nearly all of 
its movies. 

Advertising (brainwashing) was done through the type and 
make of car the hero drove, the brand of cigarette the suave 
Lawrence Harvey smoked, the clothes and make up the 
leading lady wore, clothes that became more risque with each 
passing year, until today in 2005 we have womanhood 
degraded by the likes of Britney Spear's almost naked breasts 
and bare stomach exposed by crotch hugging jeans she often 
wears, the social mores that Hollywood enjoys so much in 
flouting. 




CHAPTER 8 

Degrading women and decline of moral standards 



37 



The pace of degrading womanhood has quickened at a 
remarkable degree since hemlines reached the knee. This is 
manifesting itself in such areas as near pornography in 
mainstream movies and soap operas and we venture to 
suggest that the day is not far off, when such scenes will be 
"total and mandatory." 

This decline in attractive feminine speech can be traced to 
Tavistock methodology and its practitioners, Cantril, Likert 
and Lewin. Another noticeable change was the increase in 
movies featuring inter-racial dating and sexual encounters 
coupled with "human rights" claims for lesbians in the most 
blatantly open form. 

Special people were selected and trained for this task, 
probably the best known of many being Ellen Degeneres who 
received hundreds of thousands of dollars worth of free 
publicity under the guise of being interviewed on talk shows 
and "discussion" groups on the subject of "same-sex love" 
meaning encounters between two females involving a type of 
sex practice. 

Benton the pioneer in degrading womanhood had as his 
mentor Social scientist's leading expert in profiling theory at 
Tavistock, one Harold Lasswell, who together with Benton 
founded the American Policy Commission in 1940. Lasswell's 
joint venture with Benton marked the clearest link between 
Aspen's hidden Socialist One World Government operations 
in America and the Tavistock Institute. Aspen became the 
headquarters of the Committee of 300 branches in the United 
States. 




38 



Hedley Cantril, Likert and Lewin with their humanistic 
psychology brainwashing applied methodology, played an 
increasingly vital role in using "opinion research" to bring 
about paradigm shifts value shifts in society, such as those 
just described, but on an expanded range and reaching into 
every level of society that comprised Western civilization as 
it had been known for centuries. 

Cantril's home base from where he conducted his war 
operations against the American people was the Office of 
Public Opinion Research at Princeton University, founded in 
1940, the same year in which Cantril wrote his book entitled, 
The Invasion From Mars, a detailed analysis about how the 
population of the New York-New Jersey area reacted with 
fear and panic to Orson Wells "War of the Worlds" broadcast 
in 1938. 

How could they have known that they were part of a 
profiling venture since it is reasonable to conclude that in 
1938 not one in five million had ever heard of Hadley Cantril 
or the Tavistock Institute. It would be interesting to find out 
how many Americans have heard of Tavistock now in 2005? 

Most would remember Orson Wells, but the probabilities are 
that ninety-nine percent of the population would not attach 
any significance to the name, Cantril, or have any knowledge 
of the Tavistock Institute. 

Let us recount the events of the night of October 30 th 1938, 
because the same techniques have been used by the Bush 
Administration, the Defense Department and the CIA to 
shape the public perception of the events that led up to the 
invasion of Iraq in 2003 and are still very much in use in 
2005. 




39 



In 1938, Orson Wells had created quite a reputation for 
himself as a master at staging faux news events by making 
use of the English author, H.G. Wells, a former MI6 
operative and his book, The War of the Worlds. 

In the radio adaptation of the Wells' work, the other Wells, 
interrupted radio programs in New Jersey with an 
announcement that Martians had just landed. "The Martian 
invasion has begun," said Orson Wells. 

During the 4-hour long production, it was announced no less 
than four times that what radio audiences were listening to 
was a fictitious re-enactment of what it would be like if H.G. 
Wells' story had come to life. But that availed nothing. Panic 
gripped millions of people who fled from their homes in 
terror, jamming roads and communication systems. 

What was the purpose of the "hoax?" In the first instance it 
was to gauge just how effective Cantril and Tavistock's 
methods were in practice, and perhaps of greater importance, 
it was to set the stage for the coming war in Europe in which 
"news broadcasts" would play a crucial role in information 
gathering and dissemination as an established source of 
reliable information, as well as a forum for directing public 
opinion. 

Two days after the "Martian Invasion news broadcast," an 
editorial in the New York Times headed "Terror by Radio" 
inadvertently shed light on what Tavistock had in mind for the 
American people in the coming war now looming closer: 
"What began as entertainment might readily have ended in 
disaster," the editorial said. Radio officials had a 
responsibility and "should think twice before mingling news 
techniques with fiction so terrifying." 




40 

What the "Times" had inadvertently stumbled onto was the 
wave of the future seen through the eyes of the theoreticians 
at Tavistock. Henceforth, "mingling news techniques with 
fiction so terrifying" that it would be taken as fact, was to be 
standard practice for the graduates of Tavistock. All news 
broadcast were to be adaptations of "news and fiction" in a 
skilful blend so as to make the one unrecognizable from the 
other. 

In fact, Tavistock put their newly tested theory into practice a 
year later when the population of cities in Europe, London, 
Munich, Paris and Amsterdam were smitten with war jitters 
even as Neville Chamberlain was successfully avoiding war, 
using the same techniques that were employed in the October 
1938 "War of the Worlds" radio broadcasts. 




CHAPTER 9 

How individuals and groups react to blending fact with 
fiction 



41 



Cantril's conclusion was that the public reacted exactly as his 
profiling research experiments had led him to believe it 
would. That Sunday night October 30, 1938 was to become a 
landmark date in his files and a date signifying a vast 
paradigm shift for ever in the way that "news" would 
henceforth, be presented. Slightly more than seven decades 
later, the world is still being fed a diet of news mingled with 
fiction, - fiction that in so many instances is terrifying. The 
Western world has undergone drastic changes unwillingly 
forced upon it, that it has become a world so vastly different 
from what it was on that October night in 1938, as to be 
"another planet." We shall return to this vital subject later in 
this work. 

Following the Second World War, Cantril became totally 
involved with the head guru at Tavistock, its founder, John 
Rawlings Reese and his World Tensions Project at the United 
Nations' UNESCO. 

Profiles on how individuals and groups reacted to 
international tensions were formulated on the basis of 
skillfully blending fact with terrifying fiction in preparation for 
a campaign to launch "World citizens," (of a One World 
Government Socialist-Communist dictatorship) that began to 
be employed to weaken national boundaries, language and 
culture and to discredit pride of nation and sovereignty of 
nation-states, in preparation for the coming of the Socialist 
New World Order — One World Government, that President 
Woodrow Wilson said America would make safe for 
"democracy." 




42 

Those fresh-faced young American boys from Arkansas and 
North Carolina were sent marching off to Europe believing 
they were "fighting for their country," never knowing that the 
"democracy" Wilson sent them to "make safe for the world" 
was a Socialist- International Communist One World 
Government dictatorship. 

John Rawlings Reese was the publisher of Tavistock's 
magazine Journal of Humanistic Psychology. Their joint 
thinking mentality is seen in the 1955 monograph, "Toward a 
Humanistic Psychology, " an as a progression of Cantril's 
support for the Tavistock-trained Gordon Airport's perception 
of the "personality." As he expressed it in the 1947 book, 
Understanding Man's Social Behavior, in a chapter on 
"Causality." Cantril's methodology was based on the 
conception that "the particular environment in which growth 
takes place gives the particular individual a particular 
direction for growth." 

Cantril's endeavors are good examples of the breakdown of 
boundaries between supposedly neutral opinion taking and 
social-engineering opinion making; 

Tavistock's commitment to forcing major shifts in personality 
and behavior in all sectors of targeted population groups such 
as we have sought to describe. 

Cantril appointed a board of directors to assist in the work, 
among who were: 

Warren Bennis, a follower of Tavistock director Eric 
Trist. 

Marilyn Ferguson, allegedly the author of The Aquarian 
Conspiracy; 

Jean Houston, head of the Institute for Brain Research, 
member of the Club of Rome and author of Mind Games. 




43 



Aldous Huxley, who supervised the MK-Ultra LSD 
program that ran for 20 years. 

Willis Harman, a Stanford University director and mentor 
of "The Changing Images of Man" later disguised as "The 
Aquarian Conspiracy" passed off as the work of Marilyn 
Ferguson. 

Michael Murphy, head of the Esalen Institute, established 
by Huxley and others as the Center for "sensitivity 
training" and drug experiments. 

James F.T. Bugenthal, an initiator of cult-creation projects 
at Esalen. 

Abraham Maslow, the leading exponent of the irrationalist 
"think force" and founder of AHP in 1957. 

Carl Rogers, Maslow's co-worker at the AHP in 1957. 

AHP's reigning ideology was exemplified by a book review in 
a 1966 issue of its journal. The Journal of Humanistic 
Psychology. 

Reviewing Maslow's book, The Psychology of Science, 
Willis Harman, a year before his 1967-69 Stanford Research 
study, welcomed the "challenge to science" from 
"extrasensory perception, psycho kinesis, mysticism, and 
consciousness-expanding drugs" (particularly LSD and 
Mesacalin.) He lauded Maslow's "new science" since it 
would bring to the fore "hypnosis, creativity, parapsychology, 
and psychedelic experience," and shift scientific concern 
away from the "outside" world to studying "inner space." 

This was Cantril's original "particular personality" thinking 
brought to its logical conclusion. To Cantril goes the "glory 
and honor" of forcing a vast paradigm shift on the way the 
Western world thinks and behaves. 




44 

Certainly Oswald Spengler would have had no trouble in 
identifying it as one of the causes of the downfall of the West 
he had predicted in 1936. 

Making Changes in the "Cognitive and Behavioral 
Structure." 

Whatever the particular coloration of ideology that 
accompanied the scientists of the polling institutions after 
World War II, the invariant notion of social engineering 
trough "sampling methods" and "opinion research" could be 
found in Cartwright's paper Some Principles of Mass 
Persuasion prepared for the Division of Program Surveys of 
the Department of Agriculture. 

The paper was subtitled, "Selected Findings of Research on 
the Sale of United States War Bonds," but as Cartwright 
makes clear, the war-related aspect of the survey was just a 
pretext for conducting an analysis on the principles of how 
perception can be modified to suit whatever ends the 
controller might have in mind. 

One would be puzzled as to what the sale of war bonds had to 
do with agriculture, but that was part of Cartwright's 
methodology. It was the Bernays-Lippmann-Cantril- 
Cartwright hypothesis synthesized and concentrated in a 
World War II setting. The article was featured in Tavistock's 
journal. Human Relations which ought to immediately 
brought the reader to attention. 

"Among the many technological advances of the past century 
that have produced changes in social organization," 
Cartwright began, "the development of the mass media of 
communication promises to be the most far reaching. This 
heightened interdependence of people means that the 
possibilities of mobilizing mass social action have been 




45 



greatly increased. It is conceivable that one persuasive person 
could, through the use of mass media, bend the world's 
population to his will." We do not believe that Cartwright had 
Jesus Christ in mind when he made that statement. 

Under a subheading, "Creating a Particular Cognitive 
Structure," Cartwright continues: 

Principle One: "It is considered a truism by virtually all 
psychologists that a person's behavior is guided by his 
perception of the world in which he lives.... It follows from 
this formulation that one way to change a person's behavior is 
to modify his cognitive structure. The modification of 
cognitive structure in individuals by means of the mass media 
has several prerequisites. These may be stated in the form of 
principles." 

Interspersing his account with examples from the application 
of his study to the World War Two war-bonds sale drive, 
Cartwright then elaborated the principles: "The 'message' (i.e., 
information, facts, etc.), must reach the sense organs of the 
persons who are to be influenced... Total stimulus situations 
are selected or rejected on the basis of an impression of their 
general characteristics," etc. A second set of principles 
investigated more deeply the methods of altering "cognitive 
structure." 

Principle Two: "Having reached the sense organs, 'message' 
must be accepted as part of the person's cognitive structure." 
Cartwright noted in this section that "any effort to change 
behavior through a modification of this cognitive structure 
must overcome the forces tending to maintain the present 
structure. 




46 

Only when a given cognitive structure seems to the person to 
be unsatisfactory for his adjustment is he likely readily to 
receive influences designed to change that structure." 

Under "Creating a Particular Motivational Structure," 
Cartwright analyzed further "the social inductions the 
governors of the U.S. Federal Reserve System in Washington 
into turmoil for a protracted period." 




CHAPTER 10 
Polling comes of age 



47 



The Tavistock Clinic in London was where Sigmund Freud 
had settled when he arrived from Germany, and where his 
nephew, Edward Bernays later held court. 

Thus it was that England became the world's center for mass 
brainwashing, social engineering experimenting that spread to 
postwar clinics spread all over the United States. 

During World War II, Tavistock was the headquarters of the 
British Army's Psychological Warfare Bureau which, through 
the arrangements of the British Special Operation Executive 
(SOE) (later known as MI6) dictated policy to the United 
States Armed Forces in matters of psychological warfare. 

Toward the end of the war, Tavistock personnel took over the 
World Federation of Mental Health and the Psychological 
Warfare Division of the Supreme Headquarters, Allied 
Expeditionary Force (SHAEF) in Europe. 

Tavistock's chief theoretician, Dr. Kurt Lewin, came to the 
United States to organize the Harvard Psychological Clinic, 
the MIT research Center for Groups Dynamics, the Institute of 
Social Research at the University of Michigan; while his 
colleagues, Cartwright and Cantrill joined him to play a 
pivotal policy role at the psychological department of the 
Office of Strategic Services (OSS), the Office of Naval 
Research ONI), the U.S. Strategic Bombing Survey and the 
Committee of National Morale. 




48 

Moreover, a large number of influential people at top policy 
levels were trained in Dr. Lewin's theory of topological 
psychology, which is to this day the worlds most advanced 
method of behavior modification-brainwashing. Important 
colleagues of Kurt Lewin at Tavistock, Eric Trist, John 
Rawlings Reese, H.V. Dicks, W.R. Bion and Richard 
Crossman plus selected personnel from the Strategic 
Bombing Survey, the Committee on National Morale and the 
National Defense Resources Council, joined Lewin at Rand 
Corporation, the Stanford Research Institute, the Wharton 
School, the National Training Laboratories and the National 
Institute of Mental Health. 

The United States government began contracting 
multimillion-dollar projects with all these institutions. Over a 
period of the forty years, tens of billions of dollars have been 
allocated by the Lederal Government to fund the work of these 
groups; while additional tens of billions of dollars found their 
way into these institutions from private foundations. 

As years passed, these institutions grew and the scope of 
projects they contracted grew with them. Every aspect of the 
mental and psychological life of the American people was 
profiled, recorded and stored into computer memory banks. 

The institutions, personnel and networks kept on expanding 
and penetrating deeply into every nook and cranny of 
Lederal, State and Local governments. Their in-house 
specialists and graduates were called in to develop policies for 
welfare departments, labor mediation boards, trade unions, 
the Air Lorce, the Navy, the Army, the National Education 
Association and psychiatric clinics, and the White House, 
the Defense Department and the State 




49 

Department. It also has extensive contracts with the Central 
Intelligence Agency (CIA). 

Close cooperative relations were developed between these 
think-tanks and the U.S.A.'s key polling organizations and 
the major media companies. Gallup Poll, the Yankelovich - 
CBS-New York Times poll, the National Opinion Research 
Center and others incessantly conducted psychological 
profiles of the entire population, sharing the results for 
evaluation and processing with the ubiquitous social 
psychologists. 

What the public sees in newspapers as opinion polls 
represents only a fractional portion of the work that the 
pollsters undertook to do. A key to the control of Tavistock 
over key sectors of the daily business of government in the 
U.S. is that it now has its own de-facto television outlet in 
Fox News, since its acquisition by Richard Murdoch, a 
virtual seamless propaganda machine for the government. 

Above this closely knit grouping of social psychologists, 
pollsters and media manipulators, presides an elite of 
powerful patrons, "the Gods of Olympus" (the Committee of 
300). It is known in informed circles, that the group controls 
everything in the world with the exception of Russia and 
latterly, China. 

It plans and acts out long-term strategies in a totally, 
disciplined and unified manner. It commands over 400 of the 
top Fortune 500 companies in the U.S. with interlocking 
connections that reach into every facet of government, trade, 
banking, foreign policy, intelligence agencies and the 
military establishment. 




50 



It has absorbed all the other "power groups" of earlier U.S. 
history; the Rothschild, Morgan, Rockefeller group, the 
Eastern Liberal Establishment personified by the Perkins, 
Cabot, Lodge families, the creme of the old East India opium 
trade that generated billions of dollars. 

Its hierarchy comprises the old families descended from the 
British East India Company with its vast fortunes derived 
from the opium trade that is run from the top down, including 
European royalty among others. 

In the deeper recesses of the intelligence establishment in 
Washington, veteran intelligence officers refer to this 
awesome group, in hushed tones and mysterious language as 
the "Committee of 300." The leaders are called "The 
Olympians." No U.S. president is elected or remains in office 
save and except by their favor. 

Those who buck their control are removed. Examples are 
John F. Kennedy, Richard Nixon and Lyndon Johnson. The 
Committee of 300 is the international Socialist One World 
Government that runs the New World Order from behind the 
scenes where it will remain, until it is ready to emerge and 
take open and full control of all governments of the world in 
an International Communist dictatorship. 




51 



CHAPTER 11 

The paradigm shift in education 

During the 1970s a dramatic paradigm shift in school 
curricula at all levels came into effect apparently to the point 
that students were awarded school credits for courses in 
civics instead of reading, writing and arithmetic. An 
epidemic of "casual sex" and drug-taking overwhelmed 
school-age teens and swept over the entire country. 

In July 1980, a major international conference was held in 
Toronto, Canada, under the auspices of First Global 
Conference on the Future in which 4,000 social engineers, 
cybernetics experts and futurologists from all the think tanks 
participated. The conference was under the direction of the 
Tavistock Institute's billionaire chairman, Maurice Strong 
who set the theme: 

"The time has come to move from thinking and dialogue to 
action. This conference will become the launching pad for 
that important action to occur in the 1980s." 

Strong was chairman of Petro-Canada, one of several 
"flagship" companies of the "Olympians." His background 
was British Intelligence MI6 where he held the rank of 
colonel during World War II. Strong and his network of 
companies were heavily involved in the highly lucrative 
opium-heroin-cocaine trade. Strong and Aldous Huxley were 
responsible for the FSD plague that swept the United States 
and later, Europe. He was a former director of the United 
Nations Environmental Program. 

One of the chief speakers for the "Olympians" at the 
conference was Dr. Aurelio Peccei, chairman of the Club of 
Rome, a NATO think tank. 




52 

The North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) was created 
within the framework of the Aquarian Conspiracy, a project 
by the Social scientists at Stanford University under the 
direction of Willis Harmon. NATO in turn formed and 
promoted a new branch called "The Club of Rome," the name 
being designed to confuse and dissemble as it had nothing to 
do with the Catholic Church. 

Without going into the technicalities of the Club of Rome, 
(hereinafter referred to as "the Club,") its purpose was to act 
as a counterweight against post-industrial agricultural and 
military expansion, a so-called "post-industrial agricultural 
zero growth society," which was meant to halt America's 
burgeoning manufacturing industries and growing 
mechanized farming food production capability. Memberships 
of the Club and NATO were interchangeable. 

Stanford Research, the Tavistock Institute and other centers of 
applied social psychiatry joined it. In 1994 Tavistock signed 
a major contract with NASA to evaluate the effects of its 
space program. The Club itself was only founded in 1968 as 
part of the call for a New World Order inside a One World 
Government. What the Club became was an instrument to 
enforce limits of growth on industrial nations, and the United 
States was the first country to be targeted. 

This was in fact one of the earliest steps taken to implement 
the "300" goal of returning the U.S. to a state of feudalism, a 
feudal society. One of the industries the Club railed against 
was nuclear energy, and they were successful in halting 
construction of all nuclear electricity generating plants that 
has put demand a thousand years ahead of the supply of 
electrical power. NATO was its military alliance meant to 
keep Russia in line. 




53 

On the agenda of the 1980 meeting referred to above were 
the following: 

* Women's liberation movement. 

* Black consciousness, racial mixing, breaking down taboos 
against mixed marriages as propounded by anthropologist 
Margaret Meade and Gregory Bateson of Tavistock. 

* It was decided at this meeting that an aggressive program 
would be launched to portray "colored races" as superior to 
Western Civilization white persons. From this forum came 
Oprah Winfrey and a host of black persons who were picked 
up and trained for their roles to portray "mixed races" as 
superior to whites. 

*It could also be seen in movies where black movie stars 
suddenly proliferated until they became household names. It 
was seen also where a black person was placed in the role a 
high position of authority over whites, such a judge, or a 
district head of the FBI and the military, CEOs of large 
corporations etc. 

* Youth rebellion against imagined societal wrongs. 

* Emerging interest in social responsibility of business. 

* The generation gap implying a changing paradigm. 

* The anti-technological bias of many young people. 

* Experimentation with new family structures 

interpersonal relationships in which homosexuality and 
lesbianism became "normalized" and "no different 

from other people acceptable at all levels of society, two 
lesbian "moms." 

* The emergence of the fake conservation/ecology 
movements such as "Greenpeace" 

* A surge in interest in Eastern religious and philosophical 
perspectives. 

* A renewed interest in "fundamentalist" Christianity. 

* Labor unions shifting emphasis to quality of the work 
environment. 




54 

* An increasing interest in meditation and other spiritual 
disciplines The "Kabala" was to supplant Christian culture 
and special people were chosen to teach and spread Kabala. 
Early chosen disciples were Shirley McLean, Roseanne Barr 
and later. Madonna and Demi Moore. 

* The increasing importance of "self-reali z ation" processes. 

* Reinvention of music, "hip-hop" and "rap," by such groups 
as "Ice Cube." 

* A new language form in which English is so mutilated 
as to be unintelligible. This is being carried over into 
news readers on prime time television. 

These disparate trends signified the emergence of a created 
climate of social upheaval and far-reaching changes as a new 
image of human beings began to take hold bringing with 
them radical changes in Western civilization. 

A "leaderless," but powerful network "the invisible army" 
began working to bring about "unacceptable" change in the 
United States. Its rank and file members were the "shock 
troops" who radicalized all forms of the norm, breaking with 
certain key elements of Western civilization. Among the 
"Olympians," this network was known as the "Aquarian 
Conspiracy" and its adherents were to be known as "invisible 
shock troops." 

This massive paradigm gigantic, irrevocable shift, overtook 
America while we slept, sweeping away the old with new 
political, religious and philosophical systems. It was what 
citizens of the New World Order-One World Government 
would have to exhibit hereafter, a new mind - the rise of a 
new order with no nation-states, pride of place and pride of 
race, a culture of the past, destined to the dustbin of history, 
never to be revived. 




55 



We know from experience that this work is likely to be 
greeted with scorn and disbelief. Some will even pity us. 
Terms like "off the wall" will be used to describe this work. 
This is the standard reaction when the motivations of 
Tavistock's Social scientists brain-washers, opinion-makers, 
social-psychologists have for acting out their war on the 
United States are not known. The probability is 90% of the 
American people do not know that Tavistock declared war on 
the German civilian population to end WWII. 

When that conflict ended in 1946, the Tavistock practitioners 
of mass brainwashing and opinion went to war against the 
American people. 

If this is how you react when you read this expose, don't feel 
bad, - then understand that it is the way you are expected to 
react. If the motivation appears far-fetched and lacking 
credibility, also incomprehensible, then the motivation "does 
not exist." That being the case, then the action that derives 
from it does not exist; therefore, ergo "the Olympians" do not 
exist and there is no conspiracy. 

But the hard fact is that a gigantic conspiracy does exist. No 
doubt Kurt Lewin, the top scientist at Tavistock and key 
theoretician of all think tanks could explain it more clearly 
than we have been able to do, if he chose to. His practice is 
derived from what he called "topological-psychology" 
doctrine. Lewin is the man upon whose theories, the 
psychological warfare battles of World War II were fought so 
successfully, the man who planned and executed the Strategic 
Bombing Survey that brought Germany defeat in WWII 
through the wholesale destruction of 65 percent of German 
worker housing to which we have just referred to very 
briefly. 




CHAPTER 12 

Lewin's doctrine of "identity change 



57 



The Lewin doctrine is not easy for the layman to follow. 
Basically, Lewin said that all psychological phenomena occur 
in a domain defined as "psychological phase space." This 
space is composed of two interdependent "fields," the 
"environment" and the "self." 

The concept of "controlled environment" arose from the 
study that if you have a fixed-personality (one susceptible to 
being predictably profiled), and if you want to elicit from this 
personality a particular type of behavior, then all you have to 
do is control the third variable of the equation and thus 
produce the desired behavior. 

This was the norm in social-psychology formulas. MI6 uses it, 
and almost every type of situation involving negotiations; 
army counterinsurgency operations, labor negotiations and 
diplomatic negotiations used it up until apparently the 1960s. 

After 1960, Tavistock changed the equation by placing 
greater emphasis on the technique of controlled environment 
not the behavior, but the desired personality. What Lewin set 
out to accomplish was far more drastic and permanent; altering 
the deeper structures of human personalities. In short, what 
Lewin succeeded in doing was to move beyond "behavior 
modification" to "identity change." 

Identity change was adopted by the nations of the world. 
Nations worked to acquire a "new personality" that would 
change the way the world looked at them. 




58 

The theory relied upon the original formulations of two 
Tavistock theoreticians, Dr. William Sargent's theory in his 
Battle for the Mind, and Kurt Lewin's own work on 
personality regression. 

Lewin observed that the "inner self of the individual displays 
certain reactions when under tension from the environment. 
When there is no tension, then the normal inner self of a 
person is well differentiated, balanced multifaceted, 
versatile." 

"When a reasonable amount of tension is applied from the 
environment, then all the various abilities and faculties of the 
inner self go on alert, ready for effective action. 

But, when an intolerable amount of tension is applied, then 
this geometry collapses into a blinded, undifferentiated soup; 
a primitive, a regressed personality. The person is reduced to 
an animal; the highly differentiated and versatile abilities 
disappear. The controlled environment takes over the 
personality." 

It is this Lewin "technique" that is used on the captives held 
at the Guantanamo Bay prison camp in defiance of 
international law and the U.S. Constitution. The gross 
misconduct of the Bush administration at the camp is beyond 
the pale of normal Western Christian civilization, and its 
acceptance by a docile American public, might be the first 
sign that the American people have been so changed by 
Tavistock's "long range penetration and inner-direction 
conditioning," that they are now ready to descend to the level 
of the New World Order in a One World Government where 
such barbaric "treatment" will be regarded as normal and 
accepted without protest. 




59 



The fact that medical doctors took part in the inhuman torture 
of fellow human being and felt no remorse would indicate 
just how far down the world has already fallen. 

This has been observed as being the basis for the military 
camp at Guantanamo, Cuba, which was opened there to avoid 
the strictures of the U.S. Constitution and to provide a 
Lewin-type controlled environment. The men being held at 
this psychological prison are now in the state of regression 
where they have been reduced to the level of animals. 

Guantanamo is the type of camp that we predict will be 
established all over the United States and the world, when the 
New World Order-One World Government assumes total 
world control. It is sadistic, inhuman and beastly, designed to 
break the natural pride of the victims, to break the will to 
resist and to reduce the prisoners to the level of beasts. 

During the first world government experiment in the then 
USSR, men were allowed to use toilets only to be interrupted 
in the middle of evacuating and hustled out before they could 
clean themselves. Abu Graihb and Guantanamo were about at 
that level when the controllers were roughly subjected to 
world-wide scrutiny. General Miller who was the chief kapo 
has since disappeared from sight. 

"Dissidents" who insist on the U.S. Government obeying the 
Constitution and demand their constitutional rights, will in 
future be treated as "dissidents," exactly like Stalin treated 
"dissidents" in Russia. Future "Guantanamos" that have 
sprung up all over America are a portent of the future. On that 
we can rely. 




61 



CHAPTER 13 

The Induced Decline of Western Civilization between 
two World Wars. 

Of all European nations, in the period between the two world 
wars, Germany, as the super-economic, super racial purity, 
super warrior nation, suffered the most, as was the intention. 
The League of Nation was the "first draft" of the last- 
approaching New World Order inside a One World 
Government, and the "peace proposals" at the Paris Peace 
Conference, directed and controlled by Tavistock, was meant 
to cripple Germany and make it a permanent second-class 
European power, their self-respect destroyed through the 
social demotion to pauperism or at best proletarian status. 

It is hardly surprising that the German people turned savage 
and gave Hitler the mass following he needed to convert his 
latent nationalistic movement into a revival force. 

We shall never know whether Tavistock miscalculated or 
indeed, set the stage in this manner for a bigger and bloodier 
war. After all, Meade and Bertrand Russell had stated, that 
what was needed was a world populated by "docile" subjects. 
Russell had remarked on the "child-like" character of the 
American Negro he had encountered during his travels to the 
United States. Russell said he preferred them to the white 
people. He also said that if the White race was to survive, it 
would have to learn to behave in the child-like manner of the 
Negro. Yet, in the same breath the Tavistock emissary called 
black people "useless eaters" and declared that they ought to 
be wiped out, en-masse. 




62 

Russell also liked the docility of the Brazilian people, 
brought about, he thought, by "inter-race breeding with 
Africans brought over as slaves." 

There is a school of thought that one of the primary 
objectives of the fiends who planned both world wars was 
that they would be fought for the most part by young white 
men. It is certainly true that Germany, Britain, the U.S. and 
Russia lost millions of the flower of their male population 
who were removed from the nation-building stock forever. In 
the Tavistock-engineered WWI, war fronts and battles were 
arranged in such a manner that Russia lost 9,000,000 men 
killed or 70 percent of its entire military strength. 

With the exception of Russia the aristocracy suffered much 
less than the bourgeoisie from the economic consequences of 
war and revolution. Traditionally much of their wealth was in 
land; which did not depreciate as much during inflation as 
some tangibles. 

The disintegration of the monarchies (except in England) hit 
the old order of society of the upper-classes, who could not 
continue to serve society in their roles as officers or 
diplomats — as there no longer are much demand for their 
services — opportunities for such service were far fewer than 
they had been before the war. 

Some of the Russia aristocracy courageously accepted 
proletarian or even menial status like the Russian taxi drivers, 
night-club doormen, and headwaiters in postwar Paris; others 
went into business. Most, however, fell into a life of social 
denigration. Where the strictly guarded frontier between 
Societies was once impassable in the old monarchic capitals, 
and cafe society, now appeared large gaps as the lines 
gradually became blurred. 




63 

As the Duke of Windsor put it in his memoirs, A King's 
Story: 

"The force of change had not yet thrust so deeply into the 
texture of British society as to have obliterated much 

of the old elegance During the so-called London 

season the West End was an almost continuous ball from 
midnight until dawn.... The evening could always be saved by 
recourse to one or another of the gay nightclubs, which had 
then become so fashionable and almost respectable." 

(The word "gay" at that time meant "happy". It was not co- 
opted as a euphemism for sodomy until the mid-fifties.) Nor 
did the Duke explain that the "force of change" was expertly 
applied by the Tavistock Institute. 

The declining female modesty that became noticeable soon 
after the end of WWI, suddenly appeared everywhere and 
with increased velocity. To the uninformed, it was a social 
phenomenon. Nobody could have suspected that Wellington 
House and its sinister social engineers were its cause. 

Accompanying this testamentary emancipation was a 
movement of revolt, particularly among young people, 
against every conventional restraint of mind or body coming 
to a close amid the shattered idols of the fallen empires. The 
postwar generation in Europe revolted against every more 
and custom, as they fought desperately to throw off the 
horrors of war they had lived through. Necklines plunged, 
public smoking and drinking became a form of revolt. 
Homosexuality and lesbianism became demonstrable, not 
from any inner conviction, but by way of protest at what had 
happened, and as a rebellion against what the war had 
destroyed. 




64 



Radical and revolutionary excess manifested itself in art, 
music and fashion. "Jazz" was in the air and "modern art" 
was thought to be "chic." The comprehensible element in 
everything was "don't have a care"; it was unsettling and 
unreal. Those were the years when all of Europe was shell- 
shocked. Wellington House and Tavistock had done their 
work well. 

Underneath the hectic sense of being propelled forward by 
uncontrollable events there was a spiritual and emotional 
numbness. The horror of the war in which millions of young 
men were needlessly slaughtered, maimed, wounded and 
gassed was just now beginning to register, so the thing to do 
was "blot it from remembrances." 

The casualties made wars all too real in its ghastly and cruel 
ugliness, and people recoiled from it in shock and revolution, 
in the despair brought by disillusionment of peace. 
Europeans, with their superior culture that epitomized 
Western civilization were shell-shocked to a greater degree 
than were Americans. 

They lost their faith in the rudiments that made the progress 
that had sustained their fathers and their grandfathers and 
made their nations great. And this was particularly true of 
Germany, Russia, France, and England. 

Thinking people could not come to grips with why the 
world's two most civilized and advanced nations had tom 
each other to pieces and taken the lives of millions of their 
finest young manhood. It was as if a terrifying madness had 
gripped Britain and Germany. 




65 



To the initiated it was not madness, but the methodology of 
Wellington House that gripped the British youth. The fear 
that it might happen again was what almost prevented the 
outbreak of WWII. 

Officers returning from the carnage described to the news 
journals the horrors of hand-to-hand combat that had 
frequently occurred in "the Great War." They were appalled 
and aghast, horrified and afraid. None of them could 
understand why there had been a war at all. The dark secrets 
of Wellington House and the "Olympians" remained hidden, 
even as they are hidden to this very day. 

Where once the laying of a wreath at the Cenotaph in 
Whitehall, London by the Monarch of England had brought 
solace, it now engendered bitterness, anger and loathing. The 
stage was being set for the Second World War in which 
Tavistock was to play a huge, disproportionate role. 

There were the few thinkers who did have something to say: 
Spengler, in history for example, Hemingway, Evelyn Waugh 
in literature, and in America Upton Sinclair and Jack 
London, but their message was also gloomy, even gloomier 
than Spengler's dark foreboding of the inevitable decline of 
Western civilization. 

It was confirmed by the postwar degradation of personal 
relationships. Divorce and cheating on one's wife happened 
more frequently. The beautiful concept of women on a 
pedestal, women soft and feminine, with a lovely voice filled 
with cadences, the flower of God's creation, the mystery, was 
a vanishing ideal. In her place came the strident, the loud, the 
vulgar with clattering grating speech such as was aped and 
made popular by a one particular popular morning talk show. 




66 

Nobody could possibly know that this sad decline was the 
end product of Tavistock having declared war on Western 
womanhood. 

In Europe after WWI, the Montparnasse in Paris had become 
a sad place. Postwar Vienna, emptied by the tide of war that 
had swept so many of her sons away, was even sadder. But 
Berlin, once so bustling and so clean, became the Babylon of 
Europe and perhaps the saddest place of them all. 

"Whoever lived through these apocalyptic month, these 
years, became disgusted and embittered, sensed the coming 
of a counter-blow, a horrible reaction," wrote the historian, 
Zweig. 

The political, spiritual, and social bankruptcy of the new 
power elites, who succeeded the monarchs, the aristocrats 
and the old-fashioned bourgeois dynasties, was in many 
respects more spectacular than that of their predecessors, and 
nowhere more so than in the United States, with the coming 
of the Socialist era under Franklin D. Roosevelt. This time, 
however, the eclipse of leadership was not localized in one 
continent or limited to any particular class of society. 

The geographical New World, in terms of the problems that 
confronted it, the America of Franklin Roosevelt soon 
demonstrated that the United States was scarcely less 
anachronistic than the Austria-Hungary of Franz Joseph had 
been. Here he was establishing a "Democratic" New World 
Order Socialism straight out of the model created by the 
Fabian Society, while the United States was a confederated 
constitutional Republic, the exact opposite. 




67 



Neither the shift of the European locus of power and prestige 
from the former Central Empire Western democracies, nor 
the replacement of the traditional ruling classes within the 
fallen monarchies to the United States, did anything to the 
improve economic, political, social, moral or religious 
climate of the post WWI world. The Wall Street Crash and 
the Depression that followed, bear eloquent, if silent witness 
to the truth and accuracy of our statement. 

The manner in which this event was contrived by the 
Tavistock Institute can be seen in the timetable of events that 
which we provide in the Appendix. 




69 

CHAPTER 14 

America is not a "Homeland" 

The United States of America has long been the most fertile 
ground for the wholesale spread of propaganda, its people 
having been connived, lied to, cheated, at which the British 
have always led the world, the premiere mind control- 
brainwashing and propaganda center in the world being the 
Tavistock Institute of Human Relations. Its forerunner was 
the organization put together by Lord Northcliffe, who 
married into the Rothschild family, and who was ably 
assisted by Lord Rothmere and the Americans, Walter 
Lippman and Edward Bernays. 

Lrom this modest beginning in 1914 grew the Tavistock 
Institute of Human Relations, which has no peer when it 
came to creating propaganda. Tavistock is a facility 
dedicated to the propagation of propaganda to suit every 
aspect of life. Tavistock approached propaganda as if it were 
going into battle, and in a sense, it was. There are no half- 
measures; it was a war where anything goes as long as it 
assures victory. 

Surveying the political scene one cannot escape the fact that 
in the past two decades, the increase in depth and volume of 
propaganda, and more especially, mind control, has become 
all pervasive. The correct application of propaganda to any 
theme, whether it is economic, or political, is an essential 
element in the control-mechanism of government. 

Stalin once said that if one wanted a docile population then 
fear and terror had to be unleashed against them. In a sense 
that is what happened in the United States and Britain. 




70 

The Second World War provided unlimited opportunities of 
developing propaganda into a fine art. Looking back on the 
efforts made by the Roosevelt administration to cause the 
American people — who were 87 percent against going to 
war in Europe change their minds, we find that in spite of 
everything, Roosevelt did not succeed. The American people 
rejected entry into the war in Europe. 

It took a contrived situation, a contrived pre-chosen pretext, 
the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor, to reverse public opinion 
in favor of America's entry into the European war. Roosevelt 
held out that America was fighting for democracy and its very 
way of life, neither of which bore the slightest resemblance to 
the truth; the war was fought to advance the cause of 
International Socialism toward its goal of a New World Order 
inside a One World Government. 

Propaganda, to be successful, must be aimed at the total 
population and not at individuals or individual groups, the 
purpose being to attract the widest possible attention. It is not 
intended as personal instruction. Facts play no role in 
propaganda which is always to create an impression. It has to 
one-sided systematic, sustained indoctrination that what the 
Government, the media and political leaders are saying is the 
truth. And it has to be pitched in such a manner that the 
people feel that it is their thinking. 

Thus, propaganda has to be directed at mass audiences where 
its message will make its mark. Let us take a recent example 
of the type of propaganda that would usually be embraced by 
a receptive audience. In the wake of the World Trade Center 
disaster, President Bush created a new Government agency, 
which he called the Office of Homeland Security, and 
appointed a director to oversee the agency. 




71 



Now this sounds very comforting and very soothing until we 
look at the 10 th Amendment, which reserves all such powers 
as Mr. Bush proposed to seize, to the several States. 

The fact that Mr. Bush cannot overrule the 10 th Amendment 
was blithely ignored. The propaganda blurb says he can, and 
since it was directed to the masses, they believed the blurb, 
rather than their Constitution, and so there was little effective 
opposition to this gross violation of the Constitution, 
particularly the 10 th Amendment. Bush appears to have been 
operating under the Stalin directive: "If you want to control 
the people, first terrorize them." 

Those who opposed the "Homeland Security" quasi-law, 
were dubbed, "unpatriotic" and "favoring terrorism." Again, 
the absolute fact that this bogus act is no law at all and is 
sheer propaganda was never called into question, but was 
accepted by the "rah-rah" unthinking public. Public opinion is 
made in this way and public opinion is what swayed 
legislators to vote for "Homeland Security" or any other 
bogus laws, as Bernays and Lippmann both asserted in the 
very early days of Wellington House. The legislators vote 
along party lines as in the British Parliamentary system, and 
do not vote on the basis of the U.S. Constitution. They knew 
that to oppose the President, they stand a good chance of 
losing a cozy job at the next election, or face being smeared 
by some sleazy muck-racking "administration" man. 

America is not one "homeland" but 50 distinct and separate 
States. In any case the word "homeland" comes straight out 
of the Communist Manifesto. Since the ultimate goal of 
government is to establish a New World Order International 
Communist One World Government, the choice of this word 
to title Communist legislation, should not surprise us. 




72 

The power to control Education, Welfare and Police Powers 
belongs to the States where it has always resided, and it was 
not taken away from the States at the time of the covenant. 
Neither President Bush nor the House and Senate have any 
power to change that, which the newly created office 
proposed to do. It was only through the exercise of sustained, 
systematic, repetition of propaganda that the people of the 
States accepted this gross violation of the U.S. Constitution. 

The drumbeat of propaganda continued through numerous 
articles about the background and experience of the 
"Homeland Director" and what his job is etc., but there is not 
one word about the blatant unconstitutionality of the new 
department. It will not escape your notice that the very title: 
"Homeland Security" is a clever little bit of propaganda. The 
people are now convinced that not only is the new agency 
constitutional, but that it is also necessary. The mass of 
people has now been successfully "mind controlled" 
(brainwashed.) 

Those who wish to study the matter instead of merely 
watching the CBS Evening News will find something quite 
different from an account of an independent commentator 
and the accounts in the press. As always, such person will be 
in the minority, so that his opinions, even if expressed, will 
not alter the purpose and intent of setting up the new agency. I 
say to you that the United States is forbidden by its 
Constitution and the constitutions of the separate 50 States 
from having any central Federal control mechanism imposed 
upon them. The so-called "Homeland Security" bill is a 
travesty, because it destroys the Republican form of 
government granted to the original states in the 10 th 
Amendment, and which cannot be taken away from them. 




73 



The so-called "Homeland Security Act" is therefore, null and 
void and no law at all. Yet, the brainwashed inner-directed 
victims of Tavistock will obey it as if it were law. 

In short the Homeland Security agency is a deception and it 
cannot be made law. No measure that is unconstitutional can 
be enacted into law and the Congress has urgent duty repeal 
the "law" that gave illegitimate birth to the "Homeland" and 
"Patriot" Acts forthwith. The cardinal point to remember is 
that propaganda and mass brainwashing must always be 
viewed in relation to the end it is intended to serve. In this 
instance it convinces the populace, that liberties must be 
sacrificed in exchange for "protection." Henry Clay, the 
greatest constitutional scholar who ever lived called the ploy 
"a doctrine of necessity, a doctrine from Hell" and utterly 
condemned such attempts. 

H.V. Dicks taught at Tavistock. He stated that individual 
rights have to be sacrificed for the good of all! That includes 
the measure violating the highest law of the land! It must be 
accepted because it is for the good of all! This is better 
explained if we take as an example, the propaganda and 
brainwashing that accompanied President Roosevelt's 
desperate efforts to involve the United States in the war going 
on in Europe, via Japan. 

When the anticipated attack on Pearl Harbor happened, 
(Roosevelt knew the day and the time it would take place) 
announced in his speeches written for him by the Tavistock 
Institute, that the American people would be fighting for the 
highest and noblest of causes, the defense of the nation, 
defense of freedom and for the future security and well-being 
of the nation. As is usual in such cases, the facts spoke of a 
far different set of objectives. 




74 

Roosevelt did not say that the American people were going to 
war to fight for the advancement of International Socialism 
and for the goals of the New World Order -International 
Communism, One World Government. 

The American people were told that Germany intended to 
enslave the world. This was a very good line because even the 
most poorly educated of people realize that slavery is one of 
the worst fates that mankind could be called on to suffer. By 
introducing the word "slavery" a sympathetic chord was 
struck. 

Once again, propaganda bore no relationship to the facts. 
Thinking persons, not susceptible to propaganda, would have 
realized that a small nation like Germany could not possibly 
enslave the world even if had wanted to do so. The resources 
and manpower were just not there. Germany did not possess 
the vast maritime fleet to make such an attack on the United 
States a real possibility. 

The promoters of the war realized from the very outset that for 
momentum to be maintained, a sustained blast of propaganda 
would be necessary. The same principle was followed by Vice 
President Cheney in the weeks preceding the U.S. attack on 
Iraq; he distorted facts, delivered blast after blast of "fear 
rhetoric" and twisted intelligence information to fit his 
purposes. Nobody worked harder than Cheney to ensure that 
war with Iraq would not be prevented at the last minute. 

It was important that Roosevelt attract the attention of the 
masses the "issues" and bring them home to the people, 
hence the endless press reports, the "newsreels" shown 
endlessly at cinemas and the endless brainwashing speeches 
of the politicians. 




75 



Propaganda has to be in a medium easily understood by the 
lowest level of intelligence among the nation, such as posters 
depicting workers in munitions factories, shipyards; aircraft- 
assembly plants all working on the "home front" for the "war 
effort" and so on. 

In the aftermath of the WTC tragedy, much of that type of 
mass-brainwashing propaganda was revived: "America at 
War", "the front line", "and munitions dumps", "enemy troop 
positions" appeared as sub headings on almost everything 
televisions screened. 

The fact that the United States was not at war because war 
had not been declared, and that there were no enemy "troops" 
other than loosely knit guerilla groups, was of course omitted. 

Dictionaries define troops as "a body of soldiers; an army, 
generally in the plural." The Taliban had no army, and 
therefore, no troops. Besides which, war could not be 
declared on "terrorism" or "Bolshevism" or any other "ism." 
War can only be declared against sovereign nations, this 
according to the U.S. Constitution. 

War can only be declared on a country or a particular nation 
of people inhabiting that country. Anything else is Tavistock 
balderdash dished up on a platter decorated with waving flags 
and to the accompaniment of martial music. To say that that 
the United States is at war with the Taliban is the height of 
deception. To be at war of necessity demands a prior 
declaration of war. Without a declaration of war it is 
deception, in effect no war at all. 

A new dimension was added. President Bush, denied war- 
making powers and law- making powers by the U.S. 
Constitution, was suddenly imbued with powers, which 
didn't exist in the U.S. Constitution. 




76 

He began to be called "the commander in chief," when he 
was not entitled to the temporary title, which can only be 
conferred by the Congress in the wake of a full declaration of 
war. That never happened. 

He was mystically "declared" as having the power to label 
any person he so chose an "enemy combatant." That there is 
no such empowerment in the U.S. Constitution, nor is it 
expressly implied, did not faze Mr. Bush for a moment: As far 
as he was concerned from then on, he was the law. 

Thus, the illicit, unconstitutional seizure of powers by a 
sitting U.S. President that began with Woodrow Wilson 
"taking" ten additional powers to which he was absolutely 
not entitled, expanded with Roosevelt "taking" thirty and 
G.W. Bush taking thirty-five (and counting) powers denied by 
the U.S. Constitution. 

Indeed, the United States has become a lawless nation under 
the expert guidance of the Tavistock Institute whose "inner- 
directional conditioning and long-range penetration" 
brainwashing of the American public made it all possible. 

In passing let me add that the British propaganda 
establishment used the self-same language of lies against the 
Boers in South Africa in the war launched by the British to 
take control of the massive gold deposits in that land. The 
British press was full of accounts of the "Boer Army" when 
the Boers had no army, only a farmer citizen guerilla force. 

Like Kaiser Wilhelm II in 1913/1914, Paul Kruger, the God- 
fearing patriarch of the Transvaal Republic was demonized in 
the British press as a vicious tyrant who brutally repressed the 
black population, none of which bore the slightest 
resemblance to the truth. 




77 



Eventually, a formula was arrived at through a series of trials 
and errors in WWI and WWII, and it was revived and adapted 
for use in the U.S. attack on Afghanistan. It was enough to 
catch the fancy and the attention of the bulk of the American 
population because it was pitched to their psychological level. 
The lessons learned in the art of propaganda in the two World 
Wars were simply switched from the European theater to 
mainstream USA, and later, to Iraq, Serbia and Afghanistan. 

The brainwashing was kept strictly to bare essentials, 
embodied in simplistic slogans, catch-phrases using 
stereotyped formulas first developed by Lord Northcliffe at 
Wellington House in London in 1912. The British people had 
to be educated that the German people were "the enemy." 
Everything evil and cruel was imputed all things German, so 
that the mass of British people began to believe that the 
Germans actually were cruel barbarians who would stop at 
nothing. Posters depicting the "Boche butchers" killing 
Belgian women and children sprang up all over the place. 




CHAPTER 15 

The Media's role in propaganda 



79 



As the media played a huge role in propaganda, it is perhaps a 
good idea to see where this started and how it has come to 
pass that the media in the U.S. almost in its entirety is now a 
fully controlled, propaganda organ. The period prior to the 
First World War was a classic series of events in which 
personalities were manipulated, the worst offenders being the 
British and American newspapers. As in all wars, someone 
has to be demonized to get the public involved. In 1913 it was 
Kaiser Wilhelm II of Germany who was demonized before, 
during and after that terrible war. 

One of the principle creators of propaganda of that period 
was Lord Nortcliffe, the noted press baron, a relative of the 
Rothschilds and a hater of Germany. Northcliffe ran 
Wellington House as a major center for anti-German 
propaganda and he harbored a particular hatred of Wilhelm 
II, who was a cousin of Queen Victoria of the notorious 
Black Guelph dynasty of Venice. 

Northcliffe abused Wilhelm II on every possible occasion 
especially on the occasions when the Kaiser talked about 
Germany's military might and prowess. Wilhelm was given 
to childish boasting and most European governments knew 
him as a man who liked to "play soldiers", and dressing in 
outlandishly decorated uniforms. Wilhelm was very distinctly 
not a military man. As a Rothschild, this irked Northcliffe 
who began "warning" that "Germany's place in the sun" as 
the Kaiser liked to call it, was a danger to the rest of Europe. 
That this claim was without the slightest foundation did not 
seem to bother Northcliffe who maximized it to the extent 
where it was marvelous to behold. 




80 

The truth is that Germany was not a threat at that time and 
nor was the Kaiser a mighty warrior waiting to strike, but 
rather, a man prone to nervous breakdowns of which he had 
three in five years and a near useless withered arm, which did 
not project a martial man at all. The nearest one can say that 
Wilhelm got to being martial, was his love of dressing up in 
extravagantly bedecked uniforms. In truth Wilhelm II had 
little if any control over the German military, a fact that 
Northcliffe was well aware of and yet chose to ignore. 

In this the Kaiser was on the same level as the British 
monarch, King George V who had no control of the British 
Expeditionary Force. That didn't stop Northcliffe of 
launching a blistering attack on Queen Victoria's German 
cousin, blaming him for being responsible for a whole list of 
atrocities allegedly carried out by the German Army driving 
through Belgium. Of course, the German High Command did 
wrong in invading neutral Belgium, but they were only in 
transit with no plans to occupy the country. 

It was all part of a tactical plan to march on Paris taking a 
"short cut" through Belgium to outflank the French Army. 
There would have been nothing to gain by deliberately 
killing civilians, a fact the German High Command has 
stressed. Northcliffe called the Kaiser a "megalomaniac" with 
a "hunger to rule the world" which in any case was quite 
beyond the capabilities of any European power. In 1940 
Churchill accused Hitler of having the same desire to 'rule the 
world" knowing it to be false. Churchill also declared Hitler 
"a madman" knowing his characterization of the chancellor 
to be false. 

But not to be discouraged, Northcliffe had his media outlets 
constantly refer to Wilhelm II as "the mad dog of Europe." 




81 



Wellington House engaged the services of a cartoonist who 
regularly depicted Wilhelm II as a slavering mad dog, an ape- 
like creature. The cheap cartoons were made up into book 
form, and quickly granted a status by the press that was 
absolute nonsense. The cartoons were in poor taste and even 
poorer execution. The book was what the English used to call 
"a penny horrible." 

Showing the power of the press, Northcliffe got the media to 
give rave revues about the book. Lord Asquith, the Prime 
Minister, was persuaded to write a forward to what was 
essentially an absolute farce. President Wilson invited the 
"artist," a Dutchman by the name of Raemakers, to the White 
House when he was on a book-selling tour of the U.S. As 
was expected, Wilson lionized the cartoonist and gave his 
blessing to the book. 

Even the legendary "Punch" magazine joined in the campaign 
to depict Wilhelm in the most unfavorable light. It seemed 
that no journal escaped having to print the torrent of sewage 
that poured forth from Wellington House. It was propaganda in 
its rawest form. 

It was not long thereafter that the effect rubbed off on the 
people who began insisting that the Kaiser "be hanged" and 
one minister of religion went as far as to say that he would 
forgive Germany as long as all Germans were shot. 
Hollywood soon joined in the act of condemning the Kaiser, 
of whom it knew nothing. First off was the movie My Four 
Years in Germany adapted from a book written by U.S. 
ambassador to Berlin, James W. Gerard. The movie was 
depicted as a factual account of the Kaiser preparing for war. 
Wilhelm was given the IQ of a paranoid six-year old child 
and depicted as a man riding a hobbyhorse. Scathing 
descriptions of his disability were repeated hundreds of 
times. 




82 



Worse was tc come with the Hollywood version of history 
entitled The Beast of Berlin that portrayed the Kaiser gloating 
over slaughtered Belgian civilians and chuckling in mirth 
over torpedoed ships. None of which was true, but it served 
its purpose, generating a fierce hate against Germans and all 
things German that spread across the U.S. with astonishing 
rapidity. 

It was the basis of the worst type of propaganda ever seen 
and it was carried out in a relentless fashion by the British 
Government, not only at home, but also where it counted the 
most, in the United States. Wellington House was counting 
on the United States to defeat Germany on the field of battle. 

In the late 1990's it was but a very short step for the mass of 
the American people to believe the same of the Taliban and 
of President Hussein of Iraq with who the Taliban was not 
connected. (In fact they hated each other.) 

The fundamental question: "Were the Taliban as a whole, and 
the people of Afghanistan, separate from the Taliban, 
responsible for the dastardly bombing of the WTC?" Does 
the Taliban actually exist? Or is Osama bin Laden just 
another Kaiser Wilhelm II? Perhaps, fifty years hence we 
might find out the truth. In the meantime the Tavistock 
Institute played the propaganda card to the limit, and once 
again, it succeeded. 

After the end of the war the myth of Kaiser Wilhelm II 
persisted. In fact the same propaganda machine that had 
demonized him before and during the war, did not give way 
until July 13, 1959, the 100 th anniversary of Kaiser Wilhelm 
II birthday, which was celebrated by the BBC in the form of a 
documentary about the much abused former German leader. 




83 



It explained how the British people were terrorized by 
bloodcurdling accounts of the Kaiser slashing arms off 
Belgian children with his sword while columns of German 
soldiers raped women in the Belgian villages they passed 
through, none of the accounts bearing even a faint 
resemblance to the truth. 

Even intelligent members of the British Parliament were 
taken in by the relentless storm of hatred stirred up by 
Northcliffe and his crew that included the Americans 
Lippmann and Bemays. However, as good as it was, the BBC 
documentary made no effort to explain how the myth of a 
monstrous Kaiser Wilhelm could suddenly arise as if from 
nowhere, to take up the headlines in the newspapers? 

In the same way no one has explained to my satisfaction how 
Osama bin Laden suddenly appeared on the scene, and how he 
became the villain in the manner of the Kaiser in an amazingly 
short period of time. How did this happen? 

It is an historical fact, that President Wilson rushed the bill to 
establish the Federal Reserve banks to the House, just in time 
for the start of WWI period. Without paper dollars, printed at 
will, it is doubtful, that the war would have occurred. 

How could the Kaiser have suddenly come alive from the 
cartoon character staring out of thousands of newspapers, 
magazines and billboards? We know now that he was the 
product of the vast British War Office's propaganda machine, 
which remained secret as it still remains a big secret 
organization to this very day. The machinery remains as 
covert today as it was in 1913, although some of us have 
managed to tear away some of its shrouding. 




84 

One thing we unearthed through research is that the 
Tavistock Institute was the birthplace of some of the most 
preposterous lies ever to be manufactured and held up as 
truth. 




CHAPTER 16 

Scientific propaganda can deceive the very elect. 



85 



The vast majority of people in the world today will surely 
have heard of the "Beast of Berlin" and how the "Allies" put 
to an end to his mad rampage through Europe. Most people 
in recent times have also heard of the "Beast of Baghdad." 

But how many have heard of the name, Sir Harold Nicholson, 
a distinguished scholar, whose thorough examination of 
literally hundreds of thousands of documents from 1912 to 
1925, absolutely exonerated Kaiser Wilhelm II from starting 
WWI? 

How many people know this? Put it to the test. Try your local 
talk show whiz, and see what happens. Thus for more than 
twenty five years the myth of the Kaiser dominated the 
headlines and had the effect of turning millions of people in 
Britain and America, against Germany in an unjust and 
unfortunate by product of the vast propaganda machine that 
has the British people by the throat since it was first opened 
for business in 1913. We speak of Wellington House and its 
successor, the Tavistock Institute for Human Relations. 

The amazing thing about the myth is how long it lasted. But 
the purpose of propaganda is precisely to perpetuate a myth, 
a lie or some piece of misinformation that lives long after the 
truth is forgotten. Japan will forever be blamed for Pearl 
Harbor, and for the "rape of Nanking," while Churchill will 
forever be hailed as a great man, instead of a bmtal 
warmonger. 

In the same way Colin Powell recently visited Iraq and came 
out with a banner headline statement about Hussein "gassing 
Kurds" during the Iraq-Iran war. 




86 

The truth is that the gas-filled missiles that fell on the 
Kurdish village were Phosgene, a type not possessed by Iraq, 
but they were in the arsenal of Iran. What happened was that 
during an Iraqi offensive, the Iranians fired a large number of 
gas-filled rockets at Iraqi position, but some fell short among 
the Kurds along the border. This was confirmed by the U.S. 
Military College of War report, which entirely exonerated 
Iraq. 

Yet, although the accusation was thoroughly refuted, in 2005, 
almost 30 years later, while on a goodwill tour of Malaysia, 
Karen Hughes representing President George Bush repeated 
the lie, embellishing it by claiming that "30,000 Kurds" had 
been gassed to death by "Saddam Hussein." A member of the 
audience contested her statement, and the next day Hughes 
was forced to retract her story, saying that she had 
"misspoken" herself. An investigation into the incident 
revealed that Hughes actually believed the lies she had heard 
repeated over and over again, by President Bush, Prime 
Minister Blair, Secretary of States Colin Powell, and 
Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld, which ought to tell us 
a great deal about the power of propaganda. 

The facts of the case reported by the War College were later 
confirmed by the U.S. Army and by a second U.S. source. 
Does the world know this? We doubt it. Truth is forgotten 
while a lie lives on. Thus Colin Powell's propaganda against 
Iraq will go the way of the propaganda against Kaiser 
Wilhelm II, on and on for more than 100 years, while the 
truth died the moment the first propaganda blast appeared in 
the newspapers. In this lies the value of propaganda. The 
Social scientists at Tavistock know this and today, they can 
profile any audience to accept lies best suited to their 
perception without understanding the issues behind it. 




87 



By this manner a "morally correct" position and a solid 
backing for the attack on Afghanistan was created. Few of 
the American people ever raised doubts about whether what 
their government was doing in Afghanistan was in 
accordance with the U.S. Constitution. There was no 
referendum, and no mandate to confirm or deny acceptance 
by the people of the Bush administration's policy toward 
Afghanistan. 

Propaganda-brainwashing does not call for a mandate. The 
fact that none of the alleged hijackers of the planes used 
against the Twin Towers were from Afghanistan was 
completely lost on the American public, 74 percent of whom 
still believe that the "al Qaeda" did it and that they live in 
Afghanistan! The same percentage of Americans were 
brainwashed to believe that the Taliban and President Hussein 
worked together to bring about the tragedy! The American 
people do not know that Saddam Hussein would have nothing 
to do with the Taliban leadership. 

Why do the American people allow themselves to be treated 
in this manner? Why do they allow politicians to lie, cheat, 
connive, dissemble, prevaricate, obfuscate and continually 
deceive them? What we ought to mark well, is the way 
Woodrow Wilson treated the American people, like sheep. 

When asked why he kept a small flock of sheep grazing on 
the White House lawns, Wilson replied: "They remind me of 
the American people." Wilson had a burning ambition to rush 
America into WWI and he used Wellington House lies 
(propaganda) against dissenters (the bulk of the people) to 
persuade them to change their outlook. 




88 

Roosevelt repeated the ploy to get the U.S. into WWII 
through lies and propaganda (most often than not the same 
thing) culminating in the "success" of Pearl Harbor. We saw 
the same line used by Pres. Clinton. In the run-up to and 
during the unjust war against Serbia, Clinton's entire 
persuasion consisted of lies and disinformation, not to 
mention misinformation. 

No wonder that Rumsfeld pronouncements are always met 
with suspicion. When asked about the role being played by 
propaganda, Rumsfeld blandly replied: "Government 

officials, the Department of Defense, this secretary of defense 
and the people who work with me tell the American people 
the truth." 




CHAPTER 17 

Propaganda and Psychological Warfare 



89 



A list of U.S. Government Papers, some available and some 
not, reveal in a striking manner just how controlled the 
nations of the world (including the United States) have 
become due to the exercise of propaganda methods at an 
astonishing array of levels. 

At best, I can only mention the titles and paraphrase content 
because of the vastness of the material. I hope the information 
we have put together will shock the American people out of 
their slumbering apathy and make them realize just how far 
they are on the road to becoming slaves of the Socialist New 
World Order inside a One World Government. 

Official Definitions: A useful collection of terms and 
definitions as used by the Washington power establishment. 
Without exception every single one of the programs cited 
herein are Tavistock born and bred. 

Social Sciences and Political Intervention: What passes itself 
off as project-centered "development assistance" may in 
reality consist of dangerous manipulation of culture and social 
relations in the southern hemisphere. 

Because of the enormous monetary advantage enjoyed by 
donors of "aid," they are often in a position to do extensive 
psychosocial studies of target groups and to exploit them in 
ways that would not occur to most people, even in their worst 
nightmares. 



It is typical of everything John Rawlings Reese taught at 
Tavistock and it was carried into every aspect of American life 




90 



Shock and Awe: Achieving Rapid Dominance - This is the 
National Defense University text (1996) that became the 
theory behind U.S. intervention in the Middle East and the 
war against Iraq in March and April of 2003. "Shock and 
Awe," says the text, is intended to be the "non-nuclear 
equivalent" of the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki in 
1945. 

Says the now out-of-print study guide of that terrible tragedy 
says: "The impact of those weapons was sufficient to 
transform both the mindset of the average Japanese citizen 
and the outlook of the leadership through this condition of 
Shock and Awe. The Japanese simply could not comprehend 
the destructive power carried by a single airplane. This 
incomprehension produced a state of awe." 

Besides using massive firepower for psychological purposes, 
the publication also includes extensive discussion of 
propaganda operations. "The principal mechanism for 
achieving this dominance is through imposing sufficient 
conditions of "Shock and Awe" on the adversary to convince 
or compel it to accept our strategic aims and military 
objectives," the writers state. "Clearly, deception, confusion, 
misinformation, and disinformation, perhaps in massive 
amounts, must be employed." 

Psychological Warfare in Combat: This is the full text of the 
infamous "Shock and Awe" doctrine, published in 1996 by 
the National Defense University, Washington. The concept is 
to gain complete control over the will of an adversary, as well 
as the perceptions and understanding of target peoples, 
literally making an enemy impotent to act or react. 




91 



It is worth noting that all of these words and descriptions 
were found in text books used to condition students attending 
classes conducted by John Rawlings Reese at the British 
Army Psychological Warfare Bureau where Rawlings was a 
master theoretician. 

The "Shock & Awe" doctrine is described as a strategy to 
achieve the systematic destruction of military capability 
through attrition, where appropriate, and to use 
overwhelming force to paralyze shock, unnerve, and 
ultimately accomplish the moral destruction of an opponent. 

The International Conference on Population and 
Development (ICPD): A Program of Action presented at the 
conference called for massive propaganda effort, utilizing the 
mass media, non-governmental organizations, commercial 
entertainment, and academic institutions in an effort to 
"persuade" people in developing countries to change their 
fertility preferences. 

A revision to the original text added to accommodate 
representatives from developing countries urges that 
communications activities carried out by donors "for 
advocacy purposes or to promote particular lifestyles" should 
be labeled in such a way that the public will be aware of their 
purpose and that "the identity of sponsors should be indicated 
in an appropriate manner." 

Despite this recommendation, which imposes no mandatory 
restrictions on aid donors, the "communication" section of 
document remains a very dangerous and politically explosive 
part of the New World Order agenda. 




92 

The Population Communication Project: The U.S. 
Agency for International Development (USAID) has poured 
tens of millions of dollars into a "mass media" influence 
campaign that uses tactics borrowed from military 
psychological-war operatives. USAID is only one of 
hundreds of U.S. Government agencies that contracted with 
Tavistock to write its programs. 

In fact, the contractor working as a proxy for USAID in this 
case was also under contract to the U.S. Army to prepare 
teaching manuals for psychological operations. 

Enter-Educate: Using Entertainment as Propaganda: 

The young audience is likely to be more vulnerable to 
messages presented in the context of "entertainment" than to 
other communications that might tend to raise questions about 
the legitimacy of foreign ideas. 

Thus, the entertainment-propaganda approach has become a 
huge part of USAID's international population control effort. 
Here again, literary millions of dollars has gone to Tavistock 
for programs taught by Enter-Educate operators. 

When Propaganda Backfires: A study done of family 
planning attitudes and behavior done in the north of Nigeria in 
1994. According to a published report, the negative reaction 
illustrated "opposition to outsider improprieties, to family 
planning in general and to U.S. -sponsored family planning 
programs in particular." 

Nigeria Bilateral Population Program: (U.S. State 

Department document). The major planning document of the 
U.S. government's population control strategy for Nigeria. 




93 



It is also used as an important part of propaganda in 
Psychological Warfare employed in the U.S. Government 
programs to undermine Latin American political movements, 
the anti-war effort, movement, and grassroots political 
organizing. The contract to write this program was awarded to 
Tavistock. 

Post-Modem Warfare: A menu of resources about 

political/psychological warfare, covert activities, and 
genocide. 

Urban De-Concentration and Other Tactics: This is so 
diabolical in content that I do not propose publishing it at 
least for now. 

Social Influence: Propaganda and Persuasion: — Some useful 
background information. 

Psychological Operations in Guerrilla Warfare: The 
CIA's tactical manual for paramilitary forces in Central 
America prepared by Tavistock. The CIA has Tavistock 
under contract and works very closely with it. 

Institute for Propaganda Analysis: A collection of documents 
containing basic facts about covert influence campaigns. 
Here again, the institute is merely a clearing house for 
Tavistock data and brainwashing methods for mass use. 

The United States Intelligence Bureaus Official descriptions 
and duties of U.S. government bureaus involved in the 
collection or analysis of intelligence. 

Secrecy & Government Bulletins: A collection of documents 
advocating openness in government. 




94 

Reporters Collective: A source for reliable research materials 
on international institutions and their role in fronting for the 
wealthy, powerful nations that control their policies. Many of 
the institutions listed have had their leadership cadre taught 
by Tavistock's Social Science scientists. 

Propaganda, dissemination of ideas and information for the 
purpose of inducing or intensifying specific attitudes and 
actions: Because propaganda is frequently accompanied by 
distortions of fact and by appeals to passion and prejudice, it 
is often thought to be invariably false or misleading. As 
Tavistock's manuals state, the essential distinction lies in the 
intentions of the propagandist to persuade an audience to 
adopt the attitude or action he or she espouses. Wilson and 
Roosevelt were examples of this truism, both having been 
polished in the art of diplomacy by deception as Bukanin 
explained the term back in 1814. 




CHAPTER 18 

Wilson gets the U.S. into WWI thanks to propaganda 



95 



The massive modem propaganda techniques which have 
become a familiar part of particularly the American and 
British governments began with World War I (1914-1918). 
From the beginning of the war, both German and British 
propagandists worked hard to win sympathy and support of 
the United States. German propagandists appealed to the 
many Americans of German descent, and to those of Irish 
descent, who were traditionally hostile to Great Britain who 
was living in America. The propaganda was rather crude by 
today's standards, but what it lacked in finesse was made up 
by the sheer volume of the huge output of Wellington House. 

Soon, however, Germany was virtually cut off from direct 
access to the United States. Thereafter British propaganda 
had little competition in the United States, and it was 
conducted more skillfully than that of the Germans who had 
no equivalent of Wellington House, Bemays, or Lippmann. 

Once engaged in the war Woodrow Wilson organized the 
Committee on Public Information, an official propaganda 
agency, to mobilize American public opinion. This 
committee proved highly successful, particularly in the sale of 
Liberty Bonds. And no wonder. Its program was written for 
the White House by Tavistock and was largely directed from 
London. 

The exploitation by the Allies of President Woodrow 
Wilson's Fourteen Points, which seemed to promise a just 
peace for both the victors and the vanquished, contributed 
greatly toward crystallizing opposition within the Central 
Powers to continuation of the war. 




96 

Elsewhere herein we have detailed the lies and distortions 
engaged in by the Bryce Commission, which remains one of 
the most disturbing examples of blatant lying successfully 
passed off as truth. The part played by Americans at 
Wellington House, the premiere propaganda center in the 
world at that time is also explained later herein. 

The propaganda aspects of World War II were similar to 
those of World War I, except that the Second World War, 
also started by Britain and financed by the international 
bankers, was greater in scope. Radio played a major role, 
with "news broadcasts" always a mixture of facts heavily 
laced with fiction. Propaganda activities overseas were more 
intense. The Tavistock Institute was able to put into practice 
all of the valuable lessons it had learned in 1914-1919, and it 
used its experience in a number of new ways in the old as 
well as new countries. 

Both Germany and the United Kingdom again sought to sway 
American opinion. German propagandists played on anti- 
British sentiment, represented the war as a struggle against 
communism, and pictured Germany as the invincible 
champion of a new wave of anti-Communism. German agents 
also gave their support to movements in the United States that 
backed "isolationism", a descriptive tag attached to all 
Americans who opposed war with Germany. 

German propaganda efforts were no match against the 
expertise of Wellington House and Tavistock or the resources 
of Britain (secretly aided with huge amounts of money by the 
Roosevelt administration) and once again it proved 
ineffective. 




97 



The carefully planned attack on Pearl Harbor was well 
known by Roosevelt, Stimson and Knox for months before the 
actual attack. 

December 1941, was a godsend for Roosevelt who had been 
trying desperately to force the U.S. to go to war on the side of 
Britain, especially after the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor; 
American people were persuaded by propaganda and outright 
lies that Germany was the aggressor. 

The dire warnings by Lindbergh, the famous aviator, and a 
number of other anti-war Senators that Roosevelt was not to 
be trusted, and that as was the case in WWI, the U.S. had no 
business interjecting itself into the war in Germany, was 
blunted by propaganda. Also, the "contrived situation" at 
Pearl Harbor changed public opinion, as Roosevelt well knew 
it would. Allied propaganda efforts that flowed from 
Tavistock were aimed at separating the peoples of the Axis 
nations from their governments, which were held solely to 
blame for the war. Radio broadcasts and leaflets dropped 
from the air carried Allied propaganda to the enemy. 

The official U.S. propaganda agencies during World War II 
were the Office of War Information (OWI), charged with 
disseminating Tavistock "information" at home and abroad, 
and the Office of Strategic Service (OSS), forerunner of the 
CIA and a creation of Tavistock, charged with conducting 
psychological warfare against the enemy. 

At Supreme Headquarters in the European theater of 
operations, the OWI and OSS were coordinated with military 
activities by the Psychological Warfare Division under the 
direction of Social scientists from the Tavistock Institute. 




98 

In the period of the Cold War — a marked conflict of interests 
between the United States and the Soviet Union following 
World War II — propaganda continued to be a significant 
instrument of national policy. 

Both the democratic and Communist blocs of states 
attempted by sustained campaigns, to win to their side the 
great masses of uncommitted peoples, and thereby, achieve 
their objectives, without resorting to armed conflict. Every 
aspect of national life and policy was exploited for purposes 
of propaganda. 

The Cold War was also marked by the use of defectors, trials, 
and confessions for propaganda purposes. In this propaganda 
war the Communist nations seemed initially to have a distinct 
advantage. Because their governments controlled all media, 
they could largely seal off their people from Western 
propaganda. 

At the same time, the highly centralized governments could 
plan elaborate propaganda campaigns and mobilize resources 
to carry out their plans. They could also count on aid from 
Communist parties and sympathizers in other countries. 
Democratic states, on the other hand, could neither prevent 
their peoples from being exposed to Communist propaganda 
nor mobilize all their resources to counter it. This apparent 
advantage for Communist governments eroded during the 
1980s, as communications technology advanced. Inability to 
control the spread of information was a major factor in the 
disintegration of many Communist regimes in Eastern 
Europe at the end of the decade. The United States 
Information Agency (USIA), established in 1953 to conduct 
propaganda and cultural activities abroad, operates the "Voice 
of America", a radio network that carries news and 
information about the United States in more than 40 languages 
to all parts of the world. 




99 



CHAPTER 19 

Is history being repeated? The case of Lord Bryce 

With historians heavily involved in either defending or 
damning the war in Iraq, it might be good time to ponder the 
case of Viscount James Bryce, the highly respected historian 
who sold out and went to his grave as a confirmed, dastardly, 
unrepentant liar. Before his unfortunate involvement with 
Wellington House, Bryce had enjoyed wide respect as an 
honest historian. 

From the start of World War I, stories of German atrocities 
filled British and American newspapers. By far the bulk of 
them were prepared at Wellington House and spread through 
media channels. Mostly, they were supposed to have 
emanated from "eye-witness" accounts by "reporters and 
photographers," who accompanied the German Army's march 
through Belgium to outflank French defenses in their drive on 
Paris. 

Eyewitnesses described German infantrymen spearing 
Belgian babies on their bayonets as they marched along, 
singing war songs. Accounts of Belgian boys and girls with 
amputated hands (supposedly to prevent them from using 
guns) abounded. Tales of women with amputated breasts 
multiplied even faster. 

At the top of the atrocity hit parade were rape stories. One 
eyewitness claimed the Germans dragged twenty young 
women out of their houses in a captured Belgian town and 
stretched them on tables in the village square, where each 
was violated by at least twelve "Huns," while the rest of the 
division watched and cheered. At British expense, a group of 
Belgians toured the United States retelling these stories. 




100 

President Woodrow Wilson solemnly received them in the 
White House. Their story horrified America. Nobody thought 
to check their account of the rape they had witnessed. Their 
accounts of the brutality they allegedly had suffered were 
never questioned. 

The Germans angrily denied these stories. So did American 
reporters with the German army. In 1914 Wilson had not yet 
"managed" the battlefield reporters unlike George Bush in the 
invasion of Iraq in 2002. There were no "embedded" reporters 
with the British Army. Tavistock had yet to learn how to 
censor the truth by "embedding" selected reporters with the 
troops. 

When British journalist's dispatches began to be published in 
England, throwing doubt of the "atrocities", Northcliffe came 
up with the idea of appointing Lord Bryce to head an enquiry 
board to investigate accounts of German atrocities and report 
back to him. Actually the suggestion came from Edward 
Bemays and was approved by Walter Lippmann. 

Then, early in 1915, the British government made it official 
by asking Viscount Bryce to head a royal commission to 
investigate the atrocity reports. Bryce was one of the best- 
known historians of the era; he had written widely praised 
books on the American government and on Irish history, 
sympathetically portraying the Irish people's hard fate under 
British rule. In 1907, he had worked with an Anglo-Irish 
diplomat, Roger Casement, to expose horrendous exploitation 
of Indian peoples on the Amazon River by a British rubber 
company. 

From 1907-1913, he had served as British ambassador in 
Washington, where he became a popular, even beloved 
figure. 




101 

It would have been hard to find a more admired scholar who 
had an established reputation of honesty and integrity. Bryce 
and his six fellow commissioners, an amalgam of 
distinguished lawyers, historians land jurists, "analyzed" 
1,200 depositions of "eyewitnesses," who claimed to have 
seen all manner of atrocious German behavior. 

Almost all the testimony came from Belgians who had fled to 
England as refugees; and there were some statements from 
Belgian and British soldiers, collected in France. But the 
commissioners failed to interrogate even a single one of these 
eyewitnesses; that task was left to "gentlemen of legal 
knowledge and experience" — lawyers. Since the asserted 
crimes took place in what continued to be a war zone, there 
was no on site investigation of any of the reports. 

Not a single witness was identified by name; the 
commissioners said this was justified in the case of Belgians 
by the fear that there might be German reprisals against 
family members. But British soldier witnesses remained 
equally anonymous, for no apparent reason. Nevertheless, in 
his introduction, Bryce claimed that he and his fellow 
commissioners had tested the evidence "severely." Nobody 
suspected that military witnesses were not to be "tested" at 
all, let alone, severely so. No reason was ever given for such 
a grave lapse, and what Tavistock has since characterized not 
as a lie, but as a "misstatement." 

The Bryce Report was released on May 13, 1915. British 
propaganda headquarters in Wellington House, near 
Buckingham Palace, made sure it went to virtually every 
newspaper in America. The impact was stupendous, as the 
headline and subheads in the New York Times make clear. 




102 

GERMAN ATROCITIES ARE PROVEDS FINDS BRYCE 
COMMITTEE 

Not Only Individual Crimes, but also Premeditated Slaughter 
in Belgium 

YOUNG AND OLD MUTILATED 

Women Attacked, Children Brutally Slain, Arson and 

Pillage Systematic 

COUNTENANCED BY OFFICERS 

Wanton Firing on Red Cross and White Flag: Prisoners 

and Wounded Shot 

CIVILIANS USED AS SHIELDS. 

On May 27, 1915, Wellington House operatives in America 
reported to London on the outcome of their massive 
propaganda initiative: "Even in papers hostile to the Allies, 
there is not the slightest attempt to impugn the correctness of 
the facts alleged. Lord Bryce's prestige in America put 
skepticism out of the question." 

Charles Masterman, chief of Wellington House, told Bryce: 
"Your report has swept America." 

Among the small number of critics of the Bryce Report was Sir 
Roger Casement. "It is only necessary to turn to James Bryce, 
the historian, to convict Lord Bryce, the partisan," Casement 
wrote in a furious essay, "The Far Extended Baleful Power of 
the Lie." 

By this time Casement had become a fierce advocate of Irish 
independence so few people paid any attention to his dissent, 
which was dismissed as biased. 




103 



Clarence Darrow, the famously iconoclastic American 
lawyer, who specialized in winning acquittals for ostensibly 
guilty clients, was another skeptic. He went to France and 
Belgium later in 1915 and searched in vain for a single 
eyewitness who could confirm even one of the Bryce stories. 
Increasingly dubious, Darrow announced he would pay 
$l,000-a very large sum in 1915 - more than $17,000 in 21 st 
Century money - to anyone who could produce a Belgian or 
French boy whose hands had been amputated by a German 
soldier or a single child of either sex that had been bayoneted 
by German troops. 

There were no takers, not one "victim" came forward to claim 
the reward although Darrow had spent a considerable amount 
of his own money in advertising it, far and wide. 

After the war, historians who sought to examine the 
documentation for Bryce's stories were told that the files had 
mysteriously disappeared. No government official or 
department offered to start a search for the "missing" 
documents. 

This blatant evasion of putting the "severely tested" 
documents to a newer, thoroughly impartial test prompted 
most historians to dismiss 99 percent of Bryce's atrocities as 
fabrications. One called the Report "in itself one of the worst 
atrocities of the war." More recent scholarship has scaled 
down the percentage of the Bryce report's fabrications 
because it turned out that several thousand Belgian civilians, 
including some women and children were apparently shot by 
the Germans in the summer of 1914 and Bryce more or less 
accurately summarized some of the worst excesses, such as 
the executions in the town of Dinant. 




104 

But even these latter day scholars admit Bryce's report was 
"seriously contaminated" by the rapes, amputations and 
speared babies. They blamed this grave lapse on hysteria, 
and war rage. 

This amounts to giving Bryce a free pass. The number of 
corrections that had to be made by critics of Darrow's reports 
was less than one percent and failed to clear Bryce. As was 
pointed out at the time, 99 percent of the Bryce Commission 
Report were lies. Correspondence between the members of 
the Bryce committee survived the "disappearance" of the 
documents; it reveals severe doubts about the tales of 
mutilation and rape. These serious doubts were never spread 
across Britain and America in the manner of Wellington 
House brutality reports. One of the committee's secretaries 
admitted that he had been given numerous English addresses 
of Belgian women supposedly made pregnant by German 
rapes but in spite of intensive searches, was not able to locate 
a single one on the list. 

Even the highly touted story of a Member of Parliament 
sheltering two pregnant women turned out to be fraudulent. 
Bryce apparently brushed aside this negative evidence as 
Bush and Blair were to do scores of times when on rare 
occasions, a few reporters did their job and asked awkward 
questions. 

Lord Bryce the scholar should have known - and almost 
certainly did know - - that tales of spearing babies, raping 
and cutting off the breasts of murdered women were standard 
"hate - the - enemy" fables hundreds of years old, as were 
mass rapes in fields and public squares. 

Even a cursory examination of Napoleon's campaigns in 
Europe brought out hundreds of these types of "atrocities," a 
very small fraction of which turned out to be true. 




105 



Bryce the learned historian, the learned, trusted scholar with 
a reputation for honesty should have rejected such 
fabrications out of hand. He most certainly knew that the vast 
majority of the "atrocity" stories emanated from Wellington 
House (the foremnner of the Tavistock Institute.) Instead of 
examining their origin and then dismissing them as 
propaganda, Bryce grouped them all into a "report," that 
found them generally factual and then issued general 
condemnation of the German army and people. This is 
reminiscent of Mr. G.W. Bush and his general classification 
that the entire population of several Muslim states belonged 
to an "Axis of Evil." 

Why didn't Bryce dismiss the fabrications and concentrate on 
the German executions of civilians? As we have stated, he 
knew the bulk of the "incidents" were products of Wellington 
House; and had he done so, it would have opened up a very 
sticky subject of the wide use being made of propaganda by 
the British Government. 

There was an important reason why Bryce chose to abandon 
an honorable course instead of soiling his reputation: A high 
percentage of the Belgian Army in 1914/1915 was made up of 
"Home Guards" (partisans) who wore no uniforms except for 
an insignia pinned to their shirts or hats. The Germans, 
desperately trying to win in the West before the invading 
Russian Army smashed through their lightly held lines in the 
East, were infuriated by these seemingly civilian combatants, 
and showed them no mercy. 

That the German Army was entitled to return the fire of 
civilians or even initiate it by the rules of war under the 
Geneva Conventions applicable at that time, was never 
brought out in the press. 




106 

The fact is that in 1915 "partisans" right up to 1945, were fair 
game. Civilians, even with badges pinned to their hats were 
not given authority to shoot at soldiers in uniform, or afforded 
protection. Yes, that was what the rules of war laid out in the 
Geneva Conventions, and Lord Bryce and his commissioners 
knew it. Nor was this important fact trumpeted across 
England and America in the manner of the propaganda that 
had successfully captured the hearts and minds of the British 
and American people. 

Some German field commanders obviously lost their heads 
and retaliated excessively against whole towns, such as 
Dinant. 

But a defense of sorts could be mounted, even for these men. 
The ensuing debate as to what the Geneva Convention allowed 
would have produced yawns in newspaper readers. They 
wanted what Bryce gave them - blood and lust, rape and 
horror perpetrated by the German ("Boche") "beasts" against 
women and young children and "unarmed civilians." They 
wanted proof that the German "Hun" was a barbarian, a savage 
beast. And if the public had not been deceived, Wellington 
House, and the British Government's war effort, would have 
been in deep trouble. 

The Bryce Report unquestionably helped England win the 
war. Unquestionably it swayed the opinions of the American 
public and convinced millions of Americans and other 
neutrals — it was translated into 27 languages — that the 
Germans were ugly beasts in human form. No one except a 
few "biased" outsiders such as Sir Roger Casement and 
Clarence Darrow ever reproached Lord Bryce for the vicious 
lies he had spread around the world. No fair-minded man 
could ever forgive Bryce for soiling himself. 




107 



Through it all, Wellington House remained in the background 
- few people knew of its existence - let alone its vital role, but 
it had done an important job and struck a mighty blow for 
brainwashing. As for Bryce, he went to his grave loaded with 
royal and academic honors, a sullied, superior liar, a man who 
had soiled himself and with the blood of millions on his 
hands, a brilliant scoundrel, a thief who stole the truth from a 
public entitled to know it, and who managed to evade 
detection and exposure and the utter condemnation that was 
universally afforded to Judas Iscariot. 

From a perspective of a hundred years, we ought to take a 
much harsher view of this man. The Bryce Report had 
obvious connections to the British decision to maintain the 
blockade of Germany for seven months after the armistice in 
1918, causing the starvation deaths of an estimated 600,000 
elderly and very young Germans, all part of the game plan to 
so weaken Germany that it would never be a "threat" to the 
"allies" again. 

The Wellington House propaganda lies about the German 
Army was far and away the greatest atrocity of World War I 
and it made every German man and woman hunger for 
revenge. By creating blind hatred of Germany, Bryce sowed 
the dragon's teeth of World War II. 




109 

CHAPTER 20 

The Black Art of successful lying: Gulf War 1991 

From this background, what we saw in the Gulf War circa 
1991 was frightening enough to very forcefully remind us of 
the origin of the black art of successful lying practiced by 
Lord Bryce and what a congenital, witting liar he had turned 
out to be. It also brought to mind how Wellington House and 
then Tavistock set its seal on brainwashing as a tool of war. It 
was one of the deciding factors that made me determined to 
write this work and expose Tavistock and its injurious, baleful 
influence. 

In the Gulf War the U.S. Department of Defense shut out all 
news media and appointed its own spokesman who gave his 
grossly untruthful version of events via television broadcasts. 
I dubbed the fellow "Pentagon Pete" and he talked blithely 
about "collateral damage" a new Tavistock phrase being tried 
for the first time ever. It took the public a long time to catch 
on to its meaning-human casualties, human deaths and 
destruction of property. 

Then we had a break when CNN was allowed to come in and 
report on the success of the "Patriot" missile defense shooting 
down Iraqi SCUDS, which it turned out, was another base 
exercise in propaganda. According to CNN at least one 
SCUD attacking Israel was shot down every night. Only 
World In Review, in the midst of the war, reported that not a 
single SCUD missile had been shot down. Nobody dared to 
report that a total of 15 SCUDS had hit Tel Aviv and other 
parts of Israel. Disinformation and misinformation prevailed. 
Only WIR reported the truth, but with a small readership, it 
didn't matter to the propagandists. 




110 

Then there was the gigantic fraud perpetrated on the 
American people by one of the largest Public Relations 
companies in Washington, Hilton and Knowles. 

Here again, only WIR broke the story that the whole tear- 
jerking episode of Iraqi soldiers pulling out new-bom Kuwait 
babies from incubators and throwing them on the floor, was a 
gross falsehood. It is interesting that like Benton and Bowles, 
Hilton and Knowles had long ties to the Tavistock Institute. 
Both companies were leading "advertising" agencies. 

The Hilton and Knowles fabrication, tearfully narrated by an 
"eye witness," (who just happened to be the teenage daughter 
of the A1 Sabah family's Kuwaiti ambassador to Washington) 
was what swayed the Senate to violate the U.S. Constitution 
and "give" Bush the elder, "permission" to attack Iraq, 
despite the fact that no such provision exists in the U.S. 
Constitution. While Bush the elder could say; -"Well, I didn't 
know this, I didn't hire Hilton and Knowles," he plainly knew 
all about the key propaganda stunt pulled off against the 
American people. Nobody will ever believe that he did not 
recognize the sixteen-year old daughter of the Kuwaiti 
ambassador, who he had met before. 

The Kuwaiti ambassador paid Hilton and Knowles $600,000 
to stage the elaborate fraud in front of the Senate, for which 
he ought to have been arrested for lying to a Senate 
committee. What was so galling is that the daughter also 
went unpunished for her part in tearfully recounting her 
experience: "I saw the Iraqi soldiers pull the new bom babies 
out of the incubators and thrown them on the ground," she 
cried. 




Ill 

The fact of the matter was that Narita A1 Sabah had not been 
anywhere near Kuwait for years, and certainly not during the 
war! She had been in Washington D.C. with her father at the 
ambassador's Washington residence. Yet this child-liar and 
her father were not prosecuted. That is what the propaganda 
experts at Tavistock call "a successful remake of events." 
Narita A1 Sabah's testimony became the centerpiece of a huge 
media campaign in America, and it is known to have swayed 
not only the Senate, but put the American people on the side 
of the war against Iraq. 

Bush the elder indulged in an old propaganda piece in telling 
the world that "Saaadam" had to be removed from Iraq "to 
make the Middle East safe." (Remember that Wilson sent 
American troops to their death in France to "make the world 
safe for democracy.") Bush the elder suddenly began 
vilifying and demonizing the Iraqi president to suit the 
purposes of his oil cartel friends, and, as in the case of the 
Kaiser in 1913, it worked. 

Not many people remembered the ploy put on by Wilson, 
otherwise they might have noticed the striking similarity in 
what President Bush was saying, and what Bryce told Wilson 
and what Wilson told the American people to sway them to 
support WWI. Now that Hussein is all but forgotten and the 
threats he allegedly posed have all been dismissed as a pack 
of lies, all of a sudden it is "A1 Qaeda" we have to worry 
about. 

Woodrow Wilson used plain propaganda when he told a 
reluctant American people that the war would "make the 
world safe for democracy." Bush intoned the same veritable 
deceit. 




112 

The cost of making the world "safe for democracy" was 
horrendous. Professor William Langer placed the known 
dead of WWI at 10,000,000 men and women soldiers and 
20,000,000 wounded. Russia alone lost 9,000,000 men killed 
or an astonishing 75 percent of its army. The total cost of the 
war in dollars has been figured at $180,000,000,000 to which 
must be added the indirect costs of $151,612,500,000. 




113 

CHAPTER 21 

The Soldiers Memorial and WWI cemeteries. 

The cost of the Bush war against Iraq was running at around 
$420 billion in mid 2005, and the Bush family wants more 
money for their ill-starred venture. And knowing the 
American people and their hapless, helpless ail-but useless 
representatives in the legislature, Bush will get what he 
wants. 

The figures of the dollar cost of WWI do not tell anything 
about the sorrow and suffering brought to America by 
Wilson, the transgressor. We insert here a recent article, 
which gives a poignant, personal touch to the dreadful loss of 
life in that nightmarish war. 

"Several weeks ago I visited with my family the Soldier's 
Memorial Museum in the heart of downtown St. Louis. It is a 
huge and deeply impressive building, dedicated in 1936 by 
President Roosevelt as a memorial to the 1075 men of St. 
Louis who died in the Lirst World War. The memorial is 
painfully beautiful, all mosaics and marble, with terrazzo 
floors and Bedford stone sculptures. It is dominated by the 
vast black granite cenotaph in its center, covered with the 
hundreds of dead men's names in neat row upon row." 

"On the day we visited this striking but haunted place it 
seemed completely empty. While empty of visitors, it was, 
however, full of the spirits and voices and faces of the pale, 
tousled-headed boys in neatly-pressed uniforms, who had 
marched off from St. Louis 86 years ago to fight in a glorious 
war so far away in a far-off land, boys who had never come 
back home. 




114 



The poignancy of that was rendered all the stronger by the 
fact that we are living daily with the repercussions of current 
conflict, the savage bloody war in Iraq. We read daily of the 
boys who will never come back home." 

"What struck me most as I walked around the memorial and 
the museum, holding my newborn baby girl, was the fact that 
it looked like so many memorials that I had visited in my 
home country of Scotland. It also looked like those I had 
visited in France, in England and in Canada and New Zealand 
and it looked just like the memorials in almost every other 
country touched by the carnage of World War One." 

"In almost every country touched by the carnage of WWI, the 
so-called "War to End all Wars;" men rushed to join the 
military and marched off to war with great enthusiasm. They 
believed it would be a short, sharp and successful war, fought 
for good reasons, and glorious for the winners. They believed 
they were building a better world." 

"They were wrong. An average of 5,500 men died every 
single day for four and a half years in the First World War; 
that is roughly four men per minute, every minute, for four 
and a half years, until 10 million men were dead. The First 
World War did more than destroy lives; it destroyed the 
confidence in progress, in prosperity and in reasonableness of 
civilized human beings that had become so characteristic of 
the nineteenth century. The war destroyed much of the next 
generation which would have provided leadership to Europe 

M 



"And this morning, as I sit holding my baby girl I read daily 
reports of escalating violence in Iraq, with British, Iraqi and 
American men continuing to die, the St. Louis Soldier's - a 
memorial to a war that should have never been 




115 



fought - haunts me and their ghosts haunt the Memorial. It 
was the worst of all disasters, the war that should have never 
been fought-haunts me." 

"The Neo-Conservative brains in the U.S. Administration 
would have been wise to visit places like this and think long 
and hard about the lessons of such memorials before 
embarking on a war in the Middle East that has already killed 
an unknown number of people and which will certainly kill 
many more, directly and indirectly. 

(Written by Professor Dr. James Lachlan MacLeod, Associate 
Professor of History, University of Evansville, Indiana). 

My experiences parallel those of Professor MacLeod. I 
visited the battlefields of Verdun and Passchendale where 
most of the slaughter he so ably recounts, occurred. I tried to 
imagine 10 million soldiers dying so young, the terror, the 
horror and the sorrow they experienced, and the inconsolable 
sorrow of the ones they left behind. While standing in the 
afternoon's fading light in one of the many war cemeteries in 
Prance, and looking upon the thousands upon thousands of 
neat white crosses marching across the war cemeteries, I was 
overcome by anger and then overwhelmed by grief, so much 
so that I swear I heard the cries and the shouts of anguish of 
the dead calling for justice to be done, so cruelly cut down in 
their prime, and seemed to see their faces reflected in the 
clouds above. 



It was a mystical experience I will never forget, much like 
the experience of a British officer who visited these 
battlefields in 1919: 




116 

Yesterday I visited the battlefields of the last years. The place 
was scarcely recognizable. Instead of a wilderness of ground 
tom up by shells, the round was a garden of wild flowers and 
tall grasses. Most remarkable of all was the appearance of 
many thousands of white butterflies which fluttered around. It 
was as if the souls of the dead soldiers had come to haunt the 
spot where so many fell. It was eerie to see them. And the 
silence! It was so still that I could almost hear the beat of the 
butterflies' wings. (From records in the British War Museum 
in London) 

My intense feelings of outrage made me determined to find 
out everything I could about a terrible war that began with 
massive gout of propaganda, the scourge of the modern 
world. It was another decisive reason for writing this book 
and exposing the evil of Tavistock. Sir Roger Casement 
thought Lord Bryce ought to have been hanged for treason 
and I feel Wilson ought to have suffered a similar fate, which 
would have stopped Roosevelt and Churchill from plunging 
the world into a second round of carnage. Propaganda 
prevailed, and the western civilized world was lost. 

The world we knew, the world established by western 
civilization, is gone. Spengler's gloomy predictions proved 
right. In place of our western civilized world we shall soon 
see the ghastly edifice of the new Communist Socialist One 
World Government looming up through the darkness of the 
coming long night. 

Let there be no doubt that the First World War was caused 
by Britain and her ally, the United States of America with 
the aide of Wellington House. The war could not have been 
mounted without the dark forces of Wellington House. The 
name of Lord Grey, its principal architect will go down in 
history as traitorous dishonest politician. 




117 



There is no consensus as to why Britain started WWI. But by 
1916, the German Army had defeated the French and British 
armies in a most decisive manner. Wilson was under heavy 
pressure to get American troops shipped to Europe, so 
Wellington House unleashed an all-out propaganda war 
against the American people, but which nevertheless, 
remained ineffective until the Bryce Report was published. 

To understand what is happening in Iraq is impossible unless 
we make ourselves fully cognizant with the terrible 
propaganda deployed against the British and American 
people in 1913 and 1940. It was one of the darkest and most 
foul chapters in history, with Wilson mouthing such lies as a" 
just war", and "a war to end all wars", a war "to make the 
world safe for democracy." What the war was about was to 
make trade safe for Britain especially, and France now being 
threatened by German industry. 

But they were words in obfuscation of his true intent and 
meaningless in that context, just what you'd expect from a 
politician. The kind of bunkum one find's on a society page. 

Wilson's talk of "making the world safe for democracy" was 
nothing more than colored gas bubbles. He was proposing to 
go into the war on the side of the English, who were at that 
very moment making sure there was no popular democracy in 
the Empire. 

The English had just brutally finished off the Boers in South 
Africa in a cruel war that lasted three years. If Wilson wanted 
to make the world "safe for democracy", he ought to have 
gone to war on the side of Germany against England, the 
aggressor and instigator of the war. 




118 

Instead of "making the world safe for democracy" it turned 
out to be the greatest calamity ever to befall civilized nations 
that had fallen into the clutches of men who were corrupt 
immoral liars, into a war quite properly called, "The Great 
War." It was of course only "great" in its size and scope. 

We will never understand how the United States became the 
"sole great power," unless we confess to the sins of Wilson 
and the British establishment of 100 years ago. The United 
States has continuously entangled itself in the affairs of other 
sovereign nation's affairs, despite the dire warning of George 
Washington, and the first instance of this was our entry into 
WWI and the failed League of Nations. Wilson made full use 
of the master propagandists of Wellington House using 
sloganeering as a sword, told the reluctant Senate that if it did 
not ratify the League of Nations "it will break the heart of the 
world." 

Thanks to Senator Cabot Lodge, and a number of U.S. 
Senators who after sober reflection and examination of the 
U.S. Constitution, declined to ratify the League of Nations 
treaty because they discovered it sought to kill U.S. 
sovereignty. Using and abusing his penchant for propaganda, 
Wilson tried to carry the day by declaring his re-election 
campaign "a great and solemn referendum for acceptance of 
the treaty" but not having Lord Bryce to back him, lost, and 
was swept away. 

Unfortunately it did not take the pliers of propaganda long to 
stage a comeback with the revamped United Nations version 
of the League of Nations. Truman, (not the simple hat seller 
from Missouri but the Master Mason) betrayed the American 
people by permitting this one-world edifice in the U.S. and 
Truman used propaganda left over by Wilson to persuade key 
senators to vote for his lies. 




119 



What Truman did was force the American nation to enter into 
a pact with the devil-the devil of power over justice and truth, 
justice from the barrel of a gun. We applied that "justice" in 
WWII through mass bombing of civilian centers without 
regard to loss of life and we used atomic bombs on Japan, 
although the war was over, in the propaganda ploy of "shock 
and awe" echoed by Rumsfeld in the unconstitutional war 
against Iraq. 




CHAPTER 22 
Peace is not popular 



121 



The Second World War followed an almost identical pattern 
as WWI. For concluding a peace deal with Hitler, Neville 
Chamberlain was at once subjected to a mighty propaganda 
barrage directed by the Tavistock Institute. Chamberlain had 
defied the Committee of 300 and backed a newcomer, a rank 
outsider who was seen as a threat to world Socialism. 

The world did not learn the truth about Chamberlain or that he 
was an able politician bent upon avoiding another war, or that 
he was well experienced and had worked out an equitable 
peace plan - which of course - did not suit the munitions 
merchants vultures sitting on the fence waiting to pick clean 
the wealth of nations and the corpses of their sons. 

The vast propaganda machine set up at the Tavistock Institute 
in London immediately swung into action against 
Chamberlain, after he announced his successful peace plan. 
Shakespeare said that "the evil that men do lives after them; 
the good is oft interred with their bones." The good done by 
Chamberlain did not suit the warmongers and they buried 
Chamberlain under a catalogue of propaganda and outright 
lies. 

These lies were the work of specialists in propaganda 
employed at the Tavistock Institute, notably, Peter Howard, 
Michael Foot and Frank Owen. One of these men, employing 
the pen-name of "Cato" so vilified Chamberlain that the 
odium they attached to his name lives even to this day in July 
of 2005. Such is the power of the might Tavistock 
propaganda machine. 




122 



In later years, long after the deceitful propaganda experts had 
done their work, British historian and scholar David Dutton 
wrote a book, Neville Chamberlain in which he gave a 
balanced assessment of the former prime minister. 

Far from being a "dupe of Hitler" and "a fool" Chamberlain 
showed considerable negotiating skill and was a highly 
competent leader, who fought valiantly to prevent another 
war. But that ran contrary to the wishes of the Committee of 
300. Churchill got his "delicious war," but by 1941, the 
"Allies" had virtually been driven off the continent of Europe 
with huge loss of manpower. France, Belgium, Holland and 
Denmark were occupied. 

Germany offered generous terms to England but warmonger 
Churchill rejected peace overtures, and turned to his old 
workhorse ally, the United States, to provide men, money 
and materials to continue "the delicious war." 

To the American people we say in deep sorrow: "When will 
you ever learn? When are you going to distinguish between 
propaganda and genuine information? When are you going to 
put proposal for war to the constitutional test?" 

Wilson was a consummate liar and a hater of the U.S. 
Constitution; yet, thanks to a huge propaganda drive 
organized run and maintained by Wellington House, he was 
able to accomplish his mission by operating under a banner of 
patriotism, which overcame vigorous opposition to the war. 
Between Wilson, Churchill and Roosevelt, tremendous 
damage was done to western Christian civilization. Yet in 
spite of this fact, a wave of propaganda continues to wash 
over their names, as if to rid them of the blood on of millions 
on their hands. 




123 



Instead of being vilified, numerous monuments to their honor 
are to be found all over Europe, and in America a multi- 
billion dollar monument is to be erected in honor of Franklin 
D. Roosevelt, whose treason engineered the Japanese "to fire 
the first shot" as the Stimson Dairies record. Pearl Harbor 
opened the way to Communist control of China, and 
ultimately the way to a new Communist-Socialist New World 
Order inside a One World Government. Our only hope in a 
vale of despair is that this work might help to open the eyes of 
the American people, so that they will resolve never again to 
fall for propaganda, although in the wake of the 9/11 tragedy, 
it now seems a vain hope. 

We recently lived through the disturbing experience of being 
rushed into an unnecessary war in Serbia, Afghanistan and 
Iraq through the expanded propaganda tools in the hands of 
Tavistock's experts, the same tool used to vilify the Kaiser 
and Chamberlain. President Milosevic was demonized 
vilified, belittled and finally driven from office. President 
Milosevic was illegally arrested and illegally transported to 
Holland for "trail" by a kangaroo court that has been trying for 
nearly four years to convict him of "war crimes." 

George Bush the younger refused to give the mediators in 
Iraq time to work because he knew that it would prevent war. 
He refused to give the UN weapons inspectors to complete 
their work, and instead, declared with the evil intent of all 
propagandists that the world could not wait for ten day more 
because of the "imminent danger" posed by the "Weapons of 
Mass Destruction" in the hands of "the Iraqi dictator." (The 
"Butcher of Baghdad.") 




124 

Thus, once again, the people of the United States were swept 
along by a flood tide of naked lies put out by the 
propagandists at Tavistock Institute and echoed by the 
American media, especially the chief propaganda organ in 
the United States, Fox News Channel. 

In one respect Americans are more fortunate this time: We 
have not had to wait for a 100 years to pass for the truth to 
come out: There were no "Weapons of Mass Destruction", no 
"chemical and bacteriological factories," no long range 
rockets to cause a "mushroom cloud over Boston," (courtesy 
of the apologist for Tavistock propaganda and mass 
brainwashing, Ms. Rice), and Mr. Bush and his copartner in 
crime, British Prime Minister Blair. But in spite of being 
caught in a web of lies, all the abovementioned remain in 
office. They have not been sacked for the scores of lies they 
swore was the truth, and from which they are now not even 
bothering to extricate themselves, shrugging of criticism with 
the help of spin masters (polished liars) like Kail Rove and 
Alaister Campbell. Let us hope that the cause of justice will 
be served, and that those responsible for the tragedy of the 
bombing of Serbia and Afghanistan, and the unwarranted 
invasions of Iraq will be brought before the bar of 
international justice to account for their crimes. 

The voices of the dead cry out from the battlefields of 
Europe, the Pacific, from Serbia and Afghanistan; and from 
Iraq, lamenting that they died because "brainwashing" 
triumphed and propaganda prevailed, the scourge of the 
modern world, rolling out from the Tavistock Institute like 
some foul miasma from a dank and noisome bog, enveloping 
the world, blinding it to the truth. 




125 



WELLINGTON HOUSE PROPAGANDA STARS 




(1) Lord Northcliffe. 

(2) Walter Lippman. 

(3) Edward Bernays. 

(4) Edward Bernays and Eleanor Roosevelt. 






126 



Social Science scientists at Tavistock 






127 




(1) Eric L. Trist. Social Science scientist at Tavistock Institute. 

(2) Leon Trotsky. Marxist leader (Real name Lev. Bronstein.) 

(3) Willy Munzenberg. The brilliant Russian spy and leading 
propagandist. 

(4) Lord Northcliffe and Adolph Hitler. 




128 




(1) H.G. Wells. British Author. Leading Fabianist, and secret 
service agent. Wrote War of Worlds. 

(2) George Bernard Shaw. Irish Playwright and Fabianist. 

(3) Walter Rathenau. Leading German industrialist. 

Financial advisor to Kaiser Wilhelm II. 

(4) Lord Bertrand Russell. British Socialist, Author, and 
Elder Statesman of the "300." 




129 




(1) Kaiser Wilhelm II Wellington House falsely 
maligned the German leader as a "Bloody Butcher." 

(2) Queen Victoria, was a cousin of Wilhelm II. 

(3) King George V. 

(4) Woodrow Wilson U.S. President. An avowed Socialist. 







The infamous propagaanda drawing depicting Kaiser Wilhelm 11 
standing over Belgian women and children he had shot. This 
drawing and one like it produced by Wellington House with 
Wilhelm II standing over Belgian children with a sword dripping in 
blood from their severed hands, appeared in newspapers across 
Britain and the United States. 







(above) Trotsky "reviews" his "troops" in Moscow. This 
is one of the hundreds of propaganda photographs that 
flooded willing Western newspapers. 



(below) A depiction of one of the scores of dreadful 
hand to-hand battles of WWI. The brutality and slaughter 
left survivors on both sides mentally crippled and 
haunted by what they had experienced. 









\ 

a; 1 




*J 1 

* j 


n 


p irLs 1 

Js J 





THUNDER ON THE RIGHT 

(I) Sean Hannity. (2) Rush Limbaugh. 

(3) Tucker Carlson. (4) Matt Drudge. 

(5) G. Gordon Liddy. (6) Peggy Noonan. 
(7) Brian Williams. (8) Bill O'Reilly. 

(9) Lawrence Kudlow. (10) Dick Morris. 

(II) John Stossel. (12) William Bennet. 
(13) Oliver North. (14) Michael Savage. 

(15) Michael Reagan. (16) Joe Scarborough. 




133 



CHAPTER 23 

The Tavistock Institute: Britain's control of the United 
States 

The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations is situated in 
London and on the grounds of Sussex University, Sussex, 
England, where most of its research facilities are located. 
Tavistock remains as important today as it was when I first 
revealed its existence early in 1969. I have been accused of 
having been a part of Tavistock because I worked in close 
proximity to Tavistock's Sussex facility, and knew so much of 
its history. 

Most of Tavistock's more recent activity has had, and is still 
having, a profound influence upon the way we live in 
America, and upon our political institutions. Tavistock is 
believed to be behind the pro-abortion publicity, the 
proliferation of drugs, sodomy and lesbianism, family 
traditions, and the fierce attack on the Constitution, our 
misconduct in foreign policy and our economic system, 
programmed to fail. 

Apart from John Rawlings Reese no two men made such a 
difference to world politics and world events as shaped at 
Tavistock than Edward Bernays (the double nephew of 
Sigmund Freud) and Kurt Lewin. A "third man" must be 
included here, although he was never on the faculty at 
Tavistock and I refer to Willi Munzenberg whose propaganda 
methods and applications so crucial to the modem age of 
mass communication earned him the title, "the greatest 
propagandist in the world." Undoubtedly the most brilliant 
man of his era, (he began his work before WWI) Munzenberg 
was responsible for sanitizing the Bolsheviks after they 
overthrew the Romanov Dynasty. 




134 

Munzenberg definitely shaped the ideas and methods put into 
practice by Bernays and Lewin. His legendary exploits in 
handling Leon Tepper the Kappelmeister of the Rot Kappell 
(Conductor of the "Red Orchestra" spy ring) made 
Munzenberg the master spy of every intelligence agency in 
existence. Tepper was trained by Munzenberg and he never 
got caught. Tepper was able to obtain all of the secrets of 
Britain and the United States in WWII. There was hardly a 
single secret plan the "allies" launched that was not already 
known to Tepper, who passed the information to the KGB 
and the GRU in Moscow. 

In his field, Bemays was equally brilliant but I suspect that 
most of his ideas originated with his famous uncle Sigmund. 
As for his ideas on propaganda, there is little doubt that he 
"borrowed" from Munzenberg and this is reflected in the 
Bemays classic Propaganda that was published in 1928. The 
thesis of the book is that it is entirely proper and a natural 
right for government to organize public opinion to conform to 
official policies. We shall return to this subject later. 

Munzenberg was bold enough to put his basic tenets about 
propaganda into practice well before Bemays, or Joseph 
Goebbels, the German Minister of Popular Enlightenment (as 
the Ministry of Propaganda was called.) 

The propaganda specialist of the Nazi Party greatly admired 
Munzenberg's work and modeled his own propaganda 
program closely upon Munzenberg's methods. Goebbels 
always took care to credit Munzenberg as the "father" of 
propaganda even when few knew very little about him. 




135 



Goebbels had made a particular study of how Munzenberg 
had used his mastery of the science of propaganda when 
Lenin drafted him to blunt the appalling publicity generated in 
1921, when 25 millions peasants in the Volga region died 
from the ravages of famine. Thus it came about that German 
bom Munzenberg became the darling of the Bolshevik. To 
quote from a recent history account: 

"Munzenberg, who by then had returned to Berlin where he 
was later elected to the Reichstag as a Communist deputy, 
was charged with setting up a bogus 'charity', the Foreign 
Committee for the Organization of Worker Relief for the 
Hungry in the Soviet Union, the purpose of which was to 
pretend to the world that humanitarian relief was coming 
from a source other than Herbert Hoover's American Relief 
Organization. In this Munzenberg was altogether successful." 

Munzenberg gained the attention of the directorate of the 
former Wellington House which in 1921 had changed its 
name to the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations under the 
direction of Major General John Rawlings Reese, formerly of 
the British Army Psychological Warfare Bureau School. 

It will not come as a surprise to readers who have followed my 
work that much of the techniques adopted and perfected by 
Munzenberg were adopted by Bernays and his colleagues, 
Kurt Lewin, Eric Trist, Dorwin Cartwright, and H.V. Dicks 
W.R. Bion at Tavistock, who then taught the methods to the 
Central Intelligence Agency. 

Munzenberg was not the only Communist to profoundly 
influence events in the United States. I happen to believe that 
Tavistock aided in preparing the "abortion brief," that was 
subsequently presented to the Supreme Court in 1973, 




136 

as an original work, when in fact, it was merely a recital of 
what Madame Kollontei, the founder of the "women's 
liberation " movement and "free love" proponent in the USSR 
had written. 

A Bolshevik commissar and leading light, her book is a 
diatribe against the sanctity of marriage and the family as the 
most important social unit in Christian countries. Kollontei, 
of course, took her "feminism" straight from the pages of the 
Communist Manifesto of 1848. 

George Orwell, the MI6 operative who wrote the famous 
1984 had studied the work of Munzenberg in great detail. In 
fact his best-known statement was based on what 
Munzenberg had said was the basis of propaganda: 

"Political language is designed to make lies sound truthful 
and murder respectable and to give the appearance of solidity 
to pure wind." 

As his German counterpart Munzenberg said: "All news is 
lies and all propaganda is disguised as news." 

It is useful to know about Munzenberg as it helps us to 
understand how politicians operate and how secret forces 
control access to information, and how public opinion is 
shaped and molded. Bernays certainly followed the master 
and never deviated from his methodology. Without knowing 
these things, we can never understand how President George 
Bush is able to do the things he does and not have to face the 
consequences. It has certainly enabled me to trace the origin 
of the so-called "Neo-Conservatives" that shape his policies, 
right back to its founder, Irving Kristol who admits to having 
been an avowed follower of Leon Trotsky. 




137 

Tavistock remains the mother of all research facilities 
connected with behavior modifications, opinion making and 
shaping of political events. What Tavistock did was to create 
a "black hole of deception in the 20 th century." Its task would 
have been made a great deal more difficult had it not been for 
the prostitution of the media and its role in disseminating "the 
gospel according to George Orwell." 

Lord Northcliffe the chief of Tavistock's predecessor, 
Wellington House, had been a media mogul and at one stage 
went so far as to ship thousands of copies of his Daily Mail to 
France each week and then have them delivered by a fleet of 
motor trucks to British troops at the front lines, "to win their 
hearts and minds in support of the war" (WWI). 

Especially here in the United States, it has virtually taken 
over the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT), 
Stanford Research, Esalen Institute, the Wharton School of 
Economics, Hudson Institute, Kissinger Associates, Duke 
University, and many more institutions we have come to 
think of as wholly American. 

The Rand Research and Development Corporation, under the 
tutelage of Tavistock has had a profound influence on so 
many institutions and segments of our society. As one of the 
principal research institutions directly controlled by 
Tavistock, Rand runs our ICBM program, does prime 
analyses for U.S. foreign policy makers, and advises on 
nuclear policies, does hundreds of projects for the C.I. A. in 
the field of mind control. 

Some of Rand's clients include AT&T, Chase Manhattan 
Bank, the U.S. Air Force, the U.S. Department of Energy and 
B.M. Rand is one of the major Tavistock-controlled 
institutions in the world, and working on brainwashing at 




138 

all levels, including government, military, religious 
organizations. The Anglican Church's Desmond Tutu was 
one of Rand's projects. 

Take another example; Georgetown University, perhaps one 
of the top institutions of higher learning in America. Starting 
in 1938, the entire structure of Georgetown was made over 
by Tavistock - all of its learning formats and programs 
altered to suit a blueprint drawn up by Tavistock's "brain trust 
team." 

This has had great significance for U.S. policies, especially in 
the area of foreign policy relations. Without exception, 
United States State Department field officers are trained at 
Georgetown. 

Some of Georgetown's (Tavistock) better-known graduates are 
Richard Armitage and Henry Kissinger. Just how much 
damage these two members of the John Rawlings Reese 
Invisible Army have done to the well-being of our country 
will have to be told at another time. 

There is mounting evidence of increased input into our 
intelligence agencies by Tavistock. When we think of 
intelligence in the U.S. we generally think of the CJA or 
Division Five of the FBI. 

But there are a great many other intelligence agencies 
receiving instruction from Tavistock. These include the 
Defense Department Intelligence (DIA), the National 
Reconnaissance Office (NRO), and the Office of Naval 
Intelligence (ONI,) the Treasury Intelligence Service (TIS), 
the State Department Intelligence Service, the Drug 
Enforcement Agency (DEA) and at least ten others. 




139 



How and when did Tavistock begin its career? As I said in my 
1969 and 1983 works, when we think of Tavistock we 
automatically think of its founder, British Army Major John 
Rawlings Reese. Up until 1969, there were very few people 
in Britain outside of intelligence circles, who knew of the 
existence of Tavistock, let alone what was being done at its 
facilities in London and Sussex. 

Tavistock provided services of a sinister nature to those 
people we find in every city across this land; people who 
have local and state government officials and police 
departments in the palm of their hand. 

This is the case in every major American city also, where the 
Illuminati members of Freemasonry use their secret powers 
of control, to walk all over the Bill of Rights, intimidating 
and brutalizing innocent citizens at will. Where are the 
statesmen who once made this country great? What we have 
in their place are lawmakers who do not enforce the laws 
they make, and who are terrified to correct the obvious 
wrongs that abound on every hand, afraid, because if they 
obeyed their oath of office, they might find themselves 
without a job. 

They are also lawmakers who do not have even the vaguest 
idea of what Constitutional law is, and they do not seem to 
care. They pass "laws" that were never tested as to their 
constitutionality. The majority of the legislators do not know 
how to do this, anyway. As a result, anarchy prevails in 
Washington. It may well come as a shock to most candidates 
who run for the House and Senate, that each and every one of 
them is carefully checked and profiled by the behavior 
modification scientists at Tavistock, or one or more of its 
affiliates in the U.S. Any candidate who is pliable to 
suggestions and found to be easy to control is "puffed." 




140 



Suffice to say that a spirit of unconstitutional lawlessness 
pertains in the Congress, which is why we are insulted by 
such measures as the "Brady" bill and the Feinstein "assault 
weapons" bill. 

"Assault weapons" and in 2003 the "Homeland Security 
Bill" and the "Patriot Act," do not appear anywhere in the 
Constitution and all are, therefore, a prohibition. Feinstein's 
"law" looks suspiciously like the work of the Tavistock 
Institute. The Constitution being the supreme law of the land, 
"gun control" laws are null and void. 

Guns are private property. Guns do not come under Interstate 
Commerce. Every U.S. citizen of sound mind, of legal age and 
not a felon has the right to keep and bear arms in any quantity 
and in any place. 

This was stated by the great St. George Tucker who declared: 

"The Congress of the United States possesses no power to 
regulate or interfere with the domestic concerns of any of the 
States, it belongs to them (the States) to establish any rules 
respecting the right of property, nor will the Constitution 
permit any prohibition of arms to the people or peaceful 
assembly by them for whatever purpose and in any number, 
whatsoever they may see the occasion." (Blackstone's Views 
on the Constitution, page 315) 

Any candidate who is not going to be easy to control or who 
does not fit the Tavistock profiles is ushered out. In this, the 
print and electronic media — under Tavistock's direction — or 
one of its affiliates, plays a key role. Let the voter beware, let 
the public beware. 




141 



Our election process has become a farce, thanks to the work 
done by Tavistock in controlling the thoughts and ideas of the 
people of this nation by means of "inner directional 
conditioning" and "long distance penetration" of which the 
mind-control science of polling is an integral part. Tavistock 
serves the Black Nobility in all of its elements, working to 
rob us of the victory of the American Revolution of 1776. If 
the reader is unfamiliar with the Black Nobility, of course, the 
term does not refer to black people. It refers to a group of 
extremely wealthy people, dynasties, whose history dates 
back for more than five hundred years and who make up the 
backbone of the Committee of 300. 

On the international front, as well as in areas of those 
institutions in the U.S. who decide foreign policy, Tavistock 
does psychological profiling at all levels of government, as 
well as intruding into private life, on a truly vast scale. 

Tavistock developed profiles and programs for the Club of 
Rome, the Cini Foundation, the German Marshall fund, the 
Rockefeller Foundation, the Bilderbergers, the CFR and the 
Trilateral Commission, the Ditchley Foundation, the Bank of 
International Settlements, the I.M.F. the United Nations and 
the World Bank, Microsoft, Citibank, the New York Stock 
Exchange and so on. This is by no means a complete list of 
institutions in the hands of Tavistock planners. 

The propaganda barrage that preceded the 1991 Bush Gulf 
War was based around a psychological profile of huge 
population groups in the U.S. prepared by Tavistock. The 
results were passed on to the opinion makers, also known as 
"advertising agencies" on Madison Avenue. 




142 

So effective was this propaganda, that within two weeks, 
people who didn't even know where Iraq was on the map, let 
alone who its leaders were, began to shout and clamor for 
war against "a dictator who threatens America's interests." 
Frightening? YES, but unfortunately 100 percent true! The 
very words "gulf crisis" were crafted by Tavistock Institute to 
arouse maximum support for the Bush war on behalf of a 
Committee of 300-flagship company, British Petroleum (BP). 

We now know — at least some of us know — just what a big 
role Tavistock plays when it comes to creating public opinion 
based on obfuscation, lies, dissembling, misrepresentation 
and outright fraud. There isn't any other institution in the 
world that can hold a candle to the Tavistock Institute for 
Human Relations. Quoting from my updated 1984 report: 

"There are a few institutions and publishing businesses that 
are catching on to the changes that are occurring. The latest 
issue of "Esquire Magazine" carries an article entitled 
"Discovering America." 'Esquire' did not mention Tavistock 
by name, but this is what it said: During the social revolution 
(a very significant phrase) of the 70s, most of the rituals and 
personal inter-action and the institutional life were radically 
altered. Naturally, these changes have affected the way we 
perceive the future... The economic base of America is 
changing and new services and products are being offered." 

The article then went on to state that our professional lives, 
our leisure time, our educational systems are being altered, 
and more importantly, the thinking of our children is being 
altered. The writer of the "Esquire" article concluded: 




143 



"America is being transformed as is the direction it will take 
in the future... Occasionally our new American section 
(promised for future editions of Esquire), won't seem so new, 
since most of the new thinking has been creeping into the 
main stream of American life, but until now, it has gone 
unnoticed." 

I could not have given a more fitting description of the 
fallacy "time changes things." Nothing changes on its own, all 
changes are engineered, whether in secret or in public. While 
"Esquire" didn't say who is responsible for the changes - for 
the most part about unwanted changes - that We, the People, 
attempted to resist. (Capitals intended.) 

"Esquire" is not alone in its contention. Millions of American 
is living in total ignorance of the forces shaping their future. 
They are unaware that America is being thoroughly 
"conditioned" by Tavistock's "inner directional long range 
penetration method." The worst part of it is that these 
millions, because of Tavistock conditioning (making 
Americans think in the way Tavistock would have them 
think), no longer seem to care. They have been "Inner 
Conditioned" through "Long Range Penetration" — the master 
control plan set up by Tavistock to brainwash the nation for 
so long that they now suffer a constant state of "shellshock." 

As we shall see, there is good reason for this apathy and 
ignorance. The unwanted, forced changes we have been 
subjected to as a nation, were the work of several master 
theoreticians and technicians who joined John Rawlings 
Reese at the Tavistock Institute. 




CHAPTER 24 

Brainwashing saves a U.S. President 



145 



I would venture to suggest that even after all my years of 
exposing Reese and his work; fully 95 percent of Americans 
don't know who he is or what harm he has done to the United 
States. 

This substantial number of our citizens is even today totally 
unaware of how they have been manipulated and forced to 
accept "new ideas", "new cultures", and "new religions". 
They have been grossly violated and don't know it. They are 
still being violated and still don't know what is happening, 
especially when it comes to opinion making through polling. 

To illustrate my contention, former President Clinton was 
able to survive scandal after scandal on the basis of the polls 
showing that the American people didn't care enough about 
his outlandish behavior to call for impeachment proceedings. 
Could this be right? Could it be true that people really don't 
care about public morals anymore? Of course not! 

The situation is a contrived one taught by Tavistock Institute 
and every polltaker is trained in Tavistock methods of 
opinion making and manipulation of public opinion, so that 
the answers "come out right." 

We can add President G.W. Bush to the "survivors". He has 
not been removed from office notwithstanding the blatant 
lies that were used to start an illegal (unconstitutional) in Iraq. 
It is unconstitutional because war was never constitutionally 
declared. 




146 

Also, there is no provision in the U.S. Constitution for the 
United States to attack another nation that has not committed 
acts of belligerency against it. How has President Bush got 
away with not being impeached? The answers lie in the 
Tavistock Institute and its mass brainwashing capabilities. 

One of the early tasks undertaken by Tavistock after it 
launched total war on the U.S. in 1946 was to force 
acceptance of "alternate life styles" on the American people. 
Tavistock documents showed how the leaders of a campaign 
to force legal public acceptance of groups, whose behavior 
was until the changes were forced through by the Congress, 
recognized as a crime in almost every State in the Union, and 
in some States, remains as a crime. I am referring to the "gay 
lifestyle" as it has come to be known. 

The careful profiling that was done before this "change" 
program was launched was not believed by the uninitiated, 
who dismissed it as "lurid science fiction", even though it 
were spelled out in the simplest of terms. A vast majority of 
Americans never heard (and still do not know in 2005) that 
the Tavistock Institute went to war against them in 1946, nor 
that the people have been losing that war ever since. 

Tavistock turned its attention to the United States at the close 
of WWII. The methods that brought Germany down, were 
now unleashed against the United States. The massive 
brainwashing of our nation was called "Long Range 
Penetration " and "Inner Directional Conditioning." 

The main purpose of this endeavor was to install Socialist 
programs at every level of government; ushering in the New 
Dark Age a New World Order inside a One World 
Government Communist dictatorship. 




147 



Particularly, it was designed to break down the sanctity of 
marriage and family life. And it was aimed at the 
Constitution, also, to "make it of no effect." Homosexuality, 
lesbianism, and abortion are Tavistock-designed programs, as 
are aimed at "changing" the U.S. Constitution. 

Much of Tavistock's programs are based on getting the 
"right" candidates elected; this being achieved with the help of 
its trained pollsters with their cleverly loaded questions. 
Tavistock's "gay lifestyle" blueprint called for several "task 
force" units who would assist the media in painting over the 
homosexual onslaught and making the "new lifestyle" 
crusaders seem "just like any other people." 

"Talk shows" are now an integral part of such plans, but back 
then, they were not as widely used to bring about social 
changes as they are today. The leaders selected by Tavistock 
to promote tremendous changes on the social and political 
scene via talk shows, were Phil Donahue and Geraldo 
Riviera, Bill O'Reilly, Barbara Walters and scores of other 
people whose names have become household names in 
America. It was they who presented people who were to run 
for office; people who hitherto, would have been laughed off 
the platform. But now, thanks to the s ki llful use of polling, 
such persons are taken seriously. 

The minuscule planning that went into priming the public 
through T.V. talk show hosts, cost millions of dollars spent in 
putting this Tavistock-forced social change long-range plan 
into effect, and as the results show, Tavistock did its 
homework well. With all of my experience, I am still amazed 
at how this great coup was pulled off. 




148 

Entire communities across the nation were profiled; guests for 
talk shows and their audiences were selected by profile 
matching, without ever being aware of what was being done 
without their knowledge and consent. Americans were 
bamboozled on a grand scale and didn't know it then and still 
don't know it! Nor did they know that they were being 
whipsawed by the Tavistock Institute for Human Relations. 

Finally, after three years of preparation, the Tavistock 
sodomist / lesbian onslaught that was launched against a 
totally unsuspecting American people can be likened to the 
storm that burst upon the unsuspecting French nation at the 
time of the French Revolution. 

The well-planned and executed campaign began in Florida, 
according to plan, and, exactly as planned, Anita Bryant 
came forward to take up the cudgels against the invaders 
from the "gay community" - words carefully selected by 
Tavistock, which have now become fully acceptable. Before 
this episode, the word "gay" was never used to describe 
homosexuals or their behavior. 

Tavistock was founded in 1921 as a successor to Wellington 
House that had pulled off a great coup in 1914 and 1917, and 
as already related, getting Britain and America into a savage 
war against Germany. 

Tavistock was to serve as a primary research vehicle for 
British intelligence services, still the best in the world. Major, 
later Brigadier General John Rawlings Reese commissioned 
by the monarch was chosen to run the project and the British 
royal family funded the project with help from the 
Rockefellers and the Rothschilds. 




149 



In the middle of WWII, Tavistock received additional 
funding from David Rockefeller, in return for help in taking 
over the former Reynard Heydrich's German secret 
intelligence service. The whole apparatus and personnel of the 
brilliant top Nazi security service was bodily transported to 
Washington, D.C., in violation of the supreme law of the 
land. It now began to be called "Interpol." 

During the Second World War, both the London and Sussex 
facilities of Tavistock, served as headquarters for the British 
Army's Psychological Warfare Bureau. 

The significance of this is that through the "best friend" 
arrangement between Churchill and Roosevelt, Tavistock 
was able to take full control of U.S. intelligence and military 
policies through Special Operations Executive (SOE) and 
maintained this control throughout the Second World War. 
Eisenhower was selected by the Committee of 300 to become 
the commanding general of the allied forces in Europe, but 
only after extensive profiling by Tavistock. He was then 
appointed to the White House. Eisenhower was allowed to 
retain his seat in the White House until, with his usefulness 
expended, as memories of the war receded, he was dumped. 
Eisenhower's bitterness over the treatment he received at the 
hands of the Committee of 300 and the Tavistock Institute is 
reflected in his statements about the dangers posed by the 
military-industrial complex— a veiled reference to his former 
bosses, the "Olympians." 

The "Committee of 300" book, tells the full story of this 
hitherto ultra- secret, ultra-elite body of men who rule the 
world. The Committee of 300 has at its disposal a vast, 
interlocking network of banks, finance houses, the print and 
electronic media, large groups of "think tanks", new science 
scientists who are in reality the modem-day 




150 

creators of what passes for public opinion created through its 
national poll opinion makers, and so on. Today, over 450 of 
the top Fortune 500 companies are in the grip of the 
Committee of 300. 

These include Petro-Canada, the Hong Kong and Shanghai 
Bank, Halliburton, Root, Kellogg and Brown, British 
Petroleum, Shell, Xerox, Rank, Raytheon, ITT, Eagle 
Insurance, all the largest insurance companies, all of the top 
companies and or organizations in the U.S., Britain and 
Canada. The so-called environmental movement is entirely 
controlled by the Committee, through the Tavistock Institute. 

Most people tend to believe that "brainwashing" is a 
Korean/Chinese technique. It isn't. Brainwashing dates back 
to Tavistock as the originator of the art. The science of 
behavioral modifications had its origin in Tavistock, which 
trained an army of intelligence personnel to go out and do 
likewise. 

The United States, perhaps more than any other country, has 
felt the weight of Tavistock's fist in our national life at almost 
every level, and its grip on this country has not been lessened: 
If anything, with the advent of William Jefferson Clinton, and 
Bush, father and son, it has been considerably tightened. We 
were truly brainwashed in 1992 and 1996. We are truly a 
brainwashed nation in 2005. The United States is the 
principal victim of long-range penetration warfare using the 
Reese techniques. 

Other victim-countries are Rhodesia (now Zimbabwe,) 
Angola, South Africa, the Philippines, South Korea, Central 
America, Iran, Iraq, Serbia, Yugoslavia, and Venezuela. 




151 



The technique isn't working in Iraq and Iran, and by and 
large, Muslim countries seem less receptive to Tavistock 
mass population control methods than Western countries. 

There is no doubt that their strict adherence to the laws of the 
Koran and their Islamic faith is what foiled Tavistock's plans 
for the Middle East, at least, temporarily. Therefore, a 
concerted drive was mounted to wage war on the Muslim 
world. 

That Reese succeeded in forcing changes on a large number 
of countries is mirrored in events that have since transpired. At 
home, Tavistock reshaped a whole series of major U.S. 
institutions, both private and government, among them our 
intelligence agencies, units of the Pentagon, Congressional 
committees, large corporations, the entertainment world, and 
so on. 




153 

CHAPTER 25 

Tavistock's assault on the U.S. 

One of the major players in the Tavistock team was Dr. Kurt 
Lewin. Bom in Germany, but forced to flee when his 
population control experiments were discovered by the 
German government. Lewin was already well known to 
Reese — the two having cooperated extensively in 
experiments in polling and similar opinion-shaping 
experiments. It is said that Dr. Goebbels enthusiastically 
embraced Tavistock methods. 

Lewin fled to England, where he joined Reese at Tavistock 
and was given his first major task: Propagandize America 
into the Second World War, by launching a media blitz 
against Germany in both Europe and the U.S. He succeeded 
admirably in what turned out to be the largest propaganda 
campaign in history, one that whipped the American people 
into a frenzy of hatred against Germany, and later, Japan. The 
blitz eventually cost the lives of hundreds of thousands of 
American soldiers and poured billions of dollars into the 
coffers of the Wall Street and international banks and the 
arms merchants. 

Our loss in lives and national treasures cannot be recovered. 

Just prior to the assault on Iraq, the U.S. was subjected to a 
propaganda blast only slightly below the level of that which 
was developed to shove the United States into the Second 
World War. Careful analyses of key words and phrases 
developed by Lewin for WWII use, showed that in 93.6 
percent of all cases examined, these trigger-words and 
phrases matched up with those used in the Korean War, the 
Vietnam War and the Gulf War. 




154 

In the Vietnam War era, polling using Tavistock 
methodology was used with devastating effect against the 
American people. 

During the Gulf War, an example of Tavistock methods was 
the way the State Department kept on referring to its embassy 
staff in Kuwait as "hostages", although none were ever 
imprisoned. In fact, every single one of them was free to 
leave at any time, but were ordered to remain in Kuwait so 
that propaganda could be made out of their situation. 

In essence, the "hostages" were hostages of the State 
Department! Unable to goad President Hussein into firing the 
first shots, another "contrived situation" like Pearl Harbor had 
to be mounted. April Glaspie's name will forever be 
associated with treachery and infamy. What followed was an 
elaborate theft of millions of barrels of Iraqi oil by Kuwait. 
Hussein was given the "all clear" by U.S. ambassador to 
Baghdad April Gillespie, to attack Iraq and put an end to a 
situation that was costing the Iraqi people billions of dollars. 
But when the attack was mounted, Bush the elder lost no time 
in a sending the U.S. military to help Kuwait. 

President Bush whipped up support against Iraq by using the 
fake "hostage" claim. This is where the Tavistock Institute 
will fail: While it has been able to convince the majority of 
Americans that our policies for the Middle East are right, 
Tavistock has not been able to gain control of Syria, Iran, 
Iraq, Algeria and Saudi Arabia. 

It is at this point that Tavistock's devious plan to dispossess 
the Arab nations of their oil is coming unglued. The days 
when MI6 could dispatch "Arabists" like the Philby's and 
Captain Hill to undermine Muslim states has long since gone. 




155 



The Arab countries have learned from their mistakes, and 
today, they trust the British Government far less than they 
did at the start of WWI. The dictatorship of Mubarak of 
Egypt is in trouble. Muslim fundamentalists seek to make 
tourism hazardous, and Egypt relies on hard currency from 
abroad to keep floating besides the $3 billion annual gift 
from U.S. taxpayers. Likewise, Syria is not going to stand 
alongside U.S. policies that favor Israel over the Palestinians 
for very much longer. 

At home, billions of dollars were poured into the coffers of 
Tavistock by the U.S. government: Among the beneficiaries 
of these billions of dollars were the National Training 
Laboratories, Harvard Psychological Clinic, Wharton School, 
Stanford's Hoover Institute, Rand, MIT, The National 
Institute of Mental Health, Georgetown University, Esalen 
Institute, Center for Advanced Study in Behavioral Sciences, 
Institute for Social Research at Michigan and scores of other 
think tanks and institutions of higher learning. 

The task of setting up these affiliates in the U.S. in 
intelligence world wide was given to Kurt Lewin, who we 
have already met, but whose name was most probably not 
known to more than 100 people before my story about 
Tavistock broke. Yet this man and John Rawlings Reese did 
more to damage the institutions upon which the U.S. Republic 
rests, than anything Hitler or Stalin could have accomplished. 
The way in which Tavistock unraveled the warp and woof of 
our social fabric which holds the nation together, makes a 
chilling and frightening narrative of which the "normalizing" 
of homosexual and lesbian lifestyles is a small, but 
significant achievement; a far greater and more chilling 
achievement was the success of mass brainwashing through 
opinion polling. 




156 

Why do Reese's Tavistock techniques work so well in 
practice? Reese perfected his mass brainwashing experiments 
through stress tests, or psychological shocks, also known as 
stressful events. The Reese theory, now amply proved, was 
that if entire populations could be subjected to stress tests, 
then it would be possible first, to work out in advance, what 
mass population responses would be to given stress events. 

In a very explicit way, this technique is at the heart of 
creating the desired public opinion through polling, which 
was used with devastating effect to shield the Clinton 
administration from the scandals swirling around the White 
House, and which now shields Bush the younger from being 
removed from the White House. 




157 



CHAPTER 26 

How mediocre politicians, actors and singers are 
"puffed." 

This technique is what is known as "profiling", and can be 
applied to individuals, small or large groups of people, mass 
groups of people and or organizations of all sizes. They are 
then "puffed" to become "stars." While still in his early 
twenties in Arkansas, William Clinton was profiled for 
acceptance in the Rhodes scholarship program. His progress 
was profiled throughout his career, and especially during the 
Vietnam War period. Then, after he proved himself, Clinton 
was "groomed" for the White House and then constantly 
"puffed." 

The whole operation was under the control of the Tavistock 
Institute's brainwashers. This is the way these things work. 
Thus are the tools forged to literally make candidates, 
especially ones who are deemed suitable for public office; 
candidates who can always be counted on to do the "right" 
thing. Congress is full of them. Gingrich was a typical 
successful "Tavistock product" until his conduct was 
uncovered. Trent Lott, Dick Cheney, Charles Schumer, 
Barney Frank, Tom DeLay, Dennis Hastert, Dr. Frist, and so 
on are other examples of Tavistock "graduates." The same 
technique is applied to actors, singers, musicians and 
entertainers. 

Heavy propaganda was used to convince the population that 
unwelcome "environmental social turbulences" were the 
result of the changing times in which we live, whereas, as we 
now know, special new-science scientists designed programs 
(stress programs) to artificially create "environmental social 
turbulences" and then pass them off as resulting from a 
natural condition, best known as "changing times." 




158 

Tavistock's new science scientists were confident that we 
would not apply the principle "for every effect there must be 
a cause" — and they were right. For instance we meekly 
accepted the "Beatles" and their "novel music" and lyrics-if 
one dare call it music and lyrics, having been told, that the 
group wrote it all themselves. 

Actually Tavistock graduate Theo Adorno, whose 12-atonal 
discords were scientifically pitched to create mass 
"environmental social turbulences" all across America, wrote 
the music. None of the Beatles could read music. 
Nevertheless, they were "puffed" day and night without 
ceasing until everything about them, - lies and all, was 
accepted as truth. 

Tavistock proved over and over again, that when a large 
group is successfully profiled, it can be subjected to "inner 
directional conditioning" in just about every aspect of social 
and political life. 

An integral part of Tavistock's mass mind control 
experiments in the U.S., which have been going on since 
1946, poll taking- opinion making has been by far it's most 
successful undertakings. America was whipsaw ed and did 
not know it. 

Just to prove the success of his techniques, Reese got 
Tavistock to test a large group of people on a conspiracy- 
related subject. It turned out that 97.6 percent of those who 
were questioned utterly rejected the idea that an overall 
conspiracy exists. How much less then would our people 
believe that they have been under direct attack by Tavistock 
for the past 56 years? We have radio talk show hosts like 
Rush Limbaugh, who constantly tell audiences that there is 
no conspiracy. 




159 



How many people would believe that for the past 56 years, 
Tavistock has been sending an invisible army of shock 
troops, into every hamlet, village, town and city across this 
nation? The task of the invisible army is to infiltrate, tamper 
with, and modify collective social behavior, by means of 
"inner directional conditioning." 

The Reese "invisible army" is made up of real professionals 
who know their job and are dedicated to the task they were 
commissioned to do. They are found today in the halls of 
justice, police, churches, school boards, sports bodies, 
newspapers, television studios, government advisory boards, 
town councils, state legislatures, and are legion in 
Washington. They run for every office from county councilor 
to sheriff to judge, from school board member to city 
councilman, and even, for the office of the President of the 
United States of America. How this works was explained by 
John Rawlings Reese, back in 1954: 

"Their job is to apply the advanced techniques of 
psychological warfare as we know them to whole population 
groups that will grow ever larger, so that whole populations 
may be more easily controlled. In a world driven completely 
mad, groups of Tavistock psychologists linked to each other, 
capable of influencing the political and governmental field 
must be arbiters, the power cabal." 

Will this frank confession convince conspiracy skeptics? 
Probably not, as it is doubtful whether such closed minds 
could have any real knowledge of these things. Such 
information is wasted on radio "talking heads." 

A director of the Reese invisible army was Ronald Lippert, 
whose specialty was tinkering with the minds of children. 




160 

Dr. Fred Emery was another of Tavistock's "linked 
psychologists" who was on the board of President Johnson's 
Kemer Commission. 

Emery was what Tavistock called a "social environmental 
turbulence" specialist, the bottom line of which is that when a 
whole population group is subjected to social crises, it breaks 
down into synoptic idealism and finally fragments; that is to 
say, it just gives up trying to cope with the problem or 
problems. 

The word "environmental" has nothing to do with ecology 
issues, but has to do with the particular environment into 
which the specialist has injected himself with the specific 
intent of making trouble — "turbulences" or "stress patterns." 

This has already happened with rock and roll, drugs, free love 
(abortion), sodomy, lesbianism, pornography, street gangs, a 
constant attack on family life, on the institution of marriage, 
on social order, on the Constitution and especially on the 2 nd 
and 10 th Amendment. 

Where this has happened, we find communities powerless to 
cope with a broken-down justice system, school boards 
teaching evolution, minors being encouraged to buy condoms 
and even "children's rights" being pushed. "Children's rights", 
usually mean children should be allowed to disobey their 
parents, a key issue in every Socialist's "child care" program. 
Members of the Reese Invisible Army are entrenched in the 
House and Senate, in the military, the police, and in virtually 
every government office in the land. 




161 



After studying the State of California, I came to the 
conclusion that it has the largest contingent of "Invisible 
Army" shock troops in the country, which has made 
California something very close to a socialist, police state. I 
believe California will be the "role model" for the rest of the 
nation. 

At present there are no laws on the books that make this type 
of conditioning illegal. Reese and Lewin researched the laws 
of England and the United States and concluded that it was 
legal to "condition" a person without his or her consent or 
knowledge. 

We need to change this. Polling is an integral part of 
"conditioning." Tavistock's "Invisible Army" of shock troops 
has changed the way America thinks about rock, premarital 
sex, drug taking, children bom out of wedlock, promiscuity, 
marriage, divorce, family life, abortion, homosexuality and 
lesbianism, the Constitution and yes, even murder, not to 
mention that lack of morals is fine as long as one does a good 
job. 

In the early years of Tavistock, the "Leaderless Group 
Concept" was used to lay the America we once knew, in the 
dust. In charge of the project was W.R. Bion, who ran the 
Wharton School of Economics for years, where such 
nonsense as free trade and Keynesian economics are taught. 
Japan stayed with the American model taught by General 
McArthur — not the Wharton School fraud — and look at 
Japan today. Don't blame the Japanese for their success - 
blame Tavistock for destroying our economic system. But 
Japan's turn is coming! No nation will be spared in the final 
onslaught to usher in a One World Government in a New 
World Order. 




162 

The "Brain Trust" in charge of Tavistock's War on America 
(1946—), consisted of Bemays, Lewin, Byron, Margaret 
Meade, Gregory Bateson, H.V. Dicks, Lippert, Nesbit and 
Eric Trist. Where did the "Invisible Army" shock troops get 
their training? They got it from Reese at Tavistock, from 
where they fanned out across America to sow their seeds of 
"environment social turbulence stress patterns." 

They fanned out into every level of American society, 
obtaining posts in places where they could exert the influence 
they had been taught how to use by Reese. Decisions made 
by the members of the Invisible Army of shock troops have 
profoundly affected America at every level, and the worst is 
yet to come. 

Just to give a few examples of who some the leading shock 
troops were, let's mention George Schultz, Alexander Haig, 
Larry King, Phil Donahue, Admiral Burkley (deeply 
involved in the cover-up of the Kennedy assassins), Richard 
Armitage, Billy Graham, William Paley, William Buckley, 
Pamela Harriman (since deceased,) Henry Kissinger, George 
Bush and the late Katherine Meyer Graham not to mention 
the caravan that arrived in Washington from Arkansas in 
1992, headed by Mr. and Mrs. Clinton at whose hands the 
nation was soon to be tom apart. Newcomers include Rush 
Limbaugh, Bill O'Reilly, Larry King and Kail Rove. 

Business leaders in shock troop groups are legion, far too 
many to list here. Thousands of such Invisible Army shock 
troops of the Business Brigade were turned out at Tavistock's 
U.S. facility, the National Training Laboratory (NTL), which 
began its existence on the huge, sprawling New York estate 
of Averill and Pamela Harriman. As we now know, Mrs. 
Harriman was the one who selected Clinton for special 
training and ultimately, the Oval Office. 




163 



At the National Training Laboratory corporate leaders were 
trained in stress situations and how to manage them. 
Companies who sent their top executives to NTC to receive for 
Tavistock training included Westinghouse, B.F. Goodrich, 
Alcoa, Halliburton, BP, Shell, Mobil-Exxon Eli Lily, 
DuPont, the New York Stock Exchange, Archer Daniels 
Midland, Shell Oil. Mobil Oil, Conoco, Nestle, AT&T, IBM 
and Microsoft. Worse yet, the U.S. government sent its top 
echelon personnel drawn from the U.S. Navy, the U.S. State 
Department, the Civil Service Commission, and the Air 
Force. Your tax dollars, by the million, paid for the 
"education" Tavistock gave these government employees at 
Arden House on the Harriman estate. 




165 

CHAPTER 27 

The Tavistock formula that got the U.S. into WWII 

Perhaps the most of important aspect of their training was 
how to use public polls to make public policy comply with 
what Tavistock goals said were desirable. This mind-altering 
technique is called "opinion polling." 

The maladaptive responses made possible by Tavistock's 
wholesale profiling, and in which maladaptive responses 
Tavistock's "Invisible Army" worked to perfection in the 
Gulf War. 

Instead of rebelling against dragging this nation into a war 
against a friendly country with whom we had no quarrel, a 
war that was waged without a proper Congressional 
declaration of war, we were "turned" in its favor. In short, we 
were badly misled without knowing it, due to the "long-range 
inner-directional conditioning" the American people had been 
undergoing since 1946. 

Tavistock advised President Bush the elder to use the 
following simple formula which Reese and Lewin instructed 
Allen Dulles to use back in 1941 when Roosevelt was 
preparing to drag America into the Second World War: 

(1) What is the state of the morale and its probable course in 
the targeted country? (This also applied to morale in the 
U.S.) 

(2) What is the state of susceptibility in the U.S. to the idea 
that war in the Persian Gulf is necessary? 

(3) What techniques could be used to weaken opposition in the 
U.S. to war in the Persian Gulf? 




166 



(4) What kind of techniques in psychological warfare would 
succeed in undermining the morale of the Iraqi people? (It 
was here that Tavistock slipped up very badly.) 

Once Bush committed himself to Prime Minister Thatcher's 
1991 Gulf War on behalf of Queen Elizabeth and her BP oil 
company, Tavistock put together a team, which included 
psychologists, public opinion makers, led by the brazen liars 
at Hill and Knowlton, and a host of Tavistock profilers. 
Every single one of the speeches made by President Bush 
with the intention of promoting war against Iraq was crafted 
by multi-discipline teams of writers trained by Tavistock. 

Top-secret information on how the Gulf War was propagated 
and how the American people were swung behind that nasty, 
corrupt war by President George Bush was given to a 
Congressional committee recently. The report said that at an 
early stage of the plan to take out Iraq, the Bush 
administration was advised that public support was 
paramount and that he did not have the American people 
behind him. 

Rule one was to establish in the mind of the American people 
the "great need to protect Saudi oil fields threatened by an 
Iraqi invasion under the leadership of a madman." Thus, 
although it was known from the beginning that Iraq had no 
designs on Saudi oil fields, the National Security Agency 
(NSA) gave out false and misleading information to the 
effect that the Saudi oil fields were the ultimate target of Iraq. 
This was a total fabrication, but it was the key to success. 
The National Security Agency has never been punished for 
its lying conduct. 




167 



The report stated that an unprecedented amount of television 
coverage would be needed to swing public support behind the 
war. The Bush administration early on secured the full 
cooperation of the three major networks, ABC, CBS and 
NBC and later CNN. In later years a virtual propaganda 
station, Fox News (also known as Faux News) was added. 
The amount of Gulf War and related subjects coverage in 
1990 by these stations was three times that of any subject 
covered in 1989, and once the war began; coverage was five 
times greater than any other story, including Tiananmen 
Square. 

In 2003, Bush the younger, followed very closely the 
formula that had succeeded for his father, but with some 
additional adaptations. News mixed with fiction (see the 
section about H.G. Wells "War of the Worlds") became more 
fiction mixed with news and blatant lying was resorted to so 
that straight reporting became impossible to distinguish from 
news mixed with fiction. 

One of the principal players in the coverage of the war was 
CNN, which contracted with the Bush administration to bring 
the Gulf War to American sitting rooms on a round-the-clock 
basis. As a result of the mass of favorable, slanted news, the 
deployment of troops to the Gulf was favorably received by 
about 90 percent of the American people. It was just another 
way to practice opinion-making polling on the American 
people, just another way to brainwash them. 

National Security Agency (NSA) advisors told the Bush 
administration that from the very start, the public had to be 
persuaded to go along with his Gulf War plans. It was 
decided to create a parallel between Hitler and Saddam 
Hussein, with the words "Saddam Hussein must be stopped" 
repeated over and over again, followed by lie that the Iraqi 
President "is acting like Hitler." 




168 

Later a dire threat was added, that Iraq had the capability to 
strike at the U.S. with long-range weapons of mass 
destruction. It was the adaptation of Stalin's edict that to 
capture and enslave your own people, first terrorize them. 

British Prime Minister Blair went even further. Speaking in 
Parliament, he told the British people that "Saddam Hussein" 
had the capability to strike Britain and could do so within 45 
minutes. He went as far as to warn British tourists 
vacationing in Cyprus to return to Britain as soon as possible 
as British intelligence had learned that Iraq was preparing to 
launch a nuclear strike against the island. Blair made his 
announcement in the full knowledge that Iraq's nuclear 
weapons program had been completely destroyed in 1991. 

The first Bush administration's "skill" in communicating the 
need for a war in the Gulf reached its height with the Hill and 
Knowlton fabricated "incubator" story tearfully told by the 
daughter of the ambassador of Kuwait to Washington. The 
Senate — and the entire country — swallowed this massive 
fraud. 

It was Kaiser Wilhelm II "cutting off the arms of young 
Belgian children" all over again, and with even greater 
success. After the Hill and Knowlton "big lie," 77 percent of 
Americans surveyed said they approved of using U.S. troops 
against Iraq, even though 65 percent of those polled did know 
where Iraq was on the map. 

All major polls found that Bush's sidestepping of the 
Constitution was approved, because those polled had no idea 
of what a constitutional declaration of war was, nor that it 
was mandatory. The role played by the U.N. added to the 
"communication skills" of the Bush administration, the report 
said. 




169 



The second Bush administration used the same Tavistock 
methods and once again the American people went along 
with the lies and distortions presented to them as fact. The war 
was vigorously promoted by Vice President Cheney who led 
a massive campaign to force public opinion onto the side of 
George Bush. No other Vice President in the history of the 
United States had ever taken such an active part in forcing the 
American people into a war with Iraq. 

Cheney appeared on television 15 times in one month and 
adamantly declared that the Taliban was behind the attack on 
the World Trade Towers in New York and that the Taliban 
was under the control of President Hussein. "The fight against 
terrorism had to be taken to the "terrorists" in Iraq," Cheney 
said, "before they could strike at the U.S. again." 

Cheney continued in the same vein long after his claim was 
proved absolutely false. Although the world's greatest 
authorities came forward to announce that Iraq had nothing to 
do with the 9/11 and that there were no Taliban fighters in 
Iraq, Cheney kept up his drumbeat of lies, until Hans Blix, 
the former U.N. chief weapons inspector cut him off, and the 
Central Intelligence Agency reported to the U.S. Senate that 
no connections had been discovered between Iraq and the 
Taliban and with 9/11. 

In fact, said the CIA report, Hussein hated the Taliban and 
had driven them out of Iraq many years before. We publish 
this information in the hope that the American people will not 
be so gullible the next time their President wants to get them 
involved in a war. We would also like the American people to 
know that they are being grossly misled by a foreign "think 
tank" that constantly misleads them on a multitude of issues. 




170 

Let us examine some of the issues and let us hope that the 
American people will never be misled again by the skilled 
"communicators." 

The American people have been grossly misled about five 
major wars, and that should be enough for any nation. But 
unfortunately, the nonstop bombing of Iraq and Serbia by 
U.S. - British aircraft showed that the American people had 
learned nothing from the Gulf War and how it was instigated, 
and how they were lied to and manipulated in an utterly 
reprehensible manner. 

The second Gulf War was ample proof that Tavistock's 
methods still work, so much so that blatant lying was resorted 
to with the knowledge that even if discovered as lies, the 
Bush administration knew that their lies would just be 
shrugged off, because the American people were now 
thoroughly conditioned in a state of permanent "shell-shock," 
to display no concern over what was a very serious position 
for any nation to find itself in. 

What can be done about the grip Tavistock and its many 
affiliated institutions have on the country, the Christian 
Right, the Congress, our intelligence agencies and the State 
Department, a grip that extends all the way to the President 
and to our top military brass? As I previously stated, the main 
problem is to be able to convince the broad mass of 
Americans that what is happening to them and the country, is 
not a case of "changing times" due to circumstances beyond 
their control, but a carefully contrived plot, a real menace to 
the future of all of us, and not just some "conspiracy" theory. 

We can arouse the nation, but only if a concerted effort is 
made at the grassroots level. The solution to the problem lies 
in educating Americans and by unified action. 




171 



There is a great and compelling need to educate the millions 
of people as to what the secret manipulators are doing, and 
more importantly, just how, and why they are doing it. 
Urgent constitutional action is needed to bring this about. 
There are many leading citizens, who have the power and the 
financial means to start a grass roots campaign. What is not 
wanted, is a third political party. 

A grass roots movement, properly educated and acting in 
concert is the only way (at least in my opinion) that we are 
going to win our country back from the dark and evil forces 
that have it by the throat. Together, in a grass roots 
movement, we can shake America free from the grip of 
foreign powers, powers the Tavistock Institute serves so well, 
foreign powers that are bent upon the destruction of America 
as constituted by our Founding Fathers. 

This work on the Tavistock Institute is another "first" in my 
series on major organizations whose names will be new to 
most readers. Tavistock is the most important nerve center in 
the U.S., and it has poisoned and gradually altered for the 
worse, every facet of our lives since 1946, when it began its 
North America operations. 

Tavistock has played and is playing the leading role in 
shaping U.S. policies and world events. It is undoubtedly, the 
mother of all mind control and mind conditioning centers in 
the world. In the United States it has a great deal of control 
over day-to-day affairs and has a direct hand in the course 
and direction of such American think tanks as Stanford 
Research, Esalen Institute, Wharton School, MIT, the Hudson 
Institute, the Heritage Foundation, the Georgetown University 
and even more directly, extends its influence to the White 
House and the State Department. Tavistock has a profound 
influence in shaping U.S. domestic and foreign policy. 




172 



Tavistock is a study center devoted to the service of the 
Black Nobility and those devoted to promoting the New 
World Order inside a One World Government. 

Tavistock does work for the Club of Rome, the CFR, 
Trilateral Commission, the German Marshall Fund, the Mont 
Pelerin Society, the Ditchley Group, the Quator Coronati 
Freemason control lodge and the Bank of International 
Settlements. 




CHAPTER 28 

How Tavistock makes well people sick 



173 



Tavistock's story begins with its founder, Brig. Gen. John 
Rawlings Reese in 1921. It was Reese who evolved 
Tavistock's methods of mass "brainwashing". Tavistock was 
founded as a research center for British Special Intelligence 
Service (SIS). 

It was Reese who launched the method of controlling 
political campaigns, as well as mind control techniques, 
which continue to this very day, and it was Reese and 
Tavistock who taught the USSR, North Vietnam China and 
Vietnam how to apply his techniques — all they ever wanted to 
know about how to brain wash individuals or a mass of 
people. 

Reese was a close confidant of the late Margaret Meade and 
her husband Gregory Bateson, both of whom played major 
roles in shaping U.S. institutions that make government 
policy. He was also a friend of Kurt Lewin, who was 
expelled from Germany after being accused of being an 
active Zionist. Lewin fled Germany when it became apparent 
that the NSDP would control Germany. Lewin rose to 
become Tavistock's director in 1932. He played a major role 
in preparing the American people for entry into WWII. Lewin 
was responsible for organizing the greatest propaganda 
machine known to mankind, which he directed against the 
whole German nation. Lewin's machine was responsible for 
whipping the American public opinion into favoring the war 
by engendering a climate of hatred against Germany. What 
was it that made the Reese method so successful? Basically, it 
was this: The same psychotherapy techniques used to cure a 
mentally sick individual could be applied in the opposite 
direction. 




174 

It could also used to make healthy people become mentally ill. 
Reese began his long series of experiments in the 1930s using 
British Army recruits as test cases. From there Reese 
progressed to perfecting mass brainwashing techniques, 
which he was later to apply to countries slated for change. 
One such country was the United States, which remains the 
focus of attention of Tavistock. Reese began applying his 
behavior modifications techniques against the American 
people in 1946. Few if any realized the extreme threat to 
America, which Reese posed. 

The British Army Psychological Warfare Bureau was set up 
at Tavistock through secret agreements with Churchill, well 
before Churchill became prime minister. The agreements 
gave the British Special Operations Executive, commonly 
known as the SOE, full control over the policies of the U.S. 
Armed Forces, acting through civilian channels, and which 
invariably, became official U.S. Government policy. 

That agreement is still firmly in place, as unacceptable to 
patriotic Americans today, as it was when established. It was 
the discovery of this agreement that led Gen. Eisenhower to 
issue his historical warning about powers accumulated in the 
hands of the "military industrial complex." 

So that we fully understand the influence of Tavistock in the 
daily political, social, religious and economic life of the U.S., 
allow me to explain that it was Kurt Lewin, the second in 
command who was responsible for founding the following 
American institutions, many of whom were responsible for 
making profound changes in U.S. foreign and local policies: 




175 



* The Harvard Psychological Clinic 

* The Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) 

* The Committee on National Morale 

* Rand Corporation 

* National Defense Resources Council 

* The National Institute for Mental health 

* The National Training Laboratories 

* The Stanford Research Center 

* The Wharton School of Economics. 

* The New York Police Department 
*The FBI 

*The CIA 

* The Rand Institute 

To Lewin fell the task of selecting key personnel for these 
and other highly prestigious research institutions; including 
Esalen, the Rand Corporation; the United States Air Force, the 
Navy, the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and the State Department. In 
later years Tavistock conditioned those chosen to operate the 
ELF weather modifications facilities located in Wisconsin 
and Michigan, as a defense against those operated from the 
Kola Peninsula in Russia. 




176 

It was through institutions like Stanford and Rand that the 
treasonous, infamous "MK Ultra" project got its start. "MK 
Ultra" was a 20-year experiment utilizing LSD and other 
"mind-altering" drugs, carried forward under the direction of 
Aldous Huxley and the guru of the "Ban the Bomb" 
movement, Bertrand Russell (the senior statesman of the 
300) for and on behalf of the CIA. 

In the second Gulf War Tavistock-trained operatives showed 
U.S. General Miller how to run systematic torture to extract 
"information" from Muslim captives held at Abu Graib prison 
in Iraq and Guantanamo Bay in Cuba that shocked and 
disgusted the world when they were exposed. Through these 
and other similar mind control, mood-altering drugs, Lewin, 
Huxley and Russell were able to do indescribable damage to 
the youth of America, damage from which we, as a nation, 
will probably never fully recover. Their horrible drug 
experiments were carried out from Stanford Research, 
McGill University, and Bethesda Naval Hospital and at U.S. 
Army locations scattered all across the land. 

It is worth repeating that the movement, which sprouted 
among our youth in the 1950s— 1960s, known as the "New 
Age" and or the "Age of Aquarius", was a Tavistock 
program. There was noting spontaneous about it. Nudity was 
introduced in conformity with the course taken to demean 
women. 

By 2005 the "new" fad is called "Hip-Hop" a type of dance 
game played mainly by children in the poorest suburbs of 
America's cities. It was picked up by Tavistock and turned 
into a full-blown industry with their specialists writing the 
"music and lyrics" until it is one of the best profit-makers for 
the recording industry. 




177 



Reese's methods were closely followed by Aldous Huxley, 
Bertrand Russell, Arnold Toynbee and Alistair Crowley. 
Russell was particularly adept at working Tavistock methods 
in forming his "CND": "Ban the Bomb" campaign which 
opposed U.S. nuclear experiments Tavistock "think tanks" 
received massive U.S. Government funding. Such institutions 
conduct research experiments with mass population 
conditioning. The CND movement was a front from behind 
which Huxley dispensed drugs for the youth of Britain. 

In these experiments the American people have been more of 
a target than any other national group in the world. As I 
disclosed in 1969 and 2004, since 1946 the U.S. Government 
has poured billions of dollars into projects, which may be 
classed as "undercover operations", that is, the experimental 
programs go under other name and titles so that the 
unsuspecting American people raise no protest at such lavish 
government spending. 

In such Tavistock experiments, every aspect of America's 
way of life, its customs, its traditions, its history, are 
examined to see if they can be subjected to change. Every 
aspect of our psychological and physiological life is 
constantly under scrutiny at Tavistock's U.S. institutions. 

The "change agents" work tirelessly to change our way of life 
and make it look as such changes are merely "changing times" 
to which we must adapt. These forced changes are to be found 
in politics, religion, music, the way the news is manufactured 
and reported, the style of delivery of the news readers with 
the preponderance of American women readers who had 
every last trace of femininity driven out of them; the style and 
delivery of speeches made by Mr. Bush (short staccato 
sentences) accompanied by facial contortions and body 
movement taught by change artists, 




178 

his manner of walking (U.S. Marine style), the rise of the so- 
called Christian fundamentalists in politics, the 
overwhelming support for "isms", the list is endless. 

The outcome, the net result of these experimental programs 
determine how and where we shall live in the present and the 
future, how we will react to stressful situations in our national 
and personal life, and how our thinking on a national level 
regarding education, religion, morals, economics and politics 
can be channeled in the "right direction." 

We, the People, have been and are being endlessly studied at 
Tavistock's Institutions. We are dissected, profiled, thought- 
read, and the data entered into computer data banks for the 
purposes of shaping and planning how we will react to 
planned future shocks and stressful situations. All this is done 
without our consent and in gross violation of our 
constitutional right to privacy. 

These profiling results and prognostications are entered into 
data bases in computers at the National Security Agency, the 
FBI, the Department of Defense Intelligence Agency, and the 
Joint Chiefs of Staff, the Central Intelligence Agency, the 
National Security Agency to name but a few places where 
such data is stored. 

The lines between internal and external spying are being 
blurred as the American people are conditioned for the 
coming One World Government wherein surveillance of 
individuals will reach unprecedented levels. 

It was this kind of information which allowed the FBI to get 
away with burning David Koresh and his Branch Davidians, 
while the nation watched it happening on national television, 
without hardly a whimper of protest 




179 



from the people and, an astonishing lack of protest from 
Congress. In one move, the States rights of Texas were 
destroyed. Waco was meant as a test case to see how the 
population would react to witnessing the 10 th Amendment 
being destroyed before their very eyes, and, as profiled, the 
people of Texas and the United States acted precisely in the 
manner of the Tavistock profile; they acted like sheep 
peacefully grazing on grass as the Judas goat that would lead 
them to the slaughterhouse circled the flock. 

What has happened, and is happening on an ongoing basis, 
was foretold by Carter's national Security Advisor, Zbigniew 
Brzezinski, in his New Age book, "The Technocratic Era" 
published in 1970. What he predicted is happening before our 
eyes, but the deadly sinister nature of these unfolding events 
is lost upon the people. The reality of what Brzezinski 
foretold in 1970 has come to pass. I suggest that you read the 
book — if it is obtainable — and then as I have done, compare 
events that have transpired since 1970 with what is stated in 
"The Technotronic Era." The accuracy of Brzezinski's 
forecasting is not only amazing, but also rather frightening. 

If you are still skeptical, then read 1984 by George Orwell, a 
former M16 British intelligence operative. Orwell had to 
write his startling revelation as fiction to avoid being 
prosecuted under Britain's Official Secrets Act. Orwell's 
"newspeak" is now everywhere to be found, and just as he 
predicted, arouses no opposition. 

Readers thought Orwell was describing Russia, but he was 
foretelling the coming of a regime far worse than the 
Bolshevik regime, the New World Order government of 
Great Britain. 




180 



One has only to look over the legislation passed by the Blair 
regime to see that liberties have been crushed, political 
dissent has been crushed, the Magna Carta put to flames and 
in its place, a set of draconian laws that makes for ominous 
reading. "As goes England today, so goes the United States 
tomorrow" according to an old saying. 

Like it or not, Brzezinski predicted that We, the People, 
would have nothing left of our right to privacy; every little 
detail of our lives would be known by government, and 
subject to instant recall from data banks. By the year 2000, he 
said, private citizens would be in the grip of government 
control as never before experienced by any other nation. 

Today, in 2005, we are under constant surveillance such as 
could not be imagined a few years ago, the Fourth 
Amendment has been trampled, our best protection from a 
gargantuan state, the 10 th Amendment no longer in existence, 
and it has all been made possible through the work of Reese 
and the Social Sciences scientists who control the Tavistock 
Institute. 

In 1969, by an order of the Committee of 300, Tavistock 
established the Club of Rome, as first reported in my 
monographs of 1969. The Club of Rome then established the 
North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) as a political 
alliance. 

By 1999, we were discovering the truth about NATO; it is a 
political entity with military support by its member-nations, 
Tavistock provided key personnel for NATO from its 
inception and it still does. They write all the key policies for 
NATO. In other words, Tavistock controls NATO. 




181 



Proof of this can be seen in the way in which NATO was able 
to bomb Serbia for 72 days and nights and get away with it, 
although it violated the four Geneva Conventions, the Hague 
Convention, the Nuremberg Protocols, and the United 
Nations charter. There was no outcry from the American 
people or the British people against such barbarous action. 

Of course this had all been predetermined from Tavistock's 
data banks: They knew exactly how the public would react or 
not react to the bombing. Had an unfavorable determination 
been made beforehand as to how the public would react, there 
would have been no bombing raids over Serbia. 

Precisely the same Tavistock studies were used to ascertain 
public reaction to raining down cruise missiles and bombs on 
the open city of Baghdad in 2002, Rumsfeld's infamous 
"shock and awe" tactic. Barbarous behavior of this magnitude 
was indulged in because the President and his men already 
knew beforehand that there would be no outcry from the 
American public. 

Both the Club of Rome and NATO have considerable 
influence in foreign policy decisions taken by the U.S. 
Government, and they continue to do so, today, as we saw in 
the case of the unprovoked attack on Serbia and Iraq 
acceeded to by the Clinton and Bush administrations, 
respectively. History provides other examples of national 
control of the U.S. by Tavistock. 

When the Second World War broke out, the United States 
was subjected to a preplanned brainwashing campaign of the 
most massive proportions, prepared and executed by the 
Tavistock Institute. 




182 

This would pave the way for a smooth entry of the U.S. into a 
war that was none of our business and muzzle those opposed 
to it. All of Roosevelt's grand speeches were composed by 
technicians skilled in mind control at Tavistock, many of 
them emanating from the Fabian Society. 

Americans were told that the war was started by Germany; 
that the danger of Germany to world peace was far greater 
than the threat of Bolshevism would ever be. A substantial 
number of socials scientists working at Tavistock's U.S. 
institutions were selected to lead the charge in persuading the 
American people that America's entry into the war was the 
proper course for it to take. However, they did not succeed 
until Japan was "forced to fire the first shot" at Pearl Harbor. 




183 



CHAPTER 29 

Topological psychology gets the U.S. into the War in Iraq 

Kurt Lewin's topological psychology — standard fare at 
Tavistock institutions — was taught to selected American 
scientists sent there to learn its methodology, and the group 
returned to the U.S. to spear- head the drive to force 
Americans to believe that support for Britain — the instigator of 
the war — was in our best interests. Topological psychology 
is still the most advanced method of inducing behavior 
modifications, whether in individuals or in mass population 
groups. 

Unhappily, topological psychology was used all too 
successfully by the mass media in rushing America into a 
British-contrived situation in Iraq, another war in which we 
had no business involving ourselves. The professional liars 
who run this country, the whores of the media, the 
treasonous, treacherous "spokesmen" for the One World 
Government — New World Order, used exact topological 
psychology against those who said we should not be 
attacking Iraq. 

Bush, Baker, Haig, Rumsfeld, Rice, Powell, General Myers, 
Cheney and those in Congress who fawned all over them in a 
servile display of bootlicking — brainwashed the American 
people to believe that Pres. Saddam Hussein of Iraq was a 
monster, an evil man, a dictator, a threat to world peace, who 
had to be removed from power, even though Iraq had never 
done anything to harm the United States. While there may 
have been some truth to the allegations that Hussein had done 
some terrible deeds, the same could be said of Wilson and 
Roosevelt magnified a million times. 




184 

Tavistock's war on the U.S. Constitution had completely 
dumbed-down the American people to where they somehow 
believed that the U.S. had the right to attack Iraq and remove 
its leader, even though the Constitution expressly forbids 
such action not to mention that it violated international law 
and the Nuremberg Protocols. As already stated, it takes a 
"contrived situation" to get the American people fired up. 

In WWI it was the "atrocities" committed by the Kaiser. In 
WWII it was Pearl Harbor, in Korea it was the "ghost torpedo 
boats" of North Korea's attack on the U.S. Navy that never 
happened. 

In Iraq it was the deceit and lies of April Glaspie; in Serbia, it 
was the "concern" of Madame Albright for the alleged 
"persecution" of Albanian illegal aliens flooding into Serbia 
to escape the economic misery of their homeland that was the 
excuse for her self-righteous crusade against Serbia. 

Tavistock coined a new name for the illegal Albanians; 
henceforth they were to be called "Kosovars." Of course the 
profiled and programmed American public made no objection 
when Serbia, without just cause and without ever having 
harmed the United States, was mercilessly bombed for 
seventy-six days and nights! 

The real danger to peace comes from our one-sided policy 
toward Middle East nations, and our attitude toward Socialist 
governments. Appeals to rally around the flag in the early 
stages of WWII were pure Reese topological psychology — 
and it was repeated in the Gulf War, the Korean War, Iraq 
(twice) and Serbia. 




185 



Soon it will be North Korea again. The U.S. has persecuted 
that nation for more than 25 years-only this time the excuse 
will be that North Korea is about to drop a nuclear bomb on an 
American city! In all these wars, the American people 
succumbed to the big drum of Tavistock brainwashing under 
the guise of "patriotism" tinged with a heavy dose of fear, 
banged night and day. Americans believed the myth that 
Germany was the "bad guy" bent upon ruling the world; we 
rejected the threat of Bolshevism. 

Twice we were whipped into frenzy against Germany. We 
believed our controllers because we did not know that we 
were brainwashed, manipulated and controlled. And so our 
sons were shipped off to die on Europe's battlefields for a 
cause, which was not America's cause. 

Immediately after Winston Churchill became Britain's Prime 
Minister after he ousted Neville Chamberlain because he had 
succeeded in making a peace agreement with Germany; 
Churchill the great paragon of belief in respect for 
international law began breaking international laws that 
governed civilized conduct during wars. 

Acting on the advice of Tavistock theoretician Richard 
Crossman — Winston Churchill adopted Tavistock's plan for 
terror bombing of civilian population. (We were to see the 
same policy being carried out in Iraq and Serbia.) 

Churchill gave the Royal Air Force (RAF) orders to bomb 
the small German city of Freiberg, an undefended city, one on 
the list of such cities in Germany and Britain, which both 
sides had agreed in a written pact was an "open, undefended 
city" not to be bombed. 




186 

On Saturday afternoon, February 27 1940, a raid on Freiberg 
was carried out by RAF "Mosquito" bombers, killing 300 
civilians including 27 children at play in a schoolyard, plainly 
visible as a school. 

This was the start of the RAF's terror bombing campaign 
against German civilian targets; the infamous Tavistock- 
inspired Prudential Bombing Survey, which was directed 
solely against German worker housing and the civilian 
infrastructure. Tavistock assured Churchill that such mass 
terror bombing would bring Germany to its knees once the 
target of destroying 65% of German worker housing was 
reached. 

Churchill's decision to launch terror bombing against 
Germany was a war crime and remains a war crime. 
Churchill was a war criminal and should have been put on 
trial for his hideous crimes against humanity. 

The bombing of Freiberg Germany, without consultation 
with France, was the first departure from civilized conduct in 
WWII and the British Government was solely to blame for 
the air raids by the Germans, which followed. Churchill's 
terror tactics were followed to the letter by the U.S. in the 
undeclared war against Iraq, Serbia, Iraq again and 
Afghanistan, which began in March of 1999, in the same vein 
of no mercy as displayed by Churchill. 

Kurt Lewin, whose hatred of Germany knew no bounds, 
developed the policy of terror bombing of civilian housing. 
Lewin was the "father" of the Strategic Bombing Survey, 
deliberately designed to destroy 65 percent of German 
worker housing and kill in an indiscriminate manner, as 
many German civilians as possible. 




187 



German military casualties were far exceeded by civilian 
casualties of the war, as a result of "Bomber" Harris and his 
heavy bomber night raids by the RAF on German worker 
housing. This was a major war crime that has still gone 
unpunished. 

This gives the lie to the propaganda put out by Tavistock that 
Germany began such terror raids. The facts are that it was 
only after eight weeks of terror-raids on Berlin had caused 
heavy damage to civilian housing and non-military targets 
had taken thousands of civilian lives that the Luftwaffe 
retaliated by attacks on London. German retaliation came 
only after countless appeals by Hitler, directly to Churchill to 
stop breaking their agreement, which the "great man" 
ignored. 

Churchill, the master liar, the consummate liar, with the help 
of, and under the direction of Lewin was able to persuade the 
world that Germany started civilian bombing as a deliberate 
policy when, as we have seen, it was Churchill who initiated 
it. British War Office and RAF documents reflect this 
position. The damage done to London by the Luftwaffe was 
relatively mild when compared with what the RAF did to 
German cities, but the world never heard about that. 

The world saw only what amounted to small sections of 
London damaged by German air raids with Churchill striding 
over the rubble, his jaw jutting out and a cigar clenched 
between his teeth, the epitome of defiance! How well 
Tavistock had taught him to stage such events! (We see the 
echo of Churchill's affected mannerisms appearing in George 
Bush who appears to have undergone some "training" of his 
own.) 

Churchill's "bulldog" character was created by Tavistock. His 
true character was never revealed. The callous bombing 




188 

of Freiberg paled into a shadow compared with the callous, 
barbaric, un-Christian, inhuman fire-bombing of the open, 
undefended city of Dresden that took more lives than the 
subsequent atomic bomb attack on Hiroshima. 

The bombing of Dresden and the timing of the raid was a 
cold-blooded decision taken in consultation with Tavistock by 
the "great man" to cause "shock and awe" and impress his 
friend, Joseph Stalin. It was also an outright attack on 
Christianity, timed to take place during Lent. 

There was no reason military or strategic reason to fire bomb 
Dresden, which was selected as a target by Lewin. In my 
view, the fire bombing of Dresden, crowded with German 
civilian refugees fleeing from the Russian onslaught from the 
East, when Lent celebrations were being observed, ranks as 
the most heinous war crime ever committed. Yet, because the 
British and American people had been thoroughly 
programmed, conditioned and thoroughly brainwashed, 
hardly a murmur of protest was heard. The war criminals, 
"Bomber" Harris, Churchill, Lewin and Roosevelt, got away 
with this terrible crime against humanity. 

On May 5, 2005, during a State visit to Berlin, Russian 
President Vladimir Putin held a joint conference with 
Germany Chancellor Gerhard Schroeder told the German 
newspaper Beeld that Allied forces cannot be absolved for 
the horrors of WWII, and that included the bombing of 
Dresden: "The Western allies didn't abound with any special 
humanity," he said. "It is incomprehensible to me to this day 
why Dresden was destroyed. There was no military reason for 
it." 

Perhaps the Russian leader did not know about Tavistock and 
its Prudential Bombing Survey that ordained the 




189 



terrible bombing, but certainly, readers of this work will now 
know why the barbaric and horrible atrocity was carried out. 

To return to Reese and his early work at Tavistock involving 
brainwashing experiments on 80,000 British Army troops. 
After a five-year "re-programming" of these men, Reese was 
confident that his system of making mentally stable people ill, 
would work on any mass group. Reese was sure that he could 
give "treatment" to mass groups of people, whether it was 
desired by them or not, and without the victims even being 
aware of what was being done to their minds. When 
questioned about the propriety of his actions, Reese 
responded that it was unnecessary to first obtain permission 
from the "subjects" before commencing with his experiments. 

The modus operandi developed by Reese and his gurus, 
proved to be successful. The Reese-Lewin method of 
tampering with minds proved highly effective and is still in 
wide use in America today, in 2005. We are tampered with, our 
opinions manufactured for us, all without our permission. 
What was the purpose of these behavior modifications? It was 
to bring about forced changes to our way of life, without our 
agreement and without even being aware of what is 
happening. 

From his brightest students, Reese selected what he called 
"my first team" to become the first level of his "invisible 
college graduates" "shock troops" that were to be placed in 
key positions inside British Intelligence, the Army, 
Parliament and later, inside the Supreme Headquarters Allied 
Expeditionary Forces (SHAEF). 

The "first team graduates" went on to fully control General 
Eisenhower, who became no more than a puppet in their 




190 

hands. "First team graduates" were insinuated into every 
policy making body in the United States. 

The "first team graduates" made U.S. policy decisions. The 
"Secret Team" as they were to become known, was 
responsible for the public execution of President. John F. 
Kennedy, in full view of America and the world as a lesson to 
future Presidents that they were to obey all directives 
received from the "Olympians". Kissinger was one of many 
"first team graduates" placed in a position of authority inside 
the U.S. Government, in the O.S.S. and the FBI. 

A Canadian citizen, Major Louis Mortimer Bloomfield ran 
Division Five counterintelligence of the FBI during WWII. In 
Britain, it was H.V. Dicks who was responsible for placing 
"first team graduates" in key intelligence positions, the 
Church of England, the Foreign Office and the War Office, 
not to mention the Parliament. 

Tavistock was able to conduct wartime experiments in 
peacetime, given all of the facilities made available to it, and 
with this experience, could tighten its grip on the U.S. and 
British military establishments and intelligence 
services. 

In America, Tavistock's sinister experiments changed the 
American way of life, completely and forever. When this 
truth is recognized by the majority of our people, when the 
far-reaching control of Tavistock exercises over our daily 
lives is comprehended, only then will we be able to fight 
back, if indeed we have not by then become total shell- 
shocked automons. 




191 



By 1942 the command structure of British and U.S. military 
and intelligence services had become so enmeshed that they 
could no longer be separated or distinguished from each 
other. 

This gave rise to the many weird and strange policies 
followed by our government, most of which policies directly 
contradicted the U.S. Constitution and the Bill of Rights and 
ran contrary to the wishes of We, the People, as expressed 
through our elected representatives in the Congress. In short, 
our elected representatives had lost control of our 
government. Winston Churchill called it "a special 
relationship." 

At the close of WWII, a number of carefully selected and 
profiled senior political and military figures from Britain and 
the United States were invited to attend a conference chaired 
by Reese. What Reese told the group is taken from 
confidential notes compiled by one of those who attended the 
meeting but who has asked to remain anonymous: 

"If we propose to come out in the open and attack national, 
social problems of our day, then we must have shock troops, 
and these cannot be provided by psychiatry based wholly on 
institutions. 

We must have mobile teams of psychiatrists who are free to 
move around and make contact with local situation in 
particular areas. In a world driven completely mad, groups of 
psychiatrists linked to each other, each capable of influencing 
the entire field of politics and government must be the 
arbiters, the power cabal." 




192 

Could anything be clearer? Here was Reese advocating 
lawless conduct by a group of psychiatrists linked together to 
make up first teams for his invisible colleges, free from all 
social, ethical, and legal restraints, who could be moved to 
areas of mentally well population groups, which in the 
opinion of Reese and his team, needed to be made ill by 
reverse psychology "treatment". Being "well" included any 
community that had successfully resisted mass brainwashing, 
as the results of "polling" showed. 

"First teams" would be followed by "shock troops" such as we 
see among the environmentalist groups. And this is not 
surprising as the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is 
a monster created by Tavistock's "environmental concerns," 
which concerns were generated by Tavistock themselves and 
passed on to the Environmental Protective Agency via shock 
troops. 

The EPA is not the only Tavistock- generated creature. 
Abortion and homosexuality are Tavistock created and 
supported aberrations. 

Because of Tavistock-created and supported programs, we in 
the United States have suffered a terrible degradation of our 
moral life, our religious life; debasement of music through 
the aberration of rock and roll "music," which became 
progressively worse following a relatively tame introduction 
by The Beatles followed by Rap and Hip-Hop; destruction of 
art, as we see pushed by PBS in the Mapplethorpe degenerate 
objects of derision. We have seen a proliferation of the drug 
culture and an intensified worship of the Golden Calf. The 
lust for money has never been higher in any civilization than 
the current one. 




193 



These are the bitter fruits of Tavistock policies implanted in 
our society by "invisible college graduates", who became 
school board members and insinuated themselves into 
leadership roles in our churches. They also insinuated 
themselves into important party political positions, at city 
and State levels, wherever their influence would be felt. 

The "graduates" became members of labor mediation boards, 
school boards, university boards, trade unions, the military, 
the church, the communications media, the entertainment 
media and the civil service; as well as the Congress, to the 
extent where it becomes obvious to the trained observer that 
Tavistock has taken over the reins of government. 

Reese and his Tavistock colleagues succeeded beyond their 
wildest dreams, having captured control of the major 
institutions upon which government rests. The parent, - the 
Committee of 300 — must be delighted with the progress 
made by the young infant Club of Rome. 

The Fourth of July has been rendered meaningless. There is no 
longer any American "independence" to celebrate. The 
victories of 1776 have been negated, largely reversed, and it 
remains only a matter of time before the U.S. Constitution is 
discarded in favor of a New World Order. In the tenure of 
G.W. Bush, we see that process accelerated. 




CHAPTER 30 

My choice of candidate, not my choice 



195 



Let us look at the way in which an election is run. The 
American people do not vote for a president. They vote for a 
party candidate chosen by the elect of the party, more often 
than not, entirely under the control of the Committee of 300. 
This is not a vote for a candidate of choice, as we are so often 
told. In truth, voters have no choice other than selecting from 
pre-chosen candidates. 

The candidates the pubic think it is voting for by choice (our 
choice) have been thoroughly vetted by the Tavistock 
Institute, and we were then brainwashed into thinking of 
them in a virtuous manner. 

Such impressions or sound bites are created in the studious of 
think tanks like Yankelovich, Skalley and White, run by 
Tavistock graduate Daniel Yankelovich. Tavistock-controlled 
"think tanks" tell us how to vote in their chosen manner. 
Since the advent of Yankelovich, the number of profiling" 
industries has proliferated to over one hundred and fifty such 
institutions. Take the examples of James Earl Carter, and 
George Bush. Carter came from relative obscurity to "win" 
the White House, which the media moguls said, proved that 
the U.S. system works. 

In fact, what Carter's election proved was that Tavistock rules 
this country and can sway the majority of voters to vote for a 
man about whom they know almost nothing. Saying that "the 
system worked" in relation to Carter, and later, in relation to 
William Jefferson Clinton, was exactly the maladaptive 
response Tavistock expected from a mass-brainwashed 
populace. 




196 

What Carter mirrored was that voters will vote for a 
candidate pre-selected for them. No thinking person would 
have wanted Skull and Bones man George Bush as Vice 
President, yet Bush is what we got. How did it come about 
that Carter was able to reach the White House? It happened 
thusly: A certain Dr. Peter Bourne, Tavistock's in-house 
social psychologist was given the task of finding a candidate 
Tavistock could manipulate. In other words, Bourne was to 
find the "right" candidate for the job according to Tavistock's 
rule, one that could be sold to the voters. 

Bourne, knowing Carter's history, put forward his name for 
consideration. Once Carter's record was approved, American 
voters were given "the treatment," that is to say; they were 
subjected to a sustained brainwashing campaign to persuade 
them that they had found Carter as their choice. In fact, by the 
time Tavistock was finished with the job, it was not really 
necessary to hold an election. It became a mere formality. 
Carter's victory was a personal victory for Reese, while Bush 
was a victory for Tavistock's methodology. An even greater 
"success story" was to follow in the selling of William 
Jefferson Clinton as a candidate for the White House, a feat 
which might have been impossible in any other country. 

Then came the selling of George W. Bush, a failed 
businessman and one who had sidestepped serving in 
Vietnam and a man with very thin experience. 

Tavistock had to go into high gear, but even that was not 
enough. When it was certain that Bush was not going to win, 
the U.S. Supreme Court illegally intervened in a STATE 
election and awarded the prize to the loser. 




197 



A stupefied (shell-shocked) electorate let the enormous 
violation of the U.S. Constitution go unchallenged thereby 
assuring their future will be lived in a New World Order - 
International Communist One World Government 
International Communists dictatorship. 

Reese continued to expand Tavistock's base of operations, 
taking on board Dorwin Cartwright, a highly skilled 
population profiler. One of his specialties was measuring 
population reaction to a food shortage. The object was to gain 
experience when the food weapon is brought into play against 
a population group unwilling to conform to Tavistock 
regulations. 

Tavistock has planned it this way: The international food 
cartels will corner food production and distribution of the 
world's food resources. Famine is a weapon of war, just as 
weather modifications is a weapon of war. Tavistock will use 
the famine weapon without restraint, when the time is right. 
Continuing with the expansion of Tavistock, Reese recruited 
Ronald Lippert. 

What Tavistock had in mind when it hired Lippert, was to get 
a foothold in the future control of education, starting with 
young children. Lippert was an expert in tinkering with the 
minds of the very young. An ex-O.S.S. operative, he was 
highly skilled theoretician, and a specialist in race mixing as 
a way of weakening national boundaries. Once installed at 
Tavistock, Lippert began his work by establishing a "think 
tank" devoted to what he called, "community interrelations," 
which involved seeking methods whereby natural race barriers 
might be dismantled. 

The so-called "civil rights" legislation is pure Reese and 
Lippert, and has no constitutional basis in fact. 




198 

(See "What you Should Know About The U.S. Constitution 
for a full explanation on so-called "civil rights.") 

In passing I should say that all civil rights legislation in the 
U.S is predicated on the 14 th Amendment, but the problem is 
that the fourteenth was never ratified. Thus it is not a part of 
the U.S. Constitution and all laws predicated upon it are null 
and void. In essence there is no such constitutional provision 
for civil rights. 

Lippert established the rationale for Martin Luther King's 
"civil rights" over the fact that no basis for it existed in the 
Federal Constitution. Busing children past their schools was 
another Lippert-Reese brainwashing success. Busing 
children past their destination was certainly not a "right." To 
sell the idea of "civil rights" to the American populace at 
large, three "think tanks" were established: 

The Science Policy Research Center The 
Institute for Social Research The National 
Training Laboratories 

Through the Science Policy Research Unit, Lippert was able 
to place thousands of his brainwashed "graduates" in key 
positions throughout the United States, West European 
(including Britain), France and Italy. Today, Britain, France, 
Italy and Germany all have Socialist governments, the 
groundwork for which was prepared by Tavistock. 

Hundreds of upper-level executives from some of America's 
most prestigious corporations were trained at one or another 
of Fippert's institutions. The National Training Faboratories 
gained control of the 2-million strong National Education 
Association and with this success, came complete control over 
education in American schools and universities. 




199 



But perhaps the most profound influence exerted on America 
came with Tavistock's control of NASA, partially because of 
the Special Report on NASA's space program, written by Dr. 
Anatole Rappaport for the Club of Rome. The startling report 
was released at a seminar in May of 1967 to which only the 
most carefully selected and profiled delegates from the top 
echelons of business and governments of the most highly 
industrialized nations were invited. 

Among the attendees were members of the Foreign Policy 
Institute, while the State Department sent Age of Aquarius 
conspirator, Zbigniew Brzezinski as its observer. In its final 
report, the Tavistock-controlled symposium derided NASA's 
work as "inappropriate" and suggested that its space 
programs be halted immediately. The U.S. Government duly 
obliged by cutting off funding, which caused NASA to lie 
dormant for 9 years — enough time for the Soviet space 
program to catch-up and forge ahead of the U.S. The United 
States has never been able to close the gap. 

Rappaport's Special NASA Report stated that the agency was 
producing "too many skilled people; too many scientists and 
engineers," whose services would not be needed in the 
smaller, more beautiful post industrial society, mandated by 
the Club of Rome. Rappaport called our highly skilled and 
trained space scientists and engineers, "redundant." The U.S. 
Government, which I have already indicated appears to be 
under the thumb of Tavistock, thereupon cut funding. 
Interference with NASA is a perfect example of how Britain 
controls U.S. domestic and foreign policies. 




200 



Jewel in Tavistock's crown is the Aspen Institute of 
Colorado, which for years was under the direction of Robert 
Anderson, a graduate of the University of Chicago, 
preeminent for brainwashing in the United States. The Aspen 
facility is the North American home of the Club of Rome 
teaches that a return of the monarchy would be very good for 
America. John Nesbitt, another Tavistock graduate held 
seminars on a fairly regular basis at Aspen at which instituting 
a monarchy was promoted among top businessmen. 

One of Nesbitt's students was William Jefferson Clinton, 
already then favored as presidential material. Nesbitt, like 
Anderson, is dazzled by British royalty and follows their 
Cathari doctrines of bogus concerns for ecology. 

The Philosophical Radicals had introduced the Bogomils and 
Catharists beliefs into Socialist circles in Britain. Anderson's 
proteges were Margaret Thatcher and George Bush whose 
actions in the Gulf War showed that Tavistock had done its 
homework rather well. Anderson is typical of the duped, 
brainwashed "graduate leaders" and his specialty is teaching 
targeted groups of business leaders in environmental training. 

Ecology issues are Anderson's forte. Although Anderson 
funds some of his activities from his own huge financial 
resources, he also receives donations from around the world, 
including donations from Queen Elizabeth and her consort, 
Prince Philip. Anderson founded the militant "Friends of the 
Earth" ecology movement and the "United Nations 
Conference on the Environment. " 




201 



Aside from his Aspen activities, Anderson is president and 
CEO of the Atlantic Richfield Company — ARCO, on whose 
board of directors is to be found the following notables: 

Jack Conway. 

He is best remembered for his work for the United Way 
Appeal Fund and as a director of the Socialist International 
Ford Foundation, both about as un-American as it is possible 
to get. Conway is also a director of the "Center for Change," a 
specialist Tavistock shock troops clearing house. 

Philip Hawley. 

He is chairman of the Fos Angeles Company, "Hawley and 
Hale," which interfaces with "Transamerica," a company 
specializing in making anti Christian, anti-family, pro- 
abortion, pro-lesbian, pro-homosexual, pro-drug movies. 
Hawley is associated with Bank of America, which funds the 
Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions, a classic 
Tavistock brainwashing institution think-tank for the 
promotion of drug usage and legalization of drugs. 

Dr. Joel Fort. 

This British national, Fort was on the board of directors of 
the Fondon "Observer" newspaper along with the Honorable 
David Astor and Sir Mark Turner, a director of the Royal 
Institute for Inter-national Affairs (RIIA), whose abject 
American servant is Henry Kissinger. 

The Royal Institute of International Affairs (RIIA) 

Founded the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) as a sister 
organization, America's de- facto mid-level secret 
government, is the executive arm of the Committee of 300. In 
May of 1982, Kissinger proudly announced Tavistock's 
control of America. 




202 



The occasion was a dinner for RIIA members. Kissinger 
lauded the British Government as is expected of a Tavistock 
graduate. In his best gravel- voiced manner Kissinger said: "In 
my White House days, I kept the British Foreign Office better 
informed than I did the U.S. State Department." 

The common denominator between the three Lippert 
institutions is the brainwashing methodology originally 
taught at Tavistock. All three of Lippert's institutes were 
funded by government grants. At these institutions, the top 
administrators and policy makers of the government were 
and are trained how to undermine America's established way 
of life, founded on Western civilization and upon the United 
States Constitution. The intent is to weaken and eventually 
break down the institutions that make up the foundation of 
the United States. 

The National Education Association 

An indication of just how great was Lippert's control of the 
National Education Association can be gauged from the en- 
bloc vote cast for William Jefferson Clinton by its 
brainwashed member- teachers, in accordance with the 
leadership's instructions. 

The Coming Group. 

The company donated Wye Plantation to the Aspen Institute, 
which became the principal training ground for New Age 
recruits and "shock troops." James Houghton, Coming's Vice 
Chairman, is a messenger for the Pierepoint Morgan family of 
Morgan Guarantee and Trust on Wall Street. Morgan 
receives daily briefings from the RIIA directly from London, 
which briefings become INSTRUCTIONS to be conveyed to 
the U.S. Secretary of State. 




203 



Former Secretary of the Treasury William Fowler was part of 
Coming-Aspen interface. He is the chief proponent for 
handing over U.S. fiscal policies to the International 
Monetary Fund (IMF) and constantly pushed for the Bank of 
International Settlements to control internal U.S. banking. It 
is significant that Wye Plantation was the site of the Arab — 
Israeli peace talks known as the Wye Accords. 

Executive Conference Center. 

Charged with teaching behavior modifications under the 
direction of Robert L. Schwartz, this "specialist training 
center" is run along the lines of the Esalen Institute. 

Schwartz spent 3 years at Esalen Institute and worked closely 
with Aldous Huxley, Tavistock's No. I "respectable" drug 
culture pusher who was responsible for introducing LSD to 
American college students. Schwartz was also a close friend 
of anthropologist Margaret Meade and her husband, Gregory 
Bateson. From Stanford and Esalen, Schwartz moved to 
Terrytown House, the Mary Biddle Duke property in 
Westchester, where with huge grants from IBM and AT&T, 
opened the Executive Conference Center; the first full-time 
Age of Aquarius-New Age "graduate school" for top-flight 
corporate executives drawn from every spectrum of corporate 
America, industry, trade and banking. 

Thousands of upper level executives and managers from 
corporate America, especially from Fortune 500 companies, 
the creme-del-le-creme of the business world, paid $750 per 
head to obtain instruction in Age of Aquarius Age 
methodology through seminars conducted by Schwartz, 
Meade, Bateson, and other Tavistock brainwashing 
specialists. 




204 

Schwartz was at one time strongly allied with Scientology, 
and he was also an editor of TIME magazine. Aspen Institute 

- New Age centers were generously funded by IBM and 
AT&T. 

It is difficult for Americans who do not have access to this 
kind of information to believe that IBM and AT&T, two 
household names in Corporate America, would have anything 
to do with mind control, brainwashing, behavior modification 
and transcendental meditation; Bahai sensitivity training, Zen 
Buddhism, reverse psychology, and all of the other New Age 

- Age of Aquarius programs designed to break down the 
morals of the American people and weaken family life. 
Christianity was not taught. 

Doubts would arise in the minds of most Americans who do 
not know the extent to which Corporate America rules the 
roost at home and abroad, in a manner dangerous to the U.S. 
Constitution and the Bill of Rights. Without Corporate 
America, we would never have suffered the Vietnam War, 
the Gulf War, war on Serbia, and a second war against Iraq. 
Nor would Carter and Clinton have had a ghost of a chance of 
sitting in the White House, against all odds ! 

If what is written here is not accurate, these companies could 
always deny its truths, but thus far, they have not done so. It 
would come as a shock to find that a large number of 
corporate giants that are household names to the American 
public, send their executives and upper level management 
personnel to have their brains scrambled by Schwartz, 
Meade, Bateson, John Nesbitt, Lewin, Cartwright and other 
Tavistock behavioral modifications and mind control 
specialists: At the Executive Conference Center, corporate 
executives meet with lohn Nesbitt, who owes his allegiance 
to the Black Nobility and the House of Guelph, better known 
as the House of Windsor; the RIIA, 




205 



the Milner - Round Table Groups, the Club of Rome and 
Aspen Institute. Nesbitt is typical of the operatives used by the 
British Government to direct U.S. and foreign policies. 

Nesbitt is a staunch monarchist and a Club of Rome specialist 
in zero growth for industry, especially heavy industry. He 
believes in zero growth post industrialism to the point of 
returning the world to a feudal state. At one of his 
brainwashing sessions, he told the executives from "Business 
America" (my new term): 

"The United States is moving toward as monarchy just like 
Britain and a governing system in which Congress, the White 
House and the Supreme Court will be merely symbolic and 
ritualistic. This will constitute true democracy; the American 
people do not care who is President; half of them don't vote, 
anyway. America's economy is growing away from that of a 
nation-state and towards smaller and smaller power centers, 
possibly into multiple nations. We must substitute for the 
national state, a geographical, ecological state of mind." 

"The United States will move away from a concentration of 
heavy industrial activity. Auto, steel, housing will never 
revive again. Buffalo, Cleveland, Detroit, the old industrial 
centers will die. We are moving toward an information 
society. There is and will continue to be a lot of pain, but on 
the whole, this economy is better off than it was a decade 
ago." Nesbitt was actually echoing the very sentiments 
expressed by Count Davignon in 1982. 




CHAPTER 31 

Zero Growth in Agriculture and Industry: 
America's Post Industrial Society. 



207 



In 1983 I wrote a monograph entitled, "The Death of the 
Steel Industry" in which I provided details of how French 
aristocrat Etienne Davignon of the Club of Rome was given the 
task of downsizing the American steel industry. 

At the time this work was published, a lot of people were 
skeptical, but based upon information about the Club of 
Rome — which most Americans and most writers had never 
even heard of prior to my 1970 article of the same title; I felt 
sure, that Nesbitt's prediction could happen, and in the next 
seven years, it turned out to be accurate, although not in all 
ways. Although parts of Nesbitt's predictions were off — their 
time had not yet come - in many ways, he was correct, in so 
far as the intentions of our secret government go. 

None of the captains of industry, who attended Tavistock's 
EEC brainwashing sessions, saw fit to protest what Nesbitt 
was saying. That being the case how could I expect that an 
unknown writer like myself, nobody had ever heard of, 
would make an impact? 

The executive conferences and training sessions at Tarrytown 
House proved that Reese's brainwashing techniques were 
flawless. Here was a forum attended by the captains of 
industry, the elite of America's corporate world, quite happy to 
be participating in the demise of America's steel industry, 
sacrificing its unique domestic market that had made America 
a great industrial nation, tearing up the Constitution and the 
Bill of Rights and embracing genocidal programs calling for 
the culling of half of the world's population; substituting 
Eastern mysticism and the 




208 

Kabala for Christianity; applauding programs that would 
result in a breakdown of the morals of the nation and 
destruction of family life; a future Balkanized America. 

No one could deny, looking at the state of America today in 
2005, that Reese and his Tavistock methods did an 
astonishing job in brainwashing the leaders of our corporate 
world, our political and religious leaders, our judges and our 
educators, and the guardians of the morals of the nation, not 
to mention the U.S. House of Representatives and the Senate. 

In 1974, Professor Harold Isaacson of the Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology (MIT) in his book, "Idols of the 
Tribe," laid bare Tavistock's blueprint to combine Mexico, 
Canada and the U.S. into Balkan-type states. I would remind 
my readers that MIT was founded by Kurt Lewin, the same 
Kurt Lewin who was forced out of Germany because of his 
brainwashing experiments; the same Lewin who planned the 
Strategic Bombing Survey; Reese's number one theoretician. 

All that Isaacson did was to spell out the Aquarian blueprint 
in a more readable, detailed manner than the Stanford-Willis 
Harmon Aquarian study. In 1981, seven years later, 
Isaacson's ideas (Tavistock's Aquarian blueprint) were 
presented to the public by Joel Gallo, editor of the 
Washington Post, and the mouthpiece of Britain's House of 
Windsor and the Club of Rome. Gallo called his presentation, 
The Nine Nations of North America. Gallo's version of 
Tavistock's blueprint for a future America envisaged: 

* The death of the steel industry and a decline of industry in 
the industrial Northeast and the founding of the "Nation of the 
North East." 




209 



* Dixie, the Emerging Nation of the South. 

* Etopia, consisting of the coastal fringes of the 
Northwest Pacific. 

(Willis Harmon in his Age of Aquarius paper used the term, 
"ecotopia.") 

* The balance of southwest America to be combined with 
Mexico as a "breadbasket" region. 

* The Midwest to be designated "The Empty Quarter." 

* Parts of Canada and the islands to be designated "For 
Special Purposes" 

(Perhaps these territories will be the sites for future "Gulags," 
now that we have seen the unthinkable-the Guantanamo Bay 
prison reconstruction facility where mind tinkering and torture 
are in actual practice.) 

In all these latter areas there would be nothing in the way of 
large cities, conflicting with "ecotopia". Just to make sure 
that everybody understood that they knew what he was 
talking about, Gallo presented a map with his book. The 
problem is that the American people did not take Gallo 
seriously. It was precisely the way Tavistock expected them 
to react in what it called a "perfect maladaptive response." 

The American right wing grew up on the Rockefeller, 
Warburgs, Freemasonry, the Illuminati, Council on Foreign 
Relations, the Federal Reserve conspiracy, and the Trilateral 
Commission. Nothing very much of the inner core workings 
had been published. 




210 

When I began to publish my research in 1969, the American 
people mostly had not heard of the Committee of 300, the Cini 
Foundation, the Marshall Fund, the Club of Rome and 
certainly not the Tavistock Institute, the Black Nobility of 
Venice and Genoa. The following is a list of Tavistock 
brainwashing institutions in the United States, which were 
noted in my monographs published in 1969: 

* Stanford Research Center. Employs 4,300 people and has 
an annual budget in excess of $200 million. 

* MFT/Sloane. Employs 5000 people and has an annual 
budget of $20 million. 

* University of Pennsylvania Wharton School. Employs 
between 700- 800 people with an annual budget in excess of 
$35 million. 

* Management and Behavioral Research. Employs 40 people 
with an annual budget of $2 million. 

* Rand Corporation. Employs in excess of 2000 people with 
an annual budget of $100 million. 

* National Training Laboratories. Employs 700 people with 
an annual budget of $30 million. 

* The Hudson Institute. Employs between 120-140 people and 
has an estimated annual budget of $8 million. 

* Esalen Institute. Employs between 1800-2000 people with 
an annual budget of in excess of $500 million. 

(All 1969 figures) 

Thus, in the United States alone, by 1989 we already had a 
Tavistock Network of between 10 and 20 major institutions, 
plus 400-500 medium institutions with in excess of 5000 
satellites interlocking groups all revolving around Tavistock. 
Together they employ in excess of 60,000 people, specialists 
in one way or another in the field of behavioral sciences, 
mind control, brainwashing, polling and creating public 
opinion. 




211 

And all of them were working against the United States, our 
Constitution and the Bill of Rights. 

Since 1969 these institutions have been expanded and a great 
many new ones added to the network and are funded not only 
by large private and corporate donations, but also by the 
United States Government itself. Tavistock's clients include: 

* The State Department 

* The U.S. Postal Service 

* Department of Defense 

* The CIA: The U.S. Navy Department of Naval 

Intelligence 

* The National Reconnaissance Office 

* The National Security Council 

* The FBI 

* Kissinger Associates 

* Duke University 

* The State of California 

* Georgetown University and many more. 

In the private and corporate areas of our society, Tavistock 
clients include: 

* Hewlett Packard 
*RCA 

* Crown Zeilerbach 

* McDonald Douglas 

* IBM, Microsoft, Apple Computers, Boeing 

* Kaiser Industries 
*TRW 

* Blythe Eastman Dillon 

* Wells Fargo Bank of America 

* Bechtel Corp 

* Halliburton 

* Raytheon 




212 

* McDonnell Douglas 

* Shell Oil 

* British Petroleum 

* Conoco 

* Exxon Mobil 

* IBM and AT&T. 

This is by no means a complete list, which Tavistock guards 
jealously. These names are just those names I was able to 
secure. I would say that the majority of Americans are 
completely unaware that they are in a total war that has been 
waged against them since 1946; a war of devastating 
proportions and unremitting pressures; a war we are fast 
losing, and one which will overwhelm us unless the 
American people can be shaken loose from their 
preconceived "it can't happen in America" position. 




CHAPTER 32 

Exposing the upper level parallel Secret Government 



213 



The only way in which we are going to defeat this powerful 
and insidious enemy is by educating our people, especially 
our young people in the Constitution, and by standing fast on 
our Christian faith. Otherwise, our priceless heritage will be 
lost, forever. The power that Tavistock wields over this 
nation must be broken. 

Hopefully, this work will become a training manual in the 
hands of millions of Americans, who want to engage the 
enemy, but who have, hitherto, not been able to identify that 
enemy. 

The political forces controlled by secret societies, all 
opposing America's republican, constitutional ideals, do not 
like anything that seeks to expose Tavistock Institute and 
their disloyalty to America, and even less still, where such 
disclosures cannot be ridiculed and ignored. Of course those 
who engage in unmasking the deeds of our secret government 
invariably pay a high price for such disclosures. 

No one who is interested in the future of America can afford 
to ignore the manner in which Tavistock Institute has 
whipsawed the American people and manipulated 
government, even as the majority of Americans remain in 
ignorance of what is transpiring. With the almost complete 
control exercised over our nation by our upper-level, parallel, 
secret government, America has ceased to be a free and 
independent nation. One can generally fix the beginning of 
our decline around the time that Woodrow Wilson was 
"elected" by the British aristocracy. 




214 

Most of Tavistock's more recent activities in the United 
States have centered around the White House and in directing 
former President G.H.W. Bush, former President Clinton, and 
President G. W. Bush to engage in war against Iraq. Tavistock 
is leading the drive to destroy the Second Amendment right 
of citizens to keep and bear arms. 

It has also been instrumental in advising key members of the 
legislature that they have no further need for the U.S. 
Constitution, hence the mass of new laws enacted that are not 
laws at all, since they do not meet the test of constitutionality 
and fall to the ground. 

Tavistock remains the mother of all research facilities in 
America and Britain, and the leader in behavior modification 
techniques, mind control and opinion making and shaping. 

The Rand Institute at Santa Monica under the direction of 
Tavistock created the phenomena known as "El Nino" as a 
weather modification experiment. Tavistock is also heavily 
engaged in the New Age "UFO" experiments and sighting of 
aliens, under its mind control contracts with the C.I.A. 

Rand Institute mns the ICBM program and does primary 
analyses for foreign governments. Rand and Tavistock 
successfully profiled the white population of South Africa as 
a preliminary to testing the waters for a Communist African 
National Congress takeover, assisted and strongly supported 
by the U.S. State Department. "Bishop" Desmond Tutu, who 
played a leading role in the preamble to the fall of the white 
government, is a creation of Tavistock. 




215 



Georgetown University was taken over in its entirety by 
Tavistock, back in 1938. Its structure and programs were 
reformatted to suit the Tavistock "brain trust" blueprint as a 
center for higher learning. This has had great significance for 
the United States when we consider that Georgetown 
University was where Mr. Clinton learned his art of mass 
manipulation and dissembling. 

All State Department field agents are trained at Georgetown. 
Three of its best-known graduates were Henry Kissinger, 
William Jefferson Clinton and Richard Armitage. 
Georgetown's "invisible army" loyalists have done untold 
harm to the United States and will no doubt play their roles to 
the full until the end, a time when they will be uprooted, 
exposed and rendered harmless. 

Some of the ugliest and most horrifying actions taken against 
America were planned at Tavistock. I am referring to the 
bombing of the Marine compound at Beirut Airport, which 
took the lives of 200 of our finest young servicemen. One 
person believed to have been aware of the impending attack 
by Lebanese terrorists, was Secretary of State George 
Schultz. As unconfirmed reports stated at the time, Schultz 
was tipped off in advance of the attack by the Mossad, 
Israel's secret service agency. 

If Schultz did receive such a timely warning, he never relayed 
it to the Marine base commander at Beirut. Schultz was, and 
still is, a loyal servant of the Committee of 300 through the 
Bechtel Corporation. 

However, one year after I expressed my suspicions about 
Schultz and Bechtel (1989), a disaffected high-ranking 
Mossad agent broke ranks and wrote a book on his 
experiences. 




216 

Parts of the book included the very same information I had 
printed a year earlier, which has led me to believe that the 
suspicions I voiced about Schultz in 1989, were not 
altogether without substance. The whole episode reminds me 
of the treachery of Gen. Marshall, who deliberately kept 
information about a pending Japanese air attack against Pearl 
Harbor from the commander at Hawaii. 

There is mounting evidence about an increase in the input 
and influence Tavistock is having at the CIA. There are great 
many other intelligence agencies receiving instructions from 
Tavistock, notably the National Reconnaissance Office 
(NRO), the Defense Intelligence Agency (DJA), the Treasury 
Intelligence, and State Department Intelligence. 

Every year when the anniversary of the murder of President 
John Kennedy comes around I am reminded of the leading 
role played in the planning of his public execution; 
particularly the part played by MI6. After a 20-year in-depth 
investigation into the murder of JFK, I think I have come 
very close to the truth, as detailed in the monograph "The 
Assassination of President John F. Kennedy. " 

The unsolved murder of Pres. Kennedy remains a gross insult 
against everything the United States stands for. How is it that 
we, a supposedly free and sovereign nation, allow the cover 
up of a crime to remain in place, year after year? Surely our 
intelligence agencies know who the perpetrators of the crime 
are? Surely we know that the murder of Kennedy was carried 
out in broad daylight in front of millions of Americans, as an 
insult, and a warning that the reach of the Committee of 300 
goes far beyond what even our highest elected official was 
able to defend himself against? 




217 



The perpetrators of the crime laugh at our confusion secure in 
the knowledge that they will never be brought to justice, and 
glorifying in the success of the foul deed and the inability of 
We, the People, to pierce the corporate veil that hides their 
faces from view. 

The massive cover-up of the Kennedy assassination remains 
in place. We have full details of how the House 
Assassinations Committee failed to do its duty, ignoring 
strong evidence and latching onto flimsy here-say; ignoring 
the plain fact that the X-rays of Kennedy's head, taken at 
Bethesda Hospital, were tampered with. 

The list of the sins of the Committee of 300 and its servant, the 
Tavistock Institute is endless. Why did the Senate committee 
make no effort to investigate the strange disappearance of 
Kennedy's death certificate; a vital piece of evidence, which 
should have been found, no matter how long it took and no 
matter what the cost? Nor was Admiral Burkely, the naval 
officer who signed the certificate, seriously questioned about 
the circumstances surrounding the strange — very strange — 
unexplained disappearance of this vital piece of evidence. 

Here I must leave the subject of the murder of John F. 
Kennedy (which in my opinion was a Tavistock -related 
project) carried out by MI6 and the FBI Five Division head, 
Major Louis Mortimer Bloomfield. The CIA is a client of 
Tavistock's along with literally scores of other U.S. 
Government agencies. In the decades that have passed since 
the murder, not one single one of these agencies has ceased to 
do business with Tavistock. In fact, - Tavistock has added 
many new names of government agencies to its client list. 




218 

In looking through my documents, I discovered that in 1921 
when Reese founded Tavistock, he was under the control of 
British intelligence SIS. 

Thus from its inception, Tavistock has always been closely 
associated with intelligence work, even as it is to this very 
day. The case of Rudolph Hess may be of more than passing 
interest to not a few of our readers. It will be recalled that 
Hess was murdered by two SIS operatives in his Spandau 
prison cell, the night before he was to be released. 

The RIIA was afraid that Hess would blow the lid off what 
had been kept a dark secret; the close relationship between 
members of the British oligarchy — including Winston 
Churchill — and the German Thule Society, of which Hess 
had been the leader. 

Of more than a passing interest is the fact, that the Tavistock 
Institute was named after the 11 th Duke of Bedford, the 
Marquise of Tavistock. The title was passed on to his son, the 
12 th Marquise of Bedford. It was to his estate that Hess flew 
in an attempt to end the war. But Churchill would have none 
of it and ordered Hess to be arrested and imprisoned. The 
Duke of Bedford's wife committed suicide by taking an 
overdose of sleeping pills, when it became apparent that Hess 
would never be released, even when the war ended. 

In my work "Who Murdered Rudolph Hess" and "King 
Makers, King Breakers — The Cecils", I reveal just how close 
was this virtual kinship with Hess and other important 
members of Hitler's inner-circle right up to the start of WWII. 
Had Hess succeeded in his mission to the Duke of Bedford, 
Churchill and almost the entire British oligarchy would have 
been revealed as frauds. 




219 



The same thing would have happened had Hess not been kept 
a solitary prisoner at Spandau in Berlin, guarded for years 
after the end of WWII by troops drawn from Britain, the 
United States and the USSR, against all logic and at a 
tremendous cost (estimated at $50,000 a day). 

Because a changed Russia felt they could embarrass America 
and Britain — especially Britain, they suddenly announced 
Hess would be released. The British could not afford to run 
the risk of having their wartime leaders exposed, so the order 
was given to kill Hess. 

Tavistock provides services of a sinister nature to those 
people we find all across the United States, in every city of 
note. They have the leading personalities of those cities in the 
palm of their hand, whether it is in the police department, city 
government or any other authority. 

This is the case in every city also, where the Illuminati and 
Freemasons join with Tavistock in exercising their secret 
powers to walk all over the Constitution and the Bill of 
Rights. 

One can only wonder just how many innocent people are in 
prison today because they were not knowledgeable about 
their Constitution and the Bill of Rights; victims of 
Tavistock, one and all. Pay close attention to the television 
series, "COPS." 

It is standard Tavistock mind control and opinion making 
fare. In it you find every possible violation of the 
constitutional rights of persons stopped, and or arrested by the 
police. It is my firm opinion and belief that "COPS" is meant 
to condition the public and make us believe that such gross 
violations of rights we witness is the norm; that the police 
actually have such excessive powers, and that 




220 

constitutional safeguards to which every citizen is entitled, do 
not exist in practice. "COPS" is a most insidious 
brainwashing, opinion-making controlling program, and it 
would not be at all surprising to find Tavistock mixed up in it, 
somewhere. 




CHAPTER 33 
Interpol in the U.S.: 

Its origin and purpose exposed 



221 



Among the many international agencies Tavistock serves, is 
David Rockefeller's private intelligence service, better known 
as INTERPOL. It is in total dereliction of its legal duty that 
this illegal entity is allowed to go on functioning on Federal 
property in Washington, D.C. and under government 
protection. (U.S. law forbids private foreign police agencies 
from operating in America. INTERPOL is a private foreign 
police agency operating on U.S. soil while Congress looks the 
other way, fearful that one day they might be forced to grasp 
this noxious nettle, and pull it up by the roots.) 

What is INTERPOL? The U.S. Justice Department tries to 
explain INTERPOL by sidestepping crucial issues. 
According to its 1988 manual, "Interpol conducts 
intergovernmental activities, but is not based on an 
international treaty, convention, or similar legal documents. It 
was founded upon a constitution drawn up and written by a 
group of police officers who did not submit it for diplomatic 
signatures, nor have they ever submitted it for ratification by 
governments." 

How interesting! What an admission! If Interpol does not 
trample the U.S. Constitution, then nothing does. Where are 
watchdogs of the House and Senate? Is it that they are afraid 
of Tavistock and its powerful backer, David Rockefeller? Is 
the Congress afraid of the Committee of 300?" It certainly 
seems that way. Interpol is an illegal entity operating within 
the borders of the United States, without the sanction and 
approval of We, the People in flagrant violation of the 
Constitution of the United States and the constitutions of the 
50 States. 




222 



Its membership consist of individuals appointed by various 
national governments without any consultation with the 
government of the United States. The list of members has 
never been submitted to a House or Senate committee. 

It's presence in the U.S has never been sanctioned by a treaty. 
This has given rise to series accusations that certain 
governments under the control of the drug trade: Colombia, 
Mexico, Panama, Lebanon and Nicaragua, perhaps choose as 
their representatives, persons involved with the drug trade. 

According to Beverly Sweatman of the U.S. Department of 
Justice National Central Bureau (NCB), (whose existence is 
itself a violation of the Constitution), this U.S. Government 
agency exists solely to exchange information with Interpol. 

Owned and controlled by David Rockefeller, Interpol is a 
private agency with a communications network stretching 
around the globe, heavily involved in one way or another 
with the drug trade from Afghanistan to Pakistan to the 
United States. 

The interaction of Lt. Colonel Nivaldo Madrin of Panama, 
Gen. Guillermo Medina Sanchez of Colombia, and certain 
elements of Mexico's Federal police with Interpol status, 
point in this direction. Their histories of involvement with 
the drug trade while serving Interpol are too long to include 
here, but suffice to say that history is a sordid one. 

Yet, in spite of the fact that Interpol is a private organization, 
it was granted "observer status" by the United Nations (U.N.) 
in 1975, which stature (totally in violation of the U.N. 
Charter) enables Interpol to sit at meetings and vote on 
resolutions, even though it is not a 




223 



member-country and has no government status. According to 
the U.N. Charter, only States (in the full definition of the 
word) can be members of the U.N. Since Interpol is not a 
state, why does the U.N. violate its Charter? 

It is believed that the U.N. is counting heavily on Interpol 
networks to help it find private arms in the hands of 
American citizens held by them under their Second 
Amendment rights, once the U.N. signs a "treaty" with the 
U.S. Government to disarm all civilian populations of 
member-states. 

Where are America's lawmakers who are supposed to uphold 
and defend the U.S. Constitution? Where are the great 
statesmen of yesteryear? Interpol demonstrates, that what we 
have in their place are politicians turned lawmakers who do 
not enforce the laws they make, terrified to correct the obvious 
mistakes that abound on every hand, because, if the were to 
uphold their oath of office, they would more than likely find 
themselves without their cushy cozy job. 

To recap on some of the information already provided: 
Tavistock Institute was established in Sussex, England, in 
1921 by command of the British monarchy, for the purposes 
of mind control and public opinion making, and to establish 
on a carefully-examined scientific basis, at what point the 
human mind would break down under subjection to 
prolonged bouts of psychological distress. Elsewhere we shall 
show that it was first founded in pre-WWI times by the 11 th 
Duke of Bedford, the Marquise of Tavistock. 

In the early 1930s, the Rockefeller Brothers Foundation Fund 
also contributed heavily to Tavistock. 




224 



The fact that so many of the chief practitioners of mind 
control and behavioral modifications were, and are, closely 
associated with the secret societies that embrace cults of 
many different ideas and beliefs, notably Isis-Orsiris, Kabala, 
Sufi, Cathari, Bogomil and Bahai (Manichean) mysticism 
should be noted. 

For the uninitiated, the very idea that prestigious institutions, 
and their scientists would be involved in cults and even with 
Satanism and Illuminists would be a very difficult thing to 
believe. But the connection is very real. We can see just why 
Tavistock was so interested in these subjects. 

Random school shootings by young people subjected to 
prolonged bouts of stress, and under the influence of habit- 
forming drugs, are remarkable in that in a large number of 
these tragic happenings, the perpetrators nearly always claim 
that they were directed "by voices" to do their deadly work. 
There can be no doubt that mind control was very much at 
work in these tragic instances. Unfortunately, we shall see 
many more such tragic episodes before the public realizes 
what is going on. 

Cultism, mind control, psychological stress application and 
behavioral modifications are very much a part of what is 
taught by Tavistock's scientists. In fact, alarmed by leaks 
showing its connection with Tavistock scientists, the British 
House of Commons passed a law making it legal for places 
like Tavistock to conduct what the bill called, "physical 
research." 

Now, the term, "physical research" is so ambiguous as to 
give rise to serious doubts about what it truly means, or 
whether, as some critics contended, is merely a term used to 
cover what really goes on. 




225 



In any event, Tavistock was not about to take the public into 
its confidence. But I can say with absolute certainty that 
British intelligence MI6 and CIA operatives receive training 
at Tavistock in metaphysics, mind control, behavior 
modifications, ESP, hypnotism, the occult, Satanism and 
Illuminists and the Manichean cults. 

These are not just beliefs based on relics from the Middle- 
Ages. This is evil force being taught in a way that will make 
a difference to the level of mind control, such as would not 
have been thought possible a few short years ago. I will make 
this prediction without fear of contradiction: In later years we 
are going to discover that all of the random shootings at 
schools, post offices, shopping malls, were not random 
shootings at all. They were carried out by conditioned, mind- 
controlled subjects who were carefully sought out and put on 
dangerous, mood- altering drugs like Prozac, AZT and Ritalin. 

The common denominator between several of the random 
shootings, starting with David Berkowitz, the so-called "Son 
of Sam" murderer; all without exception, told investigators 
that they "heard voices" telling them to shoot people. 

The case of Klip Kinkel, the Oregon youth who shot his 
mother and father, before shooting up his high school is his 
confession to investigators who interviewed him. Asked why 
he shot his father and his mother, Kinkel replied that he heard 
"voices" telling him to shoot them. Nobody will ever be able 
to prove that Kinkel and the others were victims of mind 
control experiments carried out by the CIA or that they did 
indeed "hear voices" induced by through transference carried 
out by DARPA computer programmers. 




226 

The responsible House Oversight Committee must call for the 
CIA's documents covering mind control and search them for 
a connection with the school shootings. I believe it is 
imperative that such an order be sent out to the CIA without 
any further loss of time. 

Apart from my own research into the subject of "physical 
research," Victor Marachetti, who was with the CIA for 14 
years, revealed the existence of a Tavistock-designed 
physical research program, where CIA operatives tried to 
contact the spirits of former agents who had died. As I said in 
my above mentioned monograph, I have had a great deal of 
personal experience in the "metaphysical" realms and know 
for a fact, that a large number of British and American 
intelligence agents are indoctrinated in it. 

Tavistock calls it "behavioral science," and it has advanced so 
rapidly in the last ten years that it has become one of the most 
important types of training agents can undergo. In Tavistock's 
ESP programs, each participant is a "volunteer", who agrees 
to have his personality "correlated" with ESP; that is to say, 
they have agreed to help Tavistock find an answer as to why 
certain people are psychic and others are gifted with ESP. 

The object of the exercise is to make each and every MI6 and 
CIA agent highly psychic with sharply developed ESP. 
Because a number of years have passed since I was directly 
involved in such matters, I consulted a colleague who is still 
in the "service", to find out how successful Tavistock has 
been with its experiments? He told me that Tavistock has 
indeed perfected its techniques and that it was now possible 
to make selected MI6 and CIA operatives "ESP-Perfect." 
Here it is necessary to explain that the CIA and MI6 maintain 
a very high degree of secrecy about such matters. 




227 



The majority of intelligence agents who are in the programs 
are for the most part members of the Illuminati and or 
Freemasonry, or both. In short, the "long range penetration" 
technique applied with such success to the normal world is 
now being applied to the spirit world! 

Tavistock's "Long Range Penetration and Inner Directional 
Conditioning", developed by Dr. Kurt Lewin, whom we have 
already met a few times, is primarily a program where thought 
control is practiced on mass groups. What gave rise to the 
program was the British Army Psychological Warfare 
Bureau's all-pervasive use of propaganda in WWI. The 
extensive propaganda it ran was intended to convince the 
British workingman that war was necessary. Another part of 
it was to convince the British public that Germany was an 
enemy, and its leader a veritable demon. 

This massive effort had to be launched between 1912 and 
1914 because the British working class did not believe that 
Germany wanted war, anymore than the British people 
wanted it, and did not even dislike the Germans. All that 
public perception had to be changed. A secondary, though no 
less important task for the bureau was to get America into the 
war. A key element in that plan was to provoke Germany into 
sinking the "Lusitania" a large trans-Atlantic liner built along 
the lines of the doomed Titanic. 

In spite of warnings in press advertisements in a New York 
newspaper that the ship had been converted into an Armed 
Merchant Cruiser (AMC) and was therefore fair game in 
accordance with the Geneva Conventions, the Lusitania 
sailed for Liverpool carrying a full compliment of 
passengers, among them many hundreds of American 
passengers. 




228 

The ship's holds were packed with a large compliment of 
munitions destined for the British Army, forbidden under 
international the rules of war to be carried by passenger 
liners. 

At the time it was hit by a single torpedo, the Lusitania was 
essentially an Armed Merchant Cruiser (AMC). The press on 
both sides of the Atlantic was filled with accounts of German 
barbarity and unprovoked attack on a defenseless passenger 
liner. But the American and British public who still needed a 
lot more "conditioning" did not buy the story. They felt there 
was "something rotten in the State of Denmark." The sinking 
of the Lusitania with heavy loss of life was the type of 
"contrived situation" that President Wilson needed and it 
inflamed American public opinion against Germany. 

Profiting from this experience, the British Army Bureau of 
Psychological Warfare set up the Tavistock Institute for 
Human Relations on the orders of the British monarchy and 
placed British newspaper magnate, Alfred Harmsworth, the son 
of a barrister born in Chapelizod near Dublin. He was later 
awarded the title the 12 th Duke of Bedford, Lord Northcliffe. 

In 1897, as a run-up to the war that was coming, Harmsworth 
sent one of his writers by the name of G.W. Steevens to 
Germany for the purpose of writing a serialized sixteen part 
article entitled Under the Iron Heel. 

In true reverse psychology the articles were lavish in their 
praise of the German Army while in the same breath warning 
that the British nation would be defeated if war broke out 
against Germany. 




229 



In 1909, Northcliffe commissioned Robert Blatchford, a 
senior Socialist to go to Germany and write articles about 
what a danger the German Army posed to Britain. 
Blatchford's theme was that he believed from his 
observations that Germany was "deliberately preparing to 
destroy the British Empire." It was in line with Northcliffe's 
prediction published in the Daily Mail (one of his 
newspapers) in 1900 that there would be war between 
Germany and Britain. Northcliffe wrote an editorial saying 
that Britain needed to use a greater part of its budget for 
defense spending. 

When the war broke out, Northcliffe was accused by the 
editor of The Star newspaper of having propagated a climate 
of war. "Next to the Kaiser, Lord Northcliffe has done more 
than any living man to bring about the war." 

The poor editor did not know that he himself had become a 
victim of propaganda, as the Kaiser had done little to 
promote war and was looked upon with some disdain by the 
British military establishment. Historians are in general 
agreement that the Kaiser was in no position to control the 
Germany Army. It was General Ludendorff to who The Star 
should have referred. It was Northcliffe, who began agitating 
for conscription from the very day that war broke out between 
the two nations. 

This was to be an institution where every aspect of mass 
brainwashing and public conditioning would be brought to a 
fine art. A policy and set of rules were established, 
culminating in Tavistock's 1930 "Long Range Penetration 
and Inner Directional Conditioning," that was unleashed 
against Germany in 1931. 




230 



In the period before the first years of WWII, Roosevelt, 
(himself a 33 rd degree Mason and a member of the Illuminati 
through the Society of Cincinnati,) sought Tavistock's help in 
getting American into the war. Roosevelt was under the 
direction of the "300" to help pull British chestnuts out of the 
fire, but to do so, he needed a major incident to latch on to. 

All during the period 1939 - 1941 U.S. Navy submarines 
based out of Iceland attacked and sank German shipping, 
although neutrality laws forbad engaging in hostilities with 
the combatants. But Germany would not be drawn into 
retaliating. The major incident that was to precipitate 
America's entry into WWII was Japan's attack on Pearl 
Harbor. This was a Tavistock conspiracy against both 
nations. In order to foster such an attack, Secretary of State 
Marshall refused to meet with Japan's envoys seeking to head 
off the coming conflict. 

Marshall also deliberately delayed warning his commander at 
Pearl Harbor until after the attack had begun. In short, 
Roosevelt and Marshall both knew about the pending attack, 
but deliberately ordered the information to be withheld from 
their officers on the ground at Pearl Harbor. Tavistock had 
told Roosevelt that "only a major incident" would get 
America into WWII. Stimson, Knox and Roosevelt knew 
about the impending attack, but did nothing to stop it. 

From time to time thoughtful people have asked me: "But 
wouldn't leaders like Lord Haig, Churchill, Roosevelt, and 
Bush realize how many lives would be lost in a world war?" 




231 



The answer is that as programmed individuals, the "great 
men" didn't care about the high cost of human life. General 
Haig — a noted Freemason/niuminist/Satanist — declared on 
more than one occasion his dislike of the British lower 
classes, and he proved it by throwing wave after of wave of 
"common British soldiers" against impregnable German 
lines, a tactic any decent military strategist would have 
shunned. 

As a result of Haig's callous disregard for his own troops, 
hundreds of thousands of young British soldiers from the 
"lower classes" died tragically and needlessly. This made the 
British public hate Germany, exactly as the British Army 
Psychological Warfare Bureau had predicted. Much of what I 
have included in this book I deliberately held back in the first 
exposure. I did not feel that the American people were ready 
to understand the metaphysical side of Tavistock. You can't 
feed a baby on meat; milk comes first. By introducing 
Tavistock in this way, many minds were opened, which 
otherwise would have remained closed. 




CHAPTER 34 

The cults of the East India Company 



233 



For centuries the British oligarchy has been the home of 
occultism, the metaphysical, mysticism and mind control. 
Bulwer Lytton wrote "The Secrets of the Egyptian Book of 
the Dead", and so many of Annie Besant's adherents of the 
Theosophist Society came from British upper classes, which 
even today is popular with them. The descendants of the 
Catharists and Albigensians of Southern France and Northern 
Italy had migrated to England and adopted the name 
"Savoyard." Before them came the Bogomils of the Balkans 
and Pelicans of Asia Minor. All these sects had originated 
from the Babylonian Manicheans. 

Inroads were made into this type of occultism by the 
Tavistock Institute, using some of its mind control techniques 
developed by Kurt Lewin and his team of researchers. (See 
"The Committee of 300" for details.) 

The East India Company (EIC) and later, the British East 
India Company (BEIC) was the original "300," whose 
descendants rule the world today. Opium and the drug trade 
was the stock in trade then, and remained so. From this 
highly organized, complex structure, grew Socialism, 
Marxism, Communism and National Socialism and Fascism. 

Beginning in 1914, extensive mind control experiments were 
carried out at Cold Spring Harbor in New York, the race- 
eugenics center sponsored by Mrs. E.E, Harriman, mother of 
Averill Harriman, governor of New York State at the time, 
who became a prominent public and political figure in the 
U.S. and Europe. 




234 



The grand lady poured millions of dollars of her money into 
the project and invited German scientists to share the forum. 
A great many of Tavistock's mind control techniques 
especially "reverse psychology" technique taught by Reese, 
originated at Tavistock, which today, forms the basis of 
mind-controlling exercises to implant the notion in the minds 
of the American public that the black and colored races are 
superior to the white race, "racism" in reverse. 

German scientists were invited to attend Cold Harbor 
indoctrinations by Mrs. Harriman and her group, comprised of 
some of the leading citizens of the period (1915). After a year 
or two at Cold Spring Harbor, the German contingent returned 
to Germany, and under Hitler, put race eugenics learned at 
Cold Spring Harbor, into practice. All this information lay 
hidden from the American people until it was exposed in my 
book "Codeword Cardinal" and in my several monographs, 
which preceded the book and subsequently in my work 
"Aids-The Full Disclosure." 

Tavistock and the White House. 

Tavistock mind conditioning techniques have been 
consistently in use in the United States by some of the 
highest and most important political figures in our history, 
beginning with Woodrow Wilson and continuing with Pres. 
Roosevelt. Every U.S. President after Roosevelt has been 
under the control of the "300" and the Tavistock Institute. 

Roosevelt was a typical mind-controlled programmed subject 
trained in Tavistock methodology. He would talk peace while 
preparing for war. He seized powers he was not entitled to 
under the U.S. Constitution, citing the illegal actions of 
President Wilson as his authority, and then explained away 
his actions through "fireside chats," which 




235 



was a Tavistock idea to deceive the American people. Like 
another Tavistock robot, James Earl Carter, and Pres. Bush, 
his successor, convinced the American people that everything 
he did, no matter how blatantly unconstitutional, was done for 
their benefit. This was unlike Roosevelt, who knew full well 
when he was doing wrong, but who nevertheless, relished his 
task and carried out his Tavistock-British royal family 
mandate with gusto, and with total disregard for human life, 
as is common to all cultists. 

When Pres. Bush, the elder, ordered invasion of Panama, it 
was a blatantly unconstitutional action at the cost of the lives 
of 7,000 Panamanians over which Mr. Bush never lost any 
sleep, nor did he blink an eye over the death of 150.000 Iraqi 
soldiers in the undeclared (illegal) war against Iraq that was 
to follow his "trial run" to gauge public opinion. 

Carter was no stranger to the occult; one of his sisters was a 
leading witch in America. Carter believed that he was a "born 
again Christian," even though his entire political career was 
shot through with Socialist and Communist ideals and 
principles, which he never hesitated to put into practice. 
Carter is a true split personality product of Tavistock. This 
was noted by Hugh Sidey, a well-known columnist for 
mainstream media who wrote in July of 1979: "The Jimmy 
Carter now at work behind the closed doors of the White 
House is not the Jimmy Carter we grew to know in the first 
30 days of his presidency." 

Carter, programmed by Tavistock graduate Dr. Peter Bourne, 
had been through the hands of another Tavistock 
psychologist, Admiral Hymen Rickover, during Carter's stint 
at Annapolis. 




236 

Carter was pre-selected by the Rothschilds as being 
admirably suitable for special training, and one who would 
be "adaptable to changing circumstances", willing to depart 
from principles. 

John Foster Dulles was another Tavistock indoctrinated 
figure of note that was close to the White House, holding the 
position of Secretary of State. Dulles blatantly lied to a U.S. 
Senate Committee during the United Nations (UN) hearings, 
brazenly testifying under oath about the constitutionality of 
the U.S. belonging to this world body. 

Dulles dazzled and deceived the senators as to the 
constitutionality of the U.S. joining the U.N. and swayed 
enough senators to vote in favor if the so-called treaty, which 
is not a treaty, but an ambiguous agreement. 

The U.S. Constitution does not recognize "agreements", only 
treaties signed by the nations concerned. However the 
problem Dulles had was that the U.N. is not a country, so 
Tavistock got around the impediment by advising the State 
Department to call the document, an "agreement." Dulles was 
a Satanist, Illuminist, and a member of a number of occult 
societies. 

George Herbert Walker Bush is another "product trained" 
certified graduate of Tavistock's mind control system. The 
actions of this 33 rd Degree Mason, in Panama and Iraq, speak 
volumes. 

In Panama, acting under the orders of the RIIA and the CFR, 
Bush, the elder, moved to protect drug money in the 
Rockefeller owned banks in Panama, after General Noriega 
had exposed two of them as money laundering facilities in 
the drug trade chain. 




237 

Bush ordered U.S. Armed forces to invade Panama without 
having the authority expressed in the only constitutional way, 
a joint declaration of war by the U.S. House and Senate of the 
Congress, and in gross violation of his constitutional powers 
as President. 

The office of the president is expressly forbidden war-making 
powers by the Founding Fathers. But notwithstanding the 
lack of empowerment, Bush repeated his gross violations of 
the U.S. Constitution in ordering the U.S. Armed forces to 
invade Iraq, again without a the mandated declaration of war 
and in excess of his powers. The "inner conditioned" 
American public, the shell-shocked victims of Tavistock's 
war on them, did not turn a hair as they watched the 
Constitution being ripped to shreds. 

Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II, warmly praised Bush, the 
elder, for his "successful" war against Iraq, and knighted him 
for his acts of defiance of the U.S. Constitution. This is not the 
first time that Elizabeth had rewarded American law breakers 
with high honors. 

British and American cultists and Illuminists in the oil cartels 
are still carrying out a war of attrition against Iraq in 2005. 
They will not stop until they have laid their greedy, 
bloodstained hands on Iraq's oil riches in the manner in 
which Milner stole the gold from the Boers in the Anglo- 
Boer War (1899-1903.) 

Do you find yourself responding to this information in a 
"maladaptive way"? Do you say, "These actions cannot be the 
actions of an American President? This is nonsense. 




238 

If this is your maladaptive response, then turn your attention 
to the Boer War and you will soon see that Bush was only 
emulating the Satanic barbarity of General Lord Kitchener 
and Lord Milner in their war of extermination against the 
Boer nation. Also, it behooves us to recall that the tragedy of 
Waco began on the Bush watch, and that vendetta against 
David Koresh was carried on by the leader of the Republican 
Party. 

While Attorney General Reno and Clinton carried out the 
actual policy of destruction for which Koresh was slated, 
George Bush played a leading role in the ghastly tableaux in 
which Koresh and 87 of his followers died. 

Although it is not generally known, Tavistock had a hand in 
the planning and might even have directed the onslaught by 
the FBI and the ATF on Koresh and the Davidians. Tavistock 
was represented by units of the British SAS who had been 
involved in training the ATF and the FBI on how to destroy 
Koresh and his followers and burn their church to the ground. 
Waco was unholy black arts Satanism in action, no more and 
no less. 

The fiery end of Koresh and his followers was typical 
Satanism at work, even though most of those who 
participated in the high crime and violations of human rights 
and the violation of the 1 st , 2 nd , 5 th and 10 th Amendment rights 
of the victims, were not aware that they were in the hands of 
Satanists. They did not have the faintest inkling that they were 
being used by spiritual forces of the darkest kind. 

Tavistock's massive brainwashing of the America turned the 
public against Koresh and the Davidians, setting the stage for 
the destruction of lives and property at Waco, in utter 
defiance of the Constitution and the Bill of Rights. 




239 



The wanton destruction of innocent lives and property by 
agents of the Federal Government who had no jurisdiction in 
the State of Texas (or any other State for that matter) and 
consequently, no authority to do what they did — violated the 
10 th Amendment, the citizen' protection against excesses by 
the Federal Government. The State of Texas did not step in 
and stop the violation of the 10 th Amendment that was in 
progress at Waco as it was the Governor's duty to do under 
the U.S. Constitution and the Constitution of the State of 
Texas. 

Tavistock had come a long way since Ramsey McDonald 
was sent to the United States in 1895 to "spy out the land for 
Socialism." Ramsey reported back to the Fabians that for the 
U.S. to become a Socialist state, the State and Federal 
constitutions (in that order) had to be destroyed; Waco was 
the embodiment of that goal. 

John Marshall, the Third Chief Justice of the United States, 
and the Lopez case decided by the 9 th Circuit Court of 
Appeals, for once and for all made it clear that Federal 
Agents had no jurisdiction inside the borders of the States 
except where counterfeiting of U.S. dollars was being 
investigated. This in itself is an oxymoron, as so-called "U.S. 
dollars" are not U.S. dollars, but "Federal Reserve Notes"- not 
the currency of the United States — but the notes of a 
privately-owned non-governmental central bank. 

Why protect fraud, even if it is being perpetrated by the U.S. 
Government? When the Constitution was written, the 
Founding Fathers felt that their denial of a central bank 
would prevent any bogus operation like the Federal Reserve 
coming into being. The constitutional provision protects U.S. 
Treasury Notes from being counterfeited. It is doubtful 
whether a Federal Reserve note, which is not a U.S. dollar, 
enjoys the protection of the U.S. Constitution. 




240 



At Waco, the Sheriff failed in his duty to order Tavistock's 
agents and the FBI out of the county, as the FBI was not 
investigating counterfeiting in conformity with the U.S. 
Constitution. The FBI was at Waco illegally. It was all a part 
of a carefully planned exercise to ascertain just how far the 
Federal Government could go in violating the Constitution 
before being brought up short. 

Just as the British lower and middle classes were inflamed 
against Germany at the commencement of WWI, through 
propaganda lies that the Kaiser had ordered his soldiers to cut 
off the arms of little children when they invaded Belgium and 
Holland, just so Tavistock programmed Americans to hate 
Koresh. 

Tavistock's blast of lies about Koresh went out over the 
airwaves, day and night: Koresh was having sex with very 
young children in the "compound." His church, a simple 
wooden structure, was labeled a "compound" by the mind 
controllers at Tavistock. Another of Tavistock's gross lies 
was that the Davidians were running an amphetamine lab in the 
"compound". "Compound" became the Tavistock-coined 
buzzword. 

That Clinton gave the go-ahead to have the Davidians, 
gassed, shot at, subjected to devilish music night and day, 
and finally, burnt alive, is not surprising. Through the late 
Pamela Harriman Mr. Clinton was introduced to Tavistock 
and passed its mind control indoctrination initiation, during 
his stay at Oxford. Thereafter, he was introduced to 
Socialism/Marxism/Communism before being approved by 
Tavistock to succeed Mr. Bush, the elder, who had outlived 
his usefulness. 




Tavistock planned and executed a massive media drive using 
their polling profiling to implant Clinton in the minds of the 
American people, as one well suited to run the nation. 

It was Tavistock that arranged the strictly controlled Clinton 
interview with CBS, after Geniffer Flowers revealed that he 
had been her lover for the past 12 years, and it was Tavistock 
that took control of the reaction of the American people in the 
aftermath of the CBS interview. Thus, through its far-flung 
network of polling and opinion-making assets the Clinton 
presidency was not torpedoed, although without Tavistock 
having been in control from start to finish of the CBS 
interview, it is certain that Clinton would have been forced to 
resign in disgrace. 

If you are looking for proof; if your response is 
"maladaptive", then compare Clinton's escape with Gary 
Hart's conviction on a far lesser charge. The first "New Age of 
Aquarius" White House lawyer to be trained in Tavistock 
methodology was Mark Fabiani. His deft handling of 
situations, which every single observer expected would sink 
Clinton, became the talk of Washington. 

Only 13 people in the inner circle of the Illuminati and the 
Freemason hierarchy knew what the secret of Fabiani's 
success was Lanny Davis, who took over from Fabiani, 
enjoyed even greater success. Known as "Dr. Spin", Davis 
outflanked and outfoxed two special prosecutors, Judge 
Walsh and Kenneth Starr blunted every attack launched by 
the Republicans in Congress, leaving the Republican Party in 
total disarray. 




242 



This Tavistock- trained lawyer carried out an audacious raid 
against Clinton's host of enemies in Congress. Davis' 
masterstroke came with the Thompson Committee hearings 
into DNC campaign funding and a host of Arkansas scandals. 

The Tavistock plan was simple, and like all simple plans, it 
was a stroke of genius. Davis collected every newspaper in 
the country, which had ever carried even the smallest story 
about Clinton's misdeeds, fund raising scandals and 
Whitewater. On the very day the Thompson committee was 
in full cry, baying for the blood of the President, one of the 
many assistants serving Davis threaded his way through the 
packed hearing room, and gave each of the committee 
members a file of clippings compiled by Davis. 

With the file came a memo signed by Davis: What the 
committee was investigating at the cost of millions of dollars 
was nothing but a collection of "old news". What was there to 
investigate when the charges against Clinton were yesterday's 
news? 

The Thompson Committee had been bushwhacked and 
thereafter ran out of steam and went out of action, a great 
victory for Tavistock and the White House. Prime Minister 
Blair was to use the same formula in disarming Parliamentary 
critic's charges that he had lied about his reasons for going to 
war alongside Bush the younger. The "Daily Mirror" accounts 
were all "old news," Blair said in responding to what might 
have been a damning question. The MP asking the question 
was leading a move to have Blair impeached. Instead of 
answering, Blair deflected the question. Under Parliamentary 
rules, the MP had had his "turn" and would not get another 
opportunity to try and force the truth out of Blair. 




CHAPTER 35 

The music industry, mind control, propaganda and war 



243 



We should note that Tavistock's influence in America has 
expanded since it began its own bureaus here in 1946. 
Tavistock has brought the art of disinformation to a fine- 
tuned pitch. Such disinformation campaigns start with 
carefully crafted rumors. These are, generally speaking, 
planted in right wing circles, where they grow and spread like 
wildfire. Tavistock has long known that the right wing is a 
fertile breeding ground for rumors to grow and be spread. 

In my experience, hardly a day passes that I am not asked to 
confirm some rumor or another, usually by people who 
should know better. The clever strategy of spreading 
disinformation through rumor has a double benefit: 

1) It gives a semblance of credence to stories planted on 
conservatives. 

2) By the time the information is proved to be false, the 
disinformation has tainted its purveyors to the extent where 
they may safely be described as "crackpots", "the paranoid 
fringe of the conservatives", "extremists" and a whole lot 
worse. 

The next time you hear one of these kinds of rumors, think 
long and hard about the source of the rumor before you pass 
it along. Remember how Tavistock manipulators work: The 
juicier the rumor, the greater is your inclination to spread it, 
will unwittingly make you a part of Tavistock's insidious 
disinformation machine. 




244 

Turning now to another area of expertise in which Tavistock 
initiates its graduates, we refer to the assassination of 
politicians of importance who cannot be bought, and who 
have to be silenced. The murders of U.S. Presidents Lincoln, 
Garfield, McKinley, and Kennedy are all linked to British 
intelligence MI6, and since 1923, associated with the 
Tavistock Institute. 

Pres. Kennedy proved to be impervious to mind control by 
Tavistock, so was chosen for public execution as a warning to 
those who would aspire to power, that none was higher than 
the Committee of 300. 

The grisly spectacle of the public execution of Kennedy was 
a message to the American people; one which they may not, 
even now, be aware of. Perhaps the Tavistock Institute 
provided the blueprint for Kennedy's execution. Perhaps it 
also carefully selected each and every participant, starting 
with the obviously mind-controlled Lee Harvey Oswald, and 
to the not so obvious Lyndon Johnson. Those who would not 
comply, or who sought to bring out the truth, suffered a 
variety of punishment, from disgrace, hounding from public 
life, and even death. 

We leave Tavistock's control of U.S. Presidents, past, and 
future, and turn our attention to the music and entertainment 
industry. Nowhere is mind control "brainwashing" of huge 
segments of the American public so noticeable, as it is in "the 
music and entertainment industry. Decades later, misguided, 
uninitiated people still get angry with me over my exposure 
of the "Beatles" as a Tavistock project. Now, I fully expect 
the same people who tell me that they know all about the 
history of the "Beatles"; that they are musicians and I am not, 
to question the following: 




245 



Did you know that so-called "Rap" music is another 
Tavistock program? So is "Hip-Hop." As inane and idiotic as 
the words are (one can hardly call them "lyrics,") these words 
have been crafted by the technician in mind control and 
behavior modification, so that they would fit in and became 
an integral part of Tavistock's gang wars program for 
America's major cities. The chief purveyors of this "music" 
and indeed all so-called "Rock" and "Pop" music (excuse the 
use of Tavistock jargon) are: 

Time Warner. 

Sony. 

Bertelsman. 

EMI. 

The Capital Group. 

Seagram Canada 
Philips Electronic. 

The Indies. 

Time Warner. 

Annual revenues $23.7 billion (1996 figures). Its music 
publishing business owns one million songs through its 
subsidiary, Warner, Chappell. These include songs by 
Madonna, and Michael Jackson. It prints and publishes sheet 
music. Time Warner "Rap" and "Pop" labels include 
Amphetamine Reptile, Asylum Sire, Rhino, Maverick, 
Revolution, Luka Bop, Big Head Todd and The Monsters 
marketed through Warner REM. 

Time Warner also distributes alternative music labels through 
its subsidiary. Alternative Distribution Alliance, which 
covers the greater part of Europe, and which is particularly 
strong in England and Germany. It is not by accident that 
these two countries have been targeted by the manipulators at 
Tavistock. 




246 



The mostly subliminal, but increasingly open incitement to 
violence, unrestrained sex, anarchism and Satanism, is found 
in abundance among the songs owned by Time Warner. This 
almost cult-like dominance of the youth of Western Europe 
(and since the fall of the USSR, it is creeping into Russia and 
Japan also) is menacing civilization in Europe that has taken 
thousands of years to build up and mature. The huge 
following of youth and its seemingly insatiable appetite for 
this kind of utter junk "music" is frightening to behold, as is 
Tavistock's grip on the minds of those who listen to it. 

Time Warner distributes music through music clubs, which it 
owns outright, or else is in partnership with others. Columbia 
House is one example. Sony has a 50 % share in Columbia 
House. 

Time Warner's manufacturing division, WEA, makes CDs; 
CD-ROMS, Audios, Videos, digital versatile discs, while 
another subsidiary, Ivy Hill, prints CD covers and inserts. 
American Family Enterprises, another subsidiary, markets 
music, books and magazines in a 50% holding with 
Heartland Music. 

Time Warner Motion Pictures has studios and production 
companies comprising, Warner Bros; Castle Rock 
Entertainments; New Line Cinemas. Time Warner Motion 
Pictures owns 467 screens in the U.S. and 464 screens in 
Europe. (1989 figures: The numbers are much greater today 
in 2005.) 

Its broadcasting network includes WB Network, Prime Star; 
Cinemax, Comedy; Central Court TV; SEGA Channel; 
Turner Classic Movies (Ted Turner owns 10% of the stock in 
Time Warner). 




247 

It broadcasts to China, Japan, New Zealand, France and 
Hungary. Its Cable Franchise lists 12.3 million subscribers. 

TV/Production/Distribution includes Warner Bros 
Television; HBO Independent Productions, Warner Bros. 
Television Animations; Telepictures Productions; Castle 
Rock Television; New Line Television, Citadel 

Entertainment; Hanna Barbara Cartoons; World 

Championship Wrestling; Turner Original Productions; Time 
Warner Sports; Turner Learning; Warner Home Videos and 
in its library it has 28,500 television titles and animated 
shorts. 

Time Warner owns CNN Radio, which acquired from Ted 
Turner. It also owns 161 retail outlet stores, Warner Books, 
Littel, Brown, Sunset Books, Oxmoor House and the Book of 
the Month Club. 

Time Warner owns the following magazines: People; Sports 
Illustrated; Time; Fortune; Life; Money; Entertainment; 
Weekly; Progressive Parmer; Southern Accents; Parenting; 
Health; Hippocrates; Asiaweek; Weight Watchers; Mad 
Magazine; D.C. Comics; American Express Travel and 
Leisure; Food and Wine. Time Warner also owns a number of 
Theme Parks: Six Flags; Warner Bros; Movie World; Sea 
World of Australia. 

I hope that at this point the reader will pause to reflect upon 
the enormous power for good or evil which rests in the hands 
of Time Warner. Obviously, this giant could make or break 
anybody. And then, remember, it is a client of the Tavistock 
Institute. It is frightening to contemplate what this mighty 
machine could do to public opinion and shaping the minds of 
the young, as we have seen with "Gay Days" at Disney World. 




248 

SONY. 

Sony's revenues in 1999 were estimated at $48.7 billion. It is 
the largest electronics company in the world. Its music 
division control Rock/Rap/Pop; Columbia; Rutthouse; 
Legacy Recordings; Sony Independent Label; MU Label; 
(Michael Jackson); Sony Music Nashville; Columbia 
Nashville. Sony owns thousands of Rock/Pop labels 
including Bruce Springsteen; So-So Def; Slam Jazz; Bone 
Thugs in Harmony; Rage Against the Machine; Razor Sharp; 
Ghost-Face Killa; Crave; and Ruthless Relativity. 

If you have ever stopped to wonder how this awful idiocy 
with its highly suggestive word and incitement to violence 
got so big in such a short time, now you know. It is backed to 
the hilt by Sony. Tavistock has long regarded Rap as a useful 
messenger to precede anarchy and chaos — which is getting 
closer and closer. 

Sony distributes Punk Alternative rock label Epitaph Record; 
Hell Cat; Rancid; Crank Possum Records and Epitome Surf 
Music by Blue Sting Ray. In addition Sony publishes music 
through Sony/ATV Music Publishing. Sony owns all of 
Michael Jackson's "songs" and nearly the entire range of the 
"Beatles." 

Sony owns Loews Theatres, Sony Theatres, and its television 
interests include network game shows. It has about 15% of 
the market in music sales, sheet music, and is the largest 
international music company in the world. Sony's other 
products are CD records, optical discs, audio and videotapes. 

Loews Hotel property in Monte Carlo is a clearinghouse of 
information for drug trafficking, and its employees report 
directly to the Monet Carlo police, any "suspicious activity" 
going on in the hotel. 




249 



("Suspicious" mean any outsiders trying to bust into the 
trade.) Several of the senior level front desk employees are 
Monte Carlo police-trained to keep and eye on things. 

This is not to stamp out drug dealing; it is merely to keep 
"upstarts" getting into the drug trade. "Outsiders" arriving in 
Loews Hotel are informed on and are promptly arrested. Such 
events are sold to the press and world news media as "drug 
busts." Sony's Motion Pictures Division consists of Columbia 
Pictures; Tri-Star Pictures; Sony Pictures; Classic Triumph; 
Triumph Films with rights to Columbia Home Tri-Star 
movies. Its television interests include network game shows. 

Bertelsman's A.G. 

A German privately held company owned by Reinhard 
Mohn, its estimated revenues were $15.7 billion in 1999. 
Bertelsman owns 200 music labels from 40 countries, which 
labels cover Rap/Rock/Pop. Whitney Houston; The Grateful 
Dead: Bad Boys: Ng Records, Volcano Enterprises; Dancing 
Cat; Addict; Gee Street (Jungle Brothers) and Global Soul. 
All these contain explicit incitement to sex aberrations, drug 
taking, anarchy, and violence. Bertelsman's owns Country & 
Western properties Arista Nashville (Pam Tillis); Career 
(LeRoy Parnell) RCA Label Group; BNA (Lorrie Morgan.) 
Other titles it owns are the sound track from Star Wars; 
Boston Pops; New Age and Windham Hill etc. The company 
publishes sheet music through BMG Music, which controls 
the rights to 700,000 songs, including The Beach Boys; B.B. 
King; Barry Manilow; 100,000 Famous Music of Paramount 
Studios. It own seven music clubs in the U.S. and Canada, 
and makes credit cards for MBNA Bank. 

Bertelsman A.G does tremendous book business worldwide 
and is very much a Committee of 300 affiliate. 




250 



Bertelsmann holdings include Doubleday; Dell Publishers; 
Family Circle; Parent and Child; Fitness; American Homes 
and Gardens, with 38 magazines in Spain, France, Italy, 
Hungary and Poland. Bertelsman's television and satellite 
channels are in Europe, where it is the largest broadcaster. 
This company is very vindictive and will not hesitate to 
attack anyone who dares to reveal what it thinks might not be 
in the company's best interests. 

EMI. 

A British-based company with estimated revenues of $6 
billion in 1999, the company owns sixty music labels in 
forty-six countries: Rock/Pop/Rap; Beetle Boys; Chrysallis; 
Grand Royal; Parlaphone; Pumpkin Smashers; Virgin; Point 
Blank. 

EMI owns and controls The Rolling Stones; Duck Down; No 
Limit; N00 Tribe; Rap-A-Lot (The Ghetto Boys) with an 
immense sheet music publishing business. It has a direct 
interest or owns outright 231 stores in seven countries, 
including HMV; Virgin Megastores: Dillons (USA). EMI has 
network stations throughout Britain and Europe, some of 
which work in conjunction with Bertelsmann. 

The Capital Group. 

This Los Angeles-based investment group sold 35% of its 
stock to Seagram's, the Bronstein's liquor company and a 
high-ranking Committee of 300 property. Seagram's has an 
80% stake in Universal Music Group (formerly MCA) now 
Matushita Electric Industries property. 

Its 1999 revenues were estimated as $14 billion. Seagram 
owns in excess of 150,000 copyrights, including the 
copyrights to Impact: Mechanic; Zebra; Radioactive Records; 
Fort Apache Records; Heavy D and the Boys. 




251 



The Capital Group has joint ventures with Steven Spielberg, 
Jeffrey Katzenburg and David Geffen. In its Country and 
Western Division, the company owns Reba McIntyre, 
Wynona, George Straight; Dolly Parton; Lee Anne Rimes 
and Hank Williams. 

Through Seagram, the company owns concert halls at 
Fiddler's Green (Denver); Blossom Music Center 
(Cleveland); Gorge Amphitheater (Washington State); 
Starplex (Dallas). It has expanded to Toronto and Atlanta. 
The Capital Group through its Motion Pictured Division 
owns Demi Moore, Danny De Vito, Penny Marshall and a 
host of minor figures in the movie-making business. 
Universal Films Library is a Capital Group property, as is 
Universal Films Library. The company owns 500 retail 
stores, several hotels as well as Universal Studios in 
Hollywood. 

The Indies. 

One of the smaller companies in the music and entertainment, 
its annual revenues is estimated at $5 .billion. The company 
has a substantial portfolio of Rock/Rap/Pop labels, mostly of 
the more bizarre kind. 

Its Country and Western Division owns Willie Nelson and 
distribution is done through "The Big Six." Even without 
ownership of any independent retail stores or outlets, the 
company managed to capture an astonishing 21% of U.S. 
music sales. 

The significance of this is that most of its revenues come 
from bizarre Rap/Pop/Rock sales of the violent, abusive, foul 
language, sexually-suggestive titles, anarchy — which shows 
the way the youth of America is going. 




252 

Philips Electronic. 

This Dutch company had revenues of $15.8 billion in 1996. 
While it is mainly an electronics company, it is in the "Big 
Six" category primarily because of ownership of 75% of 
Polygram Music. Its portfolio of labels is in Rock/Pop/Rap. 
Elton John is one of its properties. Philips ranks third in the 
music publishing business with 375,000 copyright titles. 

Through its subsidiaries in Europe and Britain, in 1998 
Philips produced 540 million CD's and VHS tapes. Its 
Motion Pictures Division owns Jodi Foster, while Philips 
Television own Robert Redford's Sundance Films and 
Propaganda Films. 

The foregoing information should give you, the reader, and 
some idea of the immense power this giant industry wields 
over our daily lives; how it is shaping the minds of the youth 
of America. Without the control and the advanced techniques 
made available to these companies through Tavistock, the 
giant strides the industry has made would not have been 
possible. The information I have provided should shake you 
to your very foundations when you come to the realization 
that Tavistock controls what "news" we see, what "home 
movies" and television network movies we are allowed to 
see; what music we listen to. 

Behind this gigantic enterprise stands the Tavistock Institute 
for Human Relations. As I have clearly demonstrated, 
America is marching in lock-step with the gigantic movie- 
music industry; hitherto unknown forces — powerful forces 
whose sole aim and object is to pervert, twist and distort the 
minds of our youth, to make it all the easier for the 
Committee of 300 to usher in the Socialist New World Order 
- One World Government, in which the new Communists rule 
of the world. 




253 



The information I have put before you should be a source of 
great alarm as you contemplate the future of your children 
and the youth of America, having come to the knowledge and 
understanding that they are being fed a diet of anarchistic 
ideas, revolutionary fervor, and incitement to take drugs, free 
sex, abortion, lesbianism and homosexual acceptance. 

Without this giant music and entertainment industry, Michael 
Jackson would only have been the puerile, insipid nonentity, 
but he was "puffed" and Tavistock told the youth of our land 
just how great he is, and how much they, - the youth of the 
Western world love him! It also has to do with the power to 
control the media. 

Inasmuch as the music and entertainment industry is what I 
call an "open secret" designed by Tavistock, I do not expect 
my work on this vital subject to be accepted as the whole 
truth, at least up to the year 2015, which is the year I 
anticipate the outbreak of "Armageddon" the all-out nuclear- 
CAB war, when the full wrath of God will fall on the United 
States of America. But with regard to massive media control 
it is not difficult for even the untrained observer to see, hear 
and read that indeed, the U.S. has a controlled media, the 
product of the Tavistock Institute. This factor is what got 
President Bush elected, and then, to the astonishment of all of 
Europe and at least half of the American voters, saw him 
elected for a second term in spite of his deplorable record. 

How did this happen? The question is easily answered: Due to 
the breakdown of America's national media. Traditional 
broadcasters abandoned their obligation to promote the 
public interest; they no longer felt an obligation to report two 
sides of the questions. 




254 

The national media intensified its policy of "mixing news 
with fiction" that began with "War of Worlds. " 

While this attracted viewers and increased revenues it did 
nothing for the long-held doctrine of fairness in broadcasting 
so essential to the flow of information in a free society. In 
recent years this grave problem has been exacerbated by the 
rise of the rightwing "thunder squad" who will tolerate no 
contra-opinion but. They broadcast only the Bush 
administration's opinion, and they are not above twisting and 
"spinning" the news in the best Tavistock manner. 

This was confirmed by a joint survey in 2004 carried out by 
the Center on Policy Studies, the Center on Policy Attitudes, 
the Program on International Policy Attitudes, and the Center 
for International and Security Studies. What they found is 
really the key to why Bush is still in the White House, and a 
tribute to the power of professional propaganda: 

* 75 percent of the Bush faithful were not convinced by 
the President Commission's finding that Iraq had nothing to 
do with A1 Qaeda. 

* The majority of Bush supporters believed that a greater part 
of the Islamic world supported the U.S. in its invasion of Iraq. 
This is totally at variance with the facts. Egypt, a Muslim state 
does not support the USA and the majority of Egyptians want 
the U.S. out of Iraq. Turkey, which although a secular state is 
overwhelmingly Muslim, by a vote of 87 percent is opposed 
to the U.S. being in Iraq and reject the reasons given for the 
invasion. 

* Seventy percent of the Bush faithful believe that Iraq 
possessed WMD's. 




255 



What I have written here is the indisputable truth, but it will 
take a major event to confirm it as such, just as it took 14 
years for my Committee of 300 book and 25 years for my 
Club of Rome Report to be confirmed by Alexander King 
himself. But let there be no doubt that Tavistock, today, in 
2005, is in full control of every aspect of life in America. Not 
one thing escapes its notice. 

In 2005 we are witness to the amazing influence and power of 
the Tavistock Institute and its upper-level masters, the 
Committee of 300 in the manner in which the United States is 
run by President George Bush and the acceptance of what 
Bush says and does without question or doubt. 

The reasons for these mistaken beliefs are not hard to find. 
The Bush administration told the American public many 
times in 1994 that Iraq did have nuclear weapons ready for 
use. Also passed off as truth were Bush administration 
reports that President Hussein was supporting A1 Qaeda units 
in Iraq and that A1 Qaeda was responsible for the World 
Trade Center (WTC) attack, all of which was without 
foundation. Yet members of the Roaring Right Radio 
Network (RRRN) happily repeated these errors, notably 
Hannity and Combs and Fox News. Mr. Hannity obligingly 
told his audience that the weapons had been moved to Syria. 
He never offered a shred of evidence to support his statement. 
In addition to Fox News and other talk radio shows chum out 
masses of propaganda. Chief exponents of radio propaganda 
on behalf of the Bush administration are: 

Rush Limbaugh 
Matt Drudge Sean 
Hannity Bill 
O Reilly 




256 

Tucker Carlson 
Oliver North John 
Stossell Gordon 
Liddy Peggy 
Noona Larry King 
Michael Reagan 
Gordon Liddy 
Dick Morris 
William Bennett 
Michael Savage 
Joe Scarborough 

Larry King is one of the best trained Tavistock puppets. 
When on the rare occasion he has an opponent of the Bush 
war on his show he will give them about 2 minutes to make 
their case, immediately followed by five pro-Bush "experts to 
rebut the daring dissenter." 

Nearly all of the foregoing radio personalities have received 
instruction from the experts at Tavistock to a greater or lesser 
degree. When one studies their methodology, it bears a 
distinct resemblance to the methods of presentation perfected 
at Tavistock. The same can be seen in the television 
personalities, the "news anchors" and their message "news" 
that differs neither in content or style of delivery. Without 
exception they all bear the imprint of the Tavistock Institute. 

The United States is in the grip of the greatest and sustained 
of mass mind control (brainwashing) and "conditioning" 
program and it is reflected at every level of our society. The 
masters of spin, deception, conniving, dissembling, half- 
truths and its twin brother, outright lies, have the American 
people by the throat. 




257 



Churchill, before he was "turned" declared in the House of 
Commons that the Bolsheviks "have seized Russia by the hair 
of its head." We make bold to say that "Tavistock has seized 
the head and the minds of the American people." 

Unless there is a great awakening of Spirit of 1776 and the 
revival that took place among the generation that followed 
the Founding Fathers, the United States is doomed to 
collapse, even as the Greek and Ronan civilizations 
collapsed. 

What is needed is the formation of our own "invisible army" 
of "shock troops" that will go into every village, every town, 
every city across the length and breadth of the United States, 
to deliver the counterpunch that will send the Tavistock 
troops into full retreat and ultimate defeat. 




259 



APPENDIX 

THE GREAT DEPRESSION 

Montagu Norman, then Governor of the Bank of England, and 
a close friend of the family of the Fabian Socialist, Beatrice 
Potter Webb, paid a surprise visit to the United States as a 
prelude to ushering in the Great Depression. As can be seen, 
this was a "contrived event" like the sinking of the Lusitania 
that brought the U.S. into WWI. 

Events leading up to the Great World Depression of the 
1930's 

1928 

Feb. 23 — Montagu Norman visits M. Moreau, President of 
the Bank of France. 

June 14 — Herbert Hoover nominated for President by the 
Republican Party. 

Aug. 18 — Montagu Norman reelected President of the Bank of 
England. 

Nov. 6— Herbert Hoover elected President of the U.S. A. 

Nov. 17 — Montagu Norman reelected Governor of the Bank of 
England. 

1929 

Jan. 1— The New York Times states, that a heavy flight of 
gold from the U.S.A. was expected in 1929. 

Jan. 14 — Eugene R. Black was reelected Governor of the 
Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, Georgia. 




260 



Jan. 26 — Press reports indicate that forthcoming visit of 
Montagu Norman has no connection with the movement of 
gold from New York to London. 

Jan. 30 — Montagu Norman arrives in New York City; claims 
he is merely paying a courtesy visit to G.L. Harrison. 

Jan. 31 — Montagu Norman spends day with Federal Reserve 
Bank officials. 

Feb. 4 — Montagu Norman states no immediate change in the 
sterling or gold situation expected to arise from his visit. 
Congressman Loring M. Black, Jr., introduces a resolution 
asking the Federal Reserve Board, whether it had conferred 
with Montagu Norman at or about the time it had issued its 
credit warning. 

Feb. 10— Rep. Black introduces a resolution asking President 
Coolidge and Secretary Mellon to clarify Norman's visit not 
as an official of the Bank of England 

Feb. 12 — Andrews says claim that Federal Reserve Bank has 
lost control of the money situation is an illusion and stated 
the Bank can regulate the market at will through action on 
rediscounts. His statement "triggered repeated charges that 
the Federal Reserve System has lost control of the economy. 



Feb. 19 — Black's resolutions were defeated in the Banking 
and Currency Committee. 

Feb. 26 — The New York Times reports that many banks had 
asked the Federal Advisory Council to cooperate in curbing 
loans for stock speculation. 




261 



Mar. 4 - Herbert Hoover sworn in as President. 

Mar. 12 — Secretary of Treasury Mellon says he will not 
interfere with Board policy. 

Mar. 21 — Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago moves to reduce 
stock loans by 25 to 50% reduction in borrowing for 
speculation. 

Apr. 1 — National City Bank's April review of economy asks 
discount rate rise to 6% as way for curbing excessive stock 
speculation. A Rockefeller bank! 

May 5~Kansas City Federal Reserve Bank raises rediscount 
rates to 5%. 

May 14 — Minneapolis Federal Reserve Bank raises 
rediscount rates to 5%. 

May 19 — The rise of rediscount rate to 5% is declared to be 
uniform; request for 6% rate by New York and Chicago 
denied. 

May 23-Advisory Council recommends 6% rediscount 
rate. 

Aug. 9-New York Federal Reserve Bank raised rate to 6%; it 
was called "adroit" measure. 

Sep. 3-National City Bank (a Rockefeller-Standard Oil bank) 
in its monthly bulletin states the effect of the increase in the 
rediscount rate uncertain. 

Oct. 29 — Stock market crash ends post war prosperity; 
16,000.000 shares, including unrestricted short selling, 
change hands. 




262 

By end of year decline in value of stocks reaches 
$15,000,000,000; by end of 1931 stock losses reached $50, 
000 . 000 . 000 . 

Nov. — New York Federal Reserve Bank reduces rediscount 
rate to 5%. 

Nov. 11 -Montagu Norman elected Governor of the Bank of 
England for eleventh term. 

Nov. 15 —Rediscount rate reduced to 4 1/2%. 

Throughout the early part of 1929 there were constant reports 
of shipments of gold to the United States to and from 
London, thus creating the impression, that the report of 
January 1 was accurate. With the stock market crash, 
however, the flight of gold from the U.S.A. commenced, in 
earnest. 

Kurt Lewin 

Kurt Lewin's (1890-1947) work had a profound impact on 
social psychology and experiential learning, group dynamics 
and action research. Lewin was born on September 9, 1890 in 
the village of Mogilno in Prussia (now part of Poland). He 
was one of four children in a middle class Jewish family (his 
father owned a small general store and a farm). 

They moved to Berlin when he was fifteen and he was 
enrolled in the Gymnasium. In 1909 Kurt Lewin entered the 
University of Lreiberg to study medicine. He then transferred 
to the University of Munich to study biology. Around this 
time he became in involved in the Socialist movement. His 
particular concerns appear to have been the combating of 
anti-Semitism and the democratization 




263 



of German institutions. 

His doctorate was received from the University of Berlin 
where he developed an interest in the philosophy of science 
and encountered Gestalt psychology. His PhD was awarded 
in 1916, but by then he was serving in the German army (he 
was injured in combat). In 1921 Kurt Lewin joined the 
Psychological Institute of the University of Berlin - where he 
gave seminars in both philosophy and psychology. He was 
starting to make a name for himself both in publishing and 
teaching. His work became known in America and he was 
invited to spend six months as a visiting professor at Stanford 
(1930). With the political position worsening considerably in 
Germany in 1933 he and his wife and daughter left for the 
United States. 

Thereafter he became involved at the Tavistock Institute in 
various applied research initiatives linked to the war effort 
(the Second World War.) These included influencing the 
morale of the fighting troops and psychological warfare. He 
was always a strong Socialist. He founded the Center for 
Group Dynamics at MIT. He was also engaged in a program- 
the Commission of Community Interrelations in New York. 
The "T Groups" for which Lewin had become known 
emerged from this program which was directed toward 
solving religious and racial prejudices. 

Lewin got funding for the Office of Naval Intelligence and 
worked closely in training its operatives. The National 
Training Laboratories was another of his mind-control mass 
brainwashing programs that played a profound role in the 
corporate world. 




264 



Niall Ferguson 

Niall Ferguson is a history professor who taught at 
Cambridge and is now a tenured Oxford don. Those are the 
credential of a "court historian" whose main purpose is to 
protect the patriotic, political myths of his government. 

Professor Fergusson, however has written an iconoclastic 
attack on one of the most venerable patriotic myths of the 
British, namely that of the First World War was a great and 
necessary war in which the British performed the noble act 
of intervening to protect Belgian neutrality, French freedom, 
and the empires of both the French and British from the 
military aggression of the hated Hun. Politicians like Lloyd 
George and Churchill argued that the war was not only 
necessary, but inevitable. In this they were ably assisted by 
the propaganda factory at Wellington House, "the house of 
lies" as Toynbee called it. 

Ferguson asks and answers ten specific questions about the 
First World War, one of the most important being whether 
the war, with its total of ten million casualties, was worth it. 

Not only does he answer in the negative, but concludes that 
the world war was not necessary or inevitable, but was 
instead the result of grossly erroneous decisions of British 
political leaders based on an improper perception of the 
"threat" to the British Empire posed by Germany. Ferguson 
regards it as "nothing less than the greatest error in modem 
history." 




265 



He goes further and puts most of the blame on the British 
because it was the British government that ultimately 
decided to turn the continental war into a world war. 



He argues that the British had no legal obligation to 
protect Belgium or France and that the German naval 
build-up did not really menace the British. 

British political leaders, Ferguson maintains, should have 
realized that the Germans were mostly fearful of being 
surrounded the growing Russian industrial and military 
might, as well as the large French army. He argues further, 
that the Kaiser would have honored his pledge to London, 
offered on the eve of the war, to guarantee French and 
Belgium territorial integrity in exchange for Britain's 
neutrality. 

Ferguson concludes that "Britain's decision to intervene was 
the result of secret planning by her generals and diplomats, 
which dated back to 1905" and that it was based on a 
misreading of German intentions, "which were imagined to 
be Napoleonic in scale." Political calculations also played 
their part in bringing on war. Ferguson notes that Foreign 
Minister Edward Grey provided the leadership that put Britain 
on the bellicose path. Although a majority of the other 
ministers were hesitant. "In the end they agreed to support 
Grey, partly for fear of being turned out of office and letting in 
the Tories." 

Such was the power of the lies and propaganda that flowed out 
of Wellington House, the forerunner of the Tavistock Institute 
of Human Relations. 

The First World War continues to disturb the British 




266 

psyche today, much as the Civil War still haunts Americans. 
British casualties in the war numbered 723,000 - more than 
twice the number suffered in World War II. The author 
writes: "The First World War remains the worst thing the 
people of my country have ever had to endure." 

One of the most important costs of the war, which was 
prolonged by British and American participation, was the 
destruction of the Russian government. 

Ferguson contends that in the absence of British intervention, 
the most likely result would have been a quick German 
victory with some territorial concessions in the east, but no 
Bolshevik Revolution. 

There would have been no Lenin - and no Hitler either. "It 
was ultimately because of the war that both men were able to 
rise to establish barbaric despotisms which perpetrated still 
more mass murder." 

Had the British stayed on the sidelines, Ferguson argues, 
their empire would still be strong and viable. He believes 
that the British could have easily coexisted with Germany, 
with which it had good relations before the war. But the 
British victory came at a price "far in excess of their gains" 
and "undid the first golden age of economic 'globalization.'" 
But ruthless anti-German propaganda turned those good 
relations into enmity and hatred. 

World War I also led to a great loss of individual liberty. 
"Wartime Britain ... became by stages a kind of police 
state," Ferguson writes. Of course, liberty is always a 
casualty of war and the author compares the British situation 
with the draconian measures imposed in America by 
President Wilson. 




267 



The suppression of free speech in America "made a 
mockery of the Allied powers' claim to be fighting for 
freedom." What the Professor Fergusson did know was that 
Wilson had imposed the worst kind of restrictions of free 
speech. He even tried to get Senator La Follette arrested for 
opposing the war. 

While Ferguson addressed mainly British audiences, it is 
relevant to Americans who tragically followed the 
brainwashed propaganda-dazed and nervously drunk British 
into both world wars at tremendous cost in freedom, the 
result of the centralization of power in the leviathan 
government in Washington, D.C. 

There are many valuable lessons to be learned from this 
timely warning that the Tavistock Institute, successor to 
Wellington House, has shown just how easy it is to 
condition and mind-control large segments of population 
groups. 

"The Great War:" 

The Power of Propaganda 

The fruits of the war that ordinary people of Britain, France, 
Germany, Belgium and Russia did not want: Killed in the 
prime of their lives: 

Britain and Empire 2,998,671 
France 1,357,800 

Germany 2,037,700 

Belgium 58,402 

These are mainly deaths on the so-called "Western Front" and 
"Eastern Front" and do not include casualties sustained on 
other fronts by other nations. The cost in monetary 




268 

terms was $180,000,000,000 in direct accounting and 
indirectly another $151,612,500,000. 

The two WWI battles mentioned in this book: 

Passchendaele. Began on July 31, 1917 the battle raged for 
three months. Casualties amounted to 400,000 men. 

Verdun. Began February 21, 1916 and ended on June 7. 
700.000 men killed. 

Later Propaganda Efforts. 

Tavistock Institute has so perfected its techniques that recent 
expert opinion has it that 70% of all capital and human 
resources that the US government advertising/propaganda 
programs devotes to for strategic objectives, going to 
psychological operations, the propaganda which these 
psychological operations are comprised have become the 
single most significant part of what it means to be American 
and British. 

The level of propaganda is now so, high, so all 
encompassing, that Social Scientist count on it to be the 
totality of American life, and as a result of sustained 
propaganda, life in these two countries has become a 
simulation. Tavistock predicts, as do philosophers and 
sociologists from Beaudrilliard to McLuhan, that this 
simulation will soon be substituted for reality. 

The public perception of propaganda associates it with 
advertising and the kind of partisan propaganda disseminated 
by radio talk shows, or with a zealous radio preacher. Indeed 
these are all forms of propaganda, but for the most part they 
are recognized as such. 




269 



The advertiser is tries to instill his particular product or 
service on the minds of the audience. Political commentary 
does the very same thing and likewise religious programming 
is intended as much to motivate followers to take a particular 
course of action such as supporting the war or some country 
they ascribe as "biblical" we need to support at the exclusion 
of others) to change the spiritual orientation of non- 
committed listeners. Thus, they hope that audiences will be 
persuaded to embrace the ideas of the speakers or to follow 
their lead to support such and such an objective. Any 
"preaching" about the Middle East over American radio in 
particular soon reveals this objective. 

Other types of communication in all forms of the media are far 
more intrusive such as deliberately slanted and or false, 
incomplete news reporting, presented as truth or objective 
fact. The reality is that it is naked propaganda disguised as 
news at which Tavistock graduates excel. 

Forceful propaganda, first introduced by Bemays at 
Wellington House to forcefully persuade the unwilling 
population is by scientific repetition. World War I was a field 
day for Wellington House with thousands of reputations of 
"the Butcher of Berlin" etc. 

In the latest Gulf war the people of the United States were 
not inclined to worry very much about an invasion by 
Saddam Hussein, but Powell, Rice, Cheney and a succession 
of "authorities" dinned it into the heads of the American 
people that Saddam Hussein might soon cause a "mushroom 
cloud" to appear over the United States, even though there 
was no truth in their claims. 

The statement that "Saddam was a threat to his neighbors" 
stressed again and again — by government operatives and 
military leaders, who were soon joined by vast numbers of 




270 

private organizations, political commentators, intellectuals, 
entertainers, and, of course, the news media carried the day 
even though based upon layers of lies. 

Propaganda messages do differ although the core message is 
always the same and the sheer volume of warnings and the 
diversity of the sources involved served to confirm in people s 
minds that the threat is indeed very real. Slogans help 
listeners and readers of this propaganda material to visualize 
the "danger." orchestrated not so much to protect the country 
as to bring about active participation by raising the level of 
hysteria. 

This was standard practice in use by Britain and the United 
States in all the wars in which they were combatants from 
1900 up to the present time. The resulting climate of fear 
brought the desired effect; rapid expansion of military 
research and arms stockpiling and "pre-emptive strikes" in 
Serbia and Iraq. 

Propaganda took a nasty fall during the Vietnam War when 
Americans actually saw the brutality of battle in their living 
rooms and the notion of a "defensive" war took a nosedive. 
The purveyors of the wars in Serbia and Iraq took good care 
not to allow the mistake to be repeated. 

The effect of propaganda was so great that most Americans 
still believe that Vietnam was an "anti-communist" war. 
From the cold war generally — the Cuban missile crisis - 
Serbia propaganda helped hostilities to flourish and multiply. 




271 



The propaganda of the anti-communist era was tailor made by 
Tavistock and designed to facilitate the development of a 
global U.S. military expansion that has been going on since 
the Institute for Pacific Relations was established in the 
1930s and upon which Me McCarthy stumbled. 

There are other type of insidious propaganda other types of 
propaganda are directed toward social behavior or group 
loyalties. We see it in the emergence of the decline in morals 
that has swept the world on a wave of well-directed 
propaganda of the type favored by H.V. Dicks, R Bion, 
Hadley Cantril and Edward Bernays, the Social Scientists 
who at one stage ran operations at Tavistock Their product, 
propaganda, is the illusion of truth fabricated by the whores of 
deception. 




272 

Bibliography 

"Journey Into Madness;" 

Gordon Thomas 

"MK. Ultra 90;" CIA 

"American Journal of Psychiatry," 

Jan. 1956; Dr. Ewan Cameron. 

Documents relating to activities of "The Society for the 
Investigation of Human Psychology." 

This was a front for CIA experiments into mind control. 

"Ethics of Terror:" 

Prof Abraham Kaplan. 

"The Psychiatrist and Terror;" 

Prof. John Gun. 

"The Techniques of Persuasion;" 
l.R. C. Brown. 

"The Psychotic;" Understanding Madness; 

Andrew Crowcroft. 

(When you understand "madness" it can be recreated in any 
subject.) 

"The Battle for the Mind;" 

Private, Invicta Press. 

"The Mind Possessed;" 

Private, Invicta Press. 




273 



"The Collected Works of Dr. Jose Delgado." 

"The Experiments of Remote Mind Control" 

(ESB): Dr. Robert Heath. 

Dr. Heath conducted successful experiments with ESB which 
proved that he could create memory lapses, cause sudden 
impulses (like random shootings), evoke fear, pleasure and 
hatred at his command. 

"ESB Experiments;" Gottlieb. 

Dr. Gottlieb said his experiments were leading to making a 
psycho-civilized person, and then, an entire psycho-civilized 
society, in which every human thought, emotion, sensation, 
desire is completely controlled by electrical stimulations of 
the brain. 

Dr. Gottleib stated that he could stop a charging bull in its 
tracks; PROGRAM HUMANS TO KILL ON COMMAND. 

Extensive documentation of experiments conducted by the 
CIA using ESB-the research under the control of Dr. Stephen 
Aldrich. 

"The Collected Research Papers of Dr. Alan Cameron." 

These were found with the huge collection of documents of 
mind control experiments packed away in 130 boxes, 
conducted by Dr. Gottleib and which he had not destroyed as 
ordered by the CIA. 

"The New York Times, December 1974." 

An expose of CIA mind control experiments. 




274 



Apart from the above there is Dr. Coleman's own works, 
"Metaphysics, Mind Control, ELF Radiation and Weather 
Modifications" published in 1984, and updated 2005. 

In this same work Dr. Coleman explains how mind control 
works and gives clear examples of it. He expanded on his 
earlier work with "Mind Control in the 20 th Century," which 
explicitly details how mind control techniques have 
advanced. 

A Dynamic Theory of Personality. Dr. Kurt Lewin 

Time Perspective and Morale. * 

The Neurosis of War. 

(Macmillan London 1943) 

Experiences in Groups. 

(Lancet Nov. 27, 1943) 

Leaderless Groups. 

(London 1940) 

Experiences in Groups. 

(Bulletin of Messenger) 

Catastrophic Change. 

(The British Psychoanalytical Soc.) 

Elements of Psychoanalysis. 

London 1963 



W.R Bion. 



* 



* 



* 



* 



* 



Borderline Personality Disorders. 
London 




275 



Force and Ideas. 

Walter Lippmann 

Public Opinion. 

Walter Lippmann 

Crystallizing Public Opinion. 

Edward Bemays 

Propaganda. 

Edward Bemays 

The Daily Mirror. 

Alfred Harmsworth 1903/1904 

The Sunday Mirror. 

Alfred Harmsworth 1905/1915 

Human Quality. 

Aurelio Peccei 1967 

The Chasm Ahead. 

Aurelio Peccei 

Wilhelm II, Emperor of Germany. 
Correspondence Entre Guillaume II 

Memories of Lenin. 

N. Krupskaya (London 1942) 

The World Crisis. 

Winston Churchill 



How We Advertised America. 
George Creel 
New York 1920 




276 



Wilson, The New Freedom. Arthur S. Link 1956 

The Aquarian Conspiracy. 

Marilyn Fergusson 

Some Principles of Mass Persuasion. 

Dorwin Cartwright 

Journal of Humanistic Psychology. 

John Rawlings Reese 

Understanding Man's Behavior. 

Gordon Alport 

Invasion from Mars. 

Hadley Cantrill 

War of Worlds. H. G. Wells 

Terror by Radio. 

The New York Times 

Psychology of Science. 

Aldous Huxley 

A Kings' Story. 

The Duke of Windsor 

My Four Years in Germany. 

James W. Gerard 

Under the Iron Heel. 

G. W. Stevens 




277 



The Technotronic Era. 

Zbigniew Brzezinski 

Institute for Development and Management Publications. 
Ronald Lippert 

When Action Research Becomes Cold War Methodology 

The Science of Coercion. 

Renses Likert 

Management Systems and Style. 

Mental Tensions. H.V. 

Dicks 

The State of Psychiatry in British Psychiatry. H.V. 

Dicks 

The Jungle. 

Upton Sinclair 

Appeal to Reason The Money Changers. 

Propaganda Techniques in the World War. 

Harold Lasswell 

Imperial Twilight. 

Berita Harding 



Innocence and Experience. 
Gregory Bateson 




278 



For God's Sake. 

Bateson and Margaret Meade 

They Threw God Out Of the Garden. 

R.D. Laing 

Steps to an Ecology of Mind. The Facts of 
Life. 

On Our Way. 

Franklin D. Roosevelt 

How Democracies Perish. 

Jean Francois Revel 

Disraeli. 

Stanley Weintraub 

Brute Force: Allied Strategy Tactics WWII. 
John Ellis 

The Concentration Camps in South Africa. 
Napier Davitt 

The Times History of the War in South Africa. 
Sampson Low 7 Vols. 

The Organization's Man 
Jorgen Schleiman 1965 



Stalin and German Communism 
Jorgen Schleiman 1948 




279 

Willi Munzenberg A Political Biography 
Babetta Gross 1974 

Propaganda Technique in the World War 
Harold Lowell 

The Propaganda Menace 
Frederick E. Lumley 1933 

History of the Russian Communist Party 
Leonard Schapiro 1960 

Neue Zurcher Zeitung 
December 21, 1957 

The Bolshevik Rise to Power and the November 

Revolution 

A.P. Kerensky 1935 

Ten Days That Shook The World 
John Reed 1919